AND_PM_7

UNIVERSIDAD DE JAÉNE.T.S. ARQUITECTURA

UNIVERSIDAD DE MÁLAGAE.T.S. ARQUITECTURA

UNIVERSIDAD DE GRANADAE.T.S. ARQUITECTURA

UNIVERSIDAD DE SEVILLAESCUELA POLITÉCNICA

DELIVERABLE #6. 14 AUG 2012PROJECT MANUAL





DELIVERABLE #6. 14 AUG 2012PROJECT MANUAL





DELIVERABLE #6. 14 AUG 2012PROJECT MANUALPROJECT MANUAL

DELIVERABLE #7 AS BUILT. 19 DEC 2012

0. TABLE OF CONTENTS

PAGE Nº

1. SUMMARY OF CHANGES 1

2. TEAM 2

3. RULES AND BUILDING COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST 8

4. CONTEST SUPPORT DOCUMENTS4.1 Architecture design narrative

4.2 Engineering and construction design narrative

4.3 Energy efficiency design narrative

4.4 Communication plan

4.5 Industrialization and market viability report

4.6 Innovation report

4.7 Sustainability report

13

5. DINNER PARTY MENU 563

6. CONTEST WEEK TASKS´PLANNING 566

7. COST ESTIMATE AND PROJECT FINANCIAL SUMMARY 585

8. SITE OPERATIONS PLAN 588

9. HEALTH AND SAFETY PLAN 617

10. DETAILED WATER BUDGET 707

11. CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS 710

12. STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS 720

13. LIST OF SPANISH CODES COMPLIED 763

1. SUMMARY OF CHANGES

1

1. SUMMARY OF CHANGES

Deliverable #7 “As built” as additional and updated information based on the requi-rements made by the SDE Organization, including changes and design adjustments. It is the last deliverable of the SDE Competition after the Final Phase of the SDE 2012 Competition.

The objective of deliverable #7 is to have the “as-built” drawings and specifications of the participant houses, with an extensive description of the details and specifications of the materials, constructive systems, equipment, structure, plumbing, HVAC, etc.

Teams must record any changes of the Project Documentation during the fabrication, construction or assembly process and reflect them in the As-built Documents.

Deliverable #7 is the last Deliverable of the SDE Competition, and it will be issued after the Final Phase of the SDE 2012 Competition, so it will define the house as it was built in the Villa Solar, as well as the team’s strategy during the Contest Week. This deliverable includes the Simulation Input Report, which is the document that compiles the houses’ technical data that will be the base of the future Scientific Strategies Plan (SSP) data-base.

2. TEAM2.1. TEAM CONTACT

2.2 TEAM OFFICERS

2.3 TEAM DECATHLETES

2.4 ASSEMbLy / COMpETITION wEEk / DISASSEMbLy TEAM OFFICERS

2.5 TEAM RESEARCHERS

2

2. TEAM

Andalucía Team is a university team in which participate the universities of Sevilla, Gra-nada, Málaga and Jaén. It is composed of a crew of almost 50 decathletes and a total of 19 investigators, 10 of them doctors and 2 professors.

Depending on their profiles, the positions in the competition´s organization chart have been assigned to the different investigators in the team. The rest of the investigators, even if they do not have a specific task defined by the competition, participate in an active way. For the daily work, the Faculty Advisor has appointed one investigator-coor-dinator from each university. These are responsible for the work done in each faculty as well as the activities specific for each city related with the SDE 2012. Every fifteen days, work meetings are arranged between the universities coordinators, the Faculty Advisor, the Project Manager and the Contest Captain. These meetings help decide solutions and define common strategies for the team. Every 6 weeks, the whole team meets, in-cluding the decathletes and investigators, usually at the same time as a critical session of the work done up to that moment.

Up to now, most of the meetings have been carried out in Sevilla, home of the central office, and Málaga, because it is almost half way for the rest of the cities.

2.1 TEAM CONTACT

URL: http://www.andaluciateam.org

Mail address: [email protected]

Communications coordinator: Rodrigo Morillo-Velarde Santos

3

2.2 TEAM OFFICERS

Team_Abbreviations AND

Team_Name Andalucía Team

House_Name Patio 2.12

Team_Role Firstname Lastname Email

Faculty Advisor Sevilla Javier Terrados Cepeda [email protected]

Project Manager Sevilla Rodrigo Morillo-Velarde Santos

[email protected]

Project Architect Sevilla Javier Terrados Cepeda [email protected]

Project Engineer Jaén Jorge Aguilera Tejero [email protected]

Structural Engineer Málaga Jorge Barrios Corpa [email protected]

Electrical Engineer Jaén Juan De la Casa Higueras [email protected]

Construction Manager Málaga Alberto García Marín [email protected]

Construction Manager Assistant Sevilla José Luis Castillo Ramos [email protected]

HS Team Coordinator Sevilla Paula De Ugarte Candil [email protected]

Safety Officer 1 Málaga Rubén Pérez Belmonte [email protected]

Safety Officer 2 Granada Juan Bermúdez Linares [email protected]

Safety Officer 3 Sevilla José Luis Castillo Ramos [email protected]

Site Operations Coordinator 1 Sevilla Rodrigo Morillo-Velarde Santos

[email protected]

Site Operations Coordinator 2 Sevilla Luz Baco Castro [email protected]

Fire Wath Captain Sevilla David Moreno Rangel [email protected]

Student Team Leader Sevilla Konstantino Tousidonis Rial [email protected]

Contest Captain Sevilla Luz Baco Castro [email protected]

Instrumentation Contact Jaén Javier Gámez García [email protected]

Communications Coordinator Sevilla Rodrigo Morillo-Velarde Santos

[email protected]

Sponsorship Manager Sevilla Rodrigo Morillo-Velarde Santos

[email protected]

* Table 1

4

2.3 ASSEMBLy / COMPETITION WEEK / DISASSEMBLy TEAM OFFICERS




TITLE ASSEMBLy COMPETITION WEEK DISASSEMBLy

Faculty Advisor Javier Terrados Cepeda Javier Terrados Cepeda Javier Terrados Cepeda

Project Manager Rodrigo Morillo-Velarde Santos

Rodrigo Morillo-Velarde Santos


Construction Manager Alberto García Marín Alberto García Marín Alberto García Marín

Construction Manager Assistant

José Luis Castillo Ramos

José Luis Castillo Ramos José Luis Castillo Ramos

Project Architect Javier Terrados Cepeda Javier Terrados Cepeda Javier Terrados Cepeda

Project Engineer Jorge Aguilera Tejero Jorge Aguilera Tejero Jorge Aguilera Tejero

Structural Engineer Jorge Barrios Corpa Jorge Barrios Corpa Jorge Barrios Corpa

Student Team Leader Konstantino Tousidonis Rial

Konstantino Tousidonis Rial Konstantino Tousidonis Rial

H&S Officer Paula De Ugarte Candil José Luis Castillo Ramos José Luis Castillo Ramos

Fire Watch Captain David Moreno Rangel David Moreno Rangel David Moreno Rangel

Public Relation Contact Rodrigo Morillo-Velarde Santos



Instrumentation Contact Javier Gámez García Javier Gamez García Javier Gámez García

Electrical Engineer Juan De la Casa Higueras

Juan De la Casa Higueras Juan De la Casa Higueras

Objetive Contest Captain Luz Baco Castro Luz Baco Castro Luz Baco Castro

Cost Estimator Rodrigo Morillo-Velarde Santos



* Table 2

5

2.4 TEAM DECATHLETES




University Firstname Lastname Studies level

Sevilla Konstantino Tousidonis Rial Architecture Student (FP)

José Luis Castillo Ramos Postgraduate Student

Carlos Cerezo Dávila Postgraduate Student

Adrián Caballero Zambrano Architecture Student (5)

Alberto Cortés Vaz Architecture Student (5)

Francisco Jesús Lizana Moral Architecture Student (5)

Antonio Serrano Jiménez Architecture Student (5)

Elena Misa Borrego Postgraduate Student

Lucia Perianes Pajares Architecture Student (FP)

Elena López Ortego Postgraduate Student

Alfonso Guajardo-Fajardo Cruz Postgraduate Student

Paula De Ugarte Candil Postgraduate Student

Jorge Gómez Cobacho Architecture Student (FP)

Márica Vazzana Postgraduate Student

Laura Guerrero Serrano Architecture Student (FP)

María González Oyonarte Architecture Student (FP)

Elísabet Lara Bocanegra Postgraduate Student

María Cano Gómez Architecture Student

Manuel Fernández Expósito Postgraduate Student

Juan Carlos Herrera Pueyo Postgraduate Student

Granada Juan José Rodríguez García Architecture Student (5)

Juan Bermúdez Linares Architecture Student (5)

Aarón Rico Palao Architecture Student (5)

Carmen Vázquez Moreno Postgraduate Student

José Carlos Chamorro Cerón Architecture Student (5)

Málaga Alberto Aguilar Vázquez Architecture Student (5)

Carmen Díaz Sánchez Architecture Student (FP)

Paula Márquez Cortés Architecture Student (5)

Alberto Montiel Lozano Architecture Student (5)

Ezequiel Rodríguez Barranco Architecture Student (5)

Rubén Pérez Belmonte Architecture Student (5)

Francisco Javier Pavón Fernández Architecture Student (5)

David Ramírez Martín Postgraduate Student

6

Jaén Beatriz García Domingo Postgraduate Student

Miguel Cabrera Einsman Industrial E. Student (FP)

Rosa Rubio T. Electronic. E. Student

Miguel Torres Ramírez Postgraduate Student

Francisco Ávila Lizana Industrial Org. E. Student

Álvaro Cabrerizo Industrial E. Student

Laura Pozo Moreno T. Industrial E. Student

Paula Almonacid Olleros Postgraduate Student

Miguel López Aránega T. Industrial E. Student

* Table 3

7

2.5 TEAM RESEARCHERS




University Firstname Lastname Department

Sevilla Javier Terrados Cepeda Dept. Architectural Design

Antonio Lara Bocanegra Dept. Structures

David Moreno Rangel Dept. Construction

Fernando Suárez Corchete Dept. Architectural Design

Juan José Sendrá Salas Dept. Construction

Malaga Alberto García Marín Dept. Architectural Design

Juan Antonio Marín Malavé Dept. Architectural Design

Jorge Barrios Corpa Dept. Construcction

Rafael Assiego de Lárriva Dept. construction

Granada Elisa Valero Ramos Dept. Architectural Design

Francisco Del Corral Del Campo Dept. Architectural Design

Rafael García Quesada Dept. Construction

Jaén Jorge Aquilera Tejero Dept. Engineering

Juan De La Casa Higueras Dept. Engineering

Juan Gómez Ortega Dept. Engineering

Javier Gámez García Dept. Engineering

Gabino Almonacid Puche Dept. Engineering

* Table 4

3. RULES AND BUILDING COMPLIANCE

CHECKLIST

8

3. RULES AND BUILDING CODE COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST

Rule Description Content Requirement(s) Drawing(s)/Report(s)

3.2. Team Officers and Contact

Team officer’s contact informa-tion completely fulfilled in Table 1 (SDE WAT)

4.3. Lot Conditions Drawing(s) showing the storage and unloading areas and corre-sponding load’s calculations

HS 002, 003, 004,005

4.3. Lot Conditions Calculations showing the struc-tural design remains compliant even if there is a level difference, and drawing(s) showing shim-ming methods and materials to be used in case.

4.4. Footings Drawing(s) showing the loca-tions and depths of all ground penetrations on the competition site

4.4. Footings Drawing(s) showing the loca-tion, contact area and soil-bearing pressure of every com-ponent resting directly on the ground

4.5. Construction Equip-ment

Drawing(s) showing the assem-bly and disassembly sequences and the movement of heavy ma-chinery on the competition site and specifications for heavy ma-chinery

SO 001, 002, 003, 004

4.7. Generators Generators´ specifications

4.8. Spill and Waste Prod-ucts

Drawing(s) showing the loca-tions of all equipment, tanks and pipes containing fluids during the event and corresponding specifications

HS 003

5.1. Solar Envelope Dimen-sions

Drawing(s) showing the location of all house and site compo-nents relative to the solar enve-lope

AR 001, 005, 007, 008

6.1. Structural Design Ap-proval

Structural drawings and calcula-tions signed and stamped by a qualified licensed professional

ST …

4.2 ENGINEERING AND CONSTRUC-TION DESIGN NAR-RATIVE.

12. STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS

9

6.1. Electrical and Photo-voltaic Design Approv-al

Electrical and Photovoltaic drawings and calculations signed and stamped by a quali-fied licensed professional

EL & PV

4.2 ENGINEERING AND CONSTRUC-TION DESIGN NAR-RATIVE

6.1. Codes Design Compli-ance

List of the country of origin codes complied, properly signed by the faculty advisor.

14. LIST OF SPANISH CODES COMPLIED

6.2. Maximum Architectural Footprint

Drawing(s) showing all informa-tion needed by the Rules Of-ficials to digitally measure the architectural footprint

AR 005

6.2. Maximum Architectural Footprint

Drawing(s) showing all the re-configurable features that may increase the footprint if operated during contest week

AR 002, AR 003

6.3. Minimum & Maximum Measurable Area

Drawing(s) showing the Mini-mum & Maximum Measurable Area.

AR 005

6.4. Entrance and Exit Routes

Drawing(s) showing the acces-sible public tour route, specify-ing the entrance and exit from the house to the main street of the Villa Solar

PT 001, 002, 003, 004, 005

7.3. PV Technology Limita-tions

Specifications and contrac-tor price quote for photovoltaic components


7.4. Batteries Drawing(s) showing the location(s) and quantity of stand-alone, PV-powered devices and corresponding specifications

IN - 401, ... (TECHNI-CAL BOX PLANS)


7.4. Batteries Drawing(s) showing the location(s) and quantity of hard-wired battery banks compo-nents and corresponding speci-fications

IN - 401, ... (TECHNI-CAL BOX PLANS)


7.6. Thermal Energy Stor-age

Drawing(s) showing the location of thermal energy storage com-ponents and corresponding specifications

SW 001

7.7. Desiccant Systems Drawing(s) describing the op-eration of the desiccant system and corresponding specifica-tions

10

7.8. Humidification Sys-tems

Specifications for humidifica-tion systems and corresponding certifications of the different ele-ments.

BA 001

PL 006

ME 003

8.1. Containers Locations Drawing(s) showing the location of all the water tanks

PL 001

8.2. Water Delivery Drawing(s) showing the fill location(s), quantity of water requested at each fill location, tank dimensions, diameter of opening(s) and clearance above the tank(s).

PL 001, 002

8.3. Water Removal Drawing(s) showing the quan-tity of water to be removed from each fill location, tank dimen-sions, diameter of opening(s) and clearance above the tank(s).

PL 001, 005

8.5. Grey Water Reuse Specifications for grey water re-use systems.

PL 001, 004

8.6. Rainwater Collection Drawing(s) showing the layout and operation of rainwater col-lection systems

PL 001, 003

8.8. Thermal Mass Drawing(s) showing the loca-tions of water-based thermal mass systems and correspond-ing specifications

8.9. Grey Water Heat Re-covery

Specifications for grey water heat recovery systems.

PL 001, 004

9.1. Placement Drawing(s) showing the location of all vegetation and, if applica-ble, the movement of vegetation designed as part of an integrat-ed mobile system.

9.2. Watering Restrictions Drawings showing the layout and operation of greywater irri-gation systems

PL 006

10.2. SDE Sensors´ Loca-tion and wire routing

Drawing(s) showing the location of bi-directional meters, meter-ing box, sensors, cables and feed-through to pass the instru-mentation wires from the interior to the exterior of the house.

ID 001, 011, 021, 031, 041

ID 002, 003, 004, 005

11.2. Use of the Solar De-cathlon Europe Logo

Drawing(s) showing the dimen-sions, materials, artwork, and content of all communications materials, including signage

4.4 COMMUNICA-TIONS PLAN

11.3. Teams´ Sponsors & Supporting Institutions

Drawing(s) showing the dimen-sions, materials, artwork, and content of all communications materials, including signage


11

12.5. Team Uniform Drawing(s) showing the artwork, content and design of the team uniform


12.6. Public Tour Drawing(s) showing the pub-lic tour route, indicating the di-mensions of any difficult point, complying with the accessibility requirements.

PT 001, 002, 003, 004, 005

20.0. Contest 6: Drying Method

Drawing(s) showing the drying Method. (ie the place where the clothes wire will be located)

IN401,…

ID 005

20.0. Contest 6: House Functioning

Drawing(s) showing the location of all the appliances and cor-responding technical specifica-tions.

IN 201,…

IN 301,…

IN 401,…

ID 005

36.5. Photovoltaic systems design

Specifications of PV generators, inverters, wiring, cables, protec-tions, earthing systems, inter-face with the electricity distribu-tion network.

PV PLANS



Inverters’ certificates 4.2 ENGINEERING AND CONSTRUC-TION DESIGN NAR-RATIVE.


Maintenance plan for PV gen-erators, supporting structure, inverters, wiring, cables, protec-tions and earthing system



The corresponding table “de-sign summary” must be filled out


51.3. Fire Safety Specifications for Fire Reaction of Constructive elements, extin-guishers and fire resistance of the house’s structure.


51.3. Fire Safety Drawings showing compliance with the evacuation of occu-pants’ requirements and fire ex-tinguishers location.

FP 001

51.4. Safety against falls Specifications of compliance with the slipperiness degree classes of floors included in House tour


12

51.4. Safety against falls Drawing(s) showing compliance with conditions for uneven floor-ing, floors with different level, Restricted Areas stairs, Public Areas Staircases,Restricted Ar-eas Ramps and Public Areas Ramps

PT PLANS

51.4. Safety for avoiding trapping and impact risk

Drawing(s) showing compliance with conditions for avoiding trap-ping and impact risk


51.4. Safety against the risk of inadequate lighting

Specifications for level of illumi-nation of house tour areas light fittings


51.5. Accessibility Interior and exterior plans show-ing the entire accessible tour route

PT 001, 002, 003, 004, 005

51.6. Structural Safety Specifications for the use of dead loads, live loads, safety factors and load combinations in the structural calculations



51.7. Electrical and PV Sys-tem

Specifications of the wiring, channels, panels and protec-tions

PV PLANS

EL PLANS


11. CHARTS AND CHECKLISTS

51.7. Electrical and PV Sys-tem

One-line electrical diagram and drawings showing the ground-ing, execution and paths

PV PLANS

EL PLANS

4. CONTEST SUPPORT DOCUMENTS4.1 ARCHITECTURE DESIGN NARRATIVE

4.2 ENGINEERING AND CONSTRUCTION DESIGN NARRATIVE

4.3 ENERGY EFFICIENCY DESIGN NARRATIVE

4.4 COMMUNICATION PLAN

4.5 INDUSTRIALIZATION AND MARKET VIABILITY REPORT

4.6 INNOVATION REPORT

4.7 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT

4.1 ARCHITECTURE DESIGN NARRATIVE

4.1.1. ARCHITECTURAL CONCEPTS

4.1.1.1. DESCRIPTION Of ThE PROTOTyPE

4.1.1.2. CULTURAL REfERENCES

4.1.1.3. PROGRAM REqUIREMENTS

4.1.1.4. DESIGN CONCEPTS

4.1.1.5. CONSTRUCTION AND ASSEMbLy

4.1.1.6. MAIN ChARACTERISTICS Of PATIO 2.12

4.1.1.6.1. progress in energy management

4.1.1.6.2. sustainability

4.1.1.6.3. capacity for industrialization

4.1.1.6.4. capacity for marketing

4.1.1.6.5. security in the process

4.1.1.6.6. other conditions

4.1.2 SUMMARY OF RECONFIGURABLE FEATURES

4.1.3 LIGHTING DESIGN NARRATIVE

4.1.3.1. LIGhTING CONCEPT

4.1.3.2. ARTIfICIAL LIGhTING SOLUTIONS

4.1.3.3. ARTIfICIAL LIGhTING SIMULATIONS

4.1.4 BIOCLIMATIC STRATEGIES

13

4.1.1 ARCHITECTURAL CONCEPTS

4.1.1.1. DESCRIPTION Of ThE PROTOTyPE

Patio 2.12 is a proposal for a self-sufficient prefabricated modular house using renewa-ble energies.

It is a project that develops a type of construction without a landscape footprint; it com-bines low energy consumption on its fabrication with the cultural identity where it is in-serted. The main features are to set a flexible housing type and its technological patio that plays multiple functions in the house.

The house is generated by the addition of living modules to a variable space, the patio, allowing a new type of house prefabrication.

The living modules are fixed prefabricated spaces wose dimensions allow to be trans-ported by road, incorporating all the housing systems and facilities. They are based on the medium scale prefabrication concept.

The patio is an intermediate space, covered by a pergola, which is used for living, ther-mal regulation and energy generation. It is a technological patio, that uses the new technologies (movement engines, domotic control system, etc.) and which is based on the traditional knowledge about passive cooling and spatial comfort of the Mediterra-nean house.

Patio 2.12 proposes a new type of domestic space combining both kinds of pieces: living modules and technological patio. It allows for the production of flexible, adaptable and attractive houses, without losing the characteristic of being a prefabricated system. It is a new type of prefabricated house, because it is not produced as a complete house or a constructive component, such as a room, but it is produced as a set of compatible uses.

This way, the possibility of a “design by choice” is developed, due to the “kit of spa-ces”. Before the assembly of the house, the user would have several available spaces, completely finished, and can organize them at will, as a game, putting the openings to

14

the outside and the taller volumes where the user decides. This system can be appro-priate for situations that need new solutions, as a temporary or emergency house (for example, for temporary workers), housing in places without infrastructures, energy self-sufficient villages, students´ residences, etc.

Patio 2.12 develops a new way and spatiality where the most important aim is the development of the bioclimatic strategies for passive conditioning of spaces and the architectural integration of the solar systems:

Most of the designed bioclimatic devices are concentrated on the patio. They are based on its different performances in winter and in summer, with bioclimatic resources such as the cross-ventilation, the adjustable shadow, etc.

Otherwise, the house form allows for the total integration of solar systems; because the living modules roofs have the inclination needed for the photovoltaic panels to achieve the expected levels of electricity production.

Patio 2.12 has exterior spaces with similar characteristics as the house in terms of bio-climatic design.

These main external elements are:

•A flat and homogeneous surface, like a carpet, which does not leave landscape foot-print after being removed.

•Three water repositories refreshing the air flowing into the patio by the doors and, mo-reover, it allows free cooling for the rooms’ active air conditioning.

The external area is used as a chill out where visitors can relax after the visit.

Patio 2.12 develops a new way of construction based on the maximum prefabrication of its components and uses the most appropriate materials in each case, using the ones whose production process generates less energy consumption and allows for higher recycling:

15

The living module´s material nature reflects tradition on its exterior (ceramics, timber...) with low energy consumption. On the other hand, recycling is the common concept in the interior of the spaces for every material used (cork as finishes, industrial conglome-rate of recycled stones, etc.).

4.1.1.2. CULTURAL REfERENCES

Patio 2.12 is integrated into the culture, rescuing the Mediterranean lifestyle virtues. It is the “patio” (in this case a technological patio) which combines the spatiality, the programmatic functions and the comfort of the housing set.

The patio is here, as in the Andalusian traditional houses, a flexible element that is consi-dered the center of the house. The functions of the surrounding rooms expand towards it, becoming living, dining room, work place, etc. in different moments throughout the year. It establishes a relationship between outside and inside, which allows for the ad-justment of the conditions of climatic and acoustic comfort and privacy.

In the patio, it is possible to generate the most pleasant conditions of the Mediterranean living, by modulating the light, the shadow, the humidity, the temperature, the odors and the sounds (with the added use of the vegetation and cozy materials).

In the interior of the living modules, other concepts taken from the traditional Andalusian architecture have been used, such as the use of the “home” as a meeting point for the family.

The external area also follows cultural Andalusian roots for creating spatial elements.

The design of the “carpet” is based on Mediterranean gardens and agricultural landsca-pe and the water ponds continue the Mediterranean tradition of using liquids both for irrigation, refreshing and pleasure.

16

4.1.1.3. PROGRAM REqUIREMENTS

Within the possible distributions and combinations that the “kit of spaces” system allows, the proposal by Andalucía Team for the SOLAR DECATHLON 2012 competition consists of a house with four housing modules:

Living-room module, to rest and work (it is where the working station is located)

Kitchen-dining module, to prepare food and eat.

Bedroom module with a toilet, to sleep and for personal hygiene.

Technical Box, to locate the equipment and leisure.

In this proposal, the modules are displayed around the patio and opened to it through large glazed openings. These ones can be closed completely to have the climatic and acoustic conditions of each module under control. In other cases, they can be fully open, providing a whole continuous space in the house.

The perimeter areas of the patio that are not occupied by the modules allow a connec-tion with the outside, providing visual relationships in all directions of the landscape.

In order to be exhibited in Villa Solar, the house has been designed with two doors: one as an entrance and the other as the exit. It has been also designed with a ramp to faci-litate the visit during the competition, connecting the house level with the outside level.

17

Table of areas of Patio 2.12

Plot area 400,00 m2

Architectural footprint 120,37 m2

Conditioned area 45,05 m2

Measurable area

Living-room module 17,60 m2

Kitchen module 12,67 m2

Bedroom module 14,78 m2

Technical box 8,76 m2

Patio (1/2) 15,76 m 2

Total Measurable area: 69,57 m2

18

4.1.1.4. DESIGN CONCEPTS

The prototype is based on three main components which add up to create a complete house. This components are totally premanufactured in a workshop and assembled at the user´s will, allowing thus for a higher user´s personification, normally missing in premanufactured housing.

The three components are:

Skin

Closets

Isles

Firstly, the skin is, as mentioned before, completely prefabricated in workshop. It inclu-des all the materials needed to create the comfort necessary in a house. It is made up of the exterior and interior envelopes, the bearing structure and is prepared to have any type of system installed in it.

The next important factor is the closets idea. These closets are also premanufactured and are thought to contain the necessary elements for any system to work properly. In other words, lighting points, sockets, air conditioning grilles, etc. can be found inside of them. They are independent elements that qualify the living module´s space.

Furthermore, the isles, the last main concept, help qualify the space by giving it a use, for example the kitchen or bathroom isle. These are prefabricated “furniture” containing everything needed to qualify a space. And when we say space, we really do mean it, because these concepts, closets and isles, can also be used in any other space, not only in the prototype, but for example, they can be used for building´s refurbishment.

But as stated before, the project aims to allow the user to personalize its home. For this, different ranges have been designed, being able to choose depending on the needs and economic capacity of the user.

Nevertheless, the same design concepts have been used to develop any of these three concepts and unify the project. Recycling is present everywhere in the prototype, as can be seen by the use of recycled cork or stranded cork.

Livingroom module: home’s agora

The room where leisure is accumulated, the conscious rest, where we accumulate an-ything that does not have a definite space for it, where we meet our friends is the living room. It is as well the place where we can watch a movie, a TV programme or just surf the net from our computer.

It is the area in the house where a wider variety of activities is carried out, this is very important when deciding which furniture to use. When we first started to work on this project, we knew that what was present in this area must have as many functions as possible at the same time. We imagined a space that could fill up and empty in a short period of time, where furniture had more than one use and everything could be reloca-ted.

When designing for a client whose face, habits and customs we do not know, working

19

with something modular, transformable, repositionable can be the most effective way to satisfy their most general needs.

The living room furniture has been exclusively designed and manufactured for Patio 2.12, according to the criteria explained before.

Kitchen module: a way to understand the Mediterranean culture.

The kitchen becomes a distinguishing element of the Mediterranean lifestyle. Domestic life has traditionally been organized around the “home”, becoming a meeting and com-munication place.

The ability of reinterpreting this tradition, plus the cooking boom as a social act where specialization, creativity and cultural globalization are incorporated, opens a very ex-pressive area of researching, which is also related to the place and the new uses of time, and is enclosed in the Mediterranean cultural context.

In Patio 2.12 home, the wall which delimits the interior space becomes a technological (it serves as thermal-absorbent) and qualified (it contains and stores the elements nee-ded to produce the indoor use that it is expected to offer) envelope.

However, the central point of its activity is the distinctive element of each module. The kitchen is the center of group activities: preparing, cooking, eating, chatting, cleaning ...and it can be understood as the concept of workshop and laboratory.

These ideas are specified in four research points:

1. in terms of design. kitchen - workshop.

The possibilities currently offered for this kind of kitchen organization are restricted by the fact of requiring spaces with unadjusted areas in relation to the reality of the collec-tive housing. Therefore, it is necessary to make a compact element that incorporates the meaning of the isle as a way to share around the table, however with more stringent measures that can afford its use in reduced spaces and allow the standardization of the system.

2. in terms of incorporating new technologies.

The kitchen includes a great number of devices with high energy demand (frigde-freezer). In addition, there are new cooking systems whose efficiency are related to a healthier cooking (eg. steam ovens). We focus on the possibility of incorporating these advances, apart from a better control over the process (programming systems), both strategies will result in energy savings and increased availability of time for the user.

3. modulation and prefabrication. flexibility. cooking for all.

Modulation as a system is taken into account not only in the furniture but also in the organization of cooling zones and cooking, which allows greater flexibility in their orga-nization and use.

The furniture provides modular elements that can be moved around and provide sup-port during the preparation of food or to move to the area where the event occurs, be-coming a “convertible” system.

20

4. Waste and recycling.

Waste. The kitchen is the waste generation point of the home that is the reason why the collecting point is planned at this location in the house.

In terms of the use of recycled materials, as in each of the components of Patio 2.12, the commitment to the interior fittings of the module kitchen, is to use materials that in their manufacture incorporate a high percentage of recycled material, and will be supported by relevant certificates for both its production and its life cycle. For the storage module is used a wood shavings board, with high % of recycled materials and natural timber plated. The isle is made with CORIAN coating with a rate of 13% of recycled materials.

The organization – program of the Kitchen is: 5 activity areas and its needed material.

1 COOKING Pans, pots (ø max 24 cm) Coffee pots Wooden Utensils Ladles, skimmers, spatulas Gloves 2 PREPARING FOOD Dishes, ovenproof dishes, bowls Knives, scissors, roller Cutting Boards Blender, juicer, strainers, graters, funnels Paper roll, silver paper, plastic film roll 3 FOOD STORE Jars, plastic containers Vinegar bottle, oil bottle, Refrigerated or frozen Tins Pasta Packages(sugar, rice, flour ...) Beverage bottles, cans, bricks 4 CLEANING UTENSILS Soap dispenser, mop Cleaning Products Dishcloth Waste (organic, glass, paper, packages) 5 FOOD SERVICE Cups, glasses, jugs Plates, dishes Cutlery Napkins

Bath bed room module: inside the wall, inside the box, a rational space.

The space of the bathroom, storage-closet furniture, storage-bed furniture are concei-ved as autonomous capsules within the scope of the bedroom, as Joe Colombo, in the 1960s, developed various designs of compact units, Cabriolet-bed, Central-living,

21

Night-Cell, Kitchen-box, etc, or also practiced in the metabolism movement, Kisho Ku-rokawa in the Nakagin capsule Tower, or the Archigram group in its investigations into the city in Plug-in City, Walking City, Instat, Spray Plastic House, etc.

We made an experimental proposal with regards to the relationship between the patio and living modules, and a second-order between furniture and capsule space and living modules. A proposal that sets forth the aggregation and provision of compact elements that makes up the House.

The house derived from the aggregation of parts-capsule, it is a house produced indus-trially and interchangeable, both in the arrangement and number of living modules and interior elements. The kitchen and the bathroom are considered the engine for changes in the House, where all the technical innovation and technological are developed and it is the place where we spend much of the time when we are at home.

The bathroom and storage closet and kitchen, are elements which, from the 2nd half of the 20th century, have been atomized by the whole house. In some ways they have been the protagonists of a revolution that changed the House to the studio space, and here they have occupied a place of undisputed importance. Bathrooms and kitchens have freed themselves from the walls that contained them to disperse their items around the House, and have learned to interact with the previous elements, the furniture.

On the basis of the concept of interchangeable furniture-capsule, we have researched and designed the space in the bathroom, managing the concept of bath-box or Cap-sule-bath, in a configuration of free isle within the bedroom´s living module, continuing with the overall housing concept as the aggregation of modules around the patio space.

The bathroom is a very developed world with multiple advances in technological inno-vation, design and material, but on the other hand a market highly targeted to design pieces and independent elements, a market that lacks an overall design concept set for all its elements.

With these premises, we have developed a bathroom space that tries to fill that gap in the market, the concept and globalization idea that we call ‘Bath-Box or Capsule-Bath’, which integrates the plumbing fixtures, shower, storage accessories of bathroom, fit-tings and facilities.

‘Capsule-bath’ is a piece of 258 x 84 x 228 cm, the concept is to collect all those inno-vative ideas that exist in the market independently, and integrate them into this overall concept for a compact bathroom box:

•Compact box for small size, which does not resign to the spatial continuity.

•Integration of all sanitary elements, storage, luminaire and accessories.

•‘Technical wall’ where run all the systems, wall storage-bath, and wall accessories.

•Transparent envelope, fluency and spatial continuity.

•Shower-toilet box closed and ventilated

•Concealment and integration of the toilet, wide spatiality inside the box.

•Modulation as a projective system.

•Prefabrication of all elements in the industry.

22

•Dry mounting

•Recycling water from the washbasin to the tanker.

•Flexibility and adaptability, isle configuration or attached to the wall.

•Material order: resins and mineral components (Corian), versatility, lightness and con-tinuity.

This comprehensive concept of bath, ‘Capsule-bath’, allows that with minimal variations in the layout and materials, it becomes an adaptable prototype to different locations, different economies and different uses, such as a hotel, houses of new construction, offices, housing rehabilitation programs.

We are trying to learn from the car industry, not only in terms of prefabrication, industria-lization and assembly of all its elements, but from the possibilities that open up a series of extras, as it is present in the car market. A number of extras are proposed, which the user can customize according to his needs, with the ability to adapt to each economy and corresponding use.

The patio 2.12 project fits into our Mediterranean tradition and technological innovation, in this context, ‘Capsule. Bath’ developed a variation where the washbasin is close to the Mediterranean ritual of worshiping the water, and is portrayed as a source or stack, a place of sensations, sounds and continuous water flow.

We project a rational storage, which allows empty bedroom space for use in various settings. A way of storing carts, boxes containing all different uses within the wall, a va-nity dressing inside the dressing furniture, a table and bed unfold from the bed furniture, offering the opportunity to use this space in different ways, such as optional study, work or reading, an introverted and protected space within the house, a flexible space.

Technical box: where the machines live

The last module contains all the components required by the prototype facilities. It is the place “where the machines live”, designed to control both the house operation and its energy efficiency. In the house Patio 2.12 this space has very generous dimensions to make enjoyable the interaction of the user with the “machines” that are orderly placed and in set very didactically into two strips in the shorter facades of the module.

In one of this strips is located the purifying unit, the photovoltaic systems, the electric centralized systems, as well as the home automation. On the other, are located the coo-ling/heating water pump, the solar heat water tank, the auxiliary heat pump source, the main water tank and the evaporative cooling unit.

As well as the centralized equipment for the systems, here are included other “house machines” of common use that are better located in a separate space to avoid distur-bing: for examples those related with the cycle of washing clothes (washing machine, dryer and ironing).

Taking advantage of the wide dimensions of the module, as well as its continuous venti-lation, the space is turned into a semi-exterior space and can take up as well other type of machines:

•Those related with physical exercise: a small group of gym equipment is found inside

23

on the closets, equipment that can be unfolded to use the central space as a gym.

•Those related to the DIY: the closets can contain the tools, utensils and elements nee-ded to carry out these domestic activities.

•Lastly, the utensils needed for the house´s maintenance are also found here, such as stairs, protections, special clothes, etc.

Patio, reinterpreting tradition.

Sometimes the most innovative ideas come from an aspect of our closest tradition. We have them in our reach; we just have to look closely to find them. Our previous expe-rience in projects and construction of prefabricated housing (as has been for example the Residence for temporary workers in Cartaya, Huelva, or our own participation in the SDE 2010 competition) have made us think about two aspects normally missing in the industrialized housing prototypes:

On one side, the “boxes” that are normally premanufactured create interior massive spaces with clear and concise construction, where the difference between interior and exterior is very important. It is not common for prefabricated houses to solve in an at-tractive way the need for intermediate spaces of a house, these spaces do not belong to either the inside or the outside, and they are transition spaces. They are also good for improving the climate conditions needed for life to be carried out inside of them with as good living conditions as possible.

On the other side, current society and our cities demand a way of building more compact urban fabrics that will answer to the advantages of higher density in terms of energetic savings and sustainability, especially in our Mediterranean field, where it has already been proved that extensive suburban growths with low density do not succeed. Most of the proposals for prefabricated light housing are composed of pieces that have been designed for use as “detached single family house” and there are very few examples where the industrialized housing actually managed to compose dense urban fabric.

The timeless culture of inhabiting in Andalucía serves as a very adequate reference for the introduction of a change in the living models previously stated. This reference is the use of the patio, the patio house, as a modern way to face the housing project that can answer the different challenges on the way towards energetic efficiency, variety of do-mestic spaces and the construction of dense fabrics. The prototype Patio 2.12 assumes the architectonic element that names it and turns it into the heart of the house. It will be a house that searches its roots in tradition, but reinterpreting it, assuming in its conception new technologies and new ways to live the house.

The same way those traditional patios reinforce the following aspects:

Climate regulation in the house through a buffer space conformed by the tempered air volume installed in the heart of the house, protecting it in an economical way of the ad-verse climate conditions, using vegetation or adjustable protective element for the sun if necessary.

An intermediate living space with very special and beneficial characteristics: without the need of mechanical air conditioning, it generates a space for the different complemen-tary activities in the house that do not need an exhaustive thermal control and find their best scenario in the patio.

24

A method of constructing a compact and dense city, through the aggregation of houses that breathe and relate with each other mainly through their patios instead of through their facades.

The “technological patio” in the house Patio 2.12 creates:

An intermediate space that serves as an adjustable climate cooler. With the combined use of the “technological grapevine” and the glazed roof with adjustable openings, a solar collector for winter and a shaded space for summer can be created.

An extension of the rooms of the house that when opened towards it, incorporate the space as an additional relating space.

A possibility of grouping premanufactured housing in very compact groups: if neces-sary, the houses can be joined together without leaving any space between them, only the patio space as mediation between exterior and interior.

An efficient way to manage the relationships of the house with light and ventilation through the combination of two constructive elements overlaid: the glazing adjustable enclosure and the adjustable louvers on top of it.

An element of flexible design that adapts its dimensions to the gap created by the addi-tion of the different prefabricated modules. The house is composed of the addition of fixed spaces, with modular dimensions and totally premanufactured (that compose the four living modules) and a variable gap (the patio) whose dimension depends on the user´s needs or the number of fixed elements grouped surrounding it.

4.1.1.5. CONSTRUCTION AND ASSEMbLy

In the prototype´s construction, two main aspects prevail: first, the development of a constructive process that respects the environment, and secondly, a new model of hou-sing prefabrication that can become a step forward in the industrialization of the domes-tic architecture.

Medium scale prefabrication is the basis for this new model, which allows the living modules to be made completely in factory, to be taken later on to its final destination by road transportation.

25

Traditional construction materials are technologically reinterpreted and applied to the prototype. For example, ceramic and timber are used in exterior cladding and the module´s structure; they are suitable from an environmental perspective because they improve the passive performance of the spaces and need little energy consumption for the construction. Besides, these materials can be combined with some next-generation components used in enclosure walls.

The constructive system of the envelope consists of a “balloon frame” timber struc-ture, with ceramic claddings to the outside and timber sandwich panels filled with in-sulation inside. The insulation occupies all its thickness improve the thermal inertia. The structural system is an active skin, using the efficiency of the timber skeleton as a “diffuse structure”. Each module is autonomous from the structural perspective and connected to the ground through a reduced number of supports (as legs).

The assembly process is very simple:

First, the living modules are set in place, they do not need foundations, just supporting elements fixed to the module before this one takes its final position.

The patio floor is independent from the living modules and is connected to the ground through a support system similar to the module´s one. The pergola´s structure of the patio rests on the living modules, which have special elements to receive it all around, no matter what the final configuration of the house is. Therefore, the house floor is ele-vated, ventilated and insulated.

Lastly, all the systems are connected using the systems ring found underneath the patio´s air chamber.

26

Once the prototype has been assembled, it will be completed with the implementation of exterior ramps, carpets and water repositories.

27

4.1.1.6. MAIN ChARACTERISTICS Of PATIO 2.12

4.1.1.6.1. progress in energy management: production and save

Patio 2.12 addresses the progress of the house energy management from both the production and the saving promotion of energy.

Energy production.

The prototype achieves the best architectural integration of photovoltaic solar system through the house shape. Photovoltaic panels are integrated in the living modules, pla-ced on the roof to create a ventilated air gap on little supports. The living module´s roofs have the appropriate inclination to get the higher efficiency.

Therefore, the photovoltaic system has a double function: roof cover and electricity generation.

Moreover, the panels placed on the top of the Technical Box are hybrid units, in such a way that under the photovoltaic units are added the thermal solar panels for the water conditioning.

Another highpoint is the large area used for solar capture systems. Patio 2.12 takes full advantage of photovoltaic energy using the complete house roof.

Energy saving.

Optimization on air conditioning in the house is possible through the use of different bio-climatic strategies designed and developed in Patio 2.12. Moreover, the use of efficient appliances and the study of natural lighting contribute to the energy save.

The use of the thermal inertia of the materials and the ventilation, taking advantage of the prototype shape and openings, decrease the energy needed to condition the spaces.

The innovative systems of this prototype decrease the need of air-conditioning during a great part of the year. These are the evapotranspiration cooling systems in the enclosure walls and the design of a patio with different climatic performance in winter and summer.

Due to the evapotranspiration, the ceramic facade is used as a natural air conditioner. Moisturizing its porous panels through a capillary network and evaporating the water in summer: it enhances the passive cooling. This is a thermal regulation mechanism si-milar to the mammals’ skin or the traditional ceramic recipients. So the high form factor of the prototype is here an efficiency advantage, because it exchanges energy with the external environment in an intelligent way.

The patio decreases the need for energy to achieve the comfort requirements in the housing modules, behaving as a thermal transition between inside and outside. The design of a variable conditioning function is one of the main innovations of Patio 2.12 prototype.

Winter. greenhouse effect and control of energy lost.

During the day, the patio becomes a greenhouse, its glass elements capture the solar radiation and the heated air is conducted to the conditioned rooms. The pergola ope-ning slats allows for a higher capture of solar radiation. At night, the patio and the rooms openings are closed, in order to decrease the energy lost through the walls and to use the patio as a thermal transition between the conditioned inside space and outside

28

space.

Summer. ventilation and evapotranspiration cooling of facades.

During the day, the solar radiation on the roof is controlled by the pergola, folding the glass panels and “opening” the patio, and letting the air flow through the vertical walls. Different wind pressures over the walls promote a continuous airflow through the patio. At night, the glass cover is extended and the airflow becomes horizontal through the opened walls of the patio.

4.1.1.6.2. sustainability:

The sustainability concept is present in most of the prototype aspects, but some are particularly noteworthy:

No footprints on landscape

Because of the absence of foundation and use of supports over the ground, the system allows the living modules to stand not affecting the ground after removing the prototy-pe. Therefore, it is a construction without footprint on landscape or residues after the possible house disassembly. The housing modules could also be used to complement other buildings, such as in the recycling of obsolete residential structures. In this case it would be supported directly on structural slabs.

Economy

The recyclability of the living modules, as well as their manufacturing ranges (from the most basic and cheapest one to the most expensive and luxurious) respond to the eco-nomic sustainability demanded by today´s society.

The interior elements (such as closets and isles) are also industrialized and manufac-tured in different ranges. The same way the living modules can be recycled, so can the interior elements and be placed in obsolete spaces (old housing, for example) and refurbish them.

This way of recycling and adjusting to the different economic capacities is also present in the sustainability concept.

Water management in the house

29

Rainwater runs along the sloping roof and is collected to be used in the energy dissipa-tion systems. A precise water cycle has been designed, in order to recycle every drop of water, except for those coming from sewage.

One of the machines in the Technical Box is a domestic water purifier, desgined and manufactured specifically for Patio 2.12. The design and engineering crew have worked very closely with a water purifying center where the use of natural techniques is mixed with those of high tech.

Reduction of waste and recycling in the construction process

Because of its manufacturing in factory and the dry construction system used, the quan-tity of waste generated in the manufacturing, assembly and disassembly processes are minimized. Every unproductive result of the process is generated in factory and is fully recyclable.

On the other hand, the dimensional coordination of the prototype allows a high possibi-lity of reusing the basic housing elements

4.1.1.6.3. capacity for industrialization

The prototype develops the concept of house construction based on living modules that have been fully constructed in factory: completely prefabricated.

In the case of living modules, its industrialization is based on the integrated design of all the components, whose dimensional and functional coordination of the parts (timber structure, ceramic pieces for enclosure walls...) allows for an independent and serial manufacture, and its later assembly in the module, as a meccano system.

4.1.1.6.4. capacity for marketing

The marketing potential of the prototype relies on its own construction system, because it generates a high quality and very versatile product: the same prefabricated modules can be placed in several ways to satisfy different requirements. The user can freely com-pose the space of the house.

Moreover, its energy self-sufficiency allows the house´s construction in many different locations.

Besides, its space and comfort conditions make it more competitive than the current market of prefabricated houses.

All these features generate a large market range. It is proposed that, starting from the original prefabricated modules, the following options are possible:

•Building isolated / terraced houses in the city /country.

•To construct residential high-rise building, by piling the modules.

30

•Recycling obsolete residential structures, by inserting the modules in them.

•Recycling obsolete spaces, by inserting isles and closets.

4.1.1.6.5. security in the process

The construction and assembly are previously made by qualified staff in factory, redu-cing the risk in this stage of the process. The risks are minimal because the assembly and disassembly of the house is an easy and short process.

4.1.1.6.6. other conditions

In addition to the prototype features related to the competition requirements, it is possi-ble to include other important conditions.

It is remarkable how easy and fast the assembly-disassembly process is, allowed by the prefabricated construction system of the prototype. The construction system is based on the placement of the living modules in the chosen location, disposed in the way decided, and then the fixation and coupling of the platform and the patio´s roof, which are prefabricated too.

Its possibilities to get various distributions and clusters, take great importance in order to use it in many situations (temporary emergency refuge in humanitarian disasters or places without urban infrastructure, in an isolated place in the country, inside the urban fabric). Also, it is possible to develop several ways of coupling (detached houses, terra-ced houses, flats…)

The pleasant perception of the house using every sense:

The house prototype and its exterior spaces allow people to experiment sensations re-lating to smell (aromatic plants), touch (humidity and patio coolness), and sight (natural light and shadows on the inside), etc.

31

shape optimization, is designed not only for solar energy production (oriented to the south), but also to enhance the spaciousness of the house. The understanding of the house changes from habitable m2 to m3. The roof´s slope in the living modules enhan-ces the spatial richness in their interior.

32

4.1.2 SUMMARY OF RECONFIGURABLE FEATURES

The competition rules require the size of the plot where the prototypes will be built to be 20,0 x 20,0 m (rule 4) and the solar prototype´s envelope to not exceed the figure limits of rule 5.

The Patio 2.12 maximum height is 6,00 m, not exceeding the top level of 6,00 m, and its position is set not to cast shadows on its neighboring plot, as is showed in the following diagram:

Patio 2.12 satisfies the determinations of the rule 5, referred to:

Design Approval

The supporting structure and electricity system of the prototype have been designed in order to keep the public view under control. In both cases, designs and calculations are made by a qualified professional. The prototype also complies with the Spanish building regulations.

Maximum Architectural Footprint

The architectural footprint defined by Patio 2.12 prototype is 124.79 m2 and does not exceed the limit of 150 m2 indicated in the norm 6.2. This architectural footprint includes the patio inside the house. However, the entrance and exit platforms of the house are excluded and also the access ramps and flowerpots of the house.

Minimum & Maximum Measurable Area

The prototype measurable area is 69.57 m2, which is above the 45 m2, the minimum

33

measurable area, and less than the 70 m2, the maximum measurable area established in the rule 6.3.

Entrance and Exit Routes

The house has an entry and exit located at two opposite points. The routes to reach them are accessible, both of them are ramps according to the Spanish Accessibility Regulation.

House’s minimum requirements

The prototype complies with the minimum requirements:

appliances: These include washing machine, dryer, dishwasher, oven, hot water draws, cooking devices, home electronics (TV & computer), fridge, freezer, and all the facilities required in order to organize the three dinner parties that will take place during the competition.

Workstation: This is needed to control temperature, lighting, air quality, humidity, and acoustic performance. The workstation is located at Living room Module.

public areas for dinners: This is an area in the patio, where eight people could celebrate a nice dinner.

public areas for public exhibit: The living, bedroom, and kitchen modules and also the patio will be able to be visited. The routes to reach them from the outside of the house will be accessible and safe for the intended use.

The access ramps have been designed in order that disabled people can use it (the slope and the flights are according to the Basic Document of Use and Accessibility CTE SUA).

passive strategies for providing comfort conditions: The prototype has many resources for the passive conditioning of spaces, provided by the space design (position, dimen-sions and openings) and constructive systems (patio´s pergola, evapotranspiration walls, etc.)

interior and exterior lighting: The prototype has interior and exterior lighting that will be on during the competition span.

34

4.1.3 LIGHTING DESIGN NARRATIVE

4.1.3.1. LIGhTING CONCEPT

The prototype lighting is studied with delicacy to reach the maximum user comfort, combining the natural and artificial light contribution.

In both cases, the lighting is part of the house design.

In the patio, where the pergola controls the energy loss, the light is diffused and enters from the top.

A combination of diffused lighting and concentrated lighting coming from the narrow windows is present in the living modules.

In terms of artificial lighting, Andalucía Team has worked on a lighting process especia-lly for Patio 2.12.

According to the architectural concept of the prototype (a skin that is qualified on the inside by the introduction of closets and isles), lighting comes from the qualifying ele-ments. In this way, closets and isles are provided with lighting elements which generate true scenery for the interior of the rooms. This lighting is solved with LEDs lines placed in different ways.

On each room’ ceiling LEDs lines have been placed as well. In this way, a general illu-mination is added in order to provide enough light for those activities which requires a higher level of light in all the space.

According to the prefabricated drawers system, the patio’s lighting (solved with LEDs lines) could be part of each drawer.

The exterior area does not compete with this magic atmosphere, there is a suggestive light line that comes from the ramp, with diffuse illumination and signaling for the ramp.

4.1.3.2. ARTIfICIAL LIGhTING SOLUTIONS

All the artificial lighting has been made with LEDs, lamps type which would improve the energetic efficiency of the house with a lower energetic consumption.

The commercial brand for lights is iGuzzini. The used model for all the house lighting is LEDSTRIP LOW POWER.

Living room Module:

In both closets’ gaps, there is a LEDs line fitted on the empty top panel.

The workstation in the closet have a lamp to improve the illumination of this area.

LED lines are embedded on the finish cork false ceiling.

35

Kitchen Module:

In the central closet gap, it is provided a LEDs line embedded on the top panel of the space.

In the kitchen’ isle, there are LEDs lines to illuminate the lower plane of the isle. Moreo-ver, that plane of the isle is retro-illuminated towards its top part, placing LEDs trays and making cracks on the corian material, which the isle is covered.


Bath bedroom Module:

In both bed closets spaces and in the dressing table space from the dressing closet, there are LEDs lines embedded on the top panel of each space.

The bath isle is retro-illuminated placing LEDs trays and making cracks on the corian material, which the isle is covered.


Technical box:

LEDs lines are placed on the closets interior spaces.

LEDs lines stuck on the top of the thermochip sight panel in the ceiling.

In the patio:

In joist lower face, which makes the prefabricated drawer, there is a stuck LEDs line.

In the exterior:

Lighting is for the illumination of the ramp, with a LED line for exteriors.

36

4.1.4 BIOCLIMATIC STRATEGIES

The strategies and resources of environmental or bioclimatic design incorporated to the Patio 2.12 prototype are the following:

enclosure:

It has all the strategies channelled to answer all the biophysical aspects, such as clima-tic-thermal and acoustic aspects. It will be defined the kind and level of insulation, air sealing degree, thermal inertial, colour and absorptivity, just as the construction techni-que employed and the finish with the “Efecto botijo” (a passive technique which combi-nes tradition, culture, economics and andalusian popularity, put into practise for the first time into a building). There is also included a simulation of ventilation cavity generated between the roof and the photovoltaic cells from each unit.

glazing orientation, type and size:

Which include the bioclimatic lighting, thermal and acoustic strategies, bringing all di-fferent strategies into fruition, like choosing a thermal bridge breaking frame with low emissivity glaze, with external shading; solar radiation control thanks to a testified sys-tem of “vegetal-artificial vine”; everything supported by the sun exposure study, just as the natural lighting level inside each module, just as the patio, in the course of the year, guaranteeing a right visual comfort at the same time as reducing to the maximum the artificial lighting use.

interior distribution of spaces:

It will explain project actions such as patio-room zoning, the solar space creation or the shape factor variability.

passive heating strategies:

Adopted measures to favour the house heating in a passive way. In this section it is si-mulated the perimeter ventilation cavity performance of each module, just as the inside of the patios’ where a greenhouse effect is produced catching a heat which is going to be radiated to perimeter rooms. Use of PCM material1.

passive cooling strategies:

In this section are defined the adopted measures to reach the prototype Patio 2.12’ pas-sive cooling. Between those the evaporative pre-cooling by facade evapor-perspiration, thermal inertia with night ventilation, use of a solar chimney per module or making an adjustable lower ventilation of the house.

semi-passive systems:

In the present section, the adopted actions to maximize the passive strategies effects

with low energy consumption, such as the use of air admission in the lower cavity auto-matic lockgates, or the use of little pumps which take the water by dripping to the entire north kitchen and living room module facades to reduce the cavity air temperature.

1 The use of PCM material in the prototype is theoretical, as for budget reasons, it has not been able to be placed into the built prototy-pe.

37

bioclimatic exterior design:

In order to reduce the heating isle effect and improve the microclimate around the hou-se through the internal spaces bioclimatic design, aspects like wind and breeze, exter-nal reflection degree, just as shading the ponds placed in the north of the site with the idea of using their water like a free pre-cooling for the house climate control, have been weighed up.

4.2 ENGINEERING AND CONSTRUCTION

DESIGN NARRATIVE

4.2.1 HOUSE’S STRUCTURE

4.2.1.1. PATIO´S STRUCTURE

4.2.1.1.1. STRUCTURAL DESCRIPTION

4.2.1.1.2. CALCULATED LOADS

4.2.1.1.3. MATERIALS´ CHARACTERISTICS

4.2.1.2. GENERAL STRUCTURE

4.2.1.2.1. STRUCTURAL PREMISES FOR ADOPTED SOLUTION

4.2.1.2.2. STRUCTURE DESCRIPTION

4.2.1.2.3. ASSEMBLY AND TRANSPORT

4.2.2 CONSTRUCTIVE DESIGN OF THE HOUSE

4.2.2.1. ENvELOPE. LIMITATION Of ENERGy DEMAND. CTE Db hE1

4.2.2.1.1. THE MASSIVE VERTICAL ENVELOPE

4.2.2.1.2. THE MASSIVE HORIZONTAL ENVELOPE

4.2.2.1.3. THE LIGHTWEIGHT ENVELOPE

4.2.2.2. INTERIOR CONSTRUCTION

4.2.2.2.1. LIVING ROOM MODULE

4.2.2.2.2. KITCHEN MODULE

4.2.2.2.3. BED AND BATH ROOM

4.2.2.2.4. TECHNICAL MODULE

4.2.2.2.5. PATIO

4.2.2.3. ExTERIOR CONSTRUCTION

4.2.2.4. ACOUSTIC PERfORMANCE Of ThE ADOPTED SOLUTIONS

4.2.2.4.1. INTRODUCTION

4.2.2.4.2. REVERBERATION TIME ESTIMATION

4.2.2.4.3. FINISHES

4.2.2.4.4. RESULTS

4.2.2.4.5. ACOUSTIC COMFORT ASSESSMENT

4.2.2.5. fIRE PROTECTION

4.2.3 PLUMBING SYSTEM

4.2.3.1. WATER CyCLE

4.2.3.1.1. CONTAINERS LOCATION

4.2.3.1.2. WATER DELIVERY

4.2.3.1.3. WATER REMOVAL

4.2.3.1.4. TEAM PROVIDED LIQUIDS AND WATER OF MOUTH

4.2.3.1.5. GREY WATER REUSE

4.2.3.1.6. GREY WATER RECYCLED

4.2.3.1.7. RAINWATER AND HVAC CONDENSATION

4.2.3.1.8. WATER CYCLED SCHEME

4.2.3.2. ACTIvE EvAPOTRANSPIRATION COOLING fAçADE

INSTALLATION

4.2.3.2.1. DESCRIPTION

4.2.3.2.2. COMPONENTS

4.2.4 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS

4.2.4.1. hvAC

4.2.4.1.1. HEATING

4.2.4.1.2. AIR CONDITIONING

4.2.4.2. vENTILATION



4.2.4.3. PATIO´S EvAPORATIvE COOLING SySTEM



4.2.5 SOLAR THERMAL SYSTEM

4.2.5.1. DESCRIPTION

4.2.5.2. COMPONENTS DETAILS

4.2.5.3. SOLAR ThERMAL CALCULATIONS WITh LUMELCO

4.2.6 PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEM BUILDING INTEGRATED SOLAR ACTIVE SYSTEMS

4.2.6.1. INTRODUCTION

4.2.6.2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

4.2.6.3. DESIGN AND SPECIfICATIONS

4.2.6.4. SAfETy AND INSTALLATIONS INSTRUCTIONS

4.2.6.5. ELECTRICAL ENERGy bALANCE

4.2.6.6. ENERGy PAybACk AND CO2 ANALySIS

4.2.6.7. MAINTENANcE PLAN

4.2.6.8. INvERTED CERTIfICATES

4.2.6.9. PHoTovoLTAIc sysTEMs DEsIgN suMMARy

4.2.7 ELECTRICAL AND AUTOMATION SYSTEMS

4.2.7.1. INTRoDucTIoN

4.2.7.1.1. INFORMATION ABOUT THE PROJECT

4.2.7.1.2. IMPORTANCE OF BUILDING AUTOMATION

4.2.7.2. WHy BuILDINg AuToMATIoN?

4.2.7.2.1. ENERGY BALANCE

4.2.7.2.1.1. ADJUSTMENT TO THE NEEDS OF THE SET POINT

4.2.7.2.1.2. ACTION DEPENDED SWITCHING OPERATION

4.2.7.2.1.3. OPTIMUM START AND STOP SWITCHING

OPERATION

4.2.7.2.1.4. CYCLIC SWITCHING OPERATION

4.2.7.2.1.5. COOLING DOWN AT NIGHT

4.2.7.2.1.6. ENERGY CONTROLLING

4.2.7.2.1.7. VISUALISATION

4.2.7.2.2. REMOTE ACCESS AND APPLICATION

4.2.7.2.3. AUTOMATION

4.2.7.2.3.1. POSSIBILITIES IN BUILDING AUTOMA- TION SYSTEMS

4.2.7.3. PRoPosED TEcHNoLogy

4.2.7.3.1. KNX ASSOCIATION

4.2.7.3.2. TOPOLOGY

4.2.7.3.2.1. ASSEMBLY OF COMPONENTS, LINES AND AREAS

4.2.7.3.3. ADDRESSING

4.2.7.3.3.1. PHYSICAL ADDRESS

4.2.7.3.3.2. LOGICAL ADDRESS

4.2.7.3.3.3. 3 LEVEL ADRESSING

4.2.7.3.4. TRANSMISSION MEDIUM

4.2.7.3.4.1. TWISTED PAIR (KNX.TP)

4.2.7.3.4.2. POWER LINE, RADIO, ETHERNET AND FIBRE

OPTIC CABLE

4.2.7.3.5. COMMUNICATION SEQUENCE

4.2.7.3.5.1. BUS SIGNAL AT KNX.TP

4.2.7.3.5.2. BIT RATE AT KNX.TP

4.2.7.3.5.3. BUS ACCESS MODE

4.2.7.3.5.4. SUMMARY OF THE STRUCTURE OF A TELEGRAM

4.2.7.3.6. EIB/KNX-HARDWARE

4.2.7.3.6.1. EIB/KNX SYSTEM COMPONENTS

4.2.7.3.7. EIB/KNX-SOFTWARE

4.2.7.3.7.1. SYSTEM SOFTWARE

4.2.7.3.7.2. APPLICATION SOFTWARE

4.2.7.3.7.3. ENGINEERING TOOL SOFTWARE, VERSION 3

(ETS 3)

4.2.7.3.8. SELECTION OF A MANUFACTURER

4.2.7.4. MoDE oF oPERATIoN oF THE IMPLEMENTED TAsKs

4.2.7.4.1. ILLUMINATION

4.2.7.4.1.1. INCLUDING THE ILLUMINATION INTO THE EIB/KNX BUS SYSTEM

4.2.7.4.1.2. COMPONENTS AND THEIR FUNCTION

4.2.7.4.2. ELECTRICAL MOTORS

4.2.7.4.2.1. INCLUDING THE ELECTRICAL MOTORS INTO THE EIB/KNX BUS SYSTEM

4.2.7.4.3. HEATING CONTROL

4.2.7.4.3.1. INTRODUCTION

4.2.7.4.3.2. INCLUDING THE HEATING INTO THE EIB/KNX BUS SYSTEM


4.2.7.4.4. CISTERN

4.2.7.4.4.1. INCLUDING THE CISTERN INTO THE EIB/KNX BUS SYSTEM

4.2.7.4.5. REMOTE ACCESS OF THE EIB/KNX NETWORK

4.2.7.4.5.1. MODE OF OPERATION

4.2.7.4.6. MUSIC SYSTEM

4.2.7.5. PRocEEDINg AND REsuLTs

4.2.7.5.1. CALCULATIONS

4.2.7.5.1.1. SWITCH ACTORS

4.2.7.5.1.2. POWER SUPPLY

4.2.7.5.1.3. MINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKER (MCB)

4.2.7.5.2. ENGINEERING DRAWINGS

4.2.7.5.3. PROGRAMMING OF THE AUTOMATION DEVICES

4.2.8 BUILDING INTEGRATED SOLAR ACTIVE SYSTEMS

4.2.8.1. PHOTOVOLTAIC MODULES

4.2.8.2. HYBRID MODULES

4.2.8.3. SOLAR CHIMNEY

4.2.1 HOUSE STRUCTURE

38

4.2.1 HOUSE’S STRUCTURE

4.2.1.1. PATIO´S STRUCTURE (CEILING)



4.2.1.1.3. CALCULATION


4.2.1.2. PATIO´S STRUCTURE (fLOOR)





4.2.1.3. MODULES´ STRUCTURE

4.2.1.3.1. STRUCTURAL PREMISES FOR ADOPTED SOLUTION



4.2.1.3.4. ASSEMBLY AND TRANSPORT

4.2.1.3.5 REPLAY REPORT OF DELIVERABLE #3

4.2.1.4. RAMP´S STRUCTURE





39

4.2.1 HOUSE`S STRUCTURE.

4.2.1.1. PATIO´S STRUCTURE (CEILING)

4.2.1.1.1. structural description

The aluminium joist for glazed window frames also makes up the bearing structure for all the patios’ ceiling system, resting fixed the turning axes from the slats of the top alu-minium joist.

4.2.1.1.2. calculated loads

1. ROTATING SLATS OF COMPOSITE

Thickness (m) Load (KN/m2) Reduction C Reduced Load (KN/m2)

0,02 0,3 0,65 0,195

2. AXIS OF SLATS

Worst lenght (m) ø (m) Area (m2) Lineal Load (KN/m)

6 0,015 0,000176715 0,013872095

3. ANCHORES+GUTTER+SUPPORT OF GLASS+ALUMINUM JOIST

Area (m2) Load (KN/m)

2,8·10-3 0,0756

4. CEILING GLASS

Thickness (m) Area (m2) Total load (KN) Load/2 (KN)

0,01 3 0,357 0,1785

5. MOTORS TO ROTATE THE SLATS

Load (kg) Load (KN)

2 0,02

6. MOTORS TO OPEN THE DOORS

Load (kg) Load (KN)

2 0,02

4.2.1.1.3. calculation

a) Simplification to an aluminum joist. We first calculate the total weight of only one joist:

0.24 KN/m + 0,01387 KN/m + 0,0756 KN/m = 0,3294 KN/m

b) Combinations:

resistance: Persistent combination: 1,35 · G = 1,35 · 0,32943 = 0,44473 KN/m

distortion: Distortion verification:

G= 0,32943 KN/m

limit = L/500 m = 6, 12 / 500 = 0,01224m

40

c) Verifications:

Resistance: M= (q·l2) / 8 = (0,44473 · 6,122)/8 = 2,08213 KN·m

qmax = (M/I)·y = (2,08213/13,9448·10-6)·0,12 = 1,7913·104 N/mm2

qad = 110 N/mm2

Distortion: ƒ=(5·0,32943·6,124) / (384·6,9·13,94·10) = 0,00625 m < 0,01224 m

In order to verify the structure, the model has been introduced in cype metal. Los lista-

dos de cálculo están en el apartado 13. STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS.

4.2.1.1.4. material´s characteristics

According to the manufacturer, there will be used 26 cm high aluminium joist from the commercial brand STRUGAL, with the section which appears in the patios’ plans (IN-501 and following).

4.2.1.2. PATIO´S STRUCTURE (fLOOR)


The patio floor will be formed by a structural grid where there will be rested the Fibe-ron wood floor. There are 7 different types of grids to form the patio floor which will be prefabricated.


Superficial loads:

Paviment: 0,15 KN/m2

Use loads: C5: 5KN/m2


To calculate the structure, the model has been introduced in cype metal. The results can

be readen in 13. STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS.


In each grid, structural steel tubes have been used:

- 60.40.1,5 mm in perimeter

- 40.40.1.5 mm for internal lines

The courtyard structure footings are adjustable, comprising:

- Structural steel tube 40.40.1,5 mm

- Threaded rod 20 mm diameter and 150 mm long, welded to supporting horizontal sheet 100.100.10 mm

41

4.2.1.2. GENERAL STRUCTURE CALCULATION

4.2.1.2.1. structural premises for adopted solution

All modules are similar with two levels, floor and roof and the house access is by a House is composed of four independent modules (Living room, Bedroom, kitchen and Technical box), which are interconnected by a central patio. All modules are similar with two levels, floor and roof.

House access is by a perimeter ramp which ends at the entrance between the kitchen and the living room.

House structural design has taken into account several factors:

· Prefabrication. Industrialization and assembly

House is allowed to be completely built at central prefabrication and then trans p o r t -ed to the plot. Structure construction process is very easy and fast assembly. Structural system is the same in all modules.

· Transport. Dimensions and weight restrictions

As the house must be transported from central prefabrication to the plot, it has been taken into account the maximum house dimensions for the transport by trailer. Further-more, house design represents a light weight structure.

· Ground independence. Low-impact and adjustable height footings

Lots must be cleaned and re-established to its original conditions once the assem-bly and disassembly process is over. Low impact footings have been used to support all house and site components located on the competition site. As vertical elevation change may exist across the lot, footings are height adjustable.

· House raising for transport. Load cases and structural stiffness

Given that the house must be raised on the trailer for the transport and then for located it on the competition position, it must been considered special load cases. Addition-ally, house must have enough stiffness to impede dimensional deformations that could cause damage in the constructive elements.

· Sustainability. Ecosustainable, recycable and reusable materials

All materials used on the house structure have been chosen for their recyclable charac-ter. Moreover, all the structure is able to be assembly and disassembly easily, and can adopt different distributions.

4.2.1.2.2. structure design

As indicated before, structure design of all modules is similar. Floor plan is composed by perimeter steel beams (hollow tube 200.200.8 mm) with steel joists (hollow tube 80.200.3 mm) separated with 65-70 cm of interaxis. Finally, over the joists is place a wood flooring with the thermal insulation.

42

Supports are made of wood C24 with section 70x70, 70x140 or 70x210 mm separated with 40 cm of interaxis. Distance between supports is conditioned for the anchorage elements necessary for ceramic façade pieces.

Roof plan has similar design as floor, but in this case, all the elements are made of wood. Generally, perimetral beams and joists are the same section of 70x140 mm. Joists in-teraxis is 40 cm coinciding with supports distribution. In this way, supports and joists form equidistant arcades. Unions between wood elements are always realized through ironworks and screws or nails.

Ground floor is formed by a metal sheet on which a panel of thermochip flooring is used as support for the placement of the cork pavement. Regarding the roof structure, it is made using thermostructural panels made of wood.

Living room and kitchen modules, have an extra difficulty as enter is situated at a corner in both cases. As is not possible to provide supports in this area, special wood beam have been design at roof plan, with 70x350 mm dimensions.

The support of the patio roof structure on the modules, is solve by the disposition of an angular metallic beam L 100.100.10 mm, transversed along the support perimeter, which is anchored to the vertical wood columns by screws.

House - 3D Views

Lateral stability for each module to horizontal wind load is provided by the resistant bracing system that represents the roof behaviour as a diaphragm transmitting the hori-zontal loads to the façade beam- pillars frames parallel to wind direction. Roof is made by wood thermochip slab anchored to the joists and beams by screws. All supports are joined together by the wood panels placed on the both sides of the façades, which provides the modules of stiffnees.

Lots must be cleaned and re-established to its original conditions once the assem-bly and disassembly process is over. Low impact footings have been used to support all house and site components located on the competition site. As vertical elevation change may exist across the lot, footings are height adjustable. The design and place-ment of the footings have been done considering Villa Solar plot 12 characteristics: an concrete ground with 3 % slope. The plot was visited for that effect by some memebers

43

of the team last July 2012.

Details of roof floor with wood beams and supports

As note above, the entry from the patio to the kitchen and living-room modules are real-ized across one of the corners, so the supports disposition at this area is not possible. As a consequence, the logical way to raise the modules – that is, arranging the anchor-ages of hoisted in the roof structure coinciding with the supports – is not viable, because it would cause dimensional deformations that could damage constructive elements.

To solve this situation, it is proposed to design a metallic rigid framework for the struc-ture of the ground floor, from which the raised of the house is realized, arranging the anchorages for the slings along the perimeter metallic beams.

Detail of ground floor with insulation inside the beams and joists

44

The completely prefabrication character of the house, means that all the installations must built previously to the final assembly, so hollow cores have been provided along the metallic beams of the ground floor, to take through the installations.

4.2.1.2.3. structural codes

· Código Técnico de la Edificación (CTE). Spanish Technical Building Code

Royal Decree 314/2006, 17th Mar., Ministerio de Vivienda (Ministry of Housing).

B.O.E.: 28th Mar. 2006

Correction of errors: BOE 25th Jan 2008

Text modified by RD 1371/2007, 19th Oct., Ministerio de Vivienda (Ministry of Housing) B.O.E.: 23-OCT-2007

Correction of errors: B.O.E.: 20th Dec 2007

Text modified by RD 1675/2008, 17th Oct, Ministerio de Vivienda (Ministry of Housing) B.O.E.: 18th Oct 2008

- Documento Básico de Seguridad Estructural. DB-SE

(Structural Safety General Rules)

- Documento Básico de Seguridad Estructural. Acciones en la Edificación

DB-SE-AE (Structural Safety Actions in Building)

- Documento Básico de Seguridad Estructural. Cimientos DB-SE-C

(Structural Safety in Foundation)

- Documento Básico de Seguridad Estructural. Acero DB-SE-A

(Structural Safety Steel Design)

- Documento Básico de Seguridad Estructural. Madera DB-SE-M

(Structural Safety Wood Design)

- Documento Básico de Seguridad en caso de Incendio. DB-SI

(Fire Safety Design)

· Norma de Construcción Sismorresistente. Parte General y Edificación NCSE-02

Spanish Technical Structural Seismic Design Code

Ministerio de Fomento (Ministry of Infrastructure)

45

4.2.1.2.4. loads

GRAVITY LOADS

A) Dead Loads

- Self-Weight of Structural Steel Elements: Density d= 78,3 kN/m3

- Self-Weight of Structural Wood Elements: Density d= 3,8 kN/m3

- Self-Weight of Ground Floor + Pavement: 1,00 kN/m2

- Self-Weight of Roof Floor + Pavement + Photovoltaics panels: 0,75 kN/m2

- Facade enclosure: 2,50 kN/m

- Patio Roof Reaction: 2,00 kN/m

B) Live Loads

- Use live load (Floor: Residential area): 2,00 kN/m2

- Use live load (Floor: During construction): 1,00 kN/m2

- Use live load (Roof: Only accessible for maintenance): 1,00 kN/m2

- Use live load (Roof: During construction): 1,00 kN/m2

- Snow (Madrid): 0,60 kN/m2

WIND LOAD

The wind load is a force perpendicular to the surface of each exposed point, defined as a static pressure with the following expression: qe = qb x ce x cp

qb: dynamic wind pressure: 0,50 kN/m2

ce: exposition factor (variable with the considered point height, based on the roughness degree of the environment where the construction is located): 1,35

- Roughness degree: IV (Urban area, industrial or forest)

- Height: 4,10 m

cp: pressure wind factor

- Pressure: 0,80

- Suction: -0,60

Wind load has been considered in two orthogonal directions.

SEISMIC LOAD

According to the NCSE-02, as the house is located at Madrid, and represents normal importance, it is not necessary to consider seismic load.

46

4.2.1.2.5. load combinations and safety factors

Load combinations have been considered according to Chapter 4 of DB-SE:

A) E.L.U. Load combinations (Ultimate states). Permanent or transitory situation

B) E.L.S. Load combinations (Service states)

Gk: Dead loads and own weight

Qk: Live Loads (Qk,1 Determinant variable action)

: Safety dead loads factor = 1,35 (adverse) / 0,8 (beneficial)

: Safety live loads factor = 1,50 (adverse) / 0,0 (beneficial)

: Combination load factor:

- 0,70 (live load of use on floor)

- 0,00 (live load for maintenance on roof)

- 0,50 (snow load)

- 0,60 (wind load)

4.2.1.2.6. materials and safety factors

A) Structural Steel: S275 JR

Yield strength: fyk = 275 N/mm2

- Safety factors:

dM0 = 1,05 (plasticity)

dM1 = 1,05 (instability)

dM2 = 1,25 (last resistance, material and joints)

B) Screws: TR 8.8

fyk = 640 N/mm2 / fu = 800 N/mm2

- Safety factors:

dM3 = 1,10 (Sliding resistance of ELS pre-stressed screw joints)

47

dM3 = 1,25 (Sliding resistance of ELU pre-stressed screw joints)

dM3 = 1,40 (Sliding resistance of pre-stressed screw joints and almond-shaped holes or with over measure)

C) Wood: C24

Bending Moment: fm,k = 24,0 N/mm2

Tensile strength parallel-fiber: ft0,k = 14,0 N/mm2

Tensile strength orthogonal-fiber: ft90,k = 0,4 N/mm2

Compression strength parallel-fiber: fc0,k = 22,0 N/mm2

Compression strength orthogonal-fiber: fc90,k = 2,5 N/mm2

Shear strength: fv,k = 4,0 N/mm2

- Safety factors:

dM = 1,30

kmod = 0,90 (Service type: 2 / Short term load)

4.2.1.2.7. assembly and transport

As the house must be completely prefabricated, assembly and transport conditions of the modules have been considered in their design, to develop this jobs quickly and eas-ily, without causing damage on constructive elements during these phases.

In this line, the stiffness provide by the metallic ground floor and the arcades of wood pillars and beams is enough to reduce the dimensional distortions of the house during the transport and location.

The different phases since the construction of the house to its location on the plot, in-volve the appearance of load cases different to the final stage of work, which have been analysed. The structure design has considered lifting and assembly loads, defining the corresponding elements.

The lifting process of the modules is provide by three anchorages arrange along the main sides. Anchorages for the slings are formed by a metal cantilever welded to a metal sheet which is connected to the perimeter beams with four screws M20-8.8.

The transport of the modules will be realized by road in a trailer. Thus, we have consid-ered the modules support on the truck, according to the technical information docu-ment of the trailer.

For the placement of the modules on the ground, footings will be anchored to the floor joists and then, the modules will be lifted and placed at the final position. To adjust the height of each of the footings, a topographic survey of the ground will be made previ-ously.

When the four modules of the house are placed in the final position, the patio floor will be built, which has a self supporting structure and independent foundation. Then,

48

the structure of the roof will be placed, supported on the L metal beams located in the perimeter of the modules. During the construction of the patio, the installations will be connected to the modules.

4.2.1.2.8. structural fire resistance

According to the Basic Document Security in case of Fire (CTE-DB-SI) of the Technical Building Code, depending on the typology and the use of the building, the structure must ensure a fire resistance R30, as indicated in the rules of the competition

The fire resistance R30 on the structure is achieved by the provision of elements of protection on the floor, roof and walls (Thermochip TAH 10-30-19). Thus, the complete structure is protected from the action of fire, ensuring the resistance R30 prescribed by the rules, except in the technical box where the whole structure of walls and roof is vis-ible. In this case, pillars and beams are protected by intumescent paint which provides the protection necessary.

4.2.1.4. RAMP´S STRUCTURE


The main exterior ramp will be made of steel sections with a water pond between them. Resistance and mainly the stability of the structure will have to be verified.


Superficial loads:

Pavement: 0,15 KN/m2

Use loads: C5: 5KN/m2

Lineal loads:

Use loads: Lineal load of 3KN/m in the railing in 1m.

Lineal load in the railing. 2KN /m.


1) Model A: Resistance of the steel section:

Thickness: 1cm

I1: (0,01x0,1132) / 12 = 1,20 · 10-6 m4

49

I2: (0,01x0,1662) / 12 = 3,81 · 10-6 m4

I3: (0,01x0,222) / 12 = 8,33 · 10-6 m4

M1= 9,4·0,4 = 3,76 KN·m

M2 = (6,25·0,4) + (9,4·0,8) = 10,02 KN·m

M3 = (6,25·0,8) + (9,4·1,2) + (6,14·0,4) = 18,74 KN·m

q1=(M1/I1)·y = 177,03 N/mm2

q2=(M2/I2)·y = 218,28 N/mm2

q3=(M3/I3)·y = 247,47 N/mm2

fy = 275 N/mm2

fyd= 275/1,05 = 261,90 N/mm2 q1,q2, q3 < fyd

2) Model B: Stability of the steel section:

Steel section weight:

Total A=0,8 m2

A1=0,09 m2

A2=0,71 m2

Steel density=78 KN/m3

Thickness= 1cm

W1=0,07 KN

W2=0,55 KN

50

Pond weight:

Section distance=2,07 m

Pond thickness= 0,01 m

06·0,01·2,07·2=0,025 m3

0,58·2,07·0,01=0,012 m3

P3=2,886 KN

Stability calculation:

M1= (9,42·0,8)+(6,25·0,4)+(0,07·0,34)= 10,06 KN·m

M2= (0,19·0,4) + (0,20·0,98)+(0,26·1,38)+(0,25·1,78)+(0,20·2,18)+(0,55·

0,82)+(2,89·0,4)= 3,12 KN·m

As we can see, the destabilizing moment is higher than the stabilizing one so we need to put more weight in order to stabilize the structure or to anchor it to the house´structure. In relation to the resistance of the structure we do not have any problem with it.


The ramp structure consist of structural steel tubes 60.40.4 mm, separated each 40 cm there will be rested the wood floor. This structure will have a steel sheet with a thickness of 1cm to form the pond, each 2 m.

Jorge Barrios Corpa

Civil Engineer

University professor of Construcciones Arquitectónicas. ETS de Arquitectura de Málaga.

51


4.2.2.1. ENvELOPE. LIMITATION Of ENERGy DEMAND. CTE Db hE1

4.2.2.1.1. THE MASSIVE VERTICAL ENVELOPE

4.2.2.1.2. THE MASSIVE HORIZONTAL ENVELOPE

4.2.2.1.3. THE LIGHTWEIGHT ENVELOPE


4.2.2.2.1. LIVING ROOM MODULE

4.2.2.2.2. KITCHEN MODULE

4.2.2.2.3. BED AND BATH ROOM

4.2.2.2.4. TECHNICAL MODULE

4.2.2.2.5. PATIO


4.2.2.4. ACOUSTIC PERfORMANCE Of ThE ADOPTED SOLUTIONS


4.2.2.4.2. REVERBERATION TIME ESTIMATION

4.2.2.4.3. FINISHES

4.2.2.4.4. RESULTS

4.2.2.4.5. ACOUSTIC COMFORT ASSESSMENT

4.2.2.5. fIRE PROTECTION

52


4.2.2.1. CONSTRUCTIvE DEfINITION

Two are the plans of action, which moved the design of the envelope of Patio 2.12. On the one hand the synthesis of tradition and modernity. On the other hand and attached to this synthesis, energy efficiency. Tradition as regard to the materials used (water, ceramics…), tradition as regards employed typologies (Courtyard-House, Andalusian-House…). Modernity as a way to use and apply these elements. This is, the subject that would summarize each of the plan action carried out by “Andalusia Team” which is everyone materialized at the envelope of Patio 2.12.

These lines of action can be explained in various ways, according to the different quali-ties which are included in Patio 2.12. It seems to be appropriate, to do a reading in order to the energy efficiency applied to the construction and, specially, to the envelope. The current regulations in Spain can help us, to give a structure, into this way of explanation about the envelope and its construction.

The Building Management Law (LOE) ushered, in the year 2000, to the drafting, 6 years later, of the Technical Building Code (CTE). In it there are 5 basic documents that speak of energy efficiency and, inseparably, about the envelope.

4.2.2.1.1. envelope.

Patio 2.12´s envelope has been designed in accordance with the parameters laid down in the competition, which means to build a flexible skin that can even accumulate heat or even to drive away it. The transmittance of every different massive wall is quite low, achieved at the same time with lightweight materials. All this in order to get a prototype prefabricated, easily transportable.

The enclosure of Patio 2.12 complies with the current regulations CTE-HE when refer-ring to limiting the energy demand, as shown in the simulation undertaken with the of-ficial program LIDER. This simulation can be found in the chapter 4.3 Energy efficiency design narrative.

There are two types of envelopes, the mass one and the light one. The first (mass), refer-ence to the mud and watering order to the ceramic coating material and its humidifica-tion. The latter (light) makes allusion to the enclosure of the patio.

4.2.2.1.1.1. living modules´envelope

vertical envelope:

The vertical envelope of the living modules is built with dry construction and with venti-lated facade. Its components are (from exterior to interior):

• Ventilated façade finish in porous ceramic tiles for exterior, of 800x400x23mm, fixed with metallic profiles to the structure´s columns.

• Ventilated air chamber of 90-100mm thickness.

• Metallic profiles to fix the ceramic pieces to the columns in the vertical timber struc-ture.

• Reflexive aluminum insulation. Aisrec.

53

• Waterproof sheet Dupont Tyvec for facades (1060B, white color).

• OSB panel of 10mm thickness screwed to the timber structure.

• Space for structure, timber columns 70x70mm, resistance group C24 with primer against blue mould.

• Insulation between the columns of the timber structure, of 80mm thickness (com-pressed up to 70 mm).

• Sandwich panel made up of two timber boards + insulation. These are screwed to the timber structure. 59mm thickness. (Above this panel will be applied the interior finish).

• PCM material1

• Natural cork panels.

In the northern facade of the kitchen and living room, a drip irrigation system will be installed to induce the evapotranspiration process in the ventilated air chamber. In this chamber should be placed motorized doors in the lower part of the air chamber, that will introduce fresh air towards the interior of the room. Also, underneath this chamber, there will be a closing element in order for the chamber to work correctly.

• Living modules´doors (all of them look towards the patio): wood works made up of solid pine wood, air tight with aerators (except for the technical module), with glazing (8mm + 12 mm of argon + 4 mm + 12 mm of argon + 8 mm), class III.

• Windows of the living modules (all of them look towards the exterior): wood works made up of solid pine wood, air tight, with glazing (8mm + 12 mm of argon + 4 mm + 12 mm of argon + 8 mm), class III.

• Shutter in the exterior of the windows, with ceramic finish fixed to a galvanized steel frame. Foldable in front of the window.

Horizontal envelope in roofs:

The roof of the living modules is composed of the following layers from exterior to inte-rior:

• Photovoltaic modules in the living, kitchen and bedroom.

• Hybrid modules made up of adding the photovoltaic modules on top with thermal solar panels underneath.

• Metallic structure to support the photovoltaic or hybrid modules.

• Top finish above the parapet and water gutter of galvanized steel sheet to collect rain water.

• Liquid membrane to water proof the roof.

• A sandwich panel made up of two timber boards + insulation. These are screwed to the timber structure. 79mm thickness.

1 The use of PCM material in the prototype is theoretical, as for budget reasons, it has not been able to be placed into the built prototy-pe.

54

• Space for structure, timber bears 70x140mm, resistance group C24 with primer against blue mould.

• Insulation between beams in the timber structure, of 140mm thickness.

• OSB panel of 10mm thickness screwed to the timber structure.

• False ceiling of gypsum board (12.5mm thickness) and galvanized steel profiles. Continuous ceiling with insulation of 50mm thickness.

• PCM material1


Horizontal envelope in floors:

The floors of the living modules is made up of the following layers from exterior to inte-rior:

• Space for structure, steel joist 200mm edge with primer against corrosion.

• Interior insulation between beams in the timber structure.

• Insulation between beams in the timber structure, of 200mm thickness.

•A sandwich panel made up of two timber boards + insulation. These are screwed to the timber structure. 59mm thickness. (Above this panel will be applied the interior finish).


4.2.2.1.1.2. patio´s envelope

It is inspired in the Courtyard-House and the Andalusian-House (Andalusian Patio), made in new materials, geometry and novel-high technology. This type of envelope generate shadow, refrigerate, capture light, or become a thermal collector through the glass effect as appropriate to the building. It is also, in order to generate a multipurpose, and a habitable space for the various functions of the housing. The lattice, adjustable and programmable by automatons, reinterprets the traditional role of a “Vine”, as a plant element that creates a shadow space.

vertical envelope:

The patio is vertically closed by a double skin:

• Glazed doors of 10 tempered glass without profiles, foldable like a “glazed curtain”.

• Solar turning protection, composed of composite of Aluminum vine leaves fixed to vertical steel axis. These vine leaves are painted with photocatalytic paints of different colors.

Patio´s roof:

The roof will be covered with prefabricated steel boxes of 80cm width and variable lengths, that solve the double skin needed for the bioclimatic design. The boxes are

55

leaned above the living modules on top of angular steel profiles fixed to the timber struc-ture. The components of each box, from exterior to interior are:

• Extruded aluminum steel frame of (235+20)x60mm.

• Turning motor for the vine leaves.

• Vine leaves, painted with photocatalytic paints of different colors.

• Steel axis of 80cm length fixed to the metallic frame.

• Sliding windows with glazing 3+3mm.

• Aluminum trunk to locate the motor that will move the sliding windows.

• Rain water gutter in folded aluminum sheet.

Patio´s floor:

The patio has technical elevated floor that will be assembled once the four living mod-ules have been located in their place. From exterior to interior it is composed of:

• Prefabricated grids made of steel profiles (60.40.1’5 mm in perimeter and 40.40.1’5 for internal lines) and supported by adjustable footings (40.40.1’5 mm)

• Timber boards finish.

Underneath the patio are located the elements of the systems that put together the four living modules: the systems ring (composed of shelves that hang from the patio´s struc-ture) and the deposit to store water, as well as the pumps.


Patio 2.12 also proposes for its interior construction and technological advances, there is a great diversity of materials which compete with each other to give to the best quality and durability. Regarding our project it will be of vital importance the use of sustainable materials that evoke the Mediterranean essence, with facility of assembly and disas-sembling, etc.

Inside the living modules, the three elements that compose it require different materials, elements and constructive systems. Therefore, the skin, the closet and the isle can be described independently.

4.2.2.2.1. living room module

In the living room, the most significant ideas are the furniture pieces that compose it, their constructive characteristics are described below:

The pavement:

Cork board. Of 10.5mm of thickness.

The pavement will be made up of recycled cork, this material is obtained from the crust of the cork oak that has a structure of alveolar panels made up of small cells, from these derive its flexibility, impermeability and hermetism.

56

Since approximately 89% of the weave of the crust are made up of gaseous matter, the density of the cork is extremely low, which explains the great disproportion between the volume and the weight of the material.

Between the unique and valuable properties of the cork they emphasize the lightness, elasticity and resistance, natural green product, sustainability, impermeability, non-flam-mable and isolation qualities, resistance to the use and it´s hypoallergenic properties.

vertical coating and ceiling:

Cork sheets will be placed, with the same finish as the floor´s, of 4 mm thickness and glued to the timber board of the sandwich panel on the walls and over the gypsum board on the walls.

Isles:

These are monolithic prefabricated pieces that include all the functions around the kitchen. They are conceived as supporter elements of technology, including an air ex-haust extraction system.

The structure is made up of stainless steel square tubes (40.40.4) attached to the hori-zontal supporting structure

The coating is artificial stone plate (with 75% of recycled material) of 12 mm thickness. It is a material for homogenous surfaces, solid and without pores, composed of ± 1/3 acylic resin and ± 2/3 natural minerals. The main mineral is the Aluminum Trihydrate (ATH) derived from bauxite, one of the components for the production of aluminum.

It must be noted the respectfulness of the material with the natural environment manu-factured with strict standards to limit waste and consumption of energy in all stages of the production process. The material itself, such as adhesives and sealants used in the installation are Green Guard Indoor Air Quality Certified in the production of low VOC emissions.

The isle include all the elements for the water supply, drainage, and electricity systems.

• Kitchen isle: it is conceived like a working desk with an area to eat. The equipment in the isle is:

- Double vessel sink made in artificial stone.

- Stainless steel faucets.

- Modular induction cooktop embedded into the countertop.

- Smoke extraction on surface.

- Interior laminated wood drawers with waterproofing treatment

- Hidden electrical source point with front folding door at both sides

- Speakers.

• Bath isle: It collects all the innovative thinking of the market and integrates them in an element, so that in a compact box integrates all the necessary element for the cleanliness and personal hygiene, without forgetting the perception of space and

57

lightness that gives it its isle configuration. The capsule will be equipped with:

- Washbasin: made in artificial stone and embedded in countertop, will have di-mensions 530 x 360 x 180 mm. Stainless steel faucets, model 4111, composed of mixer with electronic sensor with “hands-free” operation and command installed in front of the technical column and pipe of Ø 1.6 mm embedded in sink.

- Hidden WC: made in artificial stone. It is hidden in the technical column, its open-ing and closing is done using a tactile sensor located in it.

- Shower: its dimensions are 600 x 600 mm and will be trimmed with the lining of the roof. The shower plate like the shower head is artificial stone, with overall di-mensions of 800x800 mm. With regard to the fitting will be of stainless steel brand, composed by ¾ thermostatic Mixer with body and controls embedded inside the technical column.

- Folding doors in tempered glass 10 mm thickness to delimite the shower-toilet area. It shall dispose of Silkscreen resembling grape leaves this brings the inti-macy that requires its use.

- Accessories: a hidden mirror mounted in the technical column on extensible guides, different configurations of compartmentalization, lighting, technological equipment, etc

storage-closet furniture:

The closets in the living modules are made up of DM boards and plated with natural oak wood with water varnish.

These closets, located from floor to ceiling, will integrate the fan coils of the air condi-tioning system, the air grilles for air income of the natural ventilation system and the lighting with embedded Leds on the higher boards. These also contain all the elements for the water supply, drainage, and electricity systems that are needed for the integrated equipment to work.

These closets also have shelves and drawers for storage. They also have specific equip-ment depending on the case:

• Living room:

- Extensible study table- Chairs- Smart TV 37” + USB- Computer 21.5 “- Speakers

• Kitchen:

- Waste and recycling trolley- Fridge, ovens and dishwashing machine.

• Bedroom (bed):

- Folding bed.• Bedroom (clothes):- Dressing table.

58

Equipment and furniture:

Chair and table have been exclusively designed and manufactured for Patio 2.12. Are made in wood, finished the seat and/or the back with a vinyl sheet in Andalucía Team colours.

4.2.2.2.4. technical module

To create the enclosure of the Technical Box is not necessary to change the structural system (the same diffuse structure with timber beams and joists) or the dimensions of the basic living module. Not even the exterior finishes are different: it is made up of the same ceramic pieces, .

The module structure has fire protection with a treatment that gives it RF-30. It is an in-tumescent varnish which does not modify timber appearance.

This module’s closets are made in steel with tubular joists 40x4mm and tramex. These have a high resistance in order to stand the machinery that will be placed on it. Doors are made in OSB painted with white.


External main parts and its materials and construction are:

•External ramp:

It will have a metallic structure and a finish made up of timber boards.

•External “carpet”:

It is an artificial carpet made of red artificial grass haired 40mm long (Proposed model All Grass).

•Water ponds

Water ponds will be easily transported as one piece each. They will be made as metallic boxes whose bottoms are covered by flat ceramic or mirror pieces. Each one provides different water effects thanks to the way the liquid springs.

narcissus pond: Show visitors reflection except when each one tries to drink from the place water sources. Its bottom is covered by mirror pieces whose joints show light by night.

inhabited pond: Contains water plants as well as the continuous rumor of a fountain designed as a sound instrument. Its bottom will be covered by the ceramic pieces used in façade.

sound pond: Water surface is always moving thanks to a vertical spring which changes its effect from time to time.

59

4.2.2.4. ACOUSTIC PERfORMANCE AND SOUND INSULATION Of ThE ADOPTED SOLUTIONS

4.2.2.4.1. introduction

The Patio 2.12 housing-rooms enclosure constructive solution is analyzed here regard-ing its acoustic performance and its noise insulation.

4.2.2.4.2. acoustic perfomance

Acoustic conditioning in a house has as a main goal to achieve interior acoustic com-fort, in order to do this; we have to verify that the existing sound field (reverberated) will not disturb the users.

Aspects normally related with acoustic comfort in a space, where the main source for noise is the spoken word, are reverberation, sound distribution, the definition and in-telligibility of the word. These are related with physical parameters (TR, SPL, D50 and RASTI). In this case, considering the reduced space of the house and spaces which compose it, it is only necessary to control the main magnitude for acoustic comfort: reverberation time, the only really representative value.

4.2.2.4.2.1 reverberation time estimation

Methodology:

The acoustic behavior in the spaces has been checked through a computer simulation, elaborated through the use of various three dimensional geometric models. These mod-els have been created using the graphic and constructive documentation of the project, and have then been exported to the calculation program CATT-Acoustic (V8.0k).

The base of this calculation consists on modeling the propagation of the acoustic en-ergy as if it were associated to particles travelling at sound speed, and applying to their propagation the general laws of optic geometry, normally known as the ray tracing technique.

It must be kept in mind that this ray tracing technique has a limitation when referring to frequencies lower than 4fs, where fs is the Schröeder frequency that depends on the volume of the space and its average reverberation time. This does not mean that the results for lower frequencies must be neglected, only on certain occasions undulating phenomenon that cannot be predicted can appear, but should not be taken into ac-count when speaking of residential use.

Five hypotheses for calculation have been established:

In the first scenario each of the three modules that surround the patio has been studied individually (fig. 1): kitchen (hypothesis 1), living room (hypothesis 2) and bed and bath-room (hypothesis 3), considering all of them like closed spaces (communication doors with the patio closed).

The second scenario is where the reverberation time for the complete house has been calculated (fig. 2), considering opened all the communication doors of these three mod-ules and the patio. The roof of the patio has been considered closed (hypothesis 4) and

60

semi-opened (hypotheses 5).

The sound sources and receptors in each model are located at a height of 1, 70 m.

As environmental interior conditions (temperature and relative humidity) T = 20 ºC y HR = 50% have been chosen for providing thermal comfort.

The reverberation time has been calculated with the Sabine formula (SabT), as well as the Eyring formula, this last one with two estimations, the first one with free average path and average absorption factor (EyrT) and the second (EyrTg) considering, also, weight-ing coefficient for the areas confronted by the rays.

4.2.2.4.2.2. finishes

The calculation for the reverberation time has been carried out using the finishes used in the house, expressed in chart 1, and with the absorption coefficients associated to each of the finishes (table 2). The disposition of any furniture has not been considered, except for the closets that take up the complete span of a wall.

FINISHES LOCATION AREA (m2)

Recycled cork panels with color finish and placed over a supporting panel

Interior lateral walls and ceiling 200

b) Living room (V=55,74 m3)a) Kitchen (V=39,45 m3) c) Bed and bath room (V=53,56 m3)

Fig 1. Three dimensional models of the individual spaces using computer simulation: a) hypotheses 1; b) hypotheses 2 and c) hypotheses 3.

(V=246,2 m3)

Fig 2. Three dimensional model of the house using computer simulation (hypotheses 4 and 5)

61

Recycled cork panels with col-or finish and glued

Floor 60

Small glazed area Doors and windows (modules and patio) 48

Area covered with glaze Patio´s roof 32

Ceramic pieces Exterior lateral walls 190

Composite timber board Patio´s floor 75

Timber panels Closets 43.9

FINISHES ABSORPTION COEFFICIENTS

125 Hz 250 Hz 500 Hz 1 kHz 2 kHz 4 kHz

Recycled cork panels with color finish and placed over a sup-porting panel

0,1 0,24 0,55 0,6 0,65 0,65

Recycled cork panels with color finish and glued

0,08 0,08 0,08 0,19 0,21 0,22

Small glazed area 0,04 0,04 0,03 0,03 0,02 0,02

Area covered with glaze

Ceramic pieces 0,05 0,06 0,06 0,07 0,07 0,08

Gypsum boards 0,17 0,13 0,11 0,09 0,09 0,09

Timber panels 0,14 0,1 0,06 0,08 0,1 0,1

Glazed roof (semi-opened)

4.2.2.4.2.3. results

In tables 3, 4, and 5 are shown the values for the reverberation time obtained in the dif-ferent octave bands in the hypotheses 1, 2 and 3, with the Sabine formula, as well as the Eyring formula, and the values for T15 and T30.

Table 5. Data obtained for hypotheses 3.

Table 4. Data obtained for hypotheses 2.Table 3. Data obtained for hypotheses 1.

62

The reverberation times for the complete house are shown in figure 3 and table 6 when the glazed roof of the patio is closed (hypotheses 4), and in figure 4 and table 7 when the glazed roof of the patio is semi-opened (hypotheses 5):

Fig 3. Hypotheses 4: graphic representation of the reverberation time results.

Table 6. Hypotheses 4: reverberation time results.

Fig 4. Hypotheses 5: graphic representation of the reverberation time results.

Table 7. Hypotheses 5: reverberation time results.

63

In figures 5 and 6 the ecograms obtained in the signaled receptors in the complete house are shown for hypotheses 4 and 5 respectively, in both cases the frequency band is 1 kHz. Even if as we have mentioned earlier, the only value considered representa-tive of the acoustic comfort of the house is the reverberation time, the values of other acoustic parameters normally used for other uses and bigger volumes are shown: EDT, D50, C80, Ts, G, etc.

Fig 5. Hypotheses 4: ecograms corresponding to receptor 2, for the octave band of 1 kHz.

Fig 6. Hypotheses 5: ecograms corresponding to receptor 1, for the octave band of 1 kHz.

64

4.2.2.4.2.4. acoustic comfort assessment

After analyzing the results, the existence of acoustic comfort in the house can be as-sured, mainly because of the low values for reverberation time that will presumably be reduced once the furniture and decoration are included.

Due to the use of finishing materials with great acoustic absorption, as the recycled cork panels, added to the reduced size of the spaces conforming the model in the different hypotheses, values for the reverberation time, averaged for the frequencies of 500 Hz, 1 kHz and 2 kHz, that range from 0,3 s and 0,7 s have been obtained depending on the hypotheses.

For each of the individual spaces (hypotheses 1, 2 and 3) the reverberation time ob-tained averaged to these three frequencies of 500 Hz, 1kHz and 2 KHz is around 0,37s, while for the complete house the reverberation time averaged for the same frequencies is 0,63 s when the glazed patio´s roof is closed (hypotheses 4) and 0,46 s when the glazed patio´s roof is semi-opened (hypotheses 5).

65

4.2.2.4.3. SOUND INSULATION

This report is about the compliance of the Spanish Regulation Basic Document of sound protection of the Código Técnico de Edificación

The study presented here has been made by the sponsoring company of Andalusia Team. This is ACOUSTIC ENGINEERING AND SERVICES, SL (Consultants • Manu-facturers • Installers • Acoustic Laboratory), with address at C /. Juan Olivert, 10 - CN. IV - Km 528, La Rinconada (Sevilla), telephone 95.563.02.73 and e-mail: [email protected].

INASEL is an organization accredited by ENAC (Entidad Nacional de Acreditación) for testing in situ on the environmental, industrial and building areas, according to standard UNE-EN-ISO/IEC 17025:2005 (ref. nº 385/LE922) Laboratory Testing and Quality Con-trol in Building with registration number AND-L-113.

The purpose of this report is to ensure that constructive solutions of PATIO 2.12 meet the acoustic limits proposed by the Basic Document of Protection against noise (DB-HR, Documento Básico de Protección frente al Ruido) of the Technical Building Code (Código Técnico de la Edificación CTE).

4.2.2.4.3.1 Reference standars

Basic Document of noise Protection DB-HR

Spanish Royal Decree 1371/2007 of 19 October, which approves the basic document “DB-HR Protection against noise” of the Technical Building Code (CTE) and it is modi-fied the Royal Decree 314/2006 of 17 March, approving the Technical Building Code and subsequent amendments.

Updated version 2009: Order VIV/984/2009, April 15, by amending certain DB’s of CTE, approved by Royal Decree 314/2006 of March 17 and Royal Decree 1371/2007 of 19 October

The following are the basic requirements set out in the basic document of protection against noise must comply fully finished building elements of the project under study:

airborne sound insulation

The interior construction elements of separation, and the facades, decks, party walls and floors in contact with the outside air that make each room of a building must, in conjunction with adjacent building elements, such characteristics are met:

a ) In the protected premises:

i ) Protection against noise generated on the premises of the same unit of use in private residential buildings:

-The overall sound reduction, weighted, A, RA, of the partition will not be less than 33dBA.

ii )Protection against noise from premises not belonging to the same unit of use:

- The Airborne Sound Insulation, DnT,A, between a protected premise and any other enclosed or protected floor of the building not belonging to the same unit and is used as installation or activity floor,, vertically or horizontally adjacent to it, which be-

66

longs to a different unit of use, not less than 50 dBA, provided that it does not share any doors or windows.

- If they share it, the overall sound reduction RA, will not be less than 30 dBA and the overall sound reduction RA of the enclosure will not be less than 50 dBA.

iii )Protection against noise generated on the facilities and activity premises:

- The Airborne Sound Insulation, DnT,A, between a protected and an enclosure facility or activity room, adjacent vertically or horizontally with it shall not be less than 55 dBA.

iv ) Protection against noise from outside:

- The Airborne Sound Insulation, D2m,nT,Atr, between indoor-outdoor will not be less than the values shown in Table 2.1, depending on the use of the building and the noise index values day, Ld, defined in Annex I of Royal Decree 1513/2005 of 16 Decem-ber, the area where the building is located.

- The noise index value day, Ld, can be obtained from the competent authorities or by consulting the strategic noise maps.

- If there is no official data on the value of the noise index day, Ld, it will be applied the value of 60 dBA for the type of acoustic field on areas of land dominated by residential land. For all other acoustic areas, it will be applied the development regula-tions of the Law 37/2003, of 17 November, of the noise in terms of noise zoning, quality targets and acoustic emissions.

- Where it is expected that some facade, such as closed courtyards facades or patios, and exterior ones in quiet areas or environments, they will not be exposed di-rectly to the noise of cars, aircraft, industrial, commercial or sport be considered a noise index days, Ld, 10 dBA less than the noise ratio from the zone.

- When in the area where the building is located the dominant outside noise is caused by aircraft according to the noise maps, the value of sound insulation D2m,nT,Atr, obtained in Table 2.1 will increase 4 dBA.

b ) In the living rooms:

i ) Protection against noise in rooms belonging to the same unit for use in private residential buildings:

- The overall sound reduction, weighted A, RA, of the partition will not be less than 33 dBA.

67

ii ) Protection against noise from rooms not belonging to the same unit of use:

- The Airborne Sound Insulation, DnT,A, between a living room and any other enclosed or protected floor of the building not belonging to the same unit of use and non facility or activity room, vertically or horizontally adjacent to it, will not less than 45 dBA, provided that no doors or windows share.

- When doors and windows are shared and they are residential buildings (public or private) or hospital, the overall sound reduction, RA, will not be less than 20 dBA and the overall sound reduction index, RA, of the enclosure will not be less than 50 dBA.

iii ) Protection against noise from facilities and activity rooms:

- The Airborne Sound Insulation, DnT,A, between a living room and a facility or activity room, vertically or horizontally adjacent to it, will not be less than 45 dBA.

c ) In living rooms and protected rooms adjacent to other buildings:

The Airborne Sound Insulation, DnT,A, of each wall of a partition wall between two buil-dings will not be less than 40 dBA or alternatively the air sound insulation for the whole of the two enclosures will not be less than 50 dBA.

Sound Insulation of Impacts

The construction components of horizontal separation must have, in conjunction with adjacent building elements, properties to satisfy protected rooms:

a ) In the protected rooms:

i ) Protection against noise from rooms not belonging to the same unit of use: The overall level of impact sound pressure, L’nT,w, in a protected room adjacent vertica-lly, horizontally or having a common horizontal edge with any other living or protected room of the building, not belonging to the same unit or not being facility or activity room, will not be higher than 65 dB. This requirement must not be applied in the case of pro-tected rooms horizontally adjacent with stairs.

ii ) Protection from noise generated in the facilities or activity rooms: The overall level of impact sound pressure, L’nT,w, in a living room adjacent vertically, horizontally or having a common horizontal edge with an facility or activity area will not higher than 60 dB.

b ) In the living rooms:

i ) Protection against noise generated in facilities or activity rooms: The overall level of impact sound pressure, L’nT,w, in a living room adjacent vertically, horizontally or having a common horizontal edge with an activity or facility area will not higher than 60 dB.

Limit values of reverberation time

1 Together the constructive components, surface finishes and coatings that define a classroom or a conference room, a dining room and a restaurant will have enough

68

sound absorption so that:

a ) The reverberation time in classrooms and vacant conference rooms (unoccupied and unfurnished), whose volume is less than 350 m3, will not be higher than 0.7 s.

b ) The reverberation time in classrooms and empty conference rooms, but including all the seats, whose volume is less than 350 m3, will not be higher than 0.5 s.

c ) The reverberation time in restaurants and empty dining rooms will not be higher than 0,9 s.

2 To limit the reverberating noise in the common areas, constructive elements, surface finishes and coatings that define a common area of a building for public residential, educational and hospital use adjacent to protected rooms with shared doors will have enough sound absorption to the equivalent sound absorption area, A, be at least 0.2 m2 per cubic meter of the room volume.

4 In addition it will be taken into account the specifications of the sections 3.3, 3.1.4.1.2, 3.1.4.2.2 and 5.1.4

Minimum conditions of the partition

On the table 3.1 it is expressed the minimum values of the mass per unit of area, m, and the overall index of sound reduction, weighted, A, RA that must have the different types of partitions.

4.2.2.4.3.2 Design requirements

Room classifications

The following table specifies the classification of the different rooms according to the classification established on the Basic Document (DB) of protection against noise.

69

Soundproofing to airborne noise and by impact

Below it is summarized in table form the requirements of Airborne Sound insulation and sound insulation of impact according to DB-HR.

As the RD1371/2007 says, DB-HR Protection against noise for the correct design and dimensioning of the constructive elements of a building that provides the sound insu-lation, both airborne noise as noise impacts, must be done the design and sizing of their rooms taking into account differences in shape, size and construction elements between pairs of rooms, and considering each one as a transmitting room and a recei-ving room. However, due to the amount of calculations involved in this premise, it will be considered the most unfavorable from an acoustic point of view, that is:

+ Due to the similar geometries (both in size and constitution of the edges) rooms whose separating element presents a lower overall index of noise reduction or a higher overall level of sound pressure due to impact, will generally constitute the most restric-tive case.

70

+ To calculate the airborne sound insulation, in case of use the same materials, size and constitution of the edges, rooms whose separating element presents a larger area will generally constitute the most restrictive case.

+ For the calculation of impact noise isolation, in case of use the same materials, size and constitution of the edges, rooms whose separating element presents a smaller area will generally constitute the most restrictive case.

+ Given equality of materials and design of the edges, rooms that act as receivers and has a lower volume, will generally constitute the most restrictive case.

Consequently, it will be analyzed in this research the following partitions, considering for each constructive element the different configurations and enforceable requirements. Due to rooms belong to the same unit of use, they are not adjacent to each other and have no common areas, the only applicable requirements of the legislation would apply to airborne sound acoustic insulation on the exterior facade:

Reverberation time

According to the requirements of DB-HR, to limit the reverberating noise on the com-mon areas, constructive elements, surface finishes and coatings that define a common area of a public housing, educational and hospital building adjacent to protected rooms that share the doors, will have enough sound absorption to the equivalent sound ab-sorption area, A ≥ 0.2 m2 per m3 of the room volume.

Due to it has not been identified common areas in the project under study because it is a single unit of use, there are no requirements regarding reverberation time of 2.12 PATIO design according to CTE DB-HR. However, the team has conducted a study of the inside reverberation stays, shown in the previous section.

4.2.2.4.3.3 Terms of design and dimensions

Soundproofing

The sound reduction index of the constructive elements have been estimated by the simulation program called INSUL based on the specifications of materials and insulation provided by the Catalog of Constructive Elements of Building Technical Code (CTE) for construction solutions with similar characteristics.

1.1.1 Facades

The vertical surround of the habitable and protected rooms is built by using drywall for-ming a ventilated facade. Its components are (from outside to inside):

71

- Ventilated facade finished with porous ceramic tiles on the outside, 800x800x18mm, fixed with metal profiles to the columns of the structure.

- Air ventilated chamber of 90-100 mm.

- Aislec reflective aluminum insulation.

- Waterproof sheet for facades.

- OSB panel thickness of 12mm screwed to the wooden structure.

- Isolation between the wooden structure columns, thickness 80 mm.

- A sandwich panel formed by two wooden boards + isolation. These are screwed to the wooden structure. 59mm thickness. (Above this panel it will be applied the interior finish).

Table 4.3 Airborne insulations of facade solutions towards outside

72

Table 4.3 Airborne insulations of facade solutions towards inside

In the north wall of the kitchen and lounge, a drip irrigation system will be installed to induce the process of evapotranspiration in the ventilated air chamber. In this chamber it will be set motorized doors placed at the bottom of the air chamber, to introduce fresh air into the room. To ensure compliance with the required levels of sound insulation in buildings aerators facade must provide a standardized level difference, weighted A, for car noise, Dn,e, Atr more than 30 dBA. If such devices were available closures, this index will characterize the closed vent with such devices.

1.1.2 Doors and windows

- Doors (all facing to the courtyard): Made of solid pine, sealed with aerators (to en-sure the compliance with the required levels of sound insulation in buildings the fa-cade aerators must provide a standardized level difference, weighted A, for car noise, Dn,e, Atr more than 36 dBA.) with glazing (8 mm+12 mm of argon+4 mm+12mm of argon+8mm).

- Doors (all facing to the outside): Made of solid pine and sealed, with glazing (8mm+12 mm de argon+4 mm+12 mm de argon+8mm).

To ensure the isolates described below it is necessary that tilt doors and windows have two seals and have kind of air permeability higher than or equal to 3.

73

Table 4.3 Sound insulation of glass solutions

1.1.3 Covers

The roof of the habitation modules consists of the following layers from outside to inside:

- The photovoltaic modules in the living room, kitchen and bedroom.

- The superior finish above the parapet and water spouts of galvanized steel sheet to collect rainwater.

- Liquid membrane of waterproof roof.

- A sandwich panel formed by two wooden boards + insulation. These are screwed to the wooden structure. Thickness of 79 mm.

- The insulation between the beams in the wooden structure, thickness of 140 mm.

- OSB panel thickness of 12 mm screwed to the timber structure.

- False plasterboard ceiling of 12.5 mm (thickness) and galvanized steel.

- Continuous roof system, insulated of 50 mm thickness. (Above this panel it will be applied the interior finish).

74

Table 4.3 Cobert sound insulation

4.2.2.4.3.4 Methodology

After a preliminary analysis of the acoustic insulation of the constructive solutions used in the design PATIO 2.12 of ANDALUCÍA TEAM (specified above) has been carried out to estimate the difference of levels standardized, weighted A, D2m,nT,Atr, between the livingroom module and the outside of its most exposed facade. This index is calculated by the equation:

∑=

−⋅−=n

i

DLAtrnTm

intmiAtrD1

10/)(,,2

,,2,10lg10

being

D2m,nT,i standardized level difference in the frequency band i, [dB]

75

LAtr,i value of the normalized spectrum of the noise of motor vehicles, weighted A, in the frequency band i, [dBA]

ii covers all frequency bands of third octave from 100 Hz to 5 kHz

This rate of facade sound insulation will be estimated from the model calculation called ACOUBAT v5.2 based on international standard UNE-EN 12354-4, Acoustics in building, Estimation of the acoustic characteristics of the buildings from the characteristics of its elements, in part 4: Transmission from inside noise to out.

Image 5.8 Workspace of the program ACOUBAT

4.2.2.4.3.5 Study of the implementation of the construction

Results of the simulation model

Here are the results obtained from the calculation model called ACOUBAT v5.2 based on international standard UNE-EN 12354-4, Acoustics in building, Estimation of the acous-tic characteristics of the buildings from the characteristics of their elements, in part 4: Transmission of noise inside out, for the solutions of the living room module facade of the PATIO 2.12 design of ANDALUCIA TEAM.

Image 5.8 Identification of facades in the prediction model

76

Andalucía Team

Living RoomInsulation against external noise : Living RoomOverall > Façade.1

Wall : Fachada interiordirect.1 : Puertas y v entanas Andalucía Teamdirect.2 : Air inlet in window frame - Dn,e,w + Ctr = 36 dB for Mod 15, 22 and 30

D2m,nT = -10 lg ( 10-Ri/10 Si/10 + 10-Dne,j/10 lj/Lj + 10-Dne,k/10) + 10 lg (0.032 Vrec)Spar = 14.17 m²S1 = 5.35 m²Vrec = 55.84 m³

Freq.100125160200250315400500630800

10001250160020002500315040005000Hz

Wall31.033.034.035.035.036.033.033.036.040.043.045.049.052.054.057.061.063.041.0

direct.126.226.226.222.230.234.236.238.239.241.242.244.243.239.240.243.246.249.240.0

direct.242.543.544.544.545.544.542.539.538.536.536.538.539.540.541.541.542.542.539.0

Overall24.925.325.522.028.931.831.031.232.934.034.836.837.736.737.739.240.941.735.0

Bd )3-;1-( 53 = )rtC;C( w,Tn,m2DOverall index calculated according to the standard EN ISO 717-1 (1997)

Copy right © 1998-2007 CSTB Acoubat V5.0.2

Image 3 Air sound acoustic insulation of facades (Façade 1: Exterior, Facade 2: opa-que, Facade 3: Access, Front 4: Interior, Exterior 5: roof)

77

Andalucía Team


Wall : Fachada interiordirect.1 : Puertas y v entanas Andalucía Team

D2m,nT = -10 lg ( 10-Ri/10 Si/10 + 10-Dne,j/10 lj/Lj + 10-Dne,k/10) + 10 lg (0.032 Vrec)Spar = 8.60 m²S1 = 2.85 m²Vrec = 55.84 m³

Freq.100125160200250315400500630800

10001250160020002500315040005000Hz

Wall33.235.236.237.237.238.235.235.238.242.245.247.251.254.256.259.263.265.244.0

direct.129.029.029.025.033.037.039.041.042.044.045.047.046.042.043.046.049.052.042.0

Overall27.628.028.224.731.634.533.734.236.740.042.144.144.841.742.845.848.851.840.0



Image 3 Air sound acoustic insulation of facades (Façade 1: Exterior, Facade 2: opaque, Facade 3: Access, Front 4: Interior, Exterior 5: roof)

78

Andalucía Team


Wall : Fachada exterior

D2m,nT = -10 lg ( 10-Ri/10 Si/10)) + 10 lg (0.032 Vrec)Spar = 19.52 m²Vrec = 55.84 m³

Freq.100125160200250315400500630800

10001250160020002500315040005000Hz

Wall24.626.628.629.630.630.628.627.630.633.636.639.642.645.648.651.654.657.636.0

Overall24.626.628.629.630.630.628.627.630.633.636.639.642.645.648.651.654.657.636.0




79

Andalucía Team


Wall : FaçadeFachada exteriordirect.1 : Rejillas de v entilación natural cerradadirect.2 : WindowPuertas y v entanas Andalucía Team

D2m,nT = -10 lg ( 10-Ri/10 Si/10 + 10-Dne,j/10 lj/Lj + 10-Dne,k/10) + 10 lg (0.032 Vrec)Spar = 8.48 m²S1 = 1.00 m²S2 = 1.97 m²Vrec = 55.84 m³

Freq.100125160200250315400500630800

10001250160020002500315040005000Hz

Wall28.230.232.233.234.234.232.231.234.237.240.243.246.249.252.255.258.261.239.0

direct.139.539.538.528.538.841.544.044.546.549.550.552.053.552.550.546.548.551.548.0

direct.230.630.630.626.634.638.640.642.643.645.646.648.647.643.644.647.650.653.644.0

Overall26.027.127.923.930.732.331.430.733.536.439.041.743.442.143.043.746.149.138.0




80

Andalucía Team


Wall : Cubierta Andalucía Team

D2m,nT = -10 lg ( 10-Ri/10 Si/10)) + 10 lg (0.032 Vrec)Spar = 17.45 m²Vrec = 55.84 m³

Freq.100125160200250315400500630800

10001250160020002500315040005000Hz

Wall26.128.129.130.130.131.129.128.131.134.137.140.143.146.149.152.155.158.136.0

Overall26.128.129.130.130.131.129.128.131.134.137.140.143.146.149.152.155.158.136.0




81

Study of compliance of the construction solutions of facades

Table 6.4 Results of air sound acoustic insulation of facades

It is observed as the air sound acoustic insulation of facades reaches its maximum va-lue in totally blind facades (facade 2) and the minimum values in the facades with the largest area of doors, windows and ventilators. Therefore, the acoustic characteristics of these elements will be crucial to achieve insulation values estimated.

4.2.2.4.3.6 Conclusions

This study has analyzed the acoustic suitability of the constructive solutions of the PATIO 2.12 design of ANDALUCIA TEAM for SD EUROPE SOLAR DECATHLON competition in accordance with the requirements of the Basic Document of Protection from Noise DB-HR of the Technical Building Code (CTE) approved by the Real Decreto 1371/2007 of 19 October, Real Decreto 314/2006 of 17 March, approving the Technical Building Code and subsequent amendments.

In accordance with the requirements of the Basic Document Protection from Noise (CTE) the complex of enclosures PATIO 2.12 need only ensure compliance with the air sound acoustic insulation on the exterior facade as it is considered a single unit of use, has no internal partition or areas.

To assess the acoustic insulation of facade, first, we estimated the Apparent Sound Reduction Index of each element from the specifications supplied by manufacturers of materials and by applying specific software calculation based on international stan-dards.

From this information and using the calculation model ACOUBAT v5.2 based on inter-national standard UNE-EN 12354-4, Acoustics in building, Estimation of the acoustic characteristics of the buildings from the characteristics of its elements, its part 4: Trans-mission of noise inside out, we estimated the air sound insulation of worst facade from the viewpoint of acoustic (livingroom), because of having this enclosure largest area of separation and numbers of doors and windows.

The results obtained allow a theoretical guarantee that the proposed constructive so-lutions for the design of PATIO 2.12 of ANDALUCIA TEAM ensuring compliance with the air sound acoustic insulation facade established by the Basic Document of Protec-tion from Noise CTE, for residential areas which verifies compliance with the acoustic quality objectives abroad under Real Decreto 1367/07 of October 19 through which implements Law 37/2003 of 17 November, of noise, referring acoustic zoning, quality objectives and acoustic emissions.

82

Since the Air Sound Insulation of facades is highly influenced by the acoustic characte-ristics of the doors, windows and vents, you should confirm that these elements meet the requirements of paragraph 5.1 of this Report.

Programming acoustic measurements

Once the prototype is built in Seville, is proposed to conduct the following tests in order to verify the conclusions obtained in this study:

- Air Sound Insulation of the living-room facade respect to the outside (according to the system established in the UNE EN ISO 140-5:1999). The insulation is measured after completion of the installation of the modules on every facade with aerator devices in the closed position.

The results of these tests are included in this report as annexes.

ANNEX I. GENERAL ACOUSTIC INSULATION SOLUTION TABLES

The tables below show the justification forms of compliance with the limit values of sound insulation by the method of calculation for worst situations. The names of the constructive solutions correspond to those used in the acoustic study attached.

83

(1) Whenever is not installations enclosure or activity enclosure

(2) Only residential buildings or hospital

85

(1) Whenever is not installations enclosure or activity enclosure

Justification forms of the general method of reverberation time and acoustic absorption

The following table lists the information about compliance with the limit values of rever-beration time and acoustic absorption by the method of calculation

86

(1) Only for conference rooms up to 350 m3

(2) Only for volumes greater than 250 m3

87

4.2.2.5. FIRE PROTECTION

4.2.2.5.1. BUILDING´S DESCRIPTION

The building is a single family house developed in one level located at a height of 0, 57 m. above ground level.

The total build area is 124, 79 m2.

The aim of this object is to comply with the Basic Safety Document in Case of Fire, DB SI (February 2010) as well as the “Building Codes Application” of SDE 2012.

4.2.2.5.2.SI 1 INTERIOR PROPAGATION

•Uses definitions

Complying with CTE-DB-SI and its annex Terminology SI A, our building will have the following use:

Main use of the building: RESIDENTIAL USE, HOUSE.

The special character of the house will be taken into account since it is a house desig-ned for an exhibition.

•Fire sectors

Complying with CTE-DB-SI and its annex Terminology SI A, we will understand a fire sector as:

Fire sector: Space in a building separated from other areas with constructive delimita-ting elements with a specific fire resistance during a period of time, in whose interior can be confined (or excluded) the fire not allowing it to propagate itself to another parts of the building. (DPC - DI2). The especial risk premises are not considered fire sectors.

In general, every establishment must constitute one fire sector differentiated from the rest of the building, except for a series of cases specified in Table 1.1 in DB SI 1.

Residential, House:

- The built are in the whole fire sector will not exceed 2500 m2.

- The elements separating the houses, or the houses from the common areas of the building, must be at least EI60.

Complying with the table above, the entire building will be considered as one unique fire sector. Therefore:

USE

SECTOR 1 Residential, house

•Premises and areas with special risk

None of the premises of the house complies with the characteristics needed to be con-

88

sidered a special risk area.

4.2.2.5.3.SI 2.EXTERIOR PROPAGATION

The building is a single family house separated from other buildings with a distance greater than 3 m. in every case.

4.2.2.5.4.SI 3. OCCUPANTS EVACUATION

This section will justify the occupation, the accesses to exits and the evacuation paths.

•Occupation calculation

(Table 2.1 SI-3)

In our case the general use of the building is Residential, house, but taking into account the particular conditions of the competition, which implies the visiting of people, the occupation density considered will be 2 m2 / person.

The net usable areas are shown below:

Living room module 17, 45 m2

Kitchen module 12, 39 m2

Bedroom module 14, 53 m2

Technical room 8, 66 m2

Patio 32, 41 m 2

TOTAL: 85, 85 m2

Therefore, we will have an occupation of 43 people.

•Access to exit

The number of accesses to exit as well as their length to the evacuation paths from every evacuation origin is specified in point 3 of SI-3.

Since the house´s occupation does not exceed the 100 people, only one access to exit

89

is needed. In our case, we will have two exits to exterior safe areas.

The building´s exits will be considered accesses to exit. To consider an exit as the main exit of the building, this one must be connected to an exterior safe area. Since our oc-cupation does not exceed 50 people, every building exit is considered an exit towards an exterior safe area.

•Evacuation paths

The conditions of lengths in evacuation paths are specified in the same table 3.1 SI-3.

The length of evacuation paths until an access to exit will not exceed 25m, except for the following cases:

- 35m for parking use.

- 50 m if it is a level that has a direct exit to an exterior safe area and the occupation does not exceed 25 people.

The compliance of every evacuation path is specified in the drawing Protection against Fire.

4.2.2.5.5.SI 3 DOORS, PATHS AND RAMPS DIMENSIONING

We establish the dimensioning of these elements in compliance with Article 4 of the SI-3 and in table 4.1.

•Doors and paths:

Assuming the most favorable case, in other words that all the occupants will exit through one of the two exits we will have a width of:

A > P / 200; A > 43 / 200; A > 43 / 200; A > 22 with a minimum of 0, 80 m. Since the width of our smallest doors is 1.85 m, we comply with the regulations.

•Ramp:

Considering our occupation of 43 people, the calculation will be as follows:

A > P / 200; A > 43 / 200; A > 43 / 200; A > 22 with a minimum of 1, 00 m. Since the width of our smallest doors is 1.50 m, we comply with the regulations.

4.2.2.5.6.SI 4.ACTIVE PROTECTION

•Signaling of evacuation methods. (SI-3, Article 7)

No exit signals will be placed above the house´s exits, since the regulations state it is

90

not mandatory for the use of Residential, house, with common users that know the loca-tion of the exits and the path that arrive to them.

•Equipment of the fire safety installation

Following the Solar Decathlon Europe 2012 regulations at least two portable fire extin-guishers will be located, one inside the house, the other outside the house. In our case it will be placed inside the Technical box and the other one will be on the exterior of the house.

•Safety against the risk of non-adequate lighting. (CTE DB SUA-4, Article 1)

In every area of the house a lighting system capable of at least providing the house with 20 lux in the exterior areas, and 100 lux in the interior areas will be located.

4.2.2.5.7. SI7 STRUCTURE FIRE RESISTANCE

The structure fire resistance, according to the residential use, is EI 30.

In the living room, kitchen and bedroom modules, EI 30 for ceiling timber structure and walls is achieved encapsulating the timber structure with wooden boards.

In the Technical Box, where the timber structure is sight, EI 30 is achieved applying colourless varnish (intumescent varnish). This application, furthermore, gives the fire reaction required by CTE SI (fire-resistant varnish).

91


4.2.3.1. WATER CYCLE

4.2.3.1.1. CONTAINERS LOCATION AND CHARACTERISTICS



4.2.3.1.4. TEAM PROVIDED LIQUIDS AND WATER OF MOUTH



4.2.3.1.7. RAINWATER AND HVAC CONDENSATION


4.2.3.2. INSTALLATION OF WATER SUPPLY

4.2.3.2.1. SPECIFICATIONS

4.2.3.2.1.1. PURPOSE OF THE PROJECT

4.2.3.2.1.2. APPLICABLE LAW

4.2.3.2.1.3. CHARACTERIZATION AND QUANTI FICATION OF THE REQUIREMENTS

4.2.3.2.1.4. MINIMUM CONDITIONS OF SUPPLY

4.2.3.2.2. INSTALLATION DESIGN

4.2.3.2.2.1. GENERAL SCHEME OF THE INSTA LLATION

4.2.3.2.2.2. ELEMENTS OF THE INSTALLATION

4.2.3.2.2.3. PROTECTION AGAINST RETURNS

92

4.2.3.2.2.4. SEPARATIONS OF OTHER SYSTEMS

4.2.3.2.2.5. SIGNALING

4.2.3.2.2.6. WATER SAVINGS

4.2.3.2.3. SIZING

4.2.3.2.3.1. FLOW INSTALLED

4.2.3.2.3.2. WATER TAP CONNECTION

4.2.3.2.3.3. SIZING OF PRESSURE REDUCER

4.2.3.2.3.4. FEEDING TUBE

4.2.3.2.3.5. METERS AND VALVES

4.2.3.2.3.6. RISER PIPE

4.2.3.2.3.7. SIZING OF DERIVATIONS TO WET ROOMS AND LINK BRANCHES

4.2.3.2.3.8. STORAGE TANK

4.2.3.2.3.9. SIZING OF DHW NETWORKS

4.2.3.2.3.10. PRESSURE GROUP

4.2.3.3. ACTIVE EVAPOTRANSPIRATION COOLING FAÇADE INSTALLATION


93

4.2.3 PLUMBING SYSTEMS

4.2.3.1. WATER CYCLE

4.2.3.1.1. CONTAINERS LOCATIONS AND CHARACTERISTICS

Supply is located in the technical box for domestic cool and hot water, while waste, grey, rain, ceramic irrigation and recycled water containers are located under the technical floor of the patio and fully shaded from direct solar radiation (Rule 8.1).

Moreover, water storage deposits would be placed during competition days, as there is not continuous water supply.

See Plan: PL 001 “Tanks” for more information.

Projected installation comprising:

2 tanks in the Technical Box:

- 1 for tests water consumption: 1000 L (l x a x h= 130 x 110 x 90 cm)

- 1 for the courtyard evaporative machine water: 300 L (diameter x h= 75 x 90cm)

8 tanks under the courtyard technical floor:

- 3 for ceramics irrigation water storage: 500 L (l x a x h= 110 x 92 x 60 cm)

- 3 for rainwater storage *: 300 L (l x a x h= 100 x 65 x 57 cm)

- 1 for grey water storage: 300 L l x a x h= 100 x 65 x 57 cm)

- 1 for grey water storage: 300 L (l x a x h= 100 x 65 x 57 cm)

*(Due to budgetary problems, rain water collection tanks will not be placed in the pro-totype built for the competition)

The deposits are made in polyester, manufactured by FILAMENT WINDING system, as seen in the image.

94

Equipped with a lid which allows aeration and ventilation of the water contained inside. Connections between them are made with rigid PVC pipe. Each one (or group of them) has a filling / emptying pipe, with level gauge.


The water cycle in the prototype comes from the non potable water supply provided by the organization, which is stored in several tanks provided for that purpose (Rule 8.2).

We consider as water delivery:

- “Water supply”: which is required for toilets, washmachine, dishwasher, air- conditioning system, DHW heating system and courtyard cooling system.

See section “4.2.3.1.4 WATER SUPPLY”

- “Rainwater”: rainwater that we free receive and collect. This water is recycled in order to be used for other prototype applications.

See section “4.2.3.1.5 RAIN WATER AND HVAC CONDENSATION”

All contributions described, is a requirement of evacuation, however, the prototype in their vocation to get a self-sufficiency and sustainability, incorporate systems and de-vices to realize a cycle of their water supply based on the treatment and reuse of flow which in principle would be designed to be discarded and evacuated. This raises a triple net interconnected ring to ensure this process. The pipes are arranged around a main ring placed under the technical floor of the patio.

The initial amount of water needed by the prototype appears in ‘Detailed Water Budget‘.

4.2.3.1.3. LIQUIDS AND WATER OF MOUTH

The team provides liquids for the following purposes (Rule 8.4):

•Personal hydration.

•Irrigation.

•Food Preparation.

•Thermal mass (quantity limited by soil bearing pressure limit and Rule 4.4; see Rule 8.8 for restrictions).

•Hydronic system pressure testing.

•Small volumes of glycol, deionized water, or other working fluids for thermodynamic systems using working fluids other than non-potable water.

•Assembly (e.g., hydraulic fluid), finishing (e.g., paint), and cleaning (e.g., mineral spir-its).

For human consumption of the occupants is required a supply of drinking water or “wa-ter of mouth” for the beverage and food processing, 1,5 litres by person.

95

4.2.3.1.4. WATER SUPPLY

•Plan: PL 002 “Water Supply”

•Hypothesis:

Qi x supply section and constant of simultaneity according to CTE

Material: Plomylayer 20 / 25 mm

Pipe water velocity in pipe = 0.5-1 m/s.

Water supply installation description and calculation is developed in section 4.2.3.2. INSTALLATION OF WATER SUPPLY

4.2.3.1.5. RAIN WATER AND HVAC CONDENSATION

•Plan: PL 003 “Rain water and HVAC condensation” for more information.

•Hypothesis:

Gutter with 0.5 %: Nominal diameter in mm / m2 of roof = according to the Spanish Regulations CTE, 100 mm and 35m2 100 mm -> 0.0079 m2

Downpipe: Diameter in mm / m2 of roof = according to the Spanish Regulations CTE, 50 mm / 65m2 In our case, for the living modules, we have about 25 m2 on each roof. A 40 mm downpipe will be placed in each roof.

PVC material, m = 0.000135

The evacuation of rainwater collected on the roof is done through a linear channel ar-ranged at the base of the walls with a rectangular section of 14 x 7 cm -> 0.0097 m2.

From the roof gutter, 40 mm diameter downpipes are disposed inside the air cavity of the modules façade.

In the courtyard, each drawer has a small gutter incorporated that collects rain water that falls on it. Pipes are placed from this gutter to collect water into a second 50 mm gutter, taking it down through the façade air cavity to the courtyard ground, by a 50 mm diameter downpipe. Water is stored in rainwater tanks arranged under the courtyard. *

* (Due to budgetary problems, rain water collection tanks will not be placed in the pro-totype built for the competition).

We collect rainwater that falls on our site and use it as the following (Rule 8.6):

•Ceramic irrigation.

•Ponds supply.

96


Waste water is coming from WC, dishwasher and sink. The water is collected using a network of collectors, and then is taken directly to the tank provided for that purpose.

•Plan: PL 005 “Waste water” shows the removal location, the tank dimensions and the diameter of the openings and clearance above the tank. All openings are easily acces-sible (Rule 8.3).

•Hypothesis:

This calculation is made for the competition conditions:

Dishwasher: 10 l / use according to Siemens. We provide 8 uses-> 8 x 10= 80 l. In case SDE decides to use a program with increased water consumption, the amount of water to evacuate would be higher; we may have to empty the sewage tank in the middle of the competition, because its capacity is 300 l.

Kitchen sink: will not be used

Toilet: will not be used.

PVC mateial, m = 0.000135, 40 y 110 mm diameters.

Note that in paragraph 4.7.3 WATER (within the Sustainability Report) the supply / plumbing installation calculation is developed to standard operating conditions for a 2 people house.


Grey water is coming from washing machine, washbasin and shower. This cycle con-tinues in a treatment tank (this system will be described later). Grey water is treated for using it on the ceramic irrigation.

•Plan: PL 004 “Grey water” for more information.

•Hypothesis:

litres /day = 100 l for DHW test and 50 l for the washing machine: 150 l / day

Material PVC, m = 0.000135 40 y 50mm diameters

The fan-coils condensed water is collected to be treated and reused through 25 mm diameter hydro-tube pipes.

The amount of condensation water will depend on the fan-coils operation level.


Grey water is recycled and treated for use as irrigation. The grey water reuse system complies with Rule 9.2. of the competition.

97

Although it is not possible for the contest, you could also implement the use of this water for reuse in the toilets filled.

Total water recycled is 150 liters per day.

The water purifying equipment is located inside the technical module, it is a machine especially designed for Patio 2.12.

The design crew of the Andalucía Team, together with a prestigious Andalusian Water purifying Station, is developing a domestic purifier that will work as any other domestic appliance, and can be used in any house occupying less than a normal fridge, with the following dimensions: 60 x 60 cm and 1.80 cm of height.

It is based on the technology developed in Vertical flow constructed wetlands (VFCW) for wastewater treatment.

The main advantage of these systems over classical horizontal flow constructed wet-lands is their higher oxygen transfer rate, and hence their ability to achieve higher levels of organic matter removal and nitrification.

The treatment method is a modification of the VFCW using a novel set-up; wastewater is distributed to the root zone, trickles through the bed into a reservoir from where it is recirculated back to the root zone until the required effluent quality is achieved. In this system, aeration of the water is attained by oxygen diffusion during trickling of the wastewater through the bed and while dripping from the VFCW into the reservoir.

The system has several benefits:

•Extensive passive aeration and recirculation that enhance organic matter degradation, thus enabling reduction of the system footprint, an important factor in high-cost land areas.

•Constant wetting of the VFCW bed is beneficial in maintaining the microbial commu-nity, as well as in diluting the raw influent with partially treated water, thus attenuating possible sharp fluctuations in influent strength.

•The system is modular, enabling more units to be attached, thus allowing its up scaling relative to the size of the community.

•The RVFCW is compact and aesthetic.

•The RVFCW prevents environmental nuisances such as bad odors and mosquitoes, and reduces the possibility of human contact with the effluents.

Each RVFCW is composed of two 0.6 m wide, 0.6 m long and 0.6 m high plastic con-tainers placed one on top of the other (Fig. 1). The upper container, which acts as the VFCW bed, was perforated at the bottom with 8 mm holes and filled with a 5 cm layer of lime pebbles followed by a 40 cm layer of high-porosity (ε ~0.8) and high surface area (860 m2m-3) plastic beads. The DWW was applied to the top of the bed from where it dripped into the lower container (effective volume 500 L). The water was then pumped continuously from the reservoir back to the top. Every day at 5 AM, 300 L of water for irrigation were pumped out of the reservoir through a 130 μm filter followed by an 11 W

98


The following picture shows the complete water cycle of Patio 2.12

The is a more detailed picture in ‘4.7 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT‘.

4.2.3.2. INSTALLATION OF WATER SUPPLY

4.2.3.2.1. SPECIFICATIONS

PURPOSE OF THE PROJECT

The purpose of this report is to define, describe and assess the technical characteristics of the water supply facilities in accordance with current regulations, of a house consists of ground floor.

It could serve as a justification to obtain the necessary permits and relevant licenses of official agencies that apply for these facilities.

99

APPLICABLE LAW

In conformity with Royal Decree 314/2006 of 19 March (BOE N º 74 of March 28, 2006) by approving the Technical Building Code, Basic Document in sections HS4 Water Sup-ply and HS5 Waste water. Approved by Cabinet on March 17, 2006. In developing the provisions of the second additional provision of the Spanish Law 38/1999 of November 5, Building Management (LOE).

Take into account the recommendations, specifications technical or administrative order establishing the water company.

The materials, equipment, machines, assemblies and subassemblies, integrated cir-cuits, installation, shall be duly registered and certified with the seal and comply AENOR UNE and corresponding CIS.

Ordinance of Safety at Work will be fulfilled (Ministerial Order O.M.T. dated 9-03-1.971 on the Spanish Ministry of Labour).

Regulation of troublesome, unhealthy, harmful and dangerous, 2.414/1.961 Spanish Decree of November 30.

UNE 53960 EX: multilayer pipes for conducting hot and cold water under pressure. Polymer Tubes / Al / PERT.

UNE-EN 12201: Systems Plastics piping for water conveyance. Polyethylene (PE).

Royal Spanish Decree 485/1997, 14 April, on minimum requirements for health and safety signs at work.

CHARACTERIZATION AND QUANTIFICATION OF THE REQUIREMENTS. PROPERTIES OF THE INSTALLATION. WATER QUALITY

1. - The water system must comply with the provisions in existing legislation on water for human consumption. (Royal Spanish Decree 140/2003 of 7 February, establishing health criteria for water quality for human consumption).

2. - The material used in the installation is plomyLAYER, and the accessory for con-nections is made of polyphenylsulfone (PPSU), plomyCLICK ®. In connection with its repercussions on the water that supplies, it has to follow these requirements:

a) for pipes and accessories are used materials that do not produce concentrations of pollutants that exceed those permitted by Royal Spanish Decree 140/2003 of 7 Febru-ary;

b) it does not change the organoleptic or wholesomeness of water supplied;

c) it is resistant to interior corrosion;

d) it is able to function effectively in its intended working conditions;

e) it does not present electrochemical incompatibility with each other;

f) it is resistant to temperatures above 40°C, and temperatures outside of their immedi-ate surroundings;

100

g) it is compatible with water supply and do not favor the migration of substances of the materials in quantities that are a risk to health and clean of drinking water;

h) aging, fatigue, durability and other mechanical, physical or chemical characteristic, not decrease the expected lifetime of the installation. (Continued use of 50 years).

PROTECTION AGAINST RETURNS

1. - Non-return systems are available to prevent the reversal of flow in the points listed below and elsewhere as necessary:

a) after the counters;

b) at the base of the ascending;

c) before the water treatment equipment;

d) in the feeding tubes that are not intended for domestic purposes;

e) before refrigeration or air conditioning machine.

2. - Supplied water systems cannot connect directly to evacuation systems or another supplied water systems from other source than the SDE direct water supply.

3. - In machines and equipment installation, supplied water is done in a way that does not produce returns.

4. - Non-returns are arranged combined with drain tap so that it is always possible to empty any section of the network.

MINIMUM CONDITIONS OF SUPPLY

1. - The installation must provide to the equipment and to the hygienic equipment, the flow rates listed in Table 1.8.

Table 1.8. Instantaneous minimum flow for each type of device.

2. - Minimum pressure.

In the consumption points the minimum pressure will be:

- 100 kPa for common taps.

- 150 kPa for flush valves and heaters.

101

3. - Maximum pressure.

Also not to exceed 500 kPa, according to C.T.E.

4. - Hot water temperature at the point of consumption will be between 50°C and 65°C.

MAINTENANCE

The elements and equipment of the installation that require it, such as pressure group, the treatment systems or water meters, are installed in the Technical Box which dimen-sions are sufficient to permit carried out the maintenance properly.

Pipe networks, including private indoor installations are designed in order to be acces-sible for maintenance and repair, for which are visible, embedded in holes or have risers or manholes recordable or records.

WATER SAVINGS

The distance to the furthest consumption point is lower than 15m, so is not necessary to have a return water system for DHW.

4.2.3.2.2. INSTALLATION DESIGN

Supplied water system developed in the building project consists of a water tap connec-tion, a general installation and collective branching or private installations.

4.2.3.2.2.1. GENERAL SCHEME OF THE INSTALLATION

The general scheme of the installation will be of the following type:

a) Network with single general meter, and composed of water tap connection, general installation containing a closet or chest of the general meter, a feeding tube and a main distributor and individual branching.

Scheme of continuous supply with storage tank and pressure group

102

4.2.3.2.2.2. ELEMENTS OF THE INSTALLATION

4.2.3.2.2.2.1 COLD WATER NETWORK

The water tap has the following elements:

a) a tap on the exterior distribution pipe network of supply which opens the way to the water tap;

b) a water tap pipe that connects the tap with the general stopcock;

c) a stopcock outside of the property.

GENERAL INSTALLATION

General installation usually contains, depending on the scheme adopted, the items list-ed in the following sections:

GENERAL STOPCOCK

The general stopcock interrupts the supply to the building and it is located inside the technical box, in an area commonly accessible for handling. It is properly marked to al-low an easy identification. It has a general meter cabinet where the stopcock is placed.

FILTER OF THE GENERAL INSTALLATION

The filter must retain the waste of the water that may lead to corrosion in metal pipes. It is installed after the general stopcock. It is located inside the general meter cabinet. The filter is a Y type with a filtering threshold between 25 and 50 μm, with stainless steel mesh and silver plate to prevent the formation of bacteria and self-cleaning. The location of the filter allows properly cleaning and maintenance without outage of supply.

CABINET OR MANHOLE OF THE GENERAL METER

The general meter cabinet contains, arranged in this order, the general court tap, a filter of the general installation, the meter, a tap, a check valve and a faucet. It is installed in a plane parallel to the ground.

The output key allows the outage of supply to the building. The general stopcock and output generally used for assembly and disassembly the general meter.

FEEDING TUBE

The path of the feed tube goes through the living modules floor, embedded in the struc-ture. These pipes run from the consumption points to the module edge, where gate valves are arranged.

After each module gate valve, quick joints in order to connect the inner module installa-tion with the installation under the courtyard technical floor, which runs perimeter form-ing a ring.

MAIN DISTRIBUTOR

The path of the main distributor goes through areas of common use. In the embedded sections are placed records for inspection and leakage tests, at the ends and changes

103

of direction.

Stopcocks are available in all branching. Thus, in case of failure at any point, you do not have to interrupt all the supply.

DIVISIONAL METERS

Not installed.

PARTICULAR INSTALLATIONS

The particular installations consist of the following:

a) a tap placed inside of the technical box in a place accessible for manipulation;

b) individual derivations, whose path is done in a way that branching to wet rooms are independent. Each of these branching has a stopcock for cold water and another for hot water;

c) branches of bond;

d) points of consumption. All discharge devices, both deposits and faucets, instanta-neous water heaters, batteries, individual boilers and DHW heating and heaters, and in general, sanitary devices, will have an individual stopcock.

CONTROL SYSTEMS AND PRESSURE REGULATION

Freeboard systems: pressure set: EBARA. Press Control. Type C. CDXM 70/07 G. 0.75 C.V.

The freeboard system is designed to supply some areas of the building with network pressure, without the implementation of the group.

The pressure group will be of the following:

Variable flow, without eliminating the auxiliary tank and it has a power inverter that ac-tivates the pumps keeping constant the outlet pressure regardless of flow required or available; A pump maintains the necessary flow to maintain the proper pressure.

The pressure group is installed on the technical box which has the necessary dimen-sions to perform maintenance.

4.2.3.2.2.2.2. HOT WATER SYSTEMS (DHW)

DISTRIBUTION (SUPPLY AND RETURN)

1. - The design of DHW installations apply similar conditions to those of cold water net-works.

2. - Require, in addition to cold water tap intended for connection of washing machines and dishwashers, hot water taps to allow the installation of bithermal equipments.

3. - In the central production installation, the distribution network is not provided with a

104

return network because the length of going pipe to the farthest point of consumption is less than 15 m.

4. - To adequately support expansion movements by thermal effects we will take the following precautions:

a) in the main distribution, pipes and their anchorages are arranged so that dilate freely, as provided in Regulation of Thermal Installations in Buildings and their ITE Technical Instructions.

b) in the straight sections is considered the linear expansion of the material, providing dilators if necessary. Each type of tube needs a free distance around it specified in the above Regulation.

5 - The isolation of pipe networks, both in supply and in return, is subject to the provi-sions of Regulation of Thermal Installations in Buildings and their ITE Technical Instruc-tions.

REGULATION AND CONTROL

1. - In DHW installations the temperature of preparation and distribution is regulated and controlled at a maximum of 60°C, with a thermostatic valve.

2. - In individual installations, control systems and temperature control are incorporated into production and preparation equipment. The control over recirculation in individual systems with direct production recirculates the water without consumption until it reach-es the proper temperature.

4.2.3.2.2.3. PROTECTION AGAINST RETURNS

GENERAL CONDITION OF SUPPLY SYSTEM

1. - The design of equipment and devices installed and its installation are such that it prevents the introduction of any fluid in the installation and return of water out of it.

2. - The installation is not directly attached to a conduit for the disposal of wastewater.

3. - Connections between interior networks attached to public distribution networks and other installations, such as water harvesting that it is not from the public network are not established.

CONSUMPTION POINTS OF DIRECTLY POWER

1. - In all the devices that feed directly from the distribution of water such as bathtubs, sinks, bidets, sinks, laundries, and generally in all vessels, the lower level of the arrival of water poured into 20 mm, at least above the upper edge of the container.

2. - Manual showerheads incorporate a backflow preventer.

CLOSED TANKS

Although in closed tanks are in communication with the atmosphere, the feed tube ends 40 mm above the maximum water level, or above the highest point of the mouth of the

105

spillway. This spillway has capacity enough to evacuate a flow twice the maximum ex-pected water inlet.

DERIVATIONS OF COLLECTIVE USE

1. - Feeding tubes that are not intended exclusively for domestic needs, are fitted with a valve and a purge control.

2. - The ramifications of collective use of the buildings cannot be connected directly to the public distribution network, unless it was a unique installation in the building.

CONNECTING BOILERS

The steam boilers or hot water pressure are not spliced directly to the public distribution network. Any device used part of a tank, for which the above rules are complied.

PUMP UNITS

1. - The pumps are not connected directly to the pipes of arrival of water supply, but feed from a tank, except when they are equipped with devices for protection and insulation preventing depression occurs in the network.

2. - This protection also extends to variable flow pumps that are installed in the pressure groups of adjustable action and includes a device that causes the closing of the intake and pump shutdown in case of depression in the feeeding pipe and a protection tank against overpressure caused by water hammer.

3. - In freeboard groups of conventional type, you install a check valve, membrane type, to cushion possible water hammer.

4.2.3.2.2.4. SEPARATIONS OF OTHER SYSTEMS

1. - The laying of the cold water pipes is performed such that not affected by heat sourc-es and therefore always run separate of hot water pipes (DHW or heating) at a distance of 4 cm, as minimum. When the two pipes are in a same vertical plane, the cold water pipe is always placed below the hot water pipe.

2. - The pipes that go under any pipeline or item containing electrical or electronic de-vices, and any telecommunications network, are placed saving a parallel distance of at least 30 cm.

3. - With gas pipelines keep at least a distance of 3 cm.

4.2.3.2.2.5. SIGNALING

1. - Drinking water pipes are indicated by dark green or blue colours.

2. - If we had an installation for water supply that does not fit for consumption, pipes, faucets and others endpoints of this installation should be properly marked so they can be identified easily.

106

4.2.3.2.2.6. WATER SAVINGS

1. - The devices installed for this purpose are: faucets with aerators, thermostatic taps, taps with push button timer, flush valves and regulation faucets, placed before the con-sumption points.

2. - Equipments that use drinking water in the condensation of refrigerants, are equipped with water recovery systems.

4.2.3.2.3. SIZING

Installations sizing and materials used.

4.2.3.2.3.1. FLOW INSTALLED

The flow installed in a supply is the sum of the instantaneous minimum flow rates for all installed devices.

For the calculation of interior installations and water tap connections is attributed to each of the installed devices, the following minimum instant flows:

107

The installation and its elements are sized based on the maximum instantaneous flow needed by the installed devices.

On the basis of a simultaneity coefficient is considered the probability of simultaneous use of different devices, which implies a reduction factor of installed flow.

Simultaneity coefficient employed is where n is the number of installed devices.

Being Qi installed flow (the sum of consumption per unit, in our case 0.95 l/sec), the maximum flow rate Qmax v may be:

n = 6

Qi = 0,95 l/s

Kv = 0,45

Qmax v = 0,43 l/s

The maximum flow rate expected for sanitary devices will be 0.43 liters per second.

4.2.3.2.3.2. WATER TAP CONNECTION

Diameter of the water tap and its valves.

The sizing was carried out based on the formula of Hazen-Williams, so that the pressure drop produced with the maximum flow rate is of the order of 0.018 m/m. This value is acceptable to water tap connections up to six meters of length. When the length of the water tap connection have to be longer than six meters will result in a greater pressure drop that must be compensated with a larger diameter.

In practice, we will adopt the criterion that when the length of the water tap connection is between 6 and 15 meters, the diameter resulting from the table must be increased to the immediately above.

Based on these values the technical code gives us a water tap connection of 18.68 mm of inner diameter. These diameters are always interior, without any of the accessories that are installed on the water tap connection reduced it.

4.2.3.2.3.3. SIZING OF PRESSURE REDUCER. (CTE. HS-4)

1. - The nominal diameter is established by applying the values specified in the following table based on the maximum simultaneous flow:

108

Never measured by the nominal diameter of the pipes.

In our case for 0.43 liters/second the gear is 15 mm.

4.2.3.2.3.4. FEEDING TUBE

In the feeding tube that connects the control valve of the water tap connection with the battery meter or the isolated meter, is placed a check valve to protect the distribution network against water return, and a compensated pressure reducing valve stamped to 5 kg/cm2, which prevents that excessive pressure in the network can affect the interior elements of the installation.

In our case to 0.43 liters/second the diameter should be of 18.55 mm (inside diameter), 25 mm (outside diameter), in PlomyLAYER pipe of 25x2,5 mm.

4.2.3.2.3.5. METERS AND VALVES

General meter

The general meter feeds a consumption of 0.43 l/s and it is of 13 mm diameter. Full port valves with 13 mm.

General meter locker

The meter locker is located as close as possible to the bypass valve, avoiding partially feeding tube. It is inside a cabinet placed in front of the building or property with access from the outside, and public area. The meter will be installed so that it is easy to read, and replace. Approximate dimensions and appropriate conditions, according to the rat-

109

ing, are given as guidance in the following tables. The electrical utility may specify it in detail.

The measure of general meter cabinet without combining (single body) will be:

All measurements are in millimeters.

In our case uncombined (single body) 500 x 600 x 200 mm.

4.2.3.2.3.6. SIZING OF DERIVATIONS TO WET ROOMS AND LINK BRANCHES

Wet rooms

The diameters of the different sections of the supply network to wet rooms will be sized according to the following table:

Branch link

Branch link to household devices are dimensioned according to the following table:

110

4.2.3.2.3.7. SIZING OF DHW NETWORKS. (CTE. HS-4)

Discharge tubes

For discharge networks or DHW will follow the same method of calculation that we used for cold water systems previously calculated.

Return networks

1. - To determine the flow that will flow through the return network, the heat loss in the farthest tap is no more than 3ºC from the output of the accumulator or exchanger.

2. - In any case not less than 250 l/h will be recirculated in each column, to allow a proper hydraulic balance.

3. - The return flow can be estimated by empirical rules as follows:

a) At least 10% of feed water is recirculated. It is considered that the minimum inside diameter of the return pipe is 16 mm.

b) the diameters according to the recirculated flow are indicated in the following table:

It is not necessary return network.

Thermal insulation

1. - The thickness of the pipes insulation is 25 mm, dimensioned as indicated in the Regulation of Thermal Installations in Buildings RITE and complementary ITE Technical Instructions.

111

Dilators

1. - Will be applied as described in the UNE ENV 12 108:2002

2. - In any straight section without intermediate connections with a length exceeding 25 meters must take steps to avoid undue stresses on the pipe, caused by contraction and expansion caused by temperature variations.

4.2.3.2.3.8. PRESSURE GROUP

Calculating the auxiliary feeding tank

The volume tank is calculated based on the expected time of use, using the following expression: V = Q x t x 60

where:

V is the volume of the tank (l);

Q is the maximum simultaneously flow (decimeter dm3/s);

T is the estimated time (20 to 40) (min).

V = 0.43 l/s x 30 min x 60 min = 774.00 liters.

The deposit must at least have a capacity of 1,000 liters.

Flow rate of water consumption pump

In our case considering a consumption for the building of 0.43l/s, a pressure group formed by 1 pump of 0.7 CV of 25.80 l/min will be installed.

EBARA. Press Control. Type C. CDXM 70/07 G. 0.75 C.V.

Pumping pressure

The minimum water pressure in the pressure vessel, in meters of water column (m.c.d.a.) is obtained by adding 15 meters in height in meters above the container base, of the roof of the higher plant having to feed, by thus is established in 20 m.c.d.a. We install a hydropneumatic tank with membrane, with maximum pressure of 35 m.c.d.a.

4.2.3.3. ACTIVE EVAPOTRANSPIRATION COOLING FAÇADE INSTALLATION


For the enclosure of the modules of PATIO 2.12 a ceramic cladding ventilated façade has been designed. The solution includes an evapotranspiration function in order to re-fresh the surface of the living modules during summer conditions. This system provides a cooling effect at the house´s surface and its surroundings as a passive strategy to low the energy demand and the heat flow in summer-day periods. At north facing façades an additional function is provided to pre-cool the IAQ air flow through the wall cavity

112

thanks to the sensible cooling and descendent convective effect that occurs within the air gap.

Ceramic plates include vertical sockets where a descendent recycled water flow wets the ceramic, and a evapotranspiration effect takes place like in a traditional drinking jug surface. That effect its used to cold the inside face of the plates, so that the air at the cav-ity behind is expected to reach the dew point temperature (over 10ºC less than external air), but without the addition of humidity.

To wet the plates´sockets all around the top side of the façade is installed an irrigation system with pipes like those used in gardening.

A control system is expected to command the opening of the irrigation system and the air grills according to the weather and solar conditions.

Components:

•Ceramic plates with vertical sockets with external porous and waterproof internal sur-faces

•Irrigation gardening (with PE pipes and accessories) systems with automated valves and water flow pump connected to the control system.

•Water collecting system: perforated micropipe inside the ceramic perforations and droppers.

•Automated air grilles.

•Pump:

Type: Press control

Flow: 30 l/m.

Power 750 w / 1CV

Brand and Model: CDX 70/05G

153


4.2.4.1. HVAC

4.2.4.1.1. CONSTRUCTIVE MEMORY

4.2.4.1.1.1. DESCRIPTION OF THE WEIGHT OF THE MACHINES

4.2.4.1.1.2. DESCRIPTION OF THE MACHINES

4.2.4.1.1.3. HYDRAULIC INSTALLATION

4.2.4.1.1.4. SAFETY REQUIREMENTS

4.2.4.1.1.5. CONTROL OF THE INSTALLATION

4.2.4.1.1.6. ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS

4.2.4.1.1.7. CONCLUSIONS

154

4.2.4. MECHANICAL SYSTEMS

4.2.4.1. HVAC

The air conditioning system should cover the thermal demand of the rooms of the house: living room, kitchen and bedroom.

The air conditioning system consists in an air-water equipment, as well as terminal units of 2 tubes in each room, with an additional battery placed in the inlet air duct to the fancoil unit which allows a first pre-cooling (freecooling with water pond). Additionally it allows to support the DHW supply.

Schematic diagram of the installation.

The fancoil selected includes a battery of pre-cooling with pond water. Optional also includes:

- Brushless motor Hee Fan

- Regulation V3000 with KNX communication

These equipments are designed for residential applications. The model selected in this project has a heat power ranging from 5 to 12 kW. This power modulation allows perfect adaptation of the power to be supplied to the house, increasing the comfort and energy savings. It will also supply the demand for housing ACS and may be used in both winter and summer.

Heat pump

155

4.2.4.1.1. CONSTRUCTIVE MEMORY

4.2.4.1.1.1. DESCRIPTION OF THE WEIGHT OF THE MACHINES

- Heat pump: 144 kg empty weight, weight at work: 147 kg

- Fancoil <15 kg

- Precooling battery: 11.1 kg empty weight, weight at operation: 12.2 kg

- Tank of inertia of conventional air conditioning circuit: 80L

- Tank to support DHW: 150L

4.2.4.1.1.2. DESCRIPTION OF THE MACHINES

- FANCOIL AND FREECOOLING BATTERY (Dimensions in cm)

Installation 1D (designed for integration in closet)

156

Freecooling Battery

The battery of pre-cooling will be installed at the air entrance of each fan coil to use the potential available with the pond water for freecooling. The freecooling battery is shown in the figure below:

- HEAT PUMP (Dimensions in mm)

157

Heating Power

Cooling Power

158

- DHW tank: 300L solution

The dimensions that must be followed (in mm) around the tank are:

159

- 50L DE inertial tank for heating circuit. (Dimensions in mm)

160

4.2.4.1.1.3. HYDRAULIC INSTALLATION

The detail of hydraulic networks and calculations for pump selection are described in the annexes.

Following is a summary by circuit:

- EXCHANGE CIRCUIT WITH POND

Is analyzed in this paper the inclusion of the circuit and its exclusion.

Lets get a power of 1.5kW cooling the water loop of freecooling at 16°C basis of pond water at 15°C and with a flow on both sides of the exchanger of 1050m3/h.

The pressure drop in the pond water loop is 9.1kPa and 7.8kPa in freecooling loop.

The pump chosen for this circuit is Grundfoss, UPS range, 25-40 B model, with a con-sumption between 25 and 45W depending on the selected speed of 3 available.

- FREECOOLING CIRCUIT

Is analyzed in this paper the directly connection to the pond (without heat exchanger) and the connection through the heat exchanger.

In case of using the heat exchanger, it introduces a loss in the freecooling circuit of 7.8kPa for a flow of 1050m3/h.

Calculated the rest of losses we can say that at the worst loop (the path that reaches to the living room fancoil) has a pressure drop of 2.5 m.c.a if not include exchanger (3.5 m.c.a if provided). Depending of the flow and pressure loss the circulation pump is selected. The circulation pump is Grundfoss manufacturer, USP range, 25-60 B model, consuming between 50 and 70W.

If the exchanger is included, it is necessary also an expansion vessel of 5L in the circuit.

Similarly the circuit requires the use of mesh filter.

- CONVENTIONAL CIRCUIT (HEAT PUMP - FANCOILS)

In this circuit the philosophy is different because the circulating pump is included in the heat pump. The calculation is to examine whether the available pressure provided by the heat pump hydraulic (see figure below) is enough to overcome the remaining losses.

161

Calculated the pipe network (discussed in detail in the Annexes to this document) con-cludes that the pressure drop is 3.2 m.c.a for a flow of 1.5 m3/h. Therefore the existing circulation pump is enough, and shall conform to the required operating point by setting the value of intermediate speed (V2).

4.2.4.1.1.4. SAFETY REQUIREMENTS

Closed circuit be provided with:

- Feeding

- Drain and purge

- Expansion

- Safety valves

- Elements of expansion

- Filtration circuits

4.2.4.1.1.5. INSTALLATION CONTROL

The control system aims to regulate the operation of the installation in order to optimize consumption to satisfied the demand for air conditioning and DHW.

Allow the user by installing home automation (using the touch screen provided) vary a number of variables (parameters of writing) and reading a number of variables (param-eters of reading).

Internally the control program of the elements that compose the installation is adjusted to the values of writing that the user has specified.

162

4.2.4.1.1.6. ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS

163

4.2.4.1.1.8. CONCLUSIONS

The installation consists in an heat pumb air-water equipment and fancoil of 2 pipe in each room, with an extra battery placed in the inlet air through the fancoil that allows a first pre-cooling (freecooling with water pond). The supply of DHW with thermal solar collectors is supported by the heat air/water pump using the 300l tank. Each of these installed equipment provides the following improvements for energy efficiency:

• The inverter equipment allow modulate the power to adapt to the needs of housing, increasing the comfort and energy savings. Reach a COP greater than 4. This translates into savings of up to 60% compared to a traditional heating system.

• The Fancoil will reduce the power consumption of the engine up to 20% thanks to its clever construction. Its engine Brushless technology will save up to 85% more energy.

• The DHW supported by the heat pump with deposit 300l has a cost two times less compared to a classic electric tank, thanks to its large range of water temperature (30 °C to 60 °C).

• Installing the freecooling system we obtain a free supply of cooling of 25%.

164




4.2.5.3. SOLAR THERMAL CALCULATIONS WITH

ASTERSA

165

4.2.5. SOLAR THERMAL SYSTEMS


The space available for solar thermal production of DHW has the following dimensions: 66 x 360 cm. on the roof of the technical module. These dimensions do not allow the use of any standard solar thermal collector to take advantage of the available collecting area, 2.3 m2.

To integrate the collector to the roof’s geometry, as well as the photovoltaic panels, an integrated solar collector system has been chosen. This is placed on the sloped roof directly resting on an assembly kit specially design for the occasion.

Starting conditions:

Based on the needs marked by the CTE-HE-4, and to achieve coverage of 70% of the yearly demand corresponding to a daily demand of 150l/p of DHW at 45º and 3 people occupation, the volume of the accumulation deposit will be 146 liters.

Collectors:

In order to use up all the space available, a hybrid system has been chosen. This sys-tem allows the solar energy collection trough the energy already accumulated by the photovoltaic cells.

Accumulator:

The accumulating deposit for solar DHW is located in the technical module; this requires a system with forced circulation that connects through a primary circuit both evacuated tubes with the vertical accumulating deposit situated in the technical module. The solar deposit has been design to accumulate water at 60º, temperature at which will be used inside the house.

Accesories:

To complete the solar thermal system with forced circulation a hydraulic solar group is included, as well as an expansion tank with 18l, an electrical regulation switchboard, automatic purger, a safety valve for each collector, a connection piece with incorporated pod for temperature probe, a thermometer and a manometer.


The space available for solar thermal production of DHW has the following characteristics:

• Molded cylindrical insulation jacked of glass wool, longitudinally opened through the generational, of 21,00 mm interior diameter and 40,0 mm thickness.

• Asphaltic emulsion to protect the glass wool insulation jackets, as UNE 104231.

• Protective paint of chlorosulfonated polyethylene, white color, for exterior insulation.

• Rigid copper tube with 1mm thickness and 16/18 mm diameter, as UNE-EN 1057, with accessories and special pieces.

166

• Auxiliary materials for assembly and support of rigid copper pipes 16/18mm diameter.

• Thermal solar collector system composed of:

Eight collectors composed of pipe grill 8mm diameter and 0.2mm thickness, placed under the photovoltaic unit stuck to the copper plate.

• Total gross area 13,28 m2T.

• Azimuth 0º and 8º slope.

• DHW Storage Heater 200L.

• Auxiliary Heating 17kW.

• Central Control composed of:

• Circulation Pump,

• Flow-meter with scale,

• Two thermometers,

• Two spherical valves with auto-lock,

• One security valve (6 bar),

167

• Two check valves, one empty valve,

• One full valve,

• One manometer,

• Four countersink connections of 22 mm,

• Thermal insulation,

• Thermal thermostat with differential;

• Joints,

• Primary Circuit valves,

• Antifreeze liquid.

• Auxiliary system for DHW production:

• Circuit, valves and heat pump air-water connection for the air-conditioning kit.

SYSTEM COMPONENTS

Collector circuit:

COLLECTORS NUMBER: 8

TOTAL GROSS AREA: 13,28 m2

TOTAL REFERENCE AREA: 11,52 m2

SLOPE: 8º

ORIENTATION: 0º

DHW Storage Heater Information:

Interacumulador

VOLUME: 200 liters

Auxiliary system

Heat Pump, 300 l. See section 4.2.4.

MECHANICAL SYSTEMS

168

4.2.5.3. THERMAL SOLAR CALCULATIONS.

DATA

Climatic data:

LOCATION: Madrid

GLOBAL RADIATION ANNUAL SUM: 5,92 GJ

LATITUDE: 40,41º

LENGTH: 3,71º

Domestic Hot Water:

DAILY AVERAGE CONSUMPTION: 150L(COMPETITION); 60L(ANNUAL ACCORDING TO SPANISH REGULATIONS CTE)

DESIRED TEMPERATURE: 60º C

LOAD PROFILE: ONE-FAMILY HOUSE

COLD WATER TEMPERATURE: FEBRUARY 8º C; AUGUST 12º C

RECIRCULATION: NO

SIMULATIONS RESULTS

Two simulations have been done for the same installation in Madrid. A first simulation with the competition requirements (150 l/day) and a second one for 60l/day consumption according to the CTE Spanish Regulations:

• COMPETITION CONDITIONS SIMULATION

AVERAGE DAILY CONSUMPTION: 150 L

ANNUAL SIMULATION RESULTS:

Collectors power installed: 9,30 kW

Collectors power installed (net): 13,28 m²

Radiation to the collectors’ surface (sup. reference): 71,82 GJ 6.234.867,55 kJ/m²

Collectors supplyed energy: 10,43 GJ 905.746,34 kJ//m²

Collector circuits supplyed energy: 8,89 GJ 771.852,44 kJm²

Hot Water production supplyed energy: 11,42 GJ

Solar system energy for DHW: 8,89 GJ

Auxiliary Heating supplyed energy: 3,6 GJ

169

Electricity savings: 2.796,2 kWh

CO2 emission avoided: 1.862,30 kg

DHW solar fraction: 71,2 %

Proportional energetic savings (EN 12976): 72,3 %

System Efficiency Degree: 12,4 %

Calculations have been made with simulation programme for thermal solar installations T*SOL Pro 4.5. The results have been calculated trough a mathematic calculation model with a vari-able time interval of 6 minutes max. The real results can show variations debt to meteorological changes, consumption and other causes.

Solar Energy Fraction in the energetic consumption

Daily Maximum Temperatures in the collector

170

Energetic evaluation diagram

Lettering:

1 Surface collectors’ radiation (reference surface) 19.951 kWh1.1 Collectors’ optic waste 9.182 kWh1.2 Collectors’ thermal waste 7.870 kWh2 Collectors’ field energy 2.898 kWh2.1 Storage Heater solar energy 2.470 kWh2.5 Internal pipe losses 353 kWh2.6 External pipe losses 75 kWh3.1 Storage Heater losses 299 kWh6 Final energy 1.073 kWh9 HW-Storage Heater’ energy 2.171 kWh9.1 DHW- Energy by instant boiler 1.001 kWh

Glossary:

1 Collectors’ radiated energy to the surface (from reference) 1.1 Reflection losses among others1.2 Heat conduction losses among others2 Collectors’ field exit energy (in front the pipe)2.1 Collectors’ field energy to the storage heater (except pipe losses)2.5 Pipe losses installated inside2.6 Pipe losses installated outside3.1 Heat losses from surface6 Final energy flow of the installation. It can come in as town gas, OEI or electricity (without solar energy) bearing performance degree in mind9 Heat for DHW users from the storage heater (without Recirculation)9.1 Heat for DHW users which goes through the instant boiler (without solar energy)

171

Solar thermal system diagram

• SIMULATION FOR 2 PEOPLE HOUSE ACCORDING TO THE SPANISH CTE.

AVERAGE DAILY CONSUMPTION: 60 L

ANNUAL SIMULATION RESULTS:

Collectors power installed: 9,30 kW

Collectors power installed (net): 13,28 m²

Radiation to the collectors’ surface (sup. reference): 71,82 GJ 6.234.867,55 kJ/m²

Collectors supplyed energy: 6,84 GJ 593.924,87 kJ//m²

Collector circuits supplyed energy: 5,12 GJ 444.241,61 kJm²

Hot Water production supplyed energy: 4,57 GJ

Solar system energy for DHW: 5,12 GJ

Auxiliary Heating supplyed energy: 1095,4 MJ

Electricity savings: 1.609,3 kWh

CO2 emission avoided: 1.071,82 kg

DHW solar fraction: 82,4 %

Proportional energetic savings (EN 12976): 80,4 %

System Efficiency Degree: 7,1 %

Calculations have been made with simulation programme for thermal solar installations T*SOL Pro 4.5. The results have been calculated trough a mathematic calculation model with a vari-able time interval of 6 minutes max. The real results can show variations debt to meteorological changes, consumption and other causes.

172

Solar Energy Fraction in the energetic consumption

Daily Maximum Temperatures in the collector

173

Energetic evaluation diagram

Lettering:

1 Surface collectors’ radiation (reference surface) 19.951 kWh1.1 Collectors’ optic waste 9.182 kWh1.2 Collectors’ thermal waste 8.868 kWh2 Collectors’ field energy 1.901 kWh2.1 Storage Heater solar energy 1.422 kWh2.5 Internal pipe losses 395 kWh2.6 External pipe losses 84 kWh3.1 Storage Heater losses 456 kWh6 Final energy 324 kWh9 HW-Storage Heater’ energy 964 kWh9.1 DHW- Energy by instant boiler 304 kWh

Glossary:

1 Collectors’ radiated energy to the surface (from reference) 1.1 Reflection losses among others1.2 Heat conduction losses among others2 Collectors’ field exit energy (in front the pipe)2.1 Collectors’ field energy to the storage heater (except pipe losses)2.5 Pipe losses installated inside2.6 Pipe losses installated outside3.1 Heat losses from surface6 Final energy flow of the installation. It can come in as town gas, OEI or electricity (without solar energy) bearing performance degree in mind9 Heat for DHW users from the storage heater (without Recirculation)9.1 Heat for DHW users which goes through the instant boiler (without solar energy)

4.2.6 PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEM BUILDING

INTEGRATED SOLAR ACTIVE SYSTEMS

174

4.2.6 PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEM. BUILDING INTEGRATED SOLAR ACTIVE SYSTEMS

4.2.6.1. PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEM DESIGN


4.2.6.2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

4.2.6.3. DESIGN AND SPECIFICATIONS

4.2.6.2. ELECTRICAL BALANCE SIMULATION

4.2.6.2.1. ELECTRICAL PV GENERATION

4.2.6.3. SUSTAINABILITY AND ENERGY EFFICIENCY

4.2.6.4. MAINTENANCE PLAN

175

4.2.6 PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEM BUILDING INTEGRATED SOLAR ACTIVE SYSTEMS

4.2.6.1. PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEM DESIGN


A simplified layout of a grid-connected PV system is shown in Figure 1. The system usually includes the following elements:

1. PV modules, usually called PV generators (some PV modules connected in series or parallel on a supporting structure)

2. Inverter (a solid-state based device that converts DC electricity from the modules into AC electricity with the same characteristics as supplied by the grid)

3. A device intended to measure the electricity injected to the grid

4. A device intended to measure the electricity extracted from the grid

5. AC loads from electrical appliances

Additionally, where generous feed-in-rates are available, the scheme shown in Figure 1 has been abandoned and replaced by the more advantageous one shown in Figure 2. The latter allows the owner of the system to inject the entire generated electricity to the grid.

Figure 1: Simplified layout of a grid-connected PV system with Net-Metering connection

Figure 2: Simplified layout of a grid-connected PV system with feed-in-tariff connection

If the characteristics of electricity are taken into account, the diagram shown in Figure 2 can be broadly divided in two parts:

• DC PART: from the PV generator to the inverter input, the main characteristic of this

176

part is that the electricity is delivered as DC current. In this part are included PV modu-les, supporting structures, wires, DC connection boxes and the DC protections.

• AC PART: from inverter to public electricity grid, in this part the electricity is delivered as AC current. In this part are included the following elements: inverter, wires, protective elements and a metering device intended to measure the electricity injected to the grid.

This division is useful when a PV grid connected system and its constitutive elements are described. Nevertheless, there is a key element of grid connected systems which is related to the DC and the AC parts; namely, metal works and earth electrode. Such elements are elements of the safety system of the PV grid connected system and are intended to protect against electrical shocks.

4.2.6.1.2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

Patio 2.12 is divided into four independent habitational modules with a courtyard used as their nexus. Each of these habitational modules is designed using the modular con-cept, so the design criteria and the PV grid connected system are based in this concept. For this reason, we have designed four PV grid connected systems completely inde-pendent and integrated on each room. This type of design allows the expansion of the house by simply adding the necessary rooms, each one with a PV grid connected fully integrated. More criteria used to design the PV grid connected system are based on the energy production and functional and aesthetic aspects.

To increase the versatility of the house and the possibility to place it in a wide range of places with many different latitudes, we are considering the possibility of allowing the PV grid connected systems to vary the tilt angle. This item will be included in the com-mercial project memory. It would allow us to incorporate a one-axis tracking system to the house, increasing the production on Mediterranean areas. A new shadowing study, considering the recommendations included in the HE-5 document of the CTE, would have to be made if the tilt angle of the generator is changed.

Besides, we are using a back-up system to adapt the energy availability to energy de-mand, with the objective of maximizing the amount of photovoltaic solar energy locally generated, and consumed by local loads (self-consume) in a direct and indirect way with the use of electric storage (the system gives priority to the charge of the battery). Acting this way, we can take advantage of one of the most important characteristics of grid-connected photovoltaic solar energy: it is a Distributed Energy.

For this reason, a management system of domestic demand is presented, which is able to displace the charge curve according to user requirements (Figure 3 vs. Figure 4), availability of local generation, and grid electric information.

177

Figure 3: Traditional system without Backup

Figure 4: Proposed system with Backup

The Backup system we will use is Sunny Backup Set M.

A conceptual layout of the PV system described on this memory and implemented on Patio 2.12 is shown in Figure 5. Each of the elements that are part of this system will be described with further detail later:

178

Figure 5: PV system design layout

The main characteristics of the PV grid connected systems that currently have the hig-hest chances of being used are resumed in the following table:

Table 1: Main characteristics of the PV grid connected system

4.2.6.1.3. DESIGN AND SPECIFICATIONS

PHOTOVOLTAIC GENERATOR

The photovoltaic installation is formed by 4 independent systems, which can work on their own, following the modular concept. There are two different system configurations:

Kitchen Module and Technical box are formed by eight 333 watts Monocrystalline mo-dules, serial-connected. Each module has a maximum voltage of 54.7V, so each inde-pendent system has a voltage of 437.6V. The maximum power current for each module is 6.09A, so this is the final current of each independent system. Open circuit voltage maximum per module is at 65.3V, with a short circuit current of 6.46 A. The final electric parameters of these systems are described in the following table:

179

Table 2: Electric parameters of the PVG under STC

These systems use a 2 kW inverter. One inverter is used for each independent photo-voltaic system (modular concept). The recommended maximum power of the inverter is 2100W and DC maximum voltage is 700V, while DC maximum current is 12A. The peak power tracking voltage for the inverter is 175-560V.

Table 3: Electric parameters of 2kW inverter

Voltage compatibility between PV strings/PV array/PV generator and Inverter:

VocSTRING=VocMOD*Nms=65,3*8=522,4V

We are using string oriented inverter with a VminDC<VocSTRING<VmaxDC

VmSTRING=VmMOD*Nms=54,7*8=437,6

Living and bedroom modules are formed by nine 333 watts Monocrystalline modules, serial-connected. Each module has a maximum voltage of 54.7V, so each independent system has a voltage of 492.3V. The maximum power current for each module is 6.09 A, so this is the final current of each independent system. Open circuit voltage maximum per module is at 65.3 V, with a short circuit current of 6.46 A. The final electric parame-ters of these systems are described in the following table:

180

Table 4: Electric parameters of the PVG under STC

These systems use a 2.5 kW inverter. One inverter is used for each independent photo-voltaic system (modular concept). The recommended maximum power of the inverter is 2600W and DC maximum voltage is 700V, while DC maximum current is 15A. The peak power tracking voltage for the inverter is 175-560V.

Table 5: Electric Parameters of 2.5kW inverter

Voltage compatibility between PV strings/PV array/PV generator and Inverter:

VocSTRING=VocMOD*Nms=65,3*9=587.7 V

We are using string oriented inverter with a VminDC<VocSTRING<VmaxDC

VmSTRING=VmMOD*Nms=54,7*9=492.3V

The compatibility between the proposed PV generator and the input setup of the selec-ted inverter for cells operation temperatures between -10ºC and 70ºC has been studied. The results obtained comply with the recommendations of IEC International Standard:

The inverter input maximum voltage is produced when the photovoltaic generator is in open circuit voltage, so in a first stage we can think that sufficient criteria could be the sum of VOC voltage of serial-connected modules to be lower that the inverter maximum admissible input voltage, but in this case, we have studied this compatibility in a range of extreme module temperatures: [-10ºC-70ºC]:

Voc-10ºC=VocSTC-βVoc*(Tc-25ºC)

Voc-10ºC=65.3-(0,1766 (V/ºC)*(-10-25ºC))=71.481V

181

Voc70ºC=VocSTC-βVoc*(Tc-25ºC)

Voc70ºC=65.3-(0,1766 (V/ºC)*(70-25ºC))=57.353V

Taking into account the number of modules serial-connected:

Vmax=Voc-10ºC*8=71.481*8=571.848V in Kitchen and Technical Box modules

Vmax=Voc-10ºC*9=71.481*9=643.329V in Living and Bedroom modules

Vmin=Voc70ºC*8=57.353*8=458.824V in Kitchen and Technical Box modules

Vmin=Voc-10ºC*8=57.353*9=516.177V in Living and Bedroom modules

So in summary, always:

Vmax<VmaxINVERTER& Vmin>VminINVERTER

BACKUP AND STORAGE SYSTEMS

The Backup system allows the global management of all the elements of the installa-tion: PV system, loads, electrical grid connection and batteries. This system’s main mis-sion is optimizing the generated energy to satisfy the consumption needs of the house, mostly via the transformation of the solar energy into electricity.

The Backup power of this system is 5kW, with a maximum input PV power of 5,7kW (AC) and 25 A, according to the characteristics sheet provided by the manufacturer. Based on these values and the ones obtained on previous sections, it is observed that the sys-tem complies without problems with these specs, for any setup chosen for the system connection. We propose the connection of the 2 PV systems of higher size, with an AC output power of 2.5 kW each, accumulating a total of 5 kW (AC).

The installation of these elements will be performed according to the instructions inclu-ded in the installation and setup manual provided by the manufacturer.

Two of the habitational modules (Bedroom and Living modules) are directly connected to the backup system. Which has a nominal power of 5000W- through the X4 input of AUTOMATIC SWITCH BOX SET M. This system will be in charge of managing the charge and discharge of a group of 4 serial connected batteries, with a total capacity of 142Ah (C10) at a nominal voltage of 48V.

These batteries are, specifically, immobilized electrolyte batteries. The electrolyte is not an aqueous solution but a fluid restrained in a gel environment or glass fibers. In this case, AGM (Absorbed Glass Matter) with absorbed electrolyte are used. They have electrolytes in crystalline state that form layers between plates and are specially desig-ned to minimize the water loss in overcharge.

In addition to the storage system itself, based on batteries, the backup system, which includes the self-sufficient PV installation proposed, has two elements: SUNNY BACKUP M and AUTOMATIC SWITCH BOX SET M (AS-BOX).

The SUNNY BACKUP, based on the PV production data, controls the charge and dis-charge of the batteries connected, through the X2 terminal, which joins the battery in-verter and the AS-BOX with a 10 mm2 wire and a terminal block. If there is an excess of PV generated energy, it is stored in the batteries, or it is injected to the grid if the batteries are fully charged and the consumption needs are covered. In order to do this,

182

the AS-BOX includes the X5 terminal which, using a 6 mm2 wire, allows the injection; In case of deficit of PV generated energy to cover the energy demanded by the loads, the discharge of the batteries starts, through the X3 terminal of the AS-BOX, which is in charge of supplying the loads asigned to the backup system through a 10 mm2 wire. If the energy provided by the batteries is not enough, we will resort to the external elec-trical grid, using the X1 terminal of the AS-BOX, which connects the grid to the backup system with a 10 mm2 wire. Using this strategy, the PV energy is available whenever it is needed, even at nights or grid faults.

In addition, Sunny Backup regulates and controls the Automatic Switch Box and creates a isolated grid in case of grid fault. In this case, the Automatic Switch Box disconnects safely from the public grid, the PV installation and the loads, and connects them to the isolated grid.

Note: All the wires that connect the terminals of the AS-BOX are sized in next sections of the memory, following the criteria of the legislation in force.

WIRING SYSTEMS

There are two different criteria to the sizing of the wiring system:

a) Maximum admissible current: according to IEC 60364-7-712 Standard, the cables must allow 1.25 times the maximum current in Standard Test Conditions

b) Maximum voltage drop: according to “Reglamento Electrotécnico de Baja Tensión REBT: Low Voltage Electrotechnical Regulations”, the maximum admissible vol-tage drop is 1.5%.

Due to small distances in the present photovoltaic installation, its wiring sizing is going to be done using the first criteria, then; the cable cross section is going to be compared with its correspondent maximum length.

The wiring system is divided into two stretches:

A) DC from modules to inverter in each habitational module

Maximum Admissible Current Criteria:

I=IscSTC,MOD*1.25=6.46A*1.25=8.075A

According to the next table, to adjacent to surface wiring installation, we can use 1.5mm2 of cable cross-section, for a maximum current of 24A.

Table 6: Cable cross-section in function of DC maximum current

183

A1) PV MODULES INTERCONNECTION.

PV company recommends a size not less than 4mm2. In the installation 4 mm2 DC ca-bles have been used to do the interconnection between PV modules.

The 4 mm2 section DC wire has the following characteristics:

- DESIGNATION: PV ZZ-F-(AS)

- ASSIGNED VOLTAGE: 1,8 kV

- COLOR CODE: black in the negative terminal and red in the positive one.

A2) DC WIRE INTERCONNECTION IN EACH HABITATIONAL DC BOX.

A 6 mm2 DC cables section have been used to carry out the connection between the output of the PV modules string in each habitational module and the DC PV box, accor-ding to the following calculation (Maximum Voltage Drop Criteria)

Maximum Voltage Drop Criteria:

We are considering a Maximum voltage drop of 1.5%, with a cable cross-section of 4mm2, obtaining the next cable length (all wiring should use flexible copper (Cu) con-ductors):

a) Kitchen module and Technical Box

b) Living and bedroom modules

As it is appreciable, we are not having such big lengths, so both criteria are fulfilled.

A3) DC BOX AND INVERTER INTERCONNECTION.

Following the previous calculation a 6 mm2 DC cables section have been used to do the connection between the output of the DC PV Box in each habitational module and the PV Inverter.

The 6 mm2 section DC wire has the following characteristics:

- DESIGNATION: H07V-K 450/750 UNE 21031.

- ASSIGNED VOLTAGE: 1,8 kV

- COLOR CODE: black in the negative terminal and blue in the positive one.

184

B) AC FROM INVERTERS TO PV GENERAL BOX (ID 003).


The AC cable must allow 1.25 times the inverter output nominal current.


So:

According to the table 7, we use 4 mm2 of cable cross-section, for a maximum current of 31A.

Table 7: Cable cross-section in function of maximum current. REBT ITC BT – 017.

b)Living and bedroom modules

So:

According to the previous table, we use 4 mm2 of cable cross-section, for a maximum current of 31A.

A 4 mm2 cross-section copper, reticulated polyethylene wire will be used (XLPE) with its covering based on polyvinyl chloride (PVC).

185

Maximum Voltage Drop Criteria:

The voltage drop in AC side must not be higher than 1.5% the inverter nominal output voltage, according to ITC-BT40: Low Voltage Installations. We are assuming a Cosφ=1, considering a cable cross-section of 4 mm2, obtaining the next cable length:


b)Living and Bedroom modules

As it is appreciable, we are not having such big lengths, so both criteria are fulfilled.

C)DC FROM BATTERY BANK TO BATTERY INVERTER (SUNNY BACKUP)

For the sizing of this part of the installation, the Maximum Admissible Current Criteria will be used, as it is considered the most restrictive, because of the low voltage drop in this part, localized in the Technical Box.


The DC cable must allow 1.25 times the maximum current obtained from the battery bank:

According to the table 6, for an adjacent to surface wiring installation, we can use 25mm2 of cable cross-section, for a maximum current of 142A. Due to safety reasons, and adopting a conservative solution, we select a 35mm2 cross-section cable in this part of the installation.

Taking into account the recommendations made by the manufacturer, included in the installation and start-up manual for the backup system Sunny Backup M (5000W), it is proposed the usage of a flexible DC wire of 35 mm2 of cross-section. This cable has the following characteristics: reinforced isolating, being adequate for the usage with high currents in applications with batteries: CABLE SOUPLE 1X35-25M.

186

D) AC INTERCONNECTIONS IN THE AS-BOX.

Two of the four independent systems that are part of the PV installation designed (living and bedroom), are directly connected to the backup system.

For the sizing of this part of the installation, the Maximum Admissible Current Criteria will be used, as it is considered the most restrictive, because of the low voltage drop in this part, localized in the Technical Box.


X4 and X5 Terminal: As mentioned in the previous section, the AC cable must allow 1.25 times the inverter output nominal current. Specifically for the living and bedroom modules, it will be 13.59 A. Because of this, the connection conductor from the AS-BOX (terminal X5) to the connection to the grid, will allow a current of:

According to Table 7, we use 10 mm2 of cable cross-section, for a maximum current of 55A.


X3 and X1 Terminal: The most disadvantage power during 30 minutes for the system loads interconnection (8,9 kW) implies a current of:

The nominal power for the system loads interconnection (7,4 kW) implies a current of:



X2 Terminal: The current for the backup power for the system is:

187



SAFETY AND SECURITY MEASURES

Concerning the safety aspects of the PV installation, both DC and AC parts have con-ductive metal works which may be accessible to people. The earth electrode is a pro-tective element meant to prevent these metal works from causing electrical shocks to persons. In fact, a dangerous situation may take place if a DC or AC wire experiences an isolation fault and it gets in touch with a metal part of the installation. For this reason and to prevent risky situations like this one, all the metal works of the PV installation such as the inverter chassis, module frames, DC connection boxes must be connected to the earth electrode. This way, if an isolation fault appears, the earth electrode would play the role of a drain that avoids the risk of an electrical shock. In addition, one of the ter-minals of the surge arresters is connected to the earth electrode. This element provides the way to drain the overcurrent that is carried through them. In spite of being a not an active part of the PV grid connected system, the earth electrode connected to the metal works is the key to solve safety problems related to isolation failures, overcurrents and overvoltages. Since the PV plants are usually ungrounded for the sake of safety (and many national electrical regulation codes enforce this electrical scheme), none of its poles (positive or negative) are connected to the earth electrode; the correct design of this element is an issue to be carefully looked into. In addition, the connection between all the metal works and the earth electrode will be easily visible and accessible in order to check the system safety.

The location of the Equipotential grounding conductors of the DC and AC parts is shown in the drawing PV-031 GROUNDING SYSTEM.

A TT connection scheme will be used (as mandatory in Spain), in which the neutral con-ductor of the installation, as well as the metal works, will be grounded independently, directly and without protection elements. In the Annex including the backup manufactu-rer certificate, SUNNY BACKUP, it is described the compatibility of that system with the TT distribution used in this project.

Measures adopted to guarantee protection against direct and indirect contact

The electric risk to people can be produced by direct contact, accidental contact of the person with active parts of the installation, or by indirect contact, which is contact of the person with metallic mass that is accidentally in tension due to a decrease of the isolation.

A) Protection measures in DC grid.

The use of a floating generator configuration is a security measure against direct and indirect contacts itself. This connection scheme of floating generator consists on con-necting the metallic mass of the installation and the protection measures against over-voltages, to the protection ground, so under normal performance conditions, DC grid is insulated from ground.

Using a Floating generator with a good isolating (Riso high), the value of defect current

188

is very low, so theoretically, a direct contact does not suppose a risk situation to the person.

B) Protection measures in AC grid.

As a preventive measure, the main protection against accidental direct contact is assu-red through the measures described in UNE 20460-4-41 (412): Isolating of active parts, use of electrical enclosure, use of obstacles, high distances: out of reach.

As complementary protection, an earth leakage switch (with a sensitivity of 30mA and a nominal current In = 25A) is used after the inverter in the electric installation of each independent system. For the choice of the earth leakage switch that will be used on each part of the installation, the calculations made for the sizing of the corresponding wire cross-section (Table 7, 4mm2) are taken into account.

Table 8: Current ranges to select the earth leakage switches in each habitational module installation

This measure is used to protect against indirect contact.

Measures adopted to guarantee protection against overvoltage

The most important overvoltages have their origin in lightning and overvoltage generated by the electric grid itself (connection and disconnection of switches, Short-circuits…). They can arrive to the PV installation through the connection wires. The measures adop-ted to avoid overvoltages are described below:

- Equipotential connection: Described previously

- Installation of Voltage surge arresters: Elements with the function of limiting, through connection to the ground, overvoltage values to levels permissible in the installation.

A) Protection measures in DC grid

Three DC voltage surge arresters are used before the inverter on each habitational mo-dule.

The voltage surge arresters used in the DC part will be connected one on the positive, one on the negative, joined in a common point, which will be itself connected to the equipotential bar through the third voltage surge arrester, being this bar connected to the grounding electrode (metal works grounding electrode).

This DC voltage surge arresters, with a nominal discharge current of 10kA (PV insta-llations without external protection), must be Class C (Class 2), with a nominal voltage chosen based on the maximum open circuit voltage of the PV generator at -10ºC.


Vnom=VocSTC,mod(-10ºC)*Ns=71.481V*8=571.848

Voltage surge arresters selected: OVR PV 40 1000 of ABB.

189

b) Living and Bedroom modules

Vnom=VocSTC,mod(-10ºC)*Ns=71.481V*9=643.329

Voltage surge arresters selected: OVR PV 40 1000 of ABB.

B) Protection measures in AC grid

Moreover, two more AC voltage surge arresters are used after the inverter on each ha-bitational module.

The AC ones must be Class C (Class 2), with a nominal discharge current of 15kA and a nominal voltage of 230V. Voltage surge arresters selected: OVR T2 1N 15 275 P of ABB.

In the TT distribution scheme, used in Spain, the protection voltage surge arresters in the AC part must be installed between the phase and the neutral and also between the neutral line and the protection conductor that connects with the grounding pin.

Measures adopted to guarantee protection against overload and overcurrent

The electric installation is composed by 4 independent subgenerators with an inverter in each one, so we use: “Inverters oriented to string”, making really easy the protection of the installation.

The selected measure to the protection against overload and overcurrent has been the use of circuit breaker (magnetothermal). Nowadays it is more interesting to use circuit breakers instead of fuses, because of several reasons:

- They do not need to be changed after their action

- They can indicate their state at any moment

- Possibility of separation and isolating of circuits during maintenance or repairing works.

- Energy losses are eliminated

- Better protection curve

We use a circuit breaker before the inverter, and another one after it, in each habitational modules electric installation. The selected circuit breakers have a B tripping curve.

The circuit breaker nominal current has a value between the considered wire design current (IB,row), and the maximum admisible current in function of its cross-section (IZ,row).

A) DC FROM MODULES TO INVERTER IN EACH HABITATIONAL MODULE:

190

Table 9: Cable cross-section in function of DC maximum current

Also:

According to the specifications calculated above it has been selected a 2-pole circuit breaker: ABB S800PV-S 16 A in each habitational module.

B) AC FROM INVERTER IN EACH HABITATIONAL MODULE:


So:

191

Table 10: Cable cross-section in function of AC maximum current

Also:

According to the specifications calculated above it has been selected a 2-pole circuit breaker: ABB S200 C 20 A (Icutoff = 6 kA).

b) Living and Bedroom modules:

So:

192

Also:

According to the specifications calculated above it has been selected a 2-pole circuit breaker: ABB S200 C 20 A (Icutoff = 6 kA).

Protection against short-circuit currents

Positive and negative wires are disposed in different tubes, so there are no problems related with short-circuit currents. Also, the PV supply cable, as it is defined in the IEC 60364-7-712 certification, complies, as it is demonstrated in the next subsection.

Low Voltage Grid Connection

In the Grid connection it is necessary to have one general switch located in the PV System general box -in the Technical Box electric installation- at the output of the PV Monitoring System installed by the SDE organization, to allow the total disconnection of the complete photovoltaic installation, because of maintenance or technical problems.

The sizing of the previous general switch is:

So:

193

Table 11: Cable cross-section in function of AC maximum current

Also:

According to the specifications calculated above it has been selected a two-pole circuit breaker of 50A ABB S 202-K 50

Measures adopted to guarantee the protection in the Backup system elements

This section focuses on the security measures in the facility as well as the devices them-selves in order to guarantee their protection.

- Electrical discharge:

The battery system has a nominal voltage of 48V (lower than 60V), so it does not need protection against direct contact. Apart from that, security measures have been taken into account: Isolated wire and battery terminals are covered, protected and with res-tricted access.

The battery system has a nominal voltage of 48V (lower than 60V), so it does not need protection against indirect contact. Apart from that a complementary protection measu-re against faults is included in the battery inverter itself.

The battery encapsulating (cell container) does not have metallic parts, so it is not ground connected. The battery inverter is connected to the general ground electrode with the rest of metallic parts of the PV installation.

- Backup system disconnection:

Sunny-Backup, “SBU5000” is connected to the Grid through “Automatic Switch Box Unit (Set M)”.

194

The DC circuit breaker is used to switch on/off as well as disconnect the Sunny Backup 5000 on the DC side. The Sunny Backup systems are designed for a fast disconnection of the Batteries when operating on the public grid (in case of faults on the grid). The devices have been developed, constructed and manufactured according to the EC di-rectives: IEC 61000-6-2:2005 IEC 61000-6-3:2006IEC 60439-1:1999+A1:2004.

Some protection devices are included in the battery inverter itself against DC reverse polarity protection, total discharge protection, AC short-circuit, AC overload, grid moni-toring (Grid Guard) / galvanic isolation, to avoid possible appearance of sparks.

- Short circuit protection:

All of the battery terminals have a protection cover, to avoid accidental contact.

In case of fault (short circuit, cable break), the Sunny Backup 5000 operates in a safe setting, which over time leads to insufficient battery charging. It also includes a series of battery fuses with a cartridge fuse max. 32 A.

According to the calculations specified in the PV memory, a DC cable is used from the Battery Bank to the Battery inverter with 35 mm2 of cross-section.

The battery cables are as short as possible. Taking this issue into account, the cables have been calculated using the most restricted criteria: Maximum admissible current.

- Measures against possible explosions

The necessary air volume flow for ventilation of the room which accommodates the batteries is calculated as per UNE-EN 50272-2:2001 under the following assumptions: • Nominal battery voltage = 48 V, • Battery type: AGM; • Max. charging voltage = 2.4 V/cell. In this case, for the battery capacity is 142 Ah, the air volume flow for room ventilation is 1.36 m3/h according to the “Sunny Backup 5000 Installation & Instruction Manual”.

The ventilation cross-sectional area for natural air inlet and air outlet is 38 cm2 accor-ding to the Sunny Backup 5000 Installation & Instruction Manual.

The clearance distance is 31 cm according to the Sunny Backup 5000 Installation & Instruction Manual.

- Battery housing:

First of all, it is convenient to highlight the fact that the batteries are placed in a room with other technical devices (with access restricted only to allowed users), and sufficient ven-tilation of the installation location is ensured. It is not necessary to install such batteries in a separate battery room, or in a self-contained electrical facility.

The housing of the battery is disposed such as to avoid larger particles of dirt or dust on the device.

The kind of the battery is a Valve Regulated Lead Acid: closed lead acid batteries with immobilized electrolyte in gel or AGM (Absorbent Glass Mat Separator) in all standard designs available on the market.

- General labels and danger labels

The following symbols are pasted in the Electrical Storage Systems to ensure safety:

195

Beware of dangerous electrical voltage; Beware of hot surface; Observe all documents provided; CE mark; Protection rating IP54; Protection class II; Warning sticker: “Automa-tic emergency backup-up power system present!”; Warning sticker: “Phase coupling”. In addition to this, the batteries include indicators where polarity is shown, as well as some warnings and information provided by the manufacturer.

It is also important to mention that, according to the manufacturer´s MSDS, the devices have been developed, constructed and manufactured according to the EC directives: IEC 61000-6-1:2005, IEC 61000-6-2:2005, IEC 61000-6-3:2006, IEC 61000-6-4:2006, IEC 61000-3-2:2005, IEC 61000-3-12:2004 and IEC 62103:2003. All safety and mainte-nance instructions provided by the battery manufacturer are heeded.

MSDS included in PV memory annex: “Installation instructions for stationary batteries” and “Operating instructions for sealed stationary lead acid batteries”.

Grounding systems

a) Protection wires

The protection wires will be used in the installation to connect the different parts that need grounding to the ground, on each one of the four PV modules.

According to that, protection wires will be used for:

- The metallic parts of the PV modules and their structure.

- The metallic parts of the inverters, Sunny Backup and AS-BOX

- DC voltage surge arresters.

- AC voltage surge arresters just after the inverter.

According to the ITC-BT-18 legislation, the cross-section of the protection wires of the installation should be as shown on the following table:

Table 12: Relation between the cross-sections of the protection wires and the phase wires

As it can be seen on the table, and taking into account that our installed wires have a maximum cross-section of 6 mm2 (on the AC section, 4 on the DC section), and the maximum cross-section of all the circuits connected is chosen for the design, the cross-section used for the protection cables will be of 6 mm2. In addition, the junction bet-ween the different earthing terminals of each habitational module, connected in a ring network, until the ground pin electrode placed in the Technical Box, will be also done with a wire of 6 mm2 cross-section. The minimum cross-section of the protection wires, according to ITC-BT-18 is 4 mm2, so our design complies.

196

b) Protection cable for the Battery inverter

The cross-section of the grounding cable that will connect the Battery inverter to the ground has been calculated according to the IEC 60364 legislation. The formula is:

(t = interruption time in seconds)

Taking into account this formula, for a typical trigger time of 25 ms, a 16 mm2 cross-section cable complies, for short-circuit currents up to 10000 A.

c) Grounding cable

The main grounding cable, that will connect from the Technical Box to the ground pin electrode, will have a cross-section equal to the maximum cross-section of the entire grounding system, according to ITC-BT-18, so a 16 mm2 cross-section wire will be used.

PV SYSTEM COMPONENTS CERTIFICATION

Photovoltaic Modules Characteristics

The photovoltaic modules: it comply with the certifications: IEC 61215 Ed 2, and IEC 61730 (SCII), TUV Rheinland, CE.Their junction boxes are made with an IP-65 degree of protection.

Inverter Characteristics

The inverters used comply with the next Regulation: RD 1669/2011.

These inverters have the next voltage and frequency characteristics:

- Nominal Voltage of 230V

- Frequency Voltage of 50Hz

- Voltage operating range: 230*1.1=253V and 230*0.85= 195.5V

- Frequency operating range: 50.5Hz and 48Hz

Table 13: Inverter certificated values

The connection and disconnection of the inverter at the site of the injection is carried out by means of internal protections controlled by software not accessible to the final user.

197

The DC current supply measure was done as mentioned in “Nota de interpretación de equivalencia de la separación galvánica de la conexión de instalaciones generadoras en Baja Tensión” of the Spanish Market, Tourism and Industry Ministry.

The inverters used have voltage surge arresters to minimize voltages induced by light-ning and also high frequency converters to assure its isolating from DC and AC side.

4.2.6.2. ELECTRICAL BALANCE SIMULATION

4.2.6.2.1. ELECTRICAL PV GENERATION

Concerning the Energy balance which corresponds to the grid connected photovoltaic system that is going to be integrated in the project, the main characteristics are the following:

- Final power of the system (kWp): 11,32kWp.

- Final power of the inverter (kW): 9 kW

To develop the production Energy balance, an analytical method has been carried out. This method is based on ambient temperature and irradiance data in a horizontal plane for a Typical Meteorological Year, in the location of SDE 2012 competition: Madrid.These data have been provided by the organization of SDE 2012.

This analytical method consists of:

Firstly, we transform the conditions given by a typical meteorological Year, to real condi-tions of the implemented photovoltaic system: 8º of tilt. Also it is necessary to determine the modules operation temperature (based on the ambient temperature), following the next calculation process:

- Calculation of irradiance that falls upon the plane of the photovoltaic generator, south-oriented and with 8º of tilt1 .

- Cell temperature calculation, knowing the value of NOCT parameter, which is specified in manufacturer datasheet:1 E. Lorenzo. Radiación solar y dispositivos fotovoltaicos. Progensa 2006.

198

Once these parameters have been determined, Figure 6 shows the daily evolution of these parameters, in-plane irradiance and cell temperature, during the days of SDE 2012.

Figure 6: Daily evolution of in-plane Irradiance and cell temperature during SDE 2012.

Once the operation conditions of the photovoltaic system are determined, it is calcu-lated the maximum power that can be generated by this system, working under these operation conditions. To obtain this, Osterwald method is used. This method allows the determination of the power, for a determined incised irradiance and cell temperature, using the following equation, and considering a minimum irradiance threshold of 50W/m2:

2

Then, after calculating, the power values are used to determine the energy production, by integration of hourly values of power for the particular conditions of in-plane irradian-ce and cell temperature:

3

This electrical energy production estimation will be reduced due to a series of losses4. A summary of these annual losses is shown in the following table:

2 Osterwald, C.R. Translation of device performance measurements to reference conditions (1986) Solar Cells, 18 (3-4), pp. 269-279.3 IEC-61724. “Photovoltaic system performance monitoring – Guidelines for measurement, data exchange and analysis”.4 M. A. Abella, F. Chenlo. Sistemas fotovoltaicos conectados a red:Estimación de la energía gene-rada. Era Solar nº 131. 2006.

199

56

Table 14: Summary of considered annual losses

The electrical energy production is obtained with the following expressions:

Figure 7: Diagram and expressions to obtain the electrical energy production of the PV system

After the calculation an electrical production of around 16355 kWh is obtained, with a daily average efficiency for the PV system over 16,9%.

From the results obtained in the analysis of performance, a series of graphs (with the daily average value of these parameters), have been made for the typical meteorologi-cal year in Madrid (Figure 8), the month of September (Figure 9) and also the week of the Solar Decathlon 2012 Competition (Figure 10).

5 N. Martin et al, “Calculation of the PV modules angular losses and the field conditions by means of analytical model”. Solar Energy Materials and Solar Cells [70] (2001) PP 25-386 N. Martin et al, “Annual angular reflection losses in PV modules”. Progress in Photovoltaics: Re-search and Applications [13] (2005) PP 75-84

200

Figure 8: Daily AC on grid energy from data provided by SDE of the typical meteorological year in Madrid. Results given in kWh/day

Figure 9: Daily AC on grid energy from data provided by SDE of a typical month of September. Results given in kWh/day

201

Figure 10: Daily AC on grid energy from data provided by SDE during the days of SDE 2012. Results given in kWh/day

After the electrical production estimation, another analysis of performance parameters, such as performance ratio evolution (Figure 11) or daily final yield (Figure 12) during the year, has been done:

Figure 11: Monthly evolution of Performance Ratio.

The represented Yield values correspond to daily average values, for each month of the year, considering the typical meteorological year data in Madrid provided by the orga-nization of SDE 2012.

202

Figure 12: Final Yield Daily Average , for each month of the year. Results given in kWh/kWp*day

Apart from the analysis of PV system performance, using data from the typical meteo-rological year and the Osterwald’s method, we have also proceeded to evaluate the proposed system through PVGIS databases, getting the following results:

- Classic PVGIS radiation database:

Performance of Grid-connected PV

PVGIS estimates of solar electricity generation

Location: 40°25’0” North, 3°42’1” West, Elevation: 672 m a.s.l.,

Nominal power of the PV system: 11.3 kW (crystalline silicon)

Estimated losses due to temperature: 14.2% (using local ambient temperature)

Estimated loss due to angular reflectance effects: 3.2%

Otherlosses (cables, inverter etc.): 10.0%

Combined PV system losses: 25.3%

203

Table 15: Evaluation of the proposed system through Classic PVGIS radiation database

- Climate-SAF PVGIS radiation database:

Performance of Grid-connected PV

PVGIS estimates of solar electricity generation

Location: 40°25’0” North, 3°42’1” West, Elevation: 672 m a.s.l.

Nominal power of the PV system: 11.3 kW (crystalline silicon)

Estimated losses due to temperature: 14.2% (using local ambient temperature)

Estimated loss due to angular reflectance effects: 3.1%

Otherlosses (cables, inverter etc.): 10.0%

Combined PV system losses: 25.1%

204

Table 16: Evaluation of the proposed system through Climate-SAF PVGIS Radiation database

Ed: Average daily electricity production from the given system (kWh)

Em: Average monthly electricity production from the given system (kWh)

Hd: Average daily sum of global irradiation per square meter received by the modules of the given system (kWh/m2)

Hm: Average sum of global irradiation per square meter received by the modules of the given system (kWh/m2)

http://re.jrc.ec.europa.eu/pvgis/

As it can be noted, the electrical production estimation through PVGIS is significantly lower than the one obtained by considering the typical meteorological year, because of higher temperature losses (14,2% and 6% respectively).

The higher electrical production estimation is also due to the fact that the temperature on Osterwald’s method is optimized for free-standing instead of building integration, situation provided by the PVGIS estimation. Another reason which could explain this difference may be the possible discrepancy in baseline data used. In the case of the method used, it is considered the typical meteorological year data in Madrid provided by the SDE 2012 organization, while PVGIS’ application uses its own data base to carry out its estimations.

205

All this can be seen in the following graph (Figure 13), that compares the estimated average daily energy production calculated in 3 different ways:

Using Osterwald’s method(Green Bar),taking as input data the typical meteorological year in Madrid provided by the SDE 2012 organization, or using two different meteoro-logical data base available in the PVGIS application (Blue Bar – Classic PVGIS & Red Bar – Climate SAF PVGIS).

Figure 13: Comparison of the estimated average daily energy production, using 3 different methods. Re-sults given in kWh/day

This situation will make us think about considering if the Osterwald’s method is viable for building integrated photovoltaic systems.

206

4.2.6.3. SUSTAINABILITY AND ENERGY EFFICIENCY

Power generation from photovoltaic (PV) systems is free from fossil fuel use and green-house gas (GHG) emissions. However a considerable amount of energy is consumed in the manufacturing and transport of the elements of the system, also the amount of energy and emissions from a decommissioning phase of the system must be taken into account.

Life cycle assessment (LCA) is an approach to environmental management system im-plementation involving the quantitative evaluation of a product’s overall environmental impact. Energy requirements and CO2 emissions throughout the whole life cycle of the product (including its manufacture, transport, use, disposal, etc.) are estimated in order to enable such evaluation, and the results can be used for related environmental as-sessment. However, since life cycle is related to a broad range of variables and is com-plicated, it is difficult to comprehend the exact significance of the results. Accordingly, it is very important to set a purpose for the evaluation. An LCA operator should implement research that matches the purpose and interprets the outcomes appropriately.

Recently, a set of LCA guidelines for PV systems titled “Methodology Guidelines on Life Cycle Assessment of Photovoltaic Electricity” was published by the International Energy Agency Photovoltaic Power System Programme (IEA PVPS), Task 12, Subtask 20. This is an informative and useful resource for LCA operators of PV systems that helps with the evaluation difficulties outlined above. This section describes a number of important considerations covered in the guidelines for evaluating PV systems.

In these guidelines it is established that Life Cycle Assessment (LCA) is a structured, comprehensive method of quantifying material and energy-flows and their associated emissions in the life cycles of products (i.e., goods and services). The ISO 14040- and 14044-standards provide a framework for LCA. However, this framework leaves the in-dividual practitioner with a range of choices that can affect the validity of the results of an LCA study.

National (and local) energy policies require environmentally friendly electricity genera-ting technologies. The PV industry is experiencing a rapid evolution. The key prerequisi-tes for an adequate environmental assessment are the availability of the most up-to-date information on PV performance and LCI data, and of recent weighted averages that accurately represent the mixture of options available or in operation in the country or region of study.

Figure 23: Updated version of Spanish Grid Mix composition

207

To complete life-cycle assessment studies that reflects the present status of PV systems operating in a country or region. This work helps to quantify the contribution of solar electricity to the environmental impacts of a national (or local) grid mix or a utility.

In solar PV systems these studies present the energy use in terms of energy pay-back time (EPBT), which is defined as the period required for a renewable energy system to generate the same amount of energy (in terms of primary energy equivalent) that was used to produce the system itself in the construction and decommissioning phases.

where,

Emat: Primary energy demanded to produce materials comprising PV system.

Emanuf: Primary energy demanded to manufacture PV system.

Etrans: Primary energy demanded to transport materials used during the life cycle.

Einst: Primary energy demanded to install the system.

EEOL: Primary energy demanded for end-of-life management.

Eagen: Annual electricity generation.

EO&M: Annual primary energy demanded for operation and maintenance.

nG: Grid efficiency, the average primary energy to electricity conversion efficiency at the demand side.

According to the IEA guidelines, and based on the above definition, there are two exis-ting conceptual approaches to calculate the EPBT of PV power systems.

- PV as replacement of the energy resources used in the power grid mix. This approach calculates the time needed to compensate for the total (renewable and non-renewable) primary energy required during the life cycle of a PV system (except the direct solar radiation input during the operation phase, which is not accounted for as part of EO&M). The annual electricity generation (Eagen) is converted into its equivalent primary energy, based on the efficiency of electricity conversion at the demand side, using the current average (in attributional LCAs) or the long term marginal (in decisio-nal/consequential LCAs) grid mix where the PV plant is being installed.

- PV as replacement of the non-renewable energy resources used in the power grid mix. This approach calculates the EPBT by using the non-renewable primary ener-gy only (as recommended by Frischknecht et al. (1998)); renewable primary energy is not accounted for, neither on the demand side, nor during the operation phase. This approach calculates the time needed to compensate for the non-renewable energy re-quired during the life cycle of a PV system. The result of using this approach must be identified as Non-Renewable Energy Payback Time (NREPBT) to clearly distinguish it

208

from the EPBT derived from the 1st approach. The formula of NREPBT is identical to that of EPBT described above except replacing “primary energy” with “nonrenewable primary energy”. Accordingly, grid efficiency, nG, accounts for only nonrenewable pri-mary energy.

Figure 24: LCA Boundary for the PV System Proposed

In PV grid-connected systems the EPBT must be compared with the competing energy sources in order to justify its use as primary energy source. Numerous LCA studies have been carried out over PV grid-connected systems789101112. A wide variation in the EPBT is found in these studies. Energy consumption during manufacturing solar PV modu-les does not vary significantly with geographical location. Nevertheless, the amount of electricity generated from a solar PV system depends on its geographical location, e.g. solar irradiation and temperature. Transport of components during construction and decommissioning phases depends on the site as well.

PV system design is very dependent on the geographical location of the system since the amount of electricity generated varies with the irradiance and temperature but also with the consumed energy. Generally, PV systems as the one proposed here, are de-

7 Alsema, E., 2000a. Energy pay-back time and CO2 emissions of PV systems. Progress in Photo-voltaics: Research and Applications 8 (1), 17–25.8 Jungbluth, N., 2005. Life cycle assessment of crystalline photovoltaics in the Swiss ecoinvent da-tabase. Progress in Photovoltaics: Research and Applications 13 (5), 429–446.9 Kato, K., Murata, A., Sakuta, K., 1997. An evaluation on the life cycle of photovoltaic energy system considering production energy of off-grade silicon. Solar Energy Materials and Solar Cells 47 (1–4), 95–100.10 Kannan, R., Leong, K., Osman, R., Ho, H., Tso, C., 2006. Life cycle assessment study of solar PV systems: an example of a 2.7 kWp distributed solar PV system in Singapore. Solar Energy 80 (5), 555–563.11 Muneer, T., Younes, S., Lambert, N., Kubie, J., 2006. Life cycle assessment of a medium-sized photovoltaic facility at a high latitude location. Proceedings of the I MECH E Part A: Journal of Power and Energy 220 (6), 517–524.12 Knapp, K., Jester, T., 2001. Empirical investigation of the energy payback time for photovoltaic modules. Solar Energy 71 (3), 165–172.

209

signed according to a specific load pattern and they have an energy storage system to feed the load during the low or no solar irradiance periods. Therefore it is possible to find sunny periods where the energy source is available but there is no load, the energy storage is full and part of the available PV energy is not used.

A LCA was performed to quantify the energy use and GHG emissions from electrici-ty generation from a solar PV system. We assumed a life time of 25 years for the PV facility. However, PV modules are expected to have longer life-times according to the manufacturer’s guarantee. A life cycle assessment usually includes a life cycle cost analysis. Since this study is focused on environmental aspects, we only present the life cycle energy and GHG emission analysis. Spain does not have extensive lifecycle databases available for general use yet. Consequently, although some recent Spanish data are available on energy sources13, much of the data used in this study were based on analyses undertaken in other countries. The life cycle of a solar PV system is con-sidered to be comprised of three phases, namely construction, operation and decom-missioning. The followed methodology, as proposed in scientific papers of international importance (JRC, ISI) can be summarised in the next steps:

- Definition of the system boundary.

- Compilation of the material inventory for the total PV system life. If it exits, the ratio between recycled and virgin material must be considered.

- Compilation of the Life Cycle Energy use.

- Compilation of the Life Cycle GHG Emissions use.

- Estimation of the energy generation by the PV system.

- Calculation of environmental factors or indicators. We will use the EPBT and the equivalent CO2 emission factor.

EPBT analysis of the solar PV Generator and Inverter

As result of the Life cycle energy use study a total embodied energy between 144 MWhth9 and 184,5 MWhth14 is estimated for the facility.

The energy pay-back time (EPBT) is defined as the ratio of embodied energy, converted to electrical energy, to the annual electrical production, where nG for Spain database is 0,452514.

13 Conversion factors final energy-primary energy and CO2 emission factors – 2010. IDAE (Instituto para la Diversificación y Ahorro de Energía). Ministerio de Industria, Turismo y Comercio. Noviembre 2011.14 Krauter, S., Ruther, R., 2004. Considerations for the calculation of greenhouse gas reduction by photovoltaic solar energy. Renewable Energy 29 (3), 345–355.

210

CO2 emissions analysis of the solar PV Generator and Inverter.

The CO2 emission rate is a useful index for determining how effective a PV system is in terms of global warming. Generally, this index is used for comparison between genera-tion technologies. As a PV system does not operate in the same way as a tree, there is no payback of CO2 emissions as such. However, some research on comparisons bet-ween PV systems and other fossil fuel generation technologies have used CO2 payback time as a metric. In these studies, PV systems were viewed as an alternative to fossil fuels and as offering a corresponding reduction in CO2 emissions.

On the other hand, avoided emissions depend on the alternative electricity supply which the PV facility is compared to, whereas the PV facility would be placed in a not isolated area (Madrid) competing directly with the Spanish grid. The amount of 110,43 ton of embodied CO2 for the given PV facility has been calculated in the life cycle GHG emis-sions study. The electricity generated annually by the facility (16355.575 kWhel/year) means 409 MWhel of generated electricity during 25 years (estimated life time), where according to IDAE14 the CO2 average emission is 0,27 tCO2/MWh.

Therefore, for this facility the CO2-emission factor is about 65,93 g/kWh, where accor-ding to WWF/ADENA (2006)., the emission factors for the elements in the PV facility are 93,6 gCO2/kWhth.

211

The results showed an energy requirement ranging from 144 to 184,5 MWh/kW and an energy payback time of between 4 and 5 years. CO2 emissions embobied were bet-ween 110 tCO2, and CO2 emission rates ranged from 42 to 66 g CO2/kWhel.

The sustainability of our PV system includes four aspects: ecological, economic, social and technical.

Ecological aspect: The energy production is clean, with no emissions or contamination produced by any element of the installation (wires, PV cells, inverters, etc.), during its operation, and no environmental impact, including the disassembly, in which no trace is left, and the energy is renewable. Recycling: The module manufacturer (SUNPOWER) has done an agreement with the PV Cycle association: http://www.pvcycle.org/mem-bership/member-info/?id=170.

Economic aspect: In Spain, the PV systems have reached grid parity and it is expected that, with the raise in price of the fossil fuels, in the long term the energy generated through photovoltaic technology will be much cheaper than any other energy in the market. The investment is recovered in few years and, from that moment the benefit is self-evident, especially in systems like the one designed for Patio 2.12, due to the use of the Backup system.

Social aspect: The social acceptance of the PV energy is growing, especially in deve-loping countries, where low cost operation systems have the possibility to be installed.

Also, PV energy helps in local development, provides employment creation, and increa-ses the use of autochthonous resources in the region, being an endless and distributed resource, which has autonomy and energetic safety.

Technical aspect: This aspect is the most obvious of all four, as the PV modules have a guaranteed lifetime of more than 25 years, although this lifetime is exceeded in most of the cases, reaching around 40 years.

Concerning the energetic efficiency, our system produces more than 4 times (Annual diary average energy production of PV System: 44.81kWh/day) the average daily annual energy needs by a family formed by 4 members (10.55kWh/day, according to: “Statisti-cal Spanish Institute”),

The electrical household appliances and the electronic devices in Patio 2.12 have been selected to be as much efficient as possible with very low energy consumption.

The modular design concept also improves the efficiency of the house: by adding addi-tional habitational modules, the photovoltaic generation could be adapted to the increa-

212

se of consumption needs of the final user of the house.

Also, as it has been calculated in last section, the EPBT is, approximately, of 4-5 years, so the energy used in the PV System manufacturing process is recovered in that time.

4.2.6.4. MAINTENANCE PLAN

PV modules

PV systems require little maintenance. It is recommended to check the status of the modules at least once each six months. However, if the system output drops at any time during sun hours, a check should be performed to remove any dust, tree leaves or other dirt from the modules. The amount of dirt accumulated periodically depends on the emplacement of the house and the roof angle, and the rain also helps to keep the modules cleaner.

To clean the modules, the maintenance agent can simply use a ladder and climb safely up the roof. Once up, the agent can use water and a non-abrasive detergent to wash them.

The visual inspection also includes checking possible broken glass, to replace them.

Inverters

The inverters should be checked every three months for any visual signs of external damage. The status indicators can be cleaned also with a cloth. Corrosive substan-ces (e.g. solvents, abrasives) should not be used for cleaning. In case of any inverter shutdown, the module branch belonging to that inverter should be checked and clea-ned to remove shadowing and a reset should be done on the inverter.

Backup and Storage system

The Sunny Backup 5000 housing must be mechanically sound. If damage (e.g. cracks, holes, missing covers) endangers the operating safety, the Sunny Backup 5000 must be deactivated immediately.

Larger particles of dirt should be removed from the device with a soft brush, or similar object. Dust can be removed with a damp cloth. Solvents, abrasives or corrosive mate-rials must not be used for cleaning.

The cleaning intervals of the fans depend on the ambient conditions. If they are covered with loose dust, they can be cleaned with the aid of a vacuum cleaner (recommended) or a soft paint brush/hand brush. The fans must only be cleaned when at a standstill. For replacement, the installer must be contacted.

It is best to clean the control elements (display) with a soft, damp cloth. Solvents, abra-sives or corrosive materials must not be used for cleaning. The membrane keypad must be cleaned when the device is deactivated.

A check must be performed to see if error messages are present. To ensure optimal operation, the operator should regularly check the entries in the Sunny Backup 5000 error list at short intervals (monthly, or even weekly), especially during the first months after commissioning. This can help to discover hidden faults in the installation or errors in the configuration.

213

Once a year, the ground connection at the house connection box should be inspected, or on the meter board between PEN and the equipotential bonding bar.

Concerning the batteries, the ZVEI pamphlet must be followed.

The batteries do not need water replacement and no residues of electrolytes appear in the battery contacts. Plastic battery components of the batteries, in particular the cell containers, must only be cleaned with pure water. At least every 6 months the following must be measured and recorded:

- battery voltage

- voltage of a few selected cells/monobloc batteries

- surface temperature of a few selected cells/monobloc batteries

- temperature in the battery room

Should the cell voltage deviate from the average float charge voltage by +0.2 V/cell or -0.1 V/cell and/or should the surface temperature of different cells deviate more than 5°C, customer services must be called in. The following must be measured and recor-ded annually:

- voltage of all cells/monobloc batteries

- surface temperature of all cells/monobloc batteries

- temperature in the battery room.

Annual visual checks:

- on bolted connectors (check that unsecured bolt connectors are firmly seated)

- on battery installation or arrangement

- on ventilation.

Wiring and protections

An inspection should be taken every six months. The targets of the inspection are:

- The terminals, to find out whether they are loose, overheated or burned out. If any wire is burned it should be replaced straight away.

- The wiring skin, to detect any possible defects, to be fixed with self-adhesive tape.

- Oxidation in welding and circuits of the PV modules (caused by the entrance of humidity across the enclosures).

- The connecting pin wiring of the PV modules to check for failures in pressure.

- The connection between the other equipment, checking power values.

- The sealing of the PV modules, to replace any affected elements, avoiding future malfunctions.

- The protection equipment, including all the relays, following the instructions of

214

the manufacturer.

In case of any inconvenience or doubt, the manufacturer’s datasheet should be chec-ked for further instructions concerning the maintenance.

Jorge Aguilera Tejero

PhD Telecommunications Engineer

University professor of Telecommunication Electronics and Automation Engineer.

EPS in Jaén

214



4.2.7.1.1. INFORMATION ABOUT THE PROJECT


4.2.7.2. WHY BUILDING AUTOMATION?




4.2.7.2.1.3. OPTIMUM START AND STOP SWIT- CHING OPERATION







4.2.7.2.3.1. POSSIBILITIES IN BUILDING AUTOMA- TION SYSTEMS

4.2.7.3. PROPOSED TECHNOLOGY


4.2.7.3.2. TOPOLOGY


215




4.2.7.3.3.3. 3 LEVEL ADRESSING



4.2.7.3.4.2. POWER LINE, RADIO, ETHERNET AND FIBRE OPTIC CABLE











4.2.7.3.7.3. ENGINEERING TOOL SOFTWARE, VERSION 3 (ETS 3)


4.2.7.4. MODE OF OPERATION OF THE IMPLEMENTED TASKS


216




4.2.7.4.2.1. INCLUDING THE ELECTRICAL

MOTORS INTO THE EIB/KNX BUS SYSTEM




4.2.7.4.3.3. COMPONENT AND THEIR FUNCTION

4.2.7.4.4. CISTERN


4.2.7.4.5. REMOTE ACCESS OF THE EIB/KNX NET WORK



4.2.7.5. PROCEEDING AND RESULTS





217



218

4.2.7. ELECTRICAL AND AUTOMATION SYSTEMS

List of abbreviations

A Ampere AC/DC Alternate current/direct current C Capacity CAD Computer Aided Design DDC Direct Digital Control DIN EN Deutsches Institut für Normung Europa Norm (1) EIB/KNX European Installation Bus/Konnex ETS3 Engineering Tool Software version IP Internet Protocol IPv4 Internet Protocol version 4 IT Information Technology LAN Local Area Network mA Milliampere MAC Media Access Control MCB Miniature Circuit Breaker msec Millisecond NC Nominal Current OSI Open Systems Interconnection PI Proportional Integral PS Power Supply R Resistor REG-K Reiheneinbaugerät (2) SELV Safety Extra Low Voltage SN Starting Current

TCP/IP Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol TP Twisted Pair V Voltage VPN Virtual Private Network WLAN Wireless Local Area Network 2D 2-dimensional τ Tau

(1) German institution for standardization European Standard (2) German proper name for rail-mounted devices

219


This document serves as an introduction and reports on general aspects of the electri-cal project, the tasks and the motivation for this project. In addition, the importance of building automation is emphasized. Also, the current state of the technology used to automate the building is presented. This review provides information about the used technology and how the different switching operation modes contribute to higher en-ergy efficiency.

The main aims of the designed installation are a better control of the installation re-sources, the improvement of the building safety and above all, a reduction of the energy consumption. Device networking makes the design of an intelligent building possible which allows every system to be remote-controlled from a central location. The types of control used in this project are:

• Illumination control

• Heating control

• Water level control

• Humidity control

• Engine control

The objectives of this document are:

- The study of the main characteristics of the building and a definition of the automation requirements of each of its parts.

- The selection of a company and appropriate electrical devices (sensors and actuators) that will be implemented. The company that will be used is Scheneider.

- Project engineering of the concept: engineering drawings, calculation etc.

- The setting up of articles and conditions.

- The development of a report on this project which records the entire process of auto-mation, theoretically and practically

Fig. 1.1: External design of the house to be controlled.

As in many buildings, the electrical system installation is not the “type” that REBT gives as an example. However, the proposed installation complies with all aspects of REBT. Specifically, we only use 1.5 mm2 wires section for direct lighting circuits. As we Know, the use of 1.5 mm2 wires section in direct circuits is not forbidden by REBT.

220

4.2.7.1.1. Information about the project

The main objective of AndaluciaTeam (AT) is to achieve the excellence of knowledge in the sector of sustainable housing and to stand as a reference at the forefront of the domestic architecture with renewable energy. Hence, the idea is to design and build an advance house that fulfills that idea. This building is a domestic house made up of four different modules and an external space. For the design of the electrical house we have classified these elements as follow:

a) Module 0: Technical Module and surroundings.

b) Module 1: Kitchen

c) Module 2: Dinning room.

d) Module 3: Bedroom and bathroom.

More information about the building (dimensions, room numbers etc.) can be found in attached plans.


Nowadays, the importance of building automation is even higher than ever before. Therefore, the level of automation in domestic as well as in functional buildings has been, and still is increasing.

A functional building means that the building serves a certain purpose such as a hos-pital, an airport, a shopping mall or, as in this case, a domestic house. An intelligent building automation system enables the facilities manager to improve the control over the energy resources, to reduce the energy consumption including the costs and to heighten the building safety. The user takes advantage of the higher comfort due to the building automation as well.

An intelligent building can be created using device networking technology. It allows the external manager to control almost every system from a central location. The facility manager is able to control everything from electricity and heating to other aspects from a single terminal, and even diagnose system problems remotely.

4.2.7.2. WHY BUILDING AUTOMATION?

The following sections and subsections devote themselves to the state of the art in build-ing automation and it justifcation. The section building automation systems focuses on the different switching operation modes that make for higher energy efficiency, and on a remote access including a useful example. In addition, the possibilities of building au-tomation systems are listed. In particular, this section gives an overview about building automation systems. It contains information about different switching operation modes, the visualisation in European Installation Bus (EIB/KNX) systems, the remote access with a useful example as well as the possibilities of building automation systems.


Besides controlling and monitoring, the saving of energy of the facilities is another premise of building automation systems. The energy management functions are to be dealt with on two different levels. The management level controls and optimizes the facility during the operation mostly using the master computer and an appropriate user interface. The automation level is responsible for the data transfer between Direct Digital

221

Controls (DDC). Thereby, the optimization can be allocated to each component indi-vidually. Some features of these two levels are explained in the following chapters.


An example for an adjustment to the needs of the set point can be a heating controlled by atmospheric conditions. Thereby, the flow temperature of the heating circuit is con-trolled. A sensor detects the outside temperature in order to adjust the set point to the heating control. If the outside temperature is low the flow temperature rises; at a moder-ate outside temperature the value falls to the minimum. A possible march of temperature is illustrated in figure 2.1.

Fig. 2.1: March of temperature

Such features are often used during the summer months. The set-point room tempera-ture can be heightened without the user taking notice of it when the outside temperature is very high. This rise contributes to saving cooling energy. Beyond that, the relatively little difference between room and outside temperature prevents the user from health damages.


There are many examples for this kind of switching operation, ranging from the re-lease of the illumination or heating control by merely a movement or presence sensor, to complex applications. A hotel may serve as an example for a complex application. The consumer load of a hotel room can be usually be controlled by a booking system. If a room is not booked, hence not occupied the consumer load is switched off and the heating temperature adjusts to the lower limit. Otherwise, the temperature is aligned and the consumer load activated. Individual adjustments can be made as soon as the key card is placed in the destined card reader.

4.2.7.2.1.3. OPTIMUM START AND STOP SWITCHING OPERATION

This is an improved time-dependent switching operation. With the time-dependent switching operation the on and off switch is preset at a certain time. The optimum start and stop switching operation, by contrast, calculates the latest turn-on and the earliest turn-off instant to save more energy. Figure 2.2 illustrates this operation. The typical ap-plication is used in heating control systems. The thermal behaviour as well as the room

222

and outside temperature must be considered in order to find out the optimal switching time.

Fig. 2.2: Optimum start and stop switching operation


A Cyclic switching operation is the temporary turn-off of a big consumer load in order to save energy. This feature worsens the controllability but it is absolutely appropriate for use in oversized installations. It is applicable in heating systems where the heating medium or the building can be used as a thermal storage.


The cooling down at night is used during summer, especially when the outside tem-perature has fallen below room temperature. The ventilation system is fully-opened so that it is supplied only with external air. As a result, the building is cooled down and its body is used as a cold storage. What is most advantageous about this feature is that the switching point of the air condition is delayed, and thereby energy is saved.


The energy costs are not recorded in many functional buildings. Even the costs of con-sumption according to the usage result in potential savings. Only the visualisation of energy costs can raise awareness and thereby reduce the energy consumption.

It takes little effort to realize such visualisation. The master computer of the automa-tion system must be coupled with a commercial accounting system.


The visualisation is the graphical display of the switching operation. It is an ideal fea-ture of the EIB/KNX system due to the operational availability. The visualisation com-puter in the control room is merely connected with the EIB/KNX system and allows the control of every device in the network by a user interface. Several visualisations or modifications are practicable. The costs of the visualisation depend on the visualisa-tion software and the price of a conventional industry computer.

223


Any computer with an ordinary Internet connection enables the user to access the EIB/KNX system. This feature merely requires one extra device, e.g. IC 1 Internet controller. The remote access allows the control of the corresponding EIB/KNX system from any-where. Access through Internet will be granted by logging in to an Internet portal.

Fig. 2.3: Alarm system application as an example for remote access

Figure 2.3 illustrates an application that uses a presence sensor in combination with the Internet controller as a warning system. As a precondition the building should be empty. This must be entered into the software. As soon as a movement is detected, a will be sent to the Internet controller by the presence sensor. A router establishes a connection to the Internet in order for the Internet controller to send a message.

This message containing a warning of a burglary can be received by a mobile phone or by an email address. Depending on the requirements, several applications can be real-ized with the Internet controller and the EIB/KNX bus system.


In addition to the increase in comfort and the arrangements for saving energy, higher flexibility is another factor for reconstructions or change of use in conventional build-ings. A conference room, for instance, could possibly be reconstructed into new offices. In order to interconnect the lighting system, by now, a new installation in the conven-tional system was necessary. Instead, the reprogramming of the components can be adapted by using a bus system.

4.2.7.2.3.1. POSSIBILITIES IN BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEMS

In this section, the possibilities in building automation systems are specified. These are divided into the different assembly sections but not necessarily restricted to one section.

Heating, air condition and ventilation

• Reservation-dependent set point adaptation of the room temperature via presence detector.

• User-dependent set point adaptation of the room temperature in hotel rooms by cou-

224

pling with the booking system.

• Individual adaptation of the room temperature via set point setter.

• Automatic increase of the room temperature set point during summer at high outside temperatures.

• Turn-off of the heating and air condition when a window is open

• Adaptation of the ventilation against the air quality in the room

Light control

• Automatic switch-on of the illumination via presence detector

• User-dependent switch-on of the illumination in hotel rooms by coupling with the booking system

• Lighting control via brightness sensor

• Room brightness adaptable to exterior lighting conditions

• Light scene

• Temporary increase of the room brightness for cleaning service

Shading/jalousie

• Time-controlled shading of a room

• Diffusion light control via regulation of the fins which depends on the position of the sun and prevents from direct insolation

• Automatic lifting of the exterior jalousie during sudden gusts of wind

• Winter/summer operation

• In summer: prevention of heating-up of the room

• In winter: max. insolation

Security

• Marking of the emergency exit in case of fire

• Smoke detectors inside the rooms control the smoke extraction via electrically open-ing windows

• Evacuation map is visualized on displays in case of fire

• Panic circuit in order to switch the entire illumination on

• Simulation of presence for the lighting control

• Individual access control via key card or biometric identification

Multimedia

225

• Activation of light scenes when a data projector for presentations is turned on

• Control of the automation system via personal digital assistants (PDA), mobile phone or a conventional PC

• Coupling of video- and audio server for individual-related settings

4.2.7.3. PROPOSED TECHNOLOGY

In this solution we propose to use EIB/KNX. The European Installation Bus (EIB/KNX) is a decentralized communication system which is used in building automation. It con-nects electric devices including its own microprocessor like sensors, actors, control and visualisation systems. This network (figure 3.1) transmits data frames in the form of digital signals between several com-ponents. The EIB/KNX can be realized as Twisted Pair (KNX.TP), Power Line (KNX.PL) or wireless (KNX.RF). Furthermore, fibre optic cable is also possible to transmit the information. Each device communicates directly with another device, there is no master device.


The KNX Association was founded in May 1999 by the European Installation Bus As-so-ciation (EIBA), the European Home Systems Association (EHSA) and the BatiBUS Club International. It was founded in order to develop an international standard for building automation systems. KNX is the world’s only open standard of both commer-cial and residential building control. KNX products can be combined even when pro-duced by different manufacturers. The KNX trademark logo guarantees their collabo-ration and interoperability.

Fig. 3.1: EIB/KNX network

4.2.7.3.2. TOPOLOGY

Analogous to any conventional electric installation, the EIB/KNX installation requires a power grid. The EIB/KNX consists of two different networks which are galvanically com-pletely separated. The first is the conventional circuit that is necessary for the source of electricity. The second one is the EIB/KNX communication network which needs its own topology. The topology describes the structure of connection of the different compo-nents. The eligible structures of the EIB/KNX topology are line, star or tree (figure 3.2). It is possible, however, to combine them with each other.

226


The shortest connection between two components is a line. A line allows the connection of up to 64 devices, but it can also be divided into four line sections. Furthermore, it is possible to link 15 lines via main line and line coupling unit to an area. In addition, 15 ar-eas connected by area coupling unit can be realized in one EIB/KNX system. In this way a maximum of more than 14000 devices are applicable. When bus lines are installed, the following figures (figure 3.3) must not be exceeded:

• Max. cable length between power supply and bus device: 350 m

• Max. length between 2 bus devices: 700 m

• Total length of all cables within a line: 1000 m

• Min. length between 2 power supplies: 200 m

Fig.:3.2: Different types of topology in EIB/KNX systems

227

Fig. 3.3: Maximum figures of line length


All devices which are part of the communication network need two kinds of addresses. The first one is the physical address that identifies the component in the network. Like-wise every component is part of a group that requires a logical address in terms of com-munication.


Every device - power supply not included - receives an unmistakable physical address during the planning period. It must be inserted and permanently saved in each device of the network during the process of implementing. The assigned address provides pre-cise information about where the device is located, and identifies it as follows:

Area.Line.Device (short A.L.D.)

The following physical addresses are reserved for the area- and line coupling units:

• A.L.0 for line coupling units

• A.0.0 for area coupling units


The logical address is a function related address which can communicate with several devices via telegram. It arranges the relation between actors and sensors. Moreover, the sensor that gives the instruction to the actor must have the same address as the actor. In addition, every sensor can send only one address, but every actor can re-ceive several of them. As opposed to the physical address, each device of the network can have vari-ous types of addressing.

228

The logical address can be distinguished in two different ways:

• 2-Level-addressing

• 3-Level-addressing

4.2.7.3.3.2.1. 2-LEVEL-ADDRESSING

The 2-Level-addressing is divided in Main- (0-15) and Subgroup (0-2047) and is given in the following declaration:

Main group / Subgroup (short: M / S)

Normally Main and Subgroups are given meaningful names to distinguish one from another. For example:

• 1 / 1 light technical module

• 2 / 1 light kitchen

4.2.7.3.3.3. 3-LEVEL-ADDRESSING

Compared to the 2-Level-addressing, the 3-Level-addressing is more detailed. It is di-vided in Main- (0-15), Centre- (0-7), and Subgroup (0-255) as follows:

Main group / Centre group / Subgroup (short: M / C / S)

• 1 / 1 / 1 light technical module roof

• 2 / 1 / 1 light kitchen standard lamp

The groups are separated by a slash to distinguish them from physical addresses which consist of three numbers as well and, thus look similar.


Digital information, like in every EIB/KNX telegram, must be transmitted no matter what transmission medium is used. The transceiver has to convert every bit of infor-mation into an adequate physical signal, depending on the transmission medium. Voltage-, radio- or light signals, for instance, are appropriate physical signals. The following trans-mission media can be used:

• Twisted Pair (KNX.TP)

• Power Line (KNX.PL)

• Radio (KNX.RF)

• Ethernet (KNXnet/IP)

• Fibre optic cable


Twisted Pair (KNX.TP) is the most frequently used and cost-effective transmission me-dium, especially in new buildings. The KNX Association has certified several cables. One of them is the YCYM 2 x 2 0,8 that can be used in either dry, damp or wet rooms when not directly exposed to the sun. Furthermore it can be installed flush- and surface-

229

mounted, and in pipes.

The other one is called J-Y(St)Y 2 x 2 x 0,8. It can be fixed flush-and surface-mounted and, in pipes. Likewise it can be used in dry and damp operating areas. All of them have two different pairs of wires which are twisted and shielded. The red (EIB+) and black (EIB-) wires are used to supply the devices and to transmit the digital signals within the network. The yellow/white corepair is designed as a spare line and serves as additional power supply.

4.2.7.3.4.2. POWER LINE, RADIO, ETHERNET AND FIBRE OPTIC CABLE

Under certain operating conditions other transmission media can be used. For example:

• The Power Line (KNX.PL) is used when no bus line can be installed. It uses the avail-able electric circuit to transmit the digital signals, which thereby heterodyne the sinus-wave voltage of the power grid.

• The Radio (KNX.RF) does not need a bus line either. The digital signals are transmitted in the form of radio waves.

• The Ethernet (KNXnet/IP) is used when EIB/KNX installations are to be integrated in a TCP/IP network, e.g. communication with visualisation devices.

• The fibre optic cable is used within long distances and in order to avoid the installation of flash and overload protection equipment when the installations cover two or more buildings.



In the case of Twisted Pair (KNX.TP) as transmission medium, the transceiver con-verts the bit of information into a voltage signal in order to transmit the information. A telegram consists of a sequence of 1- and 0- signals. Direct current operating voltage applies when a logical 1 is sent. In case a logical 0 is sent, the direct current de-creases tempo-rarily, increases again and finally assimilates to the operating voltage after max. 104μs.


The bit rate specifies the amount of bits that can be sent in one second. The calcula-tion of the bit rate requires the time it takes to transmit 1 signal (figure 3.5) and is illus-trated in the following formula:


When two or more components send a message at the same time there will be a colli-sion. To solve this problem and to manage which telegram is allowed to be sent a bus access mode is required. The EIB/KNX bus system uses a stochastic bus access mode called CSMA/CA (Carrier Sense Multiple Access/Collision Avoidance).

4.2.7.3.5.3.1. CARRIER SENSE MULTIPLE ACCESS / COLLISION AVOIDANCE (CSMA/CA)

The stochastic bus access mode requires that dominant and recessive signals can be sent. The zero flag, which is the dominant signal, is successful while sending. Before sending, each subscriber of the network must check that the Bus is quiet.

230

The Bus idle is attained when no signal is transmitted after 50 bit times. After this speci-fied time the components start sending. All components which want to send start send-ing simultaneously. A bitwise arbitration (figure 3.5) is used so that a subscriber with re-cessive state retreats from the bus and switches to receiver mode automati-cally, thence listening to the message with the highest priority.

After the bus has become quiet again each of the subscribers try to send their mes-sage again. The subscriber with the highest priority enforces its transmission unob-structedly. Therefore the real time behaviour of the device with the highest priority is accomplished. For further information see the mentioned literature.

Fig. 3.5: Detail of bitwise arbitration to the CSMA/CA method8


A telegram consists of several transmission blocks that are transmitted in sequence. The length of individual telegrams can change, depending on the data field. The data field can vary from 1 to 16 byte.


An EIB/KNX Bus system needs a wide range of several EIB/KNX devices, as e.g. ac-tors, line coupling units, sensors and especially, power supplies. Mechanical, elec-tric and electronic requirements are different with regard to the operational area. Moreover, each transmission medium (e.g. KNX.TP, KNX.PL, KNX.RF) requires special hardware, a transceiver and a Bus coupling unit.

There also is a difference between flush-mounted and rail-mounted devices. Only a de-veloper needs to have full insight into the hardware of the modules but the user should at least be familiar with the mode of operation.

This may be exemplified as follows: All EIB/KNX devices which communicate via Twisted Pair consist of two components (figure 3.6). The first is the communication module that consists of a transmission module (transceiver) and a microcontroller. The second com-ponent is the application module. Both are connected via serial standard-ized interface.

231

Fig. 3.6: Basic design of KNX.TP communication device


The Bus coupling unit is the base unit for every EIB/KNX device. There are two different kinds of Bus coupling units which are distinguished between flush-mounted and rail-mounted devices.

The Bus coupling unit contains the software that is necessary for the microcontroller. In addition it makes sure that the communication works which simply means the telegrams can be sent and received. Furthermore the collision detection (CSMA/CA) is also inte-grated. A built-in stabilized power supply guarantees the supply of the micro-processor, the peripheral devices and the application module.

In case the bus coupling unit is flush-mounted the application interface can be used to connect application modules.

Further EIB/KNX system components can be found in chapter five and six where they are used for explaining of the mode of operation and the calculations.


The software of the EIB/KNX system can be divided in three different kinds of software:

• System software

• Application software

• Engineering tool software (ETS 3)

Due to the fact that the EIB/KNX is a local system, the EIB/KNX devices include the sys-tem and the application software.


The system software processes the data communication. It consists of a sequential and an interrupting part. After the initialization the following tasks are processed peri-odically:

• Start of application

• Realisation of the communication

232

• Start of check routine

• Management of application interface

The user does not care about the system software, because it is saved in every devise of the Read Only Memory (ROM).


The application software for the devices is provided by the different manufactures. The software must be selected, parameterized and entered into the device. Depending on the EIB/KNX component, several applications can be implemented. A push button, for instance, can send telegrams in order to switch/dim the lights or close/open the jalou-sie. The application can either fulfil one function at a time, or several simultaneously.

4.2.7.3.7.3. ENGINEERING TOOL SOFTWARE, VERSION 3 (ETS 3)

ETS is a unique, manufacturer-independent tool software for the design and configura-tion of intelligent home and building control installations, made with KNX systems. The software includes the data of the products of the different manufacturers.

The data of the selected products must be imported into the project data base before beginning the project. The projection is the realization of the idea which was imple-mented during the process of planning. A projection with the ETS 3 usually follows a certain scheme:

• Creating a new project

• Creating a structure of the building

• Selection and insertion of the devices

• Documentation of the devices

• Preparation of the parameters

• Definition of the topology

• Distribution of the physical address

• Definition of the function

• Classification of the logical address


SCHENEIDER is a company that offers device network technology; hence they are to be looked at closer within the scope of this project. This company offers merely building automation systems which operate with the European Installation Bus (EIB/KNX). When choosing a company, one needs to take into account the costs, and whether they meet the requirements made on them.

233

4.2.7.4. MODE OF OPERATION OF THE IMPLEMENTED TASKS


The control of this building can be classified as conventional illumination as well as controlled illumination in the EIB/KNX. The illumination of this building is to be switched when necessary. The areas are equipped with movement or presence sensors includ-ing a brightness sensor in order to switch the light on. The brightness sensor can be adjusted at a certain threshold. This allows switching the light on, only when it is too dark inside the building.

The modules are equipped with push-buttons. In addition, the illumination of functional areas (bathroom, kitchen,…) are to be illuminated only when in use and the brightness threshold is attained. The safety of visitors, an ideal utilization of the illumination and conservation of energy are what matters.


Figure 5.1 shows the basic installation of EIB/KNX included illumination. The switch actors are located in electric control cabinets. They connect the 230V low tension with the consumer load (illumination). All devices are connected via the bus line in order to exchange data. Depending on the programming, a movement sensor, for instance, can send a telegram to turn the lights on. After a preset time without any movement in this area has run out, the lights switch off automatically. The different sensors or push-buttons are linked with the corresponding actor via an address (see also chapter 3.4). In addition, each of the actors can be operated manually via the visualisation software (PC).

Fig. 4.1: Basic installation of EIB/KNX included illumination


4.2.7.4.1.2.1. PRESENCE SENSOR

The function of the presence sensor is called passive infrared technology. The infrared emission within the area of detection is measured and compared and does not emit any radiation itself. All bodies (people, animals, vehicles, trees etc.) emit infrared radiation.

234

The detection of these bodies in an area of detection depends on the following factors:

• The direction of movement.

• The speed of movement.

• The difference of temperature between the body and its surroundings.

• The size of the object to be detected.

The duration of movement detection can be adjusted at the device and is reset each time a movement is detected. Depending on the type of the presence sensor it detects movements in a specified area. The flush-mounted sensor, for instance, detects move-ments within an angle of 180°, and the ceiling-mounted sensor does even detect move-ments within an angle of 360°. The detection radius depends on the mounting height. Registered movements will be converted into a telegram and the configuration ensues by software. Each sensor is equipped with a light sensor which can be ad-justed be-tween 5 and 100 lux to detect the object. The presence sensor combines the brightness threshold with the detection of movement.

4.2.7.4.1.2.2. MOVEMENT SENSOR

The movement sensor is a flush-mounted KNX component for indoor installation. It de-tects moving heat sources, e.g. people, within a radius of 180° and to a distance of approximately 8 meters to the right and left side; furthermore approximately 12 meters to the front. The movement sensor is designed for installation at a height of 2.2 meters.

If a movement is detected, a data telegram defined by the programming is transmitted to control, for example, lighting, blind or heating simultaneously. If the lighting is con-trolled by brightness-dependent movement detection, the device constantly monitors the brightness in the room. If sufficient natural light is available, the device will switch the artificial light off even if a person is present.

The ambient brightness can be set with the rotary switch for detection brightness. To do this, the movement sensor is equipped with a light sensor whose brightness threshold can be set between 10 and 1000 lux. In the Engineering Tool Software ver-sion 3 (ETS3) an adjustment from 10 to 2000 lux can be made. The range and the overshoot time can be set at two further rotary switches.

The sensor also consists of two movement sensors. You can set their sensitivity and range sector-specifically in the ETS.

4.2.7.4.1.2.3. PUSH-BUTTON

The switches of the push-button can be allocated with different features. They can switch the light on/off, for instance, or move the jalousie. Adjustments are made by software and easily alterable. The parameterization determines the execution of a command, thus almost every application is possible.


Inside the roof, there are eight engines with a load of about 25 W. Furthermore, the mo-tors are equipped with a final position switch.

235

4.2.7.4.2.1. INCLUDING THE ELECTRICAL MOTORS INTO THE EIB/KNX BUS SYSTEM

The motors are to be included into the EIB/KNX bus system to raise and lower the roof from the control system. The control circuit will be protected by a fuse, and linked by a switch actor. Each channel enables the raising and the lowering of the roof, respec-tively, depending on the direction of the rotation of the motor. Via visualisation software, a command is sent in order to connect the appropriate channel. As a result, the motor rotates either while the final position is attained, or a command given by the software disconnects the relay. A motor protection switch will be installed to prevent the motor from thermal overload due to mechanical overload, or failure of one conductor.



The heating of this building can be classified in two different types. One is the conven-tional heating that works with water. The central heating room with one compressor and the distribution are located in the technical module. The distribution which supplies the biggest part of the building is split in three heating circuits (each for module).

Fig. 4.2: Temperature control circuit

Figure 5.4 shows the temperature control circuit. The preset temperature (w) is given by software or the temperature sensor. The difference in temperature (e) is calculated by subtracting the measured temperature (r) from the one preset (w). The result is con-verted and transmitted to the controller which in turn transmits an adjusting command to the actor. Disturbances (e.g. open windows) can dramatically change the temperature in this area. This is a regulation which always adjusts to the preset temperature. If the disturbances influence the temperature in the mentioned area dramatically the energy consumption is going to be very high.


The connection to the heating is established by a switch actor. This allows a central off via software, during the lunch break or after closing time, when the modures are closed. As a consequence, the heating can be controlled any time, and therefore does not waste energy.

236

The temperature control of the conventional heating will be realized in the following way. Regulating via one or several thermostat each module. The required temperature in this area can be adjusted either by the temperature sensor or by software. This sensor also measures the current temperature and compares it with the required value. If the temperature does not alter nothing happens. But in case of variations in level of heat the sensor transmits a telegram to the actor with the thermostatic valve in order to vary the flow rate by opening or closing the valve. As a consequence, the temperature matches the required temperature.

Open windows or doors can be considered disturbing. In winter, for instance, cold air pushes through the open window and cools the area down. The function of the tem-perature regulation is to level off the preset temperature.


4.2.7.4.3.3.1. TEMPERATURE CONTROL UNIT

The temperature control unit consists of two components. The integrated temperature sensor measures the temperature in the surrounding area. In addition, a controller that transmits adjusting commands to the actor is also integrated. The controller can be used for heating and/or cooling. It compares the measured temperature with the pre-set value. Depending on the parameterization, adjusting commands (heating/cooling) or continuous control values in 255 steps (1 byte; 0-255) for heating or cooling are sent. The controller adjustment either supports a 2-step control, or a proportional integral (PI) control.

The control unit knows five operating states to which a unique set point value is as-signed in heating/cooling mode. The active operating state is determined by states of the communication objects. Push-button, Comfort/Standby, Night, Frost/Heat protec-tion and Dew point alarm as well as the presence button on the device. Additional func-tions are a frost alarm signal, comfort extension, protection against unauthorized use, common/separate control.

4.2.7.4.3.3.2. BINARY INPUT REG-K

The binary input REG-K will be mounted on a DIN rail EN 50022-35. It will use the inputs to connect to conventional push-buttons or floating contacts such as window or relay contacts. It is possible to connect up to 15 magnet contacts in series to one input. The device makes a contact supply voltage available which is electrically isolated from the bus voltage. A separate power supply is not required. The function of the channels is determined by the respective application software.

4.2.7.4.4. CISTERN

A cistern is a container for storing liquids, especially water. It is often built to catch and store rainwater. Cisterns are used for many purposes including cooking, washing, flush-ing the toilet, and like in this case, irrigation. This cistern was built to water the surround-ings and, at the same time, to reduce the consumption of water.


The control station of the cistern is put out of operation in order to use the components like the pumps and the magnet valve. The irrigation system can be switched on and off manually. The relays of the pumps are connected by a switch actor; hence the pumps are supplied to turn the irrigation system on. Another telegram given by the humidity

237

sensor indicates that the football pitch has been sufficiently watered.

Sensors which control the fluid level give precise information about the level. After a certain low level has been reached the magnetic valve opens and refills the cistern with water to a definite high level.

4.2.7.4.5. REMOTE ACCESS OF THE EIB/KNX NETWORK

Special devices in building automation systems offer a complete solution for remote control and monitoring of buildings and facilities via the Internet. Global access to the devices via an Internet portal is possible. A standard Internet browser and the gratis software offered by the device manufacturer are everything you need to control all EIB/KNX connected components.


Figure 5.5 illustrates a detail of remote access. The Internet controller is the last de-vice in the main line and, using a RJ45 connector, links the EIB/KNX bus system with the visualisation computer. Between them, a router (see also chapter 4.5) establishes a connection to the Internet in order to control the EIB/KNX components. A conven-tional Internet access and the password of the KNX Internet controller (given by the manufac-turer) grants access to and the control of the EIB/KNX installation. The merten@home software carries out the navigation.

Fig. 4.3: Detail of remote access

An Internet controller will be used for monitoring and controlling buildings and facilities via the Internet. The Internet connection is established using Local Area Network (LAN)/Ethernet interfaces. The following list provides some information on the data that can be monitored and controlled with the Internet controller:

• Electrical installations and systems

• Heating systems, ventilation, and air conditioning systems

• Wind and solar energy, block type thermal power stations and fuel cells

• Security technology

238

• IT systems

• Sanitary facilities


The conventional electric installation for the music system inside the building will be wired. It is based also in KNK, offering a high degree of flexibility, comfort, safety and security. It comes to controlling functions, such as on/off, volume and melody. The at-tached plans show the configuration of the Music system.

4.2.7.5. PROCEEDING AND RESULTS

This section describes the general proceeding of the project, ranging from how to do the the calculations to the selection of the components.



The switch actors with manual mode are available as rail-mounted (REG) and flush-mounted devices. They basically work like a relay and have several channels. Each channel makes the switching of luminaries and other loads possible. The function of these channels is implemented by software. Incoming telegrams are appraised and converted into a switching signal (e.g. open/close). The connection from the bus to the switching voltage is established by connection terminals. The switch actor supports a nominal switching voltage of 230V up to 400V alternate current (AC); a minimum volt-age of 12V direct current (DC) is also possible. The switching current is fused with 6A, 10A or 16A. If a bigger switching capacity is needed, a relay circuit has to be attached.

4.2.7.5.1.1.1. EXPLANATION OF THE CALCULATION

The selection of the adequate switch actor depends on three characteristics. First of all, the maximum current of each circuit has to be taken into account. It can be taken over from the installed fuse. In case a 10 ampere fuse is installed, for instance, a switch actor which supports 10A or more can be selected, depending on the other characteristics.

The load power of each channel is another characteristic. It depends on the various kinds of lights. With incandescent lamps and halogen lamps for example, the switch actor supports a different load power. In addition there is also a difference in fluorescent lamps in the form of compensation. The total amount of the power load is calculated as follows:

Ptotal = Plamp 1 + Plamp 2 + ….. + Plamp n

It means the total power load (Ptotal) is the addition of the power load of each of the lamps (Plamp) in a circuit.

The third important characteristic is the capacitive load. The electrical ballasts of fluores-cent lamps and many other kinds of lamps consist of a coil. The coil produces inductive idle power. Due to the fact that capacitive and inductive idle powers are shifted at 180°, the former compensate the latter (figure 6.1).

Figure 6.2 illustrates a reduced circuit diagram of a fluorescent lamp, including its elec-trical ballast. Besides, a compensation capacitor is connected in parallel to reduce the inductive idle power. The parallel installed capacitors of the capacitive load in one circuit

239

are calculated as follows:

Ctotal = C1 + C2 + ….. + Cn

Fig. 5.1: Distribution of the different kinds of power

Fig. 5.2: Reduced circuit diagram of a fluorescent lamp with compensation capacitor


The power supply (PS) provides the energy for the bus and all devices which are con-nected in one line. Each line requires at least one power supply. The power supply pro-vides a stabilised Safety Extra Low Voltage (SELV) of DC 29V±1V. The output current determines the maximum number of connectable bus devices. Moreover, every bus device needs a different intensity of current. The power supply is available at an output current of 160mA, 320mA and 640mA. The maximum cable length between the power supply and the furthest EIB/KNX component amounts to 350m. Each power supply has three different light emitting diodes (LED) which indicate the following states:

• red LED (RESET) indicates the state (RESET)

• red LED (I>Imax) indicates that the output current is too high

• green LED (RUN) indicates that the power supply is ready for operation

• flashing green and flashing red LED (I>>Imax) indicate that the Bus voltage has failed or that there is a short circuit

The installation of the power supply is mounted on a DIN rail EN 50022-35. A data rail is not required. A bus connection terminal is used for the bus connection. The main volt-age connection is connected by a screw connection terminal.

240

4.2.7.5.1.2.1. EXPLANATION OF THE CALCULATION

The power supply is calculated taking into account the energy consumption and the number of bus devices. The power supply should not use its entire capacity during the process of planning because of expansion of the facility at a later date. Hence, each line will not work at more than 80% of its full capacity. The output current that each line requires can be calculated as follows:

Ioutput = Idevice 1 + Idevice 2 + ….. + I device n

The energy consumption of the different EIB/KNX devices is illustrated beneath in the next table. The current consumptions are average values.

As an example, the calculation of the power supply of line 1 is performed in table 6.4. For other results of the power supply calculation, see Appendix C.

EIB/KNX Device Energy consumption

Line coupling 8 mA

Movement sensor 5 mA

Presence sensor 5 mA

EMO valve drive 12 mA

Binary input REG-K/4x10 10 mA

Analogue input REG.K 4-gang /

Room temperature control unit, flush 5 mA

Mounted/PI

Push-button, 1 gang plus 7 mA

Power supply /

Power supply REG AC24/1A /

Brightness sensor 7 mA

Switch actor:

4x230/10 15 mA

8x230/10 15 mA

8x230/16 15 mA

12x230/10 15 mA

12x230/16 15 mA

Device Nb.: Current comsumption (each)

Current consumption (total)

Power supply

Line coupling 1 8 mA 8 mA

Push-buttom, 1 gang plus

4 7 mA 28 mA

Presence sensor 3 5 mA 15 mA

Movement sen-sor

5 5 mA 25 mA

Actor 8x230/4 1 15 mA 15 mA

Result: 106 mA < 160 mA x 0,8 REG-K160mA

241


A miniature circuit breaker is an automatically-operated electric switch. It is designed to protect the electrical wire from damage caused by high temperature due to too much current. Unlike a fuse which acts once and needs to be replaced afterwards, a miniature circuit breaker can be reset (either manually or automatically) in order to resume normal operation. MCBs are made in varying sizes, from small devices that protect an individual household appliance up to large switchgear designed to protect high voltage circuits feeding an entire city. The cut-off can be activated through the four following characters:

• Activating caused by overload

• Electromagnetic activating caused by short circuit

• Manual activating

• Activation by add-on modules

In addition, miniature circuit breakers are selected because of two characteristics, that are the overload of the nominal current (NC) and their tripping characteristics. Capital letters are used for the classification of the tripping characteristics.

5.1.3.1 EXPLANATION OF THE CALCULATION

The load of the electric circuit where the miniature circuit breaker is used is a power supply for the automatic door. This power supply converts 230V AC into 24V DC. The characteristic of the power supply that is required is the starting current (SN). In this case, the value of SN is 60 ampere. It only flows while the capacitor is charged. It will be fully charged after 5 τ. Besides, 1 τ is the product you receive by multiplying the resistor (R) by the capacity (C) (τ=RxC). Table 6.5 illustrates the tripping characteristics of B and C miniature circuit breakers.

4.2.7.5.1.3.2. RESULTS OF THE CALCULATION

The advice from the MCB manufacturer is to use a tripping characteristic C in functional buildings. It supports a starting current of up to 10 times of the nominal current for the first 100msec. To make sure not to trip the MCB when the power supply is connected, a miniature circuit breaker with 10A nominal current is chosen. In addition, the miniature circuit breaker for a relay (inductive load) is illustrated in the engineering drawings (Ap-pendix A).


There are a number of drawings that help illustrate the findings of this project. The draw-ings are classified in modules. The position of the different EIB/KNX sensors as well as the electrical components can be found in these plans, that is, distribution plans show the electric and the EIB/KNX distribution. The fuse boxes are also positioned there.

These plans are classified into four different EIB/KNX lines and four different electrical lines. The distribution plans are organized in the different EIB/KNX lines and their cor-responding electrical distribution. One line is allocated to each module. The main box with the power supply and so on is located in the technical module.

242


The programming part is being divided into three types of software. The Engineering Tool Software Version 3 (ETS 3) executes the EIB/KNX bus system. A developed soft-ware for this project will be used as the visualisation software (PC, IPAD or ANDROID). The third one is merten@home.). As soon as the EIB/KNX devices are installed and their connection implemented, the software will be programmed. For that purpose, an assistance giving precise information will indicate the linkage of the EIB/KNX devices that will be developed.

The addresses and the location of the devices will be included in the distribution plans as well as in the ground plans. In modules like, e.g. the dinnig room, the linkage will be simple just because there is only one sensor which belongs to the illumination of the room. The floor around the garden, for instance, is more complex because of the multitude of the sensors and the different lighting systems. In this case the linkage of EIB/KNX components solves the problem. The whole table of EIB/KNX network will be included as future appendix.

Juan Gomez Ortega

PhD in Industrial Engineering

Professor of System Engineering and Automation. EPS Jaen.

4.2.8 BUILDING INTEGRATED SOLAR ACTIVE

SYSTEMS

268

4.2.8 BUILDING INTEGRATED SOLAR ACTIVE-PASSIVE SYSTEMS

4.2.8.1. PHOTOVOLTAIC PANELS

4.2.8.2. HYBRID PANELS

269

4.2.8. BUILDING INTEGRATED SOLAR ACTIVE-PASSIVE SYSTEMS

In prototype Patio 2.12 there are some active-passive systems based on sun energy and integrated in the building.

We have review here the fundamental 4:

- Photovoltaic panels.

- Hybrid panels.

Among them, the first three should be emphasized, since they are BIPVs. In these cases, we have used BIPV materials to replace conventional ones in the enclosure construc-tion. Patio 2.12 roof is the part of the enclosure where BIPVs have been incorporated.

4.2.8.1. PHOTOVOLTAIC MODULES

Aesthetilcal Integration

The photovoltaic panels are perfectly integrated into the prototype architecture, cover-ing the living modules to the maximum and adapting to these slope. In fact, the living modules dimensions were determined by the panels’ size which were going to cover them (sets of 8 and 9 panels 1.05 x 1.56 m). The roofs slope, was also determined by the photovoltaic production output that would occur over the competition week1.

In addition, both sets are distributed on roof with the same orientation and separation between photovoltaic panels, standardizing the prototype roofs and thus, their aerial view, being the cover the fourth façade, so carefully from the aesthetic point of view as the vertical façades.

Constructive Solution

The constructive solution is simple, over the living modules waterproofed and finished roof, galvanized steel battens are disposed, screwed on the beams every certain space with height-adjustable anchors. Over these strips are placed the photovoltaic panels with a “cramp iron” screwed in the perimeter 4 points recommended by the manufac-turer. The installation modularity makes possible to unify this solution for different cases.

Energy Balance Positive Impact

These panels inclusion in roof makes the house to be able to produce 5 times it con-sumed electricity. Thus, the energy balance is more than positive.

Additional properties

The roofs insulation within the rooms is not diminished by the panels’ installation on them. The cavity air remaining between roof and panels allows ventilation and tempera-ture decrease.

The photovoltaic panels’ electricity production allows other positive balances in oth-

1 Note that we have studied a system that would change the panels slope throughout the year to allow the highest possible production that has not been developed for the competition prototype. The final solution of this system would also be integrated into the prototype architecture, using the air space under the modules to absorb the differences between panels and photovoltaic modules slopes.

270

er aspects related to the prototype sustainability and efficiency. Thus, the production makes possible the house passing from an Energy Mark B to an Energy Mark A +.

Furthermore, the embodied energy of the house, in a 31 years cycle, the balance is positive, with a surplus of +382176.68 MJ.

For CO2 Emissions, these outputs brings a global -7469 kg of CO2 emissions avoided every year, equivalent to 4000 m2 or a 0.4 ha forest.

Maintenance

The installation maintenance is very simple, just cleaning the photovoltaic panels’ sur-face from time to time, operation for which anchor points have been provided to allow operators work safely.

Cost of the intallation

The cost of the installation, should take into account the net balance between:

- The installation cost: roof panels, inverters and cabling. Its price is declining. For exam-ple, in Spain, the PV systems have reached grid parity and it is expected that photovol-taic technology will be much cheaper than any other energy in the market.

- Roof materials savings, which in our case could be a floating floor of ceramic material.

- Savings on electricity purchased to a supplier company. This means a payback in few years.

4.2.8.2. HYBRID PANELS

Aesthetilcal Integration

Hybrid panels’ integration (photovoltaic + solar thermal) is equal to that of the photo-voltaic panels and the only thing that differs is the thickness (hybrids are 50 mm thick).

They serve as a finish of the technical box cover and are arranged this slope.

Constructive Solution

The constructive solution is identical to that of the photovoltaic modules, but in this case, both cold and hot water pipes have to arrive to the roof for the water heating installation.

Energy Balance Positive Impact

In addition to the electrical balance (just the hybrid modules system would produce more electricity than consumed by the house) must be added the production of hot wa-ter for free, just with sun power. Throughout the year, more than 80% of DHW required for a two member’s family is free.

Moreover, and this is very important, the combination of photovoltaic panels with solar thermal collectors can have a beneficial and reciprocal effect between both systems: the photovoltaic modules high temperature is reduced by water exchange in the solar col-lectors, which, in turn, take advantage of this excess temperature to increase the water heating flowing speed through them.

271

Addicional properties

As in the case of the photovoltaic panels, the insulation of the roof within the rooms is not diminished.

In addition we get a positive balance in terms of electricity production, just with the solar thermal installation we avoid 1071.82 kg of CO2 every year.

Maintenance

The installation maintenance is very simple, just cleaning the panels’ surface and purge the plumbing system.

Cost of the intallation

The cost of the installation, should take into account the net balance between:

- The installation cost: roof panels, inverter, wiring, interaccumulator and piping.

- Roof materials savings, which in our case could be a floating floor of ceramic material.

- Savings on electricity, on one hand producing with the photovoltaic part and, on the other hand by not consuming to heat the water (which means 1609.3 kWh per year).

271


4.3.1. THE ENCLOSURE DESIGN

4.3.2. PASSIVE AND SEMI-PASSIVE SYSTEMS

4.3.3. ACTIVE SYSTEMS

4.3.4. CONTROL SYSTEMS

4.3.5. TECHNICAL BUILDING REGULATIONS

272


4.3.1 THE ENCLOSURE DESIGN

Patio 2.12 has tried to combine aspects which are usually separated as architecture, bioclimatic and energy efficiency. Bioclimatic thought introduces the fundamental idea of natural resources exploitation in a conscious and logical way, therefore proposes the use of local resources. In this sense the project calls for constructive economy, based on Andalusian heritage studies, led to current state through a contemporary architectu-ral language in the commitment to durability and versatility, as recyclability.

That is the reason for the traditional Andalusian courtyard house, and the most popular Andalusian bioclimatic effect: botijo (porous clay jug, designed to drink and keep water fresh) evapotranspiration, leads to a reinterpretation which is translated into Patio 2.12, and it will be the dynamic engine in all energy-saving strategies that have been applied to this building.

This allows us to take the best qualities of each, but converting into present, making them more eco-efficient.

4.3.1.1. GOOD ENVIRONMENTAL PRACTISES AND LOW ENERGY CONSUMPTION AND WASTE GENERATION MATERIALS CATALOGUE USED ON THE PROJECT

Andalusia Team has developed a research about environmental impact assessment involved in manufacture and use of industrial and constructive products, and about LCA tool (life cycle analysis), as an objective evaluation.

LCA has been considered as a tool capable of providing reliable, quantified and not misleading information about raw materials, embodied energy and emissions during the product life cycle: extraction process, manufacturing, transport, installation, use, maintenance and removal. This LCA approach known as “cradle to grave” considers as waste the resulting components after disassembly. Although team researchers have gone further.

Patio 2.12 proposes seeks to eliminate the concept of waste, taking as a starting premi-se the choice of materials and products with a high rate of recyclability.

In this way, Patio 2.12 uses the most current approach of LCA: “cradle to cradle” based on considering the output currents (materials and energy) from the End of Life of the system no as a waste but as raw materials and/or inputs to the same system or another.

4.3.1.8.1. GOOD ENVIRONMENTAL PRACTICES ON DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION FOR PATIO 2.12

Patio 2.12 is a model that represents a new paradigm in sustainable housing conception and design in the Mediterranean area, high technology and low power consumption, designed in response to the natural and technological material resources optimization, and built with environmentally responsible materials.

Nowadays, studies have developed a methodological proposal for conducting Environ-mental Statements (Life Cycle Analysis) of houses in Andalusia, in which general and

273

particular conclusions about good design and construction practices are drawn, and which results agree with other international studies, which have been directly or indi-rectly incorporated to Patio 2.12 prototype, as follows:

4.3.1.8.1.1. The energy configuration of the house

- Patio 2.12 has a priority for savings over energy production.

- Optimize the passive design bioclimatic strategies, as described above.

- Reduce the use of artificial light by maximizing natural lighting through the courtyard, and sieving it as required.

- Uses last generation systems, components and electric appliances, with efficient ener-gy management.

4.3.1.8.1.2. Architectral type study for resources optimization

- Optimize the volume of materials used and recycles the consumed water.

- Uses new materials embedded in the walls that increase, without mass raise, thermal inertia, optimize enclosures thickness, reducing the amount of material used without reducing thermal performance.

- Use materials thermal inertia and ventilation, taking advantage from the prototype shape and openings, also reduces the energy needed to air-conditioning the spaces.

- It is dry prefabricated and built, so that waste generated in manufacturing, assembly and disassembly processes are minimized. All wastes in the production process are ge-nerated at factory and are completely recyclable. On the other hand, prototype’ dimen-sional coordination allows a high possibility of reusing the basic elements of the house.

From working experience with companies, during the research, we can draw a conclu-sion about the economy (price) as well as a product or material sustainability indicator.

Materials and systems sponsorship by firms has been linked with their proposals of changing into other sizes (scantlings, lengths, etc.), getting a cheaper price and better use on production, hence, less waste materials.

4.3.1.8.1.3. Recycling systems and mechanisms incorporation and water reuse.

Recycled water

For Patio 2.12 generated grey water treatment and recycling (washing machine dischar-ges and showers), a sewage treatment plant is designed on purpose, adapting vertical flow artificial wetlands technology to domestic use, with recirculation commonly used to treat a large volume of wastewater (neighbourhoods, towns, etc..). Being a major innovation, we dedicate a detailed description to the used technology and designed sewage plant:

274

Artificial wetland

Are water treatment systems where pollutant removal processes that occur in natural wetlands are reproduced. In case of artificial vertical flow wetlands, water circulates to be treated from top to bottom through a filter substrate of inert material (gravel-sand), where vegetation is fixed forming a bacterial film on its surface. This treatment is based on three basic mechanisms:

- Wetland surface filtration, where the biggest part of suspended matter present in the waters to be treated is retained.

- Soluble and colloidal contaminants present in water bio-film surface adsorption, which is formed around the filter substrate particles and the plant roots.

- Adsorbed and retained contamination biological oxidation, carried out by the biomass adhered to the filter material particles and to the vegetation planted roots.

Filter substrate aeration is essential to maintain aerobic conditions, which is achieved by feeding the treatment plant with intermittent water. This produces convections to move water down between two floods.

Patio 2.12 sewage plant

With grey water treatment capacity of 250 l/d, has dimensions to be integrated into a 60x60x180 cm precinct, where we can distinguish from top to bottom:

- Shelter of 0.2 m thickness, to avoid splashing.

- Siliceous gravel layer 0.5 m thickness and 5 mm effective size.

- Aeration zone I, 0.2 m depth.

- Silica sand layer 0.3 m thickness and 1 mm effective size.

- Aeration zone II 0.2 m depth.

- Treated water storage chamber of 0.6 x 0.6 x 0.4 m and UV disinfection lamp.

The unit has been designed with a grey water treatment capacity of 250 l/d, coming from one washing machine discharge and two showers.

A fraction of the treated effluents are lead back to an input/recirculation store, where are mixed with gray water to be treated, diluting, therefore, the water concentration applied to the filter. This recirculation can significantly reduce the wetland necessary area and improve the quality of treated effluents.

The sewage plant operation is simple: grey water coming from washing machine dis-charges and showers is lead to a reception basin, where there is a submersible timed pump that raises water to the top of the wetland (18 times a day). A delivery system allows uniform distribution of water to be treated over the wetland first layer surface and then goes through the gravel layer and the different aeration areas - consecutive filtra-tions. Finally, waters are collected in a bottom accumulation tank, where is the UV lamp installed for water disinfection.

Patio 2.12 proposes treated water recycling, to be used in garden irrigation, ceramic spraying or for outdoor spaces cleaning.

275

Water re-use

For water re-use, 2.12 Patio has:

- An integrated system in the bathroom, which use the waste water from the washing basin for the toilet.

- An original and economic system which diverts cool water from the shower to a store. This water will come into the hydraulic circuit in the next cold water use and may be used in this case.

4.3.1.8.2. MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTIVE SYSTEMS SELECTION

Patio 2.12 prototype uses environmental responsible materials, low impact. They are mostly renewable, recyclable and recoverable materials, and low embodied energy in it production.

We have taken special care to the most abundant materials, those that form the structu-ral system, enclosure and finishes of the house.

Local materials have been used where possible to reduce energy transport consump-tion.

Given the specificity of this issue, there is a following list, as a catalogue of energy-efficient materials and waste used in Patio 2.12.

4.3.1.8.3. LOW ENERGY CONSUMPTION AND WASTE MATERIALS CATALOGUE

A. STRUCTURE

The structural design of the house also deals with the external ceramic cladding sup-porting function, resulting in used materials and systems savings. Noteworthy is the foundation system “without footprint” on the ground, as prefabricated footings point height adjustable are used, which do not require terrain preconditioning to be placed, which allows to reset the initial conditions of the plot once the house has been removed.

The structure conditions which promote good environmental assessment are:

- It is prefabricated and easy to assemble, reducing time and mechanical execution.

- It is made with lightweight materials which dimensions are adapted to road transport: against transport difficulties and dimensional rigidity that hold the implementation of prefabricated building systems back, we propose the use of lightweight materials that facilitate transport and handling.

- It is sustainable: timber made (excellence sustainable material) and industrialized (structural elements can be reused for other uses after removal).

The materials of the structure are:

1. Vertical structure.

276

Lightweight frameworks are used with posts and crossbeams made of pine lumber from sustainably managed forests

2. Roof slab structure.

Made with pine lumber from sustainably managed forests timber joists

3. Varnishes for structural timber protection

Made with renewable raw materials (from organic cultivation and without phytosani-taries: oils, plant resins, waxes and dye plants) from recycling processes: iron oxide pigments.

4. Bracing structure

OSB boards are used (oriented timber shavings structural boards) of 12 mm thickness made from lumber industry waste.

B. ENCLOSURES

The prototype envelopes have a strong technology component, since it is composed of latest generation materials and highly developed construction systems. Thus, the pro-totype enclosures are entrusted with thermal and acoustic absorption and monitoring.

The main condition of the enclosures that promote good environmental assessment is that they are dry construction, so residues are few and its components may be re-used once removed.

The materials of the enclosures are:

5. Natural mineral wool façade insulation.

100% natural and 80 mm thickness mineral wool is used, with formaldehyde and phe-nols -free biological bindings.

6. Roof insulation and floor slab with natural mineral wool.

140 and 190 mm thickness respectively mineral wool is used, 100% natural, with formal-dehyde and phenols -free biological bindings.

7. Panels with phase change material (PCM) recyclable.

These panels, placed inside, in addition of increasing the envelope thermal inertia, are a low-energy component in its production and with the possibility of being recycled. This material has not been finally installed in the prototype due to lack of sponsorship.

277

8. Sandwich panels in walls and roof.

These panels composed of sustainable materials (two timber boards and extruded po-lystyrene insulation made from recycled CO2), offer great insulation and up to 17% enclosures’ energy efficiency improvements.

9. Breathable waterproof membranes.

These waterproof films are suitable for timber structures, to make it breathe and not to rot. They are also very recyclable because they are made with high density polyethyle-ne, which can be recycled for high impact materials production (as furniture, signs, etc.)..

10. Façade external finish.

The ventilated façade has an external finish made of thin ceramic cladding panels, low energy consumption in its production and natural raw materials (clay and water).

11. Sliding doors and windows

All sliding doors have been made in solid pine timber from sustainable pine, and glass, which is a very recyclable material.

C. COATINGS AND INDOORS MATERIALS

Technological advances in indoors coating materials, give them quality and durability. Patio 2.12, in addition to these benefits, has selected sustainable, modular, standardi-zed and easy assembly and disassembly materials.

The main condition of indoor coating materials for its good environmental assessment is its high recycling and recyclability rates.

The envelopes materials are:

12. Ceiling interior finish.

We opt for a plasterboard ceiling, which has more than 7% of recycled material and more than 80% with material obtained within 600 km

As ceiling coating, glued cork boards are placed with water-based glue and free of che-micals such as phenol, formaldehyde or isocyanates. The cork used is 100% natural, 100% recyclable and from Andalusian cork oaks, which do not alter after the material removal.

278

13. Indoors walls finish.

Glued cork with the same characteristics as the ceiling one.

14. Indoors floor finish.

Floating cork made of a cork panel glued to a thin high density grain board and super-ficially treated with natural varnishes.

15. “Kitchen isle” and “ bath isle” material

The isles are almost entirely covered with artifical stone, a material that respects the environment because is made of 75% recycled material and is manufactured under strict standards to limit waste and energy consumption. Both the material itself and used adhesives and sealants on it installation are GREEN GUARD Indoor Air Quality Certified in producing low VOC emissions.

16. Closets material

Fibreboard and phenol plated with more than 15% of its material recycled.

4.3.2. PASSIVE AND SEMI-PASSIVE SYSTEMS

Passive and semi-passive systems that have been developed for the prototipe are:

1_ INDOOR SPACES LAYOUT

- ZONING. THE COURTYARD AS A ROOM.

- FORM FACTOR

2_OUTDOORS LAYOUT

- IRREGULAR OUTDOOR AERODYNAMIC PROFILE

- NORTH OUTDOORS LOUNGE AREA

- OUTDOOR PONDS

3_HEATING PASSIVE STRATEGIES

- SOLAR SPACE

4_PASSIVE COOLING STRATEGIES

- AIR PRE-COOLING FOR EVAPOTRANSPIRATION (SUMMER)

- PASSIVE VENTILATION.

5_HEATING AND COOLING SEMIPASSIVE SYSTEMS.

- AIR ADMISSION AUTOMATIZED LOCKGATES WITH THERMAL BRIDGE BREAK

279

- BOTTOM ADJUSTABLE VENTILATION

6_BIOCLIMATIC COHESIVE OPERATION FOR HEATING

BIOCLIMATIC COHESIVE OPERATION FOR COOLING

Durint the competition, only the passive and semi-passive systems were used. For this reason, we didn´t need connect any load.

4.3.3. ACTIVE SYSTEMS

The rational design and precise choice of air conditioning systems, according to the requirements and characteristics of the space to be cooled, is essential in minimizing energy consumption in the house. This operation, in spite of using active systems for air conditioning, is considered as an eco-efficient strategy of the house for Andalucía Team.

Among the many air conditioning systems, we will choose the best one for the type of space (interior room, interstices, etc.).

1_COOLING AND HEATING

- HOUSE COOLING AND HEATING

- COURTYARD EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM

2_DESIGNED SYSTEMS OPERATIVE RANGES DETERMINATION.

- COURTYARD WINDOWS SLATS + OPENING.

- EVAPOTRANSPIRATION.

- AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM WITH COURTYARD EVAPORATIVE MACHINE.

- FREECOOLING + FAN COILS.

3_SOLAR THERMAL AND PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEMS INTEGRATION

- PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEM

- SOLAR THERMAL SYSTEM

280

4.3.4. CONTROL SYSTEMS

By incorporating an advanced automation system or electrical interface, lighting, air con-ditioning, hot water, stereo, television, washing machine, and ultimately, any appliance is intelligently managed.

Through automation we get significant energy savings (up to 25%) because rationally manages the appliances operation.

1_PROTOTYPE SPECIFIC ACTIONS:

2_ENERGY EFFICIENT MANAGEMENT INTELLIGENT MECHANISMS

- Air conditioning.

- Lighting.

- Electric consumption control.

- Remote management of the house

281

4.3.5. TECHNICAL BUILDING REGULATIONS

Project: PATIO 2.12 - ANDALUCIA TEAM Date:

24/07/2012Town: Madrid

Autonomous region: Madrid

282

HE-1

General option

ProjectPATIO 2.12 - ANDALUCÍA TEAM

TownMADRID

Autonomous region

1. GENERAL DATA

Project NamePATIO 2.12 - ANDALUCIA TEAM

TownMADRID

Autonomous regionANDALUCÍA

Project AddressVILLA SOLAR

Project authorTEP-130. JGL. DMR. JGC.

Qualification authorUNIVERSITY OF SEVILLE

Contact E-mail Contact telephone

Type of buildingSingle-family house

2. ACCORDANCE WITH THE REGULATIONSThe described building in this report COMPLIES with rules established by the Spanish Technical Building Regulations, in its basic document HE1.

Heating Cooling

% Reference consumption 63,1 86,5

Heating-cooling relative proportion 93,4 6,6

In residential buildings case, the above compliance check does not include the limit transmittance of 1.2 W/m²K set for interior partitions separating heated usage units provided in project, from non-heated common areas of the building.

283

HE-1

General option


TownMADRID


3. GEOMETRICAL AND CONSTRUCTIVE DESCRIPTION

3.1. Spaces

Name Floor UseHygrometric

classArea(m²)

Height(m)

PATIO P01 Waterproof level 5 3 35,55 3,17

LIVING P01 Residential 3 25,32 3,72

APPLIANCES P01 Waterproof level 5 3 18,50 3,57

BEDROOM P01 Residential 3 23,74 3,47

KITCHEN P01 Residential 3 20,59 3,63

3.2. Opaque enclosures

3.2.1 Materials

NameK

(W/mK)e

(kg/m³)cp

(J/kgK)R

(m²K/W)Z

(m²sPa/Kg) Just.

Photovoltaic panel 1,000 2000,00 800,00 - 10 YES

Pressed-glass 1,200 2000,00 750,00 - 10 YES

Façade ceramic 1,300 2300,00 840,00 - 10 YES

OSB Board 0,130 400,00 1650,00 - 10 YES

PCM 1,000 10000,00 7900,00 - 100 YES

Cork board AMORIM 0,105 760,00 1500,00 - 10 YES

Insulation SUPAFIL 0,034 35,00 1400,00 - 10 YES

Termochip board ENERGY 0,029 338,00 1650,00 - 10 YES

Waterproof sheet YESKA 0,230 1100,00 1000,00 - 10 YES

284

HE-1

General option


TownMADRID


NameK

(W/mK)e

(kg/m³)cp

(J/kgK)R

(m²K/W)Z

(m²sPa/Kg) Just.

Termochip board ENERGY 0,038 257,00 1050,00 - 10 YES

False ceiling KNAUF 0,250 2800,00 896,00 - 10 YES

Special material to represent an R-value for - - - 999,00 - YES

Multilayer reflective - - - 0,45 - YES

Façade insulation KNAUF 0,032 40,00 1000,00 - 1 YES

Roof insulation KNAUF 0,032 150,00 840,00 - 1 YES

Composite board FIBRERON TROPICS 0,198 1095,00 800,00 - 1 YES

Steel 50,000 7800,00 450,00 - 1e+30 --

Horizontal no ventilated air cavity 10 cm - - - 0,18 - --

Pressed-glass 1,200 2000,00 750,00 - 1e+30 --

Horizontal no ventilated air cavity 2 cm - - - 0,16 - --

Vertical air cavity - - - 0,09 - --

Horizontal air cavity - - - 0,09 - --

3.2.2 Enclosures composition

NameU

(W/m²K) MaterialThickness

(m)

Courtyard technical floor 3,41 Composite board FIBRERON TROPICS

Metallic structure Hilti Steel

0,024

0,120

285

HE-1

General option


TownMADRID

Autonomous region

NameU


(m)

Courtyard roof 1,02 Aluminium composite louvres

Pressed-glass

0,005

0,006

Façade 0,20 Façade ceramic

Vertical air cavity

MULTILAYER REFLECTIVE

Waterproof sheet

OSB board

Insulation KNAUF

Termochip Board

PCM

Cork boards

0,023

0,100

0,002

0,002

0,010

0,070

0,059

0,010

0,004

Module technical floor 0,07 Insulation SUPAFIL

Insulation KNAUF

Termochip Board

Cork boards

0,190

0,200

0,059

0,011

286

HE-1

General option


TownMADRID


NameU


(m)

Modules’ roof 0,12 Photovoltaic panel

Horizontal air cavity

Waterproof sheet

Termochip Board Energy

KNAUF roof

OSB board

KNAUF Roof

False ceiling KNAUF

PCM

Cork boards

0,046

0,070

0,020

0,079

0,140

0,010

0,050

0,013

0,010

0,004

Technical box façade enclosure 5,33 Façade ceramic 0,023

3.3. Semi transparent enclosures

3.3.1 Glass

NameU

(W/m²K) Solar factor Just.

3+3 2,60 0,55 YES

8+12+4+12+8 0,70 0,39 YES

3.3.2 Frames

NameU

(W/m²K) Just.

Aluminium 2,40 --

Wood 2,20 --

287

HE-1

General option


TownMADRID


3.3.3 Gaps

Name Project roof glaze

Glass 3+3

Frame Aluminium

% Gap 10,00

Permeability m³/hm² at 100Pa 9,00

U (W/m²K) 2,68

Solar factor 0,64

Justification YES

Name Interior glaze

Glass 8+12+4+12+8

Frame Wood

% Gap 10,00

Permeability m³/hm² at 100Pa 9,00

U (W/m²K) 1,66

Solar factor 0,64

Justification YES

3.4. Thermal bridges

In the energy demand calculation, the following linear thermal transmittance and thermal bridges surface temperature factors values have been used, which have to be justified on the project:

288

HE-1

General option


TownMADRID


Y W/(mK) FRSI

Slab-façade contact point 0,41 0,76

Outdoor floor-façade contact point 0,46 0,74

Roof-façade contact point 0,46 0,74

Projecting corner 0,16 0,81

Window gap 0,27 0,64

Recess corner -0,13 0,84

Column 0,77 0,64

Support-external wall joint 0,13 0,75

289

HE-1

General option


TownMADRID


4. Results

4.1. Spaces results

SpaceArea(m²)

Nº equal spaces

Max heating %

Ref heating%

Max cooling %

Ref cooling %

LIVING 25,3 1 92,6 61,5 78,0 85,6

BEDROOM 23,8 1 86,5 65,0 87,4 78,5

KITCHEN 20,6 1 100,0 63,3 100,0 97,8

290

HE-1

General option


TownMADRID


5. Check list

The characteristic parameters of the following elements of the building should be credited on the project

Type Name

MaterialPhotovoltaic panelPressed-glassFaçade ceramic

OSB board

PCM

Cork boards AMORIM

Insulation SUPAFIL

Termochip Board ENERGY

Waterproof sheet YESKA

Flase ceiling KNAUF

Multilayer reflective

Insulation KNAUF Façade

Insulation KNAUF Roof

Wood composite board

Glass 3+3

8+12+4+12+8

291

At this point, it has been necessary to jump into the next software tool “CALENER GT”, based in the DOE-2 engine, to complete the energy efficiency assessment process with its real predicted higher rates. The CALENER GT model, considering the annual PV energy production, the solar thermal contribution and the high efficiency HVAC designed (FAN-COIL + Air-water inverter heat pump for the modules / evaporative system for the patio) reaches the “A+” Class, with a net ZERO emissions within a year.

CALENER-GT

Qualification ReportVersion 3.0

Project: PATIO 2.12 - ANDALUCÍA TEAM Date: 24/07/12

292

Date: 24/07/12 Page 3

Buildings’

Energy

Qualification

Project PATIO 2.12 - ANDALUCIA TEAM

Autonomous region Madrid

Town Madrid

4. CONSTRUCTIVE ELEMENTS

4.1. Enclosures’ composition

Name Type U (W/(m²K)) Weight (kg/m²) Colour

PATIO-FLOOR-C Transitory 0.92 84.53 0.80

PATIO ROOF-C Transitory 1,02 148.00 0.15

FAÇADE W-S-E-C Transitory 0.20 126.74 0.55

FAÇADE N -C Transitory 0.20 124.90 0.55

Link body-C Transitory 0.53 55.00 0.70

FLOOR MODULES-C Transitory 0.07 89.56 0.70

ROOF-MODULES-C Transitory 0.12 161.70 0.95

FAÇADE - TECH-C Transitory 5,33 64.60 0.55

WOOD-DOOR Permanent 1.00 0.00 0.80

4.2. Glaze

Name Type Location Solar factor U (W/(m²K)) Visible tran.

HOR_DB3_4-6-441a General prop. Outdoor 0.55 2.60 0.91

VER_DB3_TRIPLE General prop. Outdoor 0.39 0.70 0.91

5. ENCLOSURES

5.1. Ourdoors enclosures

Name Enclosure performance Space Area (m²) Orient.

PATIO_FE001 PATIO-FLOOR-C PATIO 35.55 Horiz.

PATIO_PE001 PATIO ROOF-C PATIO 6.23 90.00


PATIO_PE003 PATIO ROOF-C PATIO 6.23 -90.00


PATIOC001 PATIO ROOF-C PATIO 35.55 Horiz.

LIVING_FE001 FLOOR ...DULES-C LIVING 25.32 Horiz.

LIVING_PE001 FAÇADE W-S-E-C LIVING 14.65 90.00

LIVING_PE002 FAÇADE N -C LIVING 25.58 0.00

LIVING_PE003 FAÇADE W-S-E-C LIVING 3.64 -90.00



LIVING_PE006 FAÇADE W-S-E-C LIVING 3.74 180.00

304

ENERGY LABELLING: CALENER GT.

Finally, to obtain the energy efficiency assessment, Calener GT has been adopted as the most adequate tool, considering the systems projected and the renewable energy production.

These Energy systems has been modelled within the program: SYSTEMS CONSIDERED:• EVAPORATIVE COOLING FOR THE PATIO.• FAN-COIL SYSTEM WITH AIR-WATER HEAP PUMP SUPPORT FOR THE LI- VING MODULES.• DHW WITH HEAT PUMP SUPPORT AND SOLAR THERMAL PANELS 75% DE- MAND.

In this case, the Patio zone has been considered as a conditioned space, supported by a evaporative system during the summer time.

305

2 PRIMARY ENERGY SYSTEMS MODELLED

306

3 SECONDARY SYSTEM: FAN-COIL MAIN SCHEME

4 SECONDARY SYSTEM: EVAPORATIVE COOLING, MAIN SCHEME

PRELIMINARY RESULTS:

With the framework and the facilities modelled, Calener GT (wich works with theDOE.2 engine) brings out the next results:

307

POWER CONSUMPTION

Lighting 349,49

Appliances 975,29

Domotics 350,40

Air conditioning 675,37

TV+DVD+Computer 140,94

DHW 302,94

Water supply 187,99

TOTAL 2982,42

ANNUAL ENERGY COMSUMPTION (KWH)

Considering the self energy production due to the photovoltaic systems at the house, a annual production 16.387,826 kWh must be discounted from the global 2.982,43 hWh of final energy estimated consumption. Thus, the final balance means that there a 13.405,396 kWh surplus production. It means that the building produces more than 5,5 times energy than it consumes.

For the CO2 emissions, these outputs brings a global -7.469 kg CO2 emissions avoided every year, equivalent to 0,4 Ha or 4000 m2 of forest.

For the energy efficiency assessment within the Spanish Building Regulations, find attached the final energy certification corresponding to the model, considering the self production of energy:

308

The estimated final energy efficiency label of PATIO 2.12 is A+ class:

(Net 0 emissions Building)

4.4 COMMUNICATION PLAN

4.4.1 COMMUNICATIONS PROJECT

4.4.1.1. TEAM VISION, MISSION AND GOALS

4.4.1.2. MESSAGE OVERVIEW

4.4.1.3. TARGET AUDIENCE

4.4.1.4. ACTION PLAN

4.4.1.5. COMMUNICATION STRATEGY AND TACTICS

4.4.1.6. SWOT AND TIMELINE

4.4.2 PUBLIC TOUR DESCRIPTION

4.4.3 VISUAL IDENTITY MANUAL

4.4.4 SPONSORSHIP MANUAL

4.4.5 MATERIAL FOR THE PROJECT DISSEMINATION

4.4.6 APPENDICES

4.4.6.1 PRESS RELEASE

4.4.6.2 PRESS CLIPPING

309

4.4.1 COMMUNICATIONS PROJECT

4.4.1.1. ANDALUCIA TEAM VISION, MISSION AND GOALS

Andalucía Team, through the Patio 2.12 project, acts as an ambassador for the values that Solar Decathlon aims to transmit about: innovation, sustainability and energetic efficiency. The main goals are: to improve the sustainability and the new use of renewable energies related to the design and use of housing, as well as promote a responsible use of energy to achieve a higher energetic efficiency.

The Andalucía Team vision is to develop and promote these values through our house and a mediterranean lifestyle. Our project and slogan aims to communicate these values: Patio 2.12 | mediterranean born.

Our mission is to make our message as visible as possible through our two main communication vehicles: the house and the webpage. We have also designed a series of activities and actions to promote social awareness through the mediterranean style of life represented by our project: Patio 2.12.

These actions have been designed for the two major audiences identified:

1. Future Generation.

2. Present Generation.

These activities, depending on the goal aiming to achieve, have been grouped into two categories:

1. Thinking mediterraneo.

2. Live mediterraneo.

With these two slogans we want to reach our main public groups and try to raise their level of awareness; we want future generations to promote new ideas in order to create a better society and, at the same time, promote a responsible way of living for the present generation.

Our communication’s goal is the same as the competition’s: to raise the level of social awareness about sustainability and an efficient use of energy; all of it through our innovative mediterranean house: Patio 2.12.

4.4.1.2. MESSAGE OVERVIEW

Andalucía Team transmits a message adapted to our house Patio 2.12 and the mediterranean style of life in order to transmit the values promoted by the competition: innovation, sustainability and energy efficiency.

The slogan designed to support our philosophy is: mediterranean born. With this motto our aim is to transmit our very own and particular way of thinking, conceiving and living, we know this makes us unique and thus it is important to demonstrate it.

Our communication goal is to create social awareness through our two main commu-nication vehicles: (1) the house Patio 2.12 and (2) our website www.andalucíateam.org.

310

In order to communicate our message in an original, adequate and effective way, we have adapted it to the different audiences we have. It’s important emphasize the story book created for children “In search of the house” and Manifesto 2.12.

To communicate better our message we have created the Manifesto 2.12. It’s a public declaration of the principles and intentions in the Andalucía Team about concepts rela-ted to our project Patio 2.12 and to the architecture of the future.

The content for the communication message has been generated by Patio 2.12, due to its wide range of qualities, potentialities and singularities of our project. Through our manifest we will express our philosophy helped by the house.

We have designed a total of three themes, and assigned to each a different color: blue stands innovation, green for sustainability and yellow for energetic efficiency.

At the same time, each theme is subdivided into four new concepts explaining the vir-tues of Patio 2.12. In total, our 2.12 manifest is divided into twelve different concepts.

Can manifests change history?

“If the main goal of a manifest is to declare in a precise manner the ideas from a group willing to change their situation, then the time has clearly come for us to create ours. We invite the citizens to make manifest 2.12 their own”.

EN BUSCA DE LA CASA | STORY BOOK

MANIFESTO 2.12 | INNOVATION

1. RESEARCH, DEVELOPMENT AND INNOVATION | SEPTEMBER 2011

Our project Patio 2.12 was born helped by the concept Research, Development and innovation. R+D+i is essential to understand the Solar Decathlon competition, the future architecture and our house. We, the Andalucía Team, have tried to comply with these ideas since the very beginning and during the whole designing process. We have created new products and patents searching to develop a new future for housing in Andalucía.

2. MEDITERRANEAN ARCHITECTURE | OCTOBER 2011

Patio 2.12 reinforces the mediterranean way of life and proposes a new lecture on the traditional construction materials: ceramic (living modules) and timber (patio). As in the traditional Anda-lusian house, the patio is the home’s heart, it takes up multiple functions and establishes a relationship between exterior and interior.

311

3. PREFABRICATION AND INDUSTRIALIZATION | NOVEMBER 2011

The house prebrication concept is developed by living modu-les pre-manufactured in a workshop with specialized workfor-ce, and which dimensions do not exceed those needed for its road transportation and later assembly. This industrialization means less assembly time on site, less cost for the house and a higher final quality

4. MODULAR CONSTRUCTION AND FLEXIBLE HOUSING | DECEMBER 2011

The combination of the fixed living modules can be mixed to include many different uses in its interior. Thanks to a flexible element, the patio, these prototype modules are related and interconnected. Depending on the user’s needs, Patio 2.12 adapts to any given location and typology.

MANIFESTO 2.12 | SUSTAINABILITY

5. CONSTRUCTION WITHOUT A LANDSCAPE FOOTPRINT | JANUARY 2012

The living module has been designed with a very tight weight and therefore does not need foundations. It is laid over point supports over the ground without affecting it once the house has been dismantled. This way, the prototype promotes a kind of construction that does not leave a trace or residue on the landscape after its possible disassembly.

6. SUSTAINABLE MATERIALS | FEBRUARY 2012

During the design of Patio 2.12 as many renewable, recyclable and recoverable materials as possible have been used. Timber is a good example of this, one of the most important materials for our project because it is renewable, recyclable and biode-gradable. We make sure this timber has the FSC certification.

7. REDUCE, REUSE, RECYCLE | MARCH 2012

Sustainability is our priority and the water cycle is a good exam-ple of it. The prototype explores the possibility of recycling the water used in the house by depurating it with natural plants. In other words, we study and integrate the water cycle to achieve this goal: Reduce, Reuse, And Recycle.

312

8. SUSTAINABLE ECONOMY | APRIL 2012

Different solutions have been designed to comply with different economies. To economize is one of the fundamental ideas for the project’s development. The furniture, kitchen and bathroom areas have been conceived as independent capsules. With a series of extras, the user can personalize the space depending on his needs, being able to adapt to each economy.

MANIFESTO 2.12 | ENERGETIC EFFICIENCY

9. SOLAR ENERGY | MAY 2012

The solar energy is used to gain natural lighting, electricity and water heating. Photovoltaic panels have been integrated into the living modules with the right angle to gain as much efficiency as possible.

10. SMART LIGHTING | JUNE 2012

Thanks to the patio we can get the most out of the natural lighting, controlling the amount of light depending on our ne-eds. This way the use of artificial lighting is reduced and used in an efficient manner.

11. PASSIVE SYSTEMS | JULY 2012

The prototype’s goal is to save energy instead of producing energy, with the use of passive systems. The prototype’s biocli-matic strategy, referred to the Mediterranean tradition, is based on the use of the patio as a heat regulator during winter as well as during summer. Moreover, new materials are also integrated in the walls increasing the thermal lag without gaining mass.

12. ENERGETIC AUTONOMY AND EFFICIENT MANAGEMENT | AUGUST 2012

The house consumes one third of its production. With the use of last generation components we improve the house’s energetic behavior. Batteries that store energy and level the consumption-production curves are used.

313

4.4.1.3. TARGET AUDIENCE

Our main target is similar to that established in the program 10ACTION, a co-financed project in the European Union that supports the intelligent use of energy.

However, we embrace the objectives into two: the future generation (children, adolescents and university students) and the present generation (general public and business professionals).

Andalucía Team’s goal is to modify the behavior of these two identified groups concer-ning energetic efficiency and renewable energies through the Patio 2.12 project and the participation in the Solar Decathlon Europe 2012 competition, an attractive and well spread competition.

Our challenge is to encourage a responsible use of energy, a higher energetic efficiency, an improvement in sustainability and the use of renewable energies related to housing design and its later use. We want to raise the awareness of the European society, and in our case, in Andalucía, to promote a change in their behavior in order to comply with the energy policies of the EU.

This is why we divide our public into two categories: the future generation and the present generation.

1 FUTURE GENERATION

They represent the future of Andalucía, Spain and Europe.

They are part of our future generation in Andalucía and Europe; it’s those being taught in our schools and universities: children, adolescents and university students.

We want to share information and educational material with teachers, so that our main target can generate their own ideas and develop them in the future.

Due to being integrated by the Universities of Seville, Granada, Málaga and Jaen, Andalucía Team’s compromise is to promote innovative ideas among the university students in order to reduce CO2 emissions, improve the energetic efficiency in construction and gain a more sustainable world. The active participation of the scientific community and the Andalusian University assures the spreading of knowledge as well as generating the new concepts needed to achieve the European standards.

314

2 PRESENT GENERATION

This public target is formed by the general public and professionals from the sector, especially those sponsoring the Andalucía Team.

To make Patio 2.12 a reality, private entities have become our priority and main target.

A new internal communications group has been formed to optimize the relationship between collaborators and sponsors. Andalucía Team is trying to collaborate with as many Andalusian companies as possible to develop a new future for housing in Andalucía. With this effort in mind we have proposed a new goal to be achieved after the SD Europe 2012 competition, creating the PATIVS platform. Its main purpose is to offer all the available information and transfer the innovative technologies to the market with the collaboration of the universities, public companies and private initiatives. From the platform new technologies aiming to create buildings with cero emissions will be developed based on the change of the technical and productive model.

On the other hand, we want to transmit the message: think global and act local. The most general public can be more efficient, in a short period of time, to raise awareness about small behavioral changes. These changes can save up a great amount of CO2 yearly emissions, which will, in turn, guarantee a more sustainable world. The goal is to maximize the impact on media to improve the European Standards, and at the same time give the media quality information, especially that relating to energy saving.

4.4.1.4. ACTION PLAN

The activities proposed by the Andalucía Team are designed specifically to reach target they are aiming for. These strategic activities for social awareness are organized into two objectives, one per each group. Each objective is developed in a different working team, with its correspondent Action Plan:

For those directed to the Future Generation, we have created ‘thinking mediterraneo’; and for the Present Generation ‘live mediterraneo’. Each slogan encourages the imagination towards a better future and to live the present in a more responsible way through the Mediterranean style of life.

315

1 FUTURE GENERATION: ‘THINKING MEDITERRANEO’

Activities designed for children, adolescents and university students:

Andalucía Team considers children the future of our society and is our main target in environmental teaching. This is why we have designed four action packages depending on the age range defined as follows: Preschool, Primary, and Secondary schools and University students. In order to carry this out, we are collaborating with the schools ‘Nuestra Señora De Las Mercedes’ and the ‘I.E.S. San José De La Rinconada’ in Seville and the Andalusian Universities participating in this project.

The different activities that will be developed depending on the age range are explained in the following paragraphs:

Preschool (age 3 to 5 years old). We have created the story book “In search of the house”, to serve as an educational help for parents and teachers when explaining envi-ronmental education to children.

Primary School (age 6 to 10 years old). For them we have created the drawing compe-tition Arkids 2.12 ‘thinking mediterraneo’ based on the one designed by TEN ACT10N: ‘Draw the suns energy’. Every participating child will draw the use of solar energy; they will use colored pencils, markers, watercolors or crayons.

Andalucía Team will award the three winners with a package of presents from the team; furthermore, all of the participants may also participate until March 31st in the TEN ACT10N competition.

Note that Reyes Rius Lopera, as well as winning the 3rd prize in ARKids 2.12 drawing competition, has also won the 3rd prize in the contest organized by TEN ACT10N.

Another activity for Primary students is the comic design competition, where they can recreate their favorite hero’s daily actions in the house Patio 2.12. The winning drawings will be published and will receive a package of presents from the team. The awarded drawings and comics will be shown nationwide.

316

Secondary School (age 11 to 15 years old). A tutored workshop will be carried out with the Plastic Arts and Technology teachers, where the children will reproduce the house Patio 2.12 at a different scale in order to be shown in the 10th Science Fair that will be carried out during 10th, 11th and 12th May 2012 in the Palacio de Exposiciones y Congresos in Seville FIBES.

2 PRESENT GENERATION: ‘LIVE MEDITERRANEO’

Activities designed for the main public and professionals:

We have participated in numerous activities listed in paragraph “(3) Events attendance” of the following point “4.1.5. Communications Strategies and Tactics. “. Among them we highlight:

Andalusian Technological Centers Day. Meeting with the Andalusian companies to explain our Project and find private sponsorship. Sevilla, April 26th 2011. It was the starting point to win companies working on our project and be one of the teams with the highest number of sponsors.

Andalucía Team and house Patio 2.12 official presentation prior to the Solar Decathlon Europe 2012 competition at Seville, 21th august 2012. The Patio 2.12 project and products 2.12 presentation (capsules, islands, furniture) especially designed for Patio 2.12 and its later marketing. Is the pre-event to the trip to Madrid, to be attended by politicians and sponsors involved in the project as well as the media.

Andalucía Team’s Android and Apple applications for the automatize control of our house Patio 2.12. It is an application that will be shown to all Villa Solar visitors, and will make possible to show the performance of each room that make up our house.

317

4.4.1.5. COMMUNICATIONS STRATEGIES AND TACTICS

Our basic strategy is to create a clear and direct message for the targets defined. Depending on the tools and communication vehicle used, we change our strategy to communicate our message.

In the following pages, a detailed description of the communication vehicles and strategies for the two main publics can be found.

(1) Website: www.andaluciateam.org

The webpage andaluciateam.org, together with the house Patio 2.12, is our most direct communication method as well as the most efficient to show the qualities of our project.

Our web design is attractive and helps the navigation. The information shown follows a logical and structured hierarchy about the team, the house and the SD Europe competition.

Our design uses attractive and simple graphics at the same time, for any person regardless of their abilities with computers, may access to all available information about Andalucía Team.

One of our worries has been to offer updates, helped by our presence in the social networks, to create greater dynamism and increase the online visits to our website.

One of the strategies followed to reach a wider online audience has been to update the main image at the beginning of each month following the Manifest 2.12. Starting on september 2011 until september 2012 the home page has been updated with each of the twelve points of our manifest.

(2) Online presence: social networks and blogs.

Our webpage has icons with direct links to our pages on twitter, Facebook and Vimeo. The Communications Plan considers a major strategy the presence of Andalucía team in different social networks.

One of our goals is to create online presence for Solar Decathlon Europe, a wider spreading of information on digital media and a greater presence on events, especially those in the Solar Villa. These social networks help us create interaction with every person interested in the competition and our project. From the team we want to promote innovation, sustainability and energetic efficiency through the “mediterranean style of life” in a reciprocals, more direct and effective way with our public.

We can say that we have been one of the most active teams in these communication platforms.

twitter.com/andaluciateam

www.facebook.com/pages/AndaluciaTeam/186734318028644

vimeo.com/25195527

318

Our Home Page evolution.

From September 2011 and within the twelve consecutive months, our message’ twelve points about innovation, sustainability and energy efficiency have been revealed.

At present, all the manifesto points are shown.

319

(a) Twitter | twitter.com/andaluciateam

We have created our own account http://twitter.com/andaluciateam

We mainly “twit” real time news about the Andalucía Team and everything related to the SD Europe competition.

Furthermore, our “twits” and “retwits” promote the values that from the Solar Decathlon Competition and Andalucía Team we want to transmit about innovation, sustainability and energetic efficiency. Consequently, we are interested in the news coming from other Solar Decathlon teams, people or media that promote similar values. With the Twitter tools we look for a direct relationship and interaction with our sponsors and followers.

Andalucía Team has created the hashtags: #SDEurope #AndaluciaTeam #Patio212 #Manifiesto212. And for those “twits” that promote the values from our message and the competition’s: #Innovación, #Sostenibilidad y #EficienciaEnergética. We have also added new hashtags, more closely related to our concepts such as: #EfectoBotijo and #PatioInteligente.

For the competition days, we want to create, with the organization support and the rest of the teams, a decathlete community compromised with communication. They will be in charge, among other things, of “twitting” on real time the most important events in the competition under the same #hashtag.

We are carrying out an exhaustive following of the rest of the SD Europe 2012 teams in order to know who has more followers on Twitter and know their activity on the web. The conclusions up to the date August 6th 2012 show that we are the second team with more followers (320) after Odooproject (857 followers). We are followed by Ekihouse (314, HelioMet (311) and Sumbiosi (267).

320

(b) Facebook | www.facebook.com/pages/AndaluciaTeam/186734318028644

Since the very beginning we have created a user profile and a fan page on Facebook.

The user profile is used to directly find the users on Facebook that might be interested in the Project Patio 2.12, Andalucía Team and the SD Europe competition. We try, therefore, to establish direct and mutual relationships with four of our main targets, except for children. From this profile we suggest our friends to become fans of our page, where we develop better tools for our Facebook space.

Our Facebook Wall is filled with constant updates and we offer links about our team, the competition, other participants, as well as offering interesting news related to innovation, sustainability or the efficient use of energy.

The same process we are carrying out on Twitter, is the one we are following with the rest of the teams on Facebook, in order to find out who has more followers and get to know their communication strategies, and establish for ourselves new goals to increase our presence online. The conclusions drawn up to the date August 6th 2012 show that we are the fith team with greater number of followers, behind PRISPA (3485 followers), (e)CO team (1856), Rhône Alpes (1555) and Odooproject (1220). Andalucía Team has 1171 followers. Also, the Andalucía Team profile has 855 friends.

Furthermore, with the new statistics on Facebook we can analyze and get to know our main target. Our main audience is people from 18 to 34 years old. This makes us focus on creating new activities and put more effort into achieving audiences of other age. Our conclusions on the statistics is that the children under 13, as well as the people older than 55 years old, are less used to using new technologies, and stay out of the Facebook reach. This is why the plan has developed communication actions specially designed for children. This way we can better administer our communication budget and reach the targeted audiences.

321

(c) Vimeo | vimeo.com/25195527

It is the perfect space to upload the videos generated by the Andalucía Team and pro-mote our own content, since the Vimeo platform does not admit any TV advertising, videogame demonstrations of any other content that might not have been generated by the user.

(d) Presence in Friends Blogs

One of our strategies is to have direct contact with other teams present in the blog sphe-re in order to increase our media repercussion for free.

We have especially reserved space for Andalucía Team in some of these important blogs, where we can offer updates and increase our online presence. From all of our “friends blogs” we want to emphasize the help and confidence put into Andalucía Team from:

La Ciudad Viva | www.laciudadviva.org | Collaborator Daniel Ayala Serrano

La Ciudad Viva is defined as an open space for civil participation and as a communi-cation instrument for debate on issues such as the city, housing and styles of life.

TvArquitectura | www.tvarquitectura.com | Collaborator Angar Arqui-

322

tectos

It is created as the architecture television a la carte. On the website one can find architects interviews, building reports, a televised competition, awards for built projects, competitions for students and young architects, architecture guides, news, etc.

Andén Magazine | www.revistaanden.com | Collaborators Ignacio Pastor Segovia and Javier Tejido Jiménez

Andén is a new architecture magazine directed to students and architects that tries to occupy a space in the wide editorial world proposing different contents closely related and unique approaches.

Accésit | www.accesit.org| Collaborator Inmaculada Pérez Sánchez and Ignacio Ville-gas Pérez

Accésit is a digital publication about architecture competitions as well as closely related disciplines whose main goal is to promote and spread the work and effort carried out by many studios in the creation of projects, analyzing and spreading the wide cultural knowledge generated through the competitions.

323

(e) Relationship with the University

A new internal communications channel will be created with the University in order to make the Universidad de Seville, Granada and Jaén members comply with the initiative and values of the Andalucía Team, making them feel a part and member of the project Patio 2.12. For this, information related with the Andalucía Team will be assiduously included in the Communications web and internal news bulletin from the Seville, Málaga, and Granada Universities and Jaén Polytechnic.

2011-04-27 University of Seville Communication Management

(2) Presence in traditional media: press, radio and television.

The communications team informs the media related to our field through press releases on the novelties from the SD Europe competition, the Andalucía Team and the project Patio 2.12. Note that we have had a gift for getting into local, regional and autonomical media.

Our presence in traditional media is explained in more detail in the attached appendi-ces: Press Release and Press Clipping.

2012-07-23 Canal Sur News

324

(3) Events timeline:

Andalucía Team also participates In activities promoted from the team, as were the day with technology centres or ARKids 2.12 children’s drawing contest, as well as other activities organized by external agents in order to promote the Solar Decathlon message through Patio 2.12:

Managers agreement signature. Signature of the 4 technical colleges’ headmasters in order to participate in SD Europe 2012 and form Andalucía Team.

Date: march 9th 2011.Location: Sevilla.Target: professionals- Present Generation (PG).Budget: free.

Construmat. SD Europe 2012 presentation in Barcelona Construction Convention. Andalucía Team faculty advisor and project manager assistance.

Date: march 16th - 23rd 2011.Location: Barcelona.Target: professionals- Present Generation (PG).Budget: 380 euros.

SILCS, Strategies for Innovative Low Carbon Settlements. Andalucía Team faculty advisor conference in SILCS Congress, introducing Patio 2.12 project.

Date: march 21st 2011.Location: Sevilla.Target: professionals- Present Generation (PG).Budget: free.

Ecohábitat. Attendance at the EcoConstruction Fair of Jaen, with Andalucía Team infor-mative stand and faculty advisor conference.

Date: april 9th 2011.Location: Jaén.Target: professionals- Present Generation (PG).Budget: 50 euros.

Andalusian Technological Centers Day. Day with Andalusian technology centres in the ETSA Seville, proposing their participation in Andalucía Team.

Date: april 26th 2011.Location: Sevilla.Target: bussiness professionals- Present Generation (PG).Budget: free.

325

GreenCities. II Energetic Efficiency in Construction and Urban Spaces Show. Mala-ga team coordinator from Andalucía Team conference.

Date: october 4th - 6th 2011.Location: Málaga.Target: professionals- Present Generation (PG).Budget: free.

CAS Máster. David Moreno Rangel’s presentation of Patio 2.12 project within the Con-gress on “City and Architecture Sustainable”.

Date: march 9th 2011.Location: Sevilla.Target: professionals- Present Generation (PG).Budget: free.

[IN]SOStenible. Conference in the framework conference of sustainable architecture in the ETSA Granada.

Date: march 14th 2012.Location: Granada.Target: architects students- Future Generation (FG).Budget: 50 euros.

Andalucía Lab. Project manager presentation of Patio 2.12 project within the Congress on sustainable building in the Technology Centre of Tourism.

Date: march 16th 2012.Location: Málaga.Target: professionals- Present Generation (PG).Budget: 50 euros.

What is a decatlete? Project Patio 2.12 presentation by the Student Team Leader to students of the Madrid Polytechnic University Architecture College.

Date: may 7th 2012.Location: Madrid.Target: architects students- Future Generation (FG).Budget: SD Europe organization.

Arquitectura en positivo. Collecting the Prize awarded by the Spain’s Higher Council of Architects to Andalucía Team Patio 2.12 Project.

Date: may 8th 2012.Location: Madrid.Target: professionals- Present Generation (PG).Budget: 120 euros.

Recapacicla. Andalucía Team participation in the Environmental Education Programme about Waste and Recycling organized by the Ministry of Environment.

Date: may 10th 2012.Location: Sevilla.Target: universities students- Future Generation (FG).Budget: free.

326

X Science Fair. Patio 2.12 Project presentation with a model made and explained by the scholars from Nuestra Sra. de las Mercedes School.

Date: may 11st - 12nd 2012.Location: Sevilla.Target: scholars- Future Generation (FG).Budget: free.

XI Construction and Innovation Week. Andalucía Team had a display stand where Granada decathletes spoke about Project Patio 2.12 virtues.

Date: may 15th - 18th 2012.Location: Granada.Target: proffesionals- Present Generation (PG).Budget: free.

XIV Conference Series Hernando Colón. Conference “No man is an Island” by Javier Terrados about prefabricated architecture up to Patio 2.12 proposal.

Date: may 21st 2012.Location: Sevilla.Target: architects students- Future Generation (FG).Budget: free.

Recapacicla. Andalucía Team participation in the Environmental Education Programme on Waste and Recycling organized by the Ministry of Environment.

Date: may 23rd 2012.Location: Málaga.Target: universities students- Future Generation (FG).Budget: free.

Presentation in Jaen COA. Conference “Plan B: Industry, efficiency and recycling” presentation by Javier Terrados in the Jaen Insitute of Architects.

Date: may 28th 2012.Location: Sevilla.Target: professionals- Present Generation (PG).Budget: 50 euros.

Arkids 2.12: Draw the Sun Energy. Drawing Contest organized by Andalucía Team to win a trip to Madrid to visit the Solar Village.

Date: june 22nd 2012.Location: Sevilla.Target: schoolers- Future Generation (FG).Budget: 100 euros.

Agreement signature with Endesa. Agreement signature between Endesa and Anda-lucía Team to regulate it participation in SD Europe 2012.

Date: june 29th 2012.Location: Sevilla.Target: professionals- Present Generation (PG).Budget: free.

327

SD Europe 2012 Institutional Presentation. Event at the Spanish Ministry of Development with the presence of Ana Pastor, Minister of Public Works, and Ana Botella, the Mayor of Madrid.

Date: july 17th 2012.Location: madrid.Target: politicians and professionals- Present Generation (PG).Budget: 200.

Institutional Opening of Patio 2.12 house. Patio 2.12 house team presentation to organisms, sponsors and media.

Date: august 21st 2012.Location: La Rinconada, Sevilla.Target: politicians, professionals and media communications (PG).Budget: free.

La vivienda en tiempo de escasez. Summer Course organized by the International University of Andalucía, with the participation of Elisa Valero (Granada coordinator) and Javier Terrados (Faculty advisor) representing Andalucía Team.

Date: august 27th - 30th 2012.Location: Baeza.Target: architects students- Future Generation (FG).Budget: free.

(4) Public Tour.

Our guided visit is enhanced due to the adaptation of the following stations for the different targed audiences, in order to design the adequate message for each visitor.

STATION #1 | Informative access rampWelcoming to Patio 2.12.

STATION #2 | INNOVATIONA more innovative architecture.

STATION #3 | SUSTAINABILITYA more sustainable life at home.

STATION #4 | ENERGY EFFICIENCYA responsible use of energy.

STATION #5 | Exit ramp Frequently asked questions.

Please see a more detailed description in section 4.2. Public Tour Description in the Communications plan, page 550.

328

4.4.1.6. SITUATION ANALYSIS AND STAGE TIMELINE

The SWOT analysis main objective has been to helping Andalucía Team to focus their efforts in order to create the most effective, efficiency and creativity communication plan.

The situation analysis has served us to consolidate Strengths, minimize Weakness, make the most of the Opportunities and reduce or eliminate Threats.

We have analysed internal and external factors that directly and indirectly influence the organization of Andalucía Team, in order to adapt and create realistic aims in the communication project.

There are some teams that have succumbed to some of the threats set out in the SWOT analysis, such as Hytte or ReVolt teams, which have seen their financial funds exceeded and have been forced to give up their dream of participating in Solar Decathlon Europe 2012. Just note in our favour that we have been able to create a direct and efficient message to reach our most primordial defined objective (target): professionals business and private companies, since without them it would not have been possible to realize project Patio 2.12.

329

Our Communications Plan can be classified into five stages:

STAGE 1 [April and May 2011]

In this first stage we put the emphasis on reaching and reinforcing institutional and business relationships that will help us to maximize the project´s spreading.

At the same time, the first Communications Plan will be drafted, as well as the list with the media contacts related to our main targets and its reach:

Local general press (written / radio / TV).

Local specific press (architectural, engineering and construction media).

National specific press (written / online).

Alternative press (specialized blogs).

STAGE 2 [June, July and August 2011]

Stage related to the expansion of the foreseen contact networks and prepara tion of graphic material and basic tools for the media interaction:

Communications Plan and Corporative Image development.

Preparations of activities for school and social centers.

Preparation for professional congresses and shows.

Use of specific channels in consolidated media to reach a continuous flow of communication.

Social networks activation and viral expansion planning.

STAGE 3 is composed of three different sub-stages:

STAGE 3.1 [September, October, November and December 2011]

Public target 1 activities: Future generation (children), publicity campaign about #innovation and media repercussion.

Actions promoting the spreading of the Corporative Image.

Actions promoting the spreading of the 2.12 Manifest about innovation.

Activities in schools of Seville, Málaga, Granada y Jaén for children.

Media spreading, impact level management depending on the event.

www.andaluciateam.org and social networks systematization of the news spread.

330

STAGE 3.2 [January, February, March and April 2012]

Public target 1 activities: Future generation (adolescents), publicity campaign about #sustainability and media repercussion.

Second stage of actions promoting the spreading of the Corporative Image.

Actions promoting the spreading of the 2.12 Manifest about sustainability.

Activities in schools of Seville, Málaga, Granada y Jaén for adolescents.

Activities in universities of Seville, Málaga, Granada y Jaén for students.



STAGE 3.3 [May, June, July and August 2012]

Public target 2 activities: Present generation (adolescents), publicity campaign about #energetic efficiency and media repercussion.

Third stage of actions promoting the spreading of the Corporative Image.

Actions promoting the spreading of the 2.12 Manifest about energetic efficiency.

Civil activities in Seville, Málaga, Granada and Jaén.


Achievement and maintenance of a continuous communication in media.


STAGE 4 [End of August and September 2012]

Last promotion of the SD Europe competition and the Andalucía Team presen tation for all the collaborators, sponsors and media invited, prior to the main event in Villa Solar.

SD Europe 2012 competition. Andalucía Team’s arrival to Villa Solar.

Guided visit to the Andalucía Team’s house: Patio 2.12. A series of stations have been designed to best explain the basic concepts: innovation, sustainabi lity and energetic efficiency.

During the competition, the decathletes will carry on a diary and will detail every test result.

STAGE 5 [Starting October 2012]

Results report. Will be realized after receiving all the data necessary and will help sponsors evaluate their campaign’s impact and how efficient their publici ty actions were.

332

4.4.2 PUBLIC TOUR DESCRIPTION

4.4.2.1 PUBLIC VISITS

Andalucía Team proposes a guided visit divided into five stations. In each of them, the visitor will be able to achieve clear and concise information about each of the ideas on innovation, sustainability and energetic efficiency on which the team has worked to design and build Patio 2.12. Guided visits explanations may vary in time and difficulty in accordance with the target audience we deal with.

STATION #1 | informative ramp to access Patio 2.12 house

The first station corresponds to the organization and waiting prior to the visit. Two decathletes will be in charge of organizing the queue and the entrance in groups to the house.

In the site’s access, the visitor will find a first decathlete that will welcome him and invite him to visit the “Tour Patio 2.12”. He will be located in the exterior of the house, at the beginning of the access ramp, being responsible of organizing the queues to being the visit.

The second decathlete will be placed at the end of the ramp, just before entering the house, his mission will be to keep the order and let the exact number of visitors into the house. The minimum number of visitors will be four (4) and the maximum eight (8) in each group.

This first station is thought to make the waiting as entertaining as possible for the visitors. In this small prior path, before entering the house, the user might discover some aspects of the prototype as an introduction through a series of information panels and areas.

The goals of STATION #1 are to activate the visitor’s five senses and make him think of the mediterranean essence before entering Patio 2.12.

Our intention is that in this first stop the visitors will let their senses flow and start imagi-ning the qualities of living in the mediterranean house they are about to visit.

333

STATION #2 | INNOVATION | A more innovative architecture

Already in the interior of the house, the third decathlete will introduce the user to the concepts associated to innovation: I+D+I, Mediterranean Architecture, prefabrication and industrialization, modular construction and flexible housing.

The first thing that will astonish the visitor as he enter the Andalucía Team house is the most representative element of this project, the essence of the traditional mediterranean architecture: the PATIO; the intermediate space that acts as a buffer to regulate the interior temperature of the rooms during summer and winter. Inside the patio, the decathlete will briefly explain its concepts and functioning by using to automation systems design for this.

After having understood the patio, the decathlete will invite the group to access the LIVING MODULE #1, where he will not only show them the space’s singularities and the furniture, but will also display an audiovisual about the innovative experience of Patio 2.12. According to the public to which we turn, concepts related to prefabrication and industrialization, modular construction and flexible housing will be explained with different degrees of difficulty.

334

STATION #3 | SUSTAINABILITY | A more sustainable life at home

In this third station, our fourth decathlete will explain the virtues of Patio 2.12 related to the well understood concept of sustainability and its application in the Project: Building with no landscape footprint, sustainable materials, reduction, reuse and recycling, sus-tainable economy.

Before entering the next spaces, the decathlete will invite the visitors to observe LIVING MODULE #2 (kitchen-isle) y #3 (bathroom-capsule) from the entrance, and will ask the public the following question:

“What differences can you find between these LIVING MODULES #2 and #3 and the earlier #1 (living room)? ...”

“Thanks to the autonomous capsules we generate the uses of the house”. “House Patio 2.12 is a house derived from the addition of living modules around a patio. Its particularity is found in the development of the interior capsules: in this case the kitchen-isle and the bathroom-capsule”.

We have developed an automation application of the mediterranean courtyard house: Patio 2.12. We have an intuitive control system to regulate the well-being conditions depending on the exterior conditions.

Through the use of a “smartphone” with application for android and apple, we can graduate the louvers and glazing openings and, as a consequence, the comfort conditions inside the house.

335

“Patio 2.12 adapts to every budget”. “These capsules have a series of extras that the user can personalize depending on his needs, with the ability of adapting to every budgraphic system that will allow the use of both expression (the one referring to the house Patio 2.12 and the other referring to the tem Andalucía Team) in a polyvalent way: separated, together and even organized together with the competition’s statement. In the design process, we have not only taken into account the different economies, we have also tried to use as many renewable, recyclable and reusable materials, such as timber”.

Right after, the decathlete will guide the group into KITCHEN MODULE #2 where they will turn around the perimeter of the kitchen-isle showing some of the most interesting details in the systems and furniture designed.

Later on, the member of the tem will finish the visit entering BEDROOM/ BATHROOM MODULE #3, where he will show the bedroom, the water reusing system in the sink-water closet and ventilation system of the bathroom capsule.

STATION #4 | ENERGY EFFICIENCY | A responsible use of energy

This last STATION is in the interior of the house, the fifth decathlete will be in charge of showing the values of Patio 2.12 on the systems that improve our energy efficiency. Solar energy, smart lighting, passive systems, energy automation and efficient management.

336

“Patio 2.12 works thanks to the sun. The sun is our energy source”.

“Saving is better than producing. Patio 2.12 regulates comfort conditions”.

“It only consumes one third of the energy produced”.

“It is the most efficient house in Andalucía”.

The tour inside the house ends with a presentation in TECHNICAL MODULE #4, this module has been designed to locate all the tasks that are considered less domestics and noisier in the house, next to the equipment for the different systems (mechanical and electrical) in Patio 2.12.

The decathlete will make a brief introduction of the different functions located in the module, such as washing and drying, ironing, or gym areas, and will make emphasis on the equipment for evapotranspiration and solar thermal and photovoltaic energy systems:

“The energy from the sun is used to achieve natural lighting, electricity and heating water. The photovoltaic and domestic hot water panels are integrated in the living modules”.

“With the application of cutting-edge technology we improve the energetic behavior in the house. In our Technical Module #4 we have batteries to save energy and equal the curves of consumption-production”.

This decathlete will thank the team for having visited our mediterranean house and will invite to exit to the exterior area where we will answer any answer they might still have.

STATION #5 | Exit ramp with frequently asked questions and gifts donations.

The sixth decathlete located in out (area equipped outside the house) will be in charge of answering all the possible questions and different approaches that might have arisen during the visit to Patio 2.12.

337

In order to show our gratitude for the visit, and to allow the visitors to learn more about our house, the decathlete will offer to choose from three colour pins. The reason is to develop the game “Experience Mediterraneo” in the solar villa, where several of our decathletes will tour the solar village in search of people who have visited Patio 2.12 and go with our pins. According to the colour they wear, they will be formulated a question about their house visit (blue about innovation, green about sustainability and yellow about energy) and if they answer correctly they will be given a plant.

This action, both the set of questions as the gift reward, is inspired in the work 7000 Oaks by Joseph Beuys. We have reinterpreted and adapted it to our message. Our aim is to raise public awareness about environment and ecology by planting Petunia seeds and its subsequent care, in addition to transfer a piece of Patio 2.12 to each household.

All children who visit our house will be given the story In search of the house. The story spread that sensitivity and respect of the architecture (in this case our Patio 2.12 house) for elements like sun, wind and water.

338

The decathlete will also invite the visitors to vote for our house in the competition’s webpage (if they wish to do so), offering at the same time valuable information on the other activities related with SD Europe 2012 being carried on in Villa Solar.

It will be an honor if our house is chosen by the assistant public, therefore, this has become one of our major goals in the present edition 2012.

4.4.2.2 PROFESSIONALS VISITS

This section will expand the information in regard to sponsors’ visits. Just say that the 5 stages structure defined in the previous point will remain, but the difficulty level will be higher and more accurate, providing more technical data, and adapting ourselves according to the sponsor, as we will offer them everything that concerns their product or contribution to project Patio 2.12.

On Monday 24th and 17th September from 10 am to 14:00 pm the conference cycle will take place and from 16 to 19:20 h the guided tours.

Our sponsors have 25 minutes to visit Patio 2.12. Before to the guided visits, they explain in 20 minutes their colaborations in the project. There are two days with conference:

The conference’s first day is about innovation: “Smart Patio. Reinventando la casa mediterranea” and “Anticipando el futuro de la vivienda”.

The third conference is about sustanaibility “Laboratorio de Sostenibilidad” and the fourth is about efficiency energy “El Hogar Eficiente”.

Therefore, the calendar with the events are:

10:00 - 14:40 / SPONSORS’ CONFERENCE

14:40 - 16:00 / BREAK

16:00 -19:20 / SPONSORS’ PUBLIC VISITS (PROFESSIONALS)

19:20 - 20:00 / PUBLIC VISITS

Each day we receive eight sponsors.

339

4.4.3 VISUAL IDENTITY MANUAL

The Name

The project for a solar house from the universities of Jaén, Granada, Málaga and Seville is based on the model of the Mediterranean house in which the patio plays the main role as organizer of the uses and the energetic behavior of the spaces created around him. This is the main idea for the name of the house that values these facts adopting the term patio as the statement for the project´s philosophy, taking it to the next level and answer environmentally and technologically to current needs.

This is the reason why the house is thought of as a new and renovated version of the adopted model, the numeric root explains it 2.12 (2 = new version, .12 = reference to the competition’s date).

The brand

As a result of the investigation carried out by the tem, the traditional patio model will multiply its environmental and architectonic qualities with the use of new technologies, materials and constructive systems. In other words, it is as if the traditional model mul-tiplied itself n number of times. This is graphically represented using the extension 2.12 in the same way that it is used in the mathematical language when a quantity or expres-sion multiplies itself: power.

The name of the team, Andalucía Team, takes the same identical configuration as the name of the house. This is done to maintain a visual coherence but also because the concept is valid as well for the team. It recalls and clearly defines the multiplying effect produced by the union and collaboration of the different agents composing the organi-zation chart.

Use, typography and color

In each case the font LTVeto Medium is used.

Except for 1: LTV eto Bold and 2: LTVeto Light.

340

The chosen typography is LTVeto because it is a sans serif font that might seem heavy at first, but has certain aspects that lightens is visual weight making it very easy to read. This agrees with the nature of the project, where environmental balance between living conditions and energetic sustainability is one the major goals.

The colors directly refer to the combination of technique (grey) and environment (green), in other words, knowledge and methodology on one side, and development and sustainability on the other.

For the name of the team, certain details were modified from the original font: the e from them is the result of turning the a, and the accent for Andalucía and the i for Patio were also modified (taking the shape of a leaf). This was done to create an image with personality and avoid certain visual noises created by the original font. get (sustainable economy) and corresponding use.

We have created another logos configuration with similar design for dissemination acti-vities as: Factoría 2.12 and Arkids 2.12 (drawing contest).

344 ‘Andalucía Team’ Clothing

345

4.4.4 SPONSORSHIP MANUAL

4.4.4.1 SUPPORTING INSTITUTIONS AND COMPANIES TRACKING

A series of categories have been organized to promote competition between the sponsors and establish an order that will encourage them to increase their efforts towards the next level. These categories depend on the economic contribution of each of the sponsors.

These donations can take the shape of materials or workforce for the construction of Patio 2.12, such as technical consulting or economic contributions straight for the project.

The categories are as follows:

DIAMOND + 50.000

PLATINUM 10.000 – 49.999

GOLD 5.000 – 9.999

SILVER 2.000 – 4.999

BRONCE 1.000 – 1.999

The Technical Consulting is not part of any of these categories, but is included in the group ‘Patio 2.12 Friends’, their small contribution as technical advices for the investigators do not fit within the sponsor category.

The benefits obtained for the sponsors are shown in the following document:

346

Please keep in mind that most of the companies we are contacting for recruitment are Andalusian and, therefore, in order to make the communication easier, the material produced is created in Spain.

Once the company has shown their interest in collaborating with the Andalucía Team, a specific agreement has been drafted to regulate their participation, establishing a series of clauses that define the contribution, the category and the benefits obtained, the schedules to carry on the contribution, etc.

This agreement will be signed by the company and the university legal representative that form the Andalucía Team.

4.4.4.2 PRESENTATION USED TO RAISE SPONSORSHIP

The presentation shown to the sponsors is divided into three parts.

The first part includes general information on the Solar Decathlon competition, starting from its origins up to the European version of 2010.

The second explains how the Universidad de Seville participated in Solar Decathlon Europe 2010, showing how successful the team was in finalizing the competition and scoring the second place between the Spanish Universities.

Finally, the third section develops the Andalusian candidature for Solar Decathlon Euro-pe 2012 with Patio 2.12. Special attention is paid on demonstrating the 2010 participa-tion and the need for more support and financial aid, in order to achieve better results.

The presentation is a work in progress being upgraded as changes in management appears, showing the magnitude of the project and encouraging sponsors to team up with Patio 2.12. As a final message, the video created for Deliverable #2, is presented.

353

4.4.3 PUBLIC ORGANIZATIONS AND PRIVATE COMPANIES CONTRIBUTIONS

Financial contribution, labour and materials contribution: telemeter and charging point post for electric car.

www.endesa.com Patio 2.12 prototype construction. Labour and materials. www.ferrovial.es

Financial contribution, labour and materials contribution: telemeter and charging point post for electric car.

www.intelec-ingenieria.com

Torinco

Timber frames. Manufacture and assembly.

www.torrero-torinco.com

STRUGAL

Aluminium frames and courtyard enclosure. Manufacture and assembly.

www.strugal.com

NavarrOlivier

Timber structure. Manufacture and assembly.

www.navarrolivier.com

Andel

Photovoltaic modules assembly and electric system.

www.andelsa.es

CIAT

Air-conditioning system.Manufacture and assembly.

www.ciatesa.com

Arcenegui

Metallic frames and glass.Manufacture and assembly.

www.arcenegui.net

Public Entities

Platinum

Private Entities Diamond

SMA

Photovoltaic system. Inversors.

www.sma-iberica.com

CENTA

Grey water treatment advice.

www.centa.es

decorativa

Façade ceramic paneling.

www.decorativa.es

INASEL

Acoustic study.

www.inasel.com

dinotec

Grey water treatment supply and assembly.

www.dinotec.es

CEMER

Technical advice about timber elements. Furniture manufacture.

www.cemer.es

innovarcilla

Ceramic elements technical advice.

www.innovarcilla.es

termigo

Courtyard eveporative air-conditioning supply and installation.

www.termigo.com

DUPONT

Wet areas paneling. Waterproofing.

www2.dupont.com

EBARA

Hydraulic pump supply.

www.ebara.es

Gold

THERMOCHIP

Enclosures insulation boards.

www.thermochip.com

SIEMENS

Electric appliances.

www.siemens-home.es

AMORIM

Modules interior paneling.

Quero

Indoors closets.

www.carpinteriaquero.com

Alejandro Reina

Outdoor paneling assembly.

www.alejandroreina.com

RENAULT

Electric car cession.

www.renault.es

FIGUEROA

Bath and kitchen prefabricated elements manufacture and assembly.

www.decarpinteria.com

IRIDIUM

Automation system. Advice.

www.ingenieriairidium.es

354

SMA

Photovoltaic system. Inversors.

www.sma-iberica.com

CENTA

Grey water treatment advice.

www.centa.es

decorativa

Façade ceramic paneling.

www.decorativa.es

INASEL

Acoustic study.

www.inasel.com

dinotec

Grey water treatment supply and assembly.

www.dinotec.es

CEMER

Technical advice about timber elements. Furniture manufacture.

www.cemer.es

innovarcilla

Ceramic elements technical advice.

www.innovarcilla.es

termigo

Courtyard eveporative air-conditioning supply and installation.

www.termigo.com

DUPONT

Wet areas paneling. Waterproofing.

www2.dupont.com

EBARA

Hydraulic pump supply.

www.ebara.es

Gold

THERMOCHIP

Enclosures insulation boards.

www.thermochip.com

SIEMENS

Electric appliances.

www.siemens-home.es

AMORIM

Modules interior paneling.

Quero

Indoors closets.

www.carpinteriaquero.com

Alejandro Reina

Outdoor paneling assembly.

www.alejandroreina.com

RENAULT

Electric car cession.

www.renault.es

FIGUEROA

Bath and kitchen prefabricated elements manufacture and assembly.

www.decarpinteria.com

IRIDIUM

Automation system. Advice.

www.ingenieriairidium.es

PLOMYPLAS

Plumbing installation. Manufacture and assembly.

www.plomyplas.com

vola

Sets of taps.

www.vola.com

POLIPAR

Courtyard shadowing elements manufacture.

www.polipar.com

Unex

Electric trays supply.

www.unex.net

altra

Ventilation lockgates.

www.altracorporacion.es

Silver

KNAUFINSULATION

Enclosures and slabs insulations.

www.knaufinsulation.es

astersa

Hybrid solar thermal system installation.

www.astersa.net

Sika

Roof waterproofing.

www.esp.sika.com

ABB

Automation system. Materials.

www.abb.es

iGuzzini

Prototype lighting.

www.iguzzini.es

Fiberon

Outdoor flooring.

www.fiberon-europe.com

Nice

Automatisms.

www.niceforyou.es

efycon

Ventilation system supply and installation.

www.efycon.es

KEIM

Paint supply.

www.keim.es

Livos

Paint supply.

www.livos.es

Euroquímica

Fire-resistant /intumescent varnish supply.

www.euroquimica.com

GARDIN

Artificial grass supply.

www.gardin.es

355

PLOMYPLAS

Plumbing installation. Manufacture and assembly.

www.plomyplas.com

vola

Sets of taps.

www.vola.com

POLIPAR

Courtyard shadowing elements manufacture.

www.polipar.com

Unex

Electric trays supply.

www.unex.net

altra

Ventilation lockgates.

www.altracorporacion.es

Silver

KNAUFINSULATION

Enclosures and slabs insulations.

www.knaufinsulation.es

astersa

Hybrid solar thermal system installation.

www.astersa.net

Sika

Roof waterproofing.

www.esp.sika.com

ABB

Automation system. Materials.

www.abb.es

iGuzzini

Prototype lighting.

www.iguzzini.es

Fiberon

Outdoor flooring.

www.fiberon-europe.com

Nice

Automatisms.

www.niceforyou.es

efycon

Ventilation system supply and installation.

www.efycon.es

KEIM

Paint supply.

www.keim.es

Livos

Paint supply.

www.livos.es

Euroquímica

Fire-resistant /intumescent varnish supply.

www.euroquimica.com

GARDIN

Artificial grass supply.

www.gardin.es

elecnor

Financial contribution.

www.elecnor.es

KNAUF

False celiling. manufacture and assembly.

www.knauf.es

Aisrec

Reflexive insulation.

www.aisrec.es

HIDROSAVING

Water saving system.

www.hidrosaving.com

LA CASA DEL ARTESANO

Ceramic decorative elements. www.lacasadelartesano.es

PROJECT OFFICIAL CONSULTANCY

COMMUNICATION AGENCIES.

Bronze

Suicalsa

Interaccumulator supply.

www.suicalsa.com

Equipamiento Solar

Solar thermal system implementation.

www.equipamientosolar.com

357

Andalucía Team Brief

4.5 MATERIAL FOR THE PROJECT DISSEMINATION

The material for the project is a work in progress being upgraded as changes, showing the project for many events created.

358

Informative stands

359

Andalucía Team poster

360

Sponsorship invitation

361

Story Book “In search of the House”

365

4.4.6 APPENDICES

4.4.6.1. PRESS RELEASE

Press Release Deliverable 6

4.4.6.2. PRESS CLIPPING

Ref. No Date Format Type Name of the Media Content

2012

001 23-07-2012 Media Digital Press Canal Sur Noticias 1ª Edición 002 28-05-2012 Media Digital Blog Arquitectura.im Casa Patio 2.12 003 04-05-2012 Media Digital Press Europapress.es Junta y 4 Universidades estudian

proyectos sobre eficiencia energética en la rehabilitación de barrios

004 30-04-2012 Media Digital Press Interempresas.net Termigo Microclimas participa con el equipo Andalucía Team en la competición Solar Decathlon Europe

005 04-04-2012 Media Digital Blog Navarrolivier.com Patio 2.12. Construcción Modular Sostenible

006 23-01-2012 Media Digital Magazine

Muyinteresante.es En marcha la competición Solar Decathlon Europe 2012

007 16-01-2012 Media Digital Press DigitalJiennense.es Jiennenses trabajan en el proyecto 'Patio 2.12' que será presentado en el próximo Solar Decathlon

008 12-01-2012 Media Digital Press DiariodeSevilla.es Vivir en internet: una web para crear ciudades vivas


Domoticausuarios.es “Patio 2.12”, proyecto de vivienda sostenible

010 09-01-2012 Media Digital Press Diariosur.es Una casa donde aprender 011 08-01-2012 Media Digital

Magazine Arquired.com.mx Concepto de vivienda sostenible

Patio2.12 012 04-01-2012 Media Digital Press Linares28.es El linarense Miguel Torres,

integrante del equipo Andalucía Team en el Solar Decathlon Europe 2012 de Madrid

2011

013 28-11-2011 Radio National Radio

Punto Radio Diseñan una casa que recrea las propiedades térmicas de un botijo

014 28-11-2011 Media Digital Press 20minutos.es Una vivienda logra ahorrar energía con el ‘efecto botijo’

015 27-11-2011 Media Digital Press diarioSur.es Diseñan una vivienda que simula el efecto del botijo para ahorrar energía

016 27-11-2011 Media Digital Press Andaluciainformación.es Diseñan una vivienda que simula el efecto del botijo para ahorrar energía

017 27-11-2011 Media Digital Press Finanzas.com Diseñan una vivienda que simula el efecto del botijo para ahorrar energía

018 27-11-2011 Media Digital Press Efeverde.com Diseñan una vivienda que simula el efecto del botijo para ahorrar energía

019 22-11-2011 Media Digital Press Andalucianoticias.es El Centa diseña el tratamiento de aguas grises del proyecto de vivienda del Andalucía Team

020 22-11-2011 Media Digital Press 20minutos.es El Centa diseña el tratamiento de aguas grises del proyecto de

366

vivienda del Andalucía Team 021 22-11-2011 Media Digital Press Europapress.es El Centa diseña el tratamiento de

aguas grises del proyecto de vivienda del Andalucía Team

022 18-11-2011 Media Digital Press Cienciadirecta.com La U.J.A. divulga la energía solar entre medio centenar de alumnos de E.S.O

023 14-11-2011 Media Digital TV TVarquitectura.com Patio 2.12: La casa del futuro es Mediterránea


Lacivdadviva.com ¿Cómo serán las viviendas del futuro?

025 17-10-2011 Media Digital Press Europapress.es Universidades de Sevilla, Granada, Málaga y Jaén participan conjuntamente en la Solar Decathlon Europe 2012


Accésit.org Presentación Andalucía Team

027 19-08-2011 Media Digital Blog El blog de eTecma Innovación a cargo del ANDALUCÍA TEAM en el Solar Decathlon 2012

028 15-07-2011 TV Regional TV Canal Sur/Tesis Integración Fotovoltaica 029 01-07-2011 Media Print

Magazine Enova Julio/septiembre La casa autosuficiente con aires

Mediterráneos 030 20-06-2011 Media Digital

Magazine Andén Revista de Arquitectura

Andalucía Team: Patio 2.12


La Civdad Viva Andalucía Team

032 23-05-2011 Media Digital Press Granadahoy.com La vivienda mediterránea una solución ecológica

033 20-05-2011 Media Digital Press Fotocasa.es Patio 2.12 es un prototipo de vivienda modular, prefabricada y autosuficiente a partir de la energía solar

2011

034 20-05-2011 Media Print Press El Mundo Catalunya Las nuevas casas solares destierran la ciencia ficción

035 15-05-2011 Media Print Press El País. Propiedades El Sol guía las viviendas del futuro 036 26-04-2011 Media Digital Press AndalucíaEcológica.com AndalucíaTeam presenta la

maqueta que llevará a Construmat 2011

037 26-04-2011 TV Regional TV Informativos Canal Sur Cuatro universidades andaluzas promocionan la vivienda mediterránea

038 04-04-2011 Media Digital Press DiariodeSevilla.es Un hogar bajo el Sol 039 04-04-2011 Media Digital Press DiariodeJaén.es Seleccionados los 4 universitarios

para la Solar Decathlon Europe 040 10-03-2011 Media Print Press El correo de Andalucía Una casa de todos 041 03-03-2011 Media Digital Press Aula Magna. El Correo

Universitario Andalucía Team compite con su casa mediterránea

042 28-02-2011 Media Digital Press Noticias.Universia.es La Universidad de Granada participará en Solar Decathlon Europe 2012, la competición más prestigiosa del mundo en el campo de la eficiencia energética

043 25-02-2011 Media Digital Press AndalucíaInvestiga.com La UGR participará en Solar Decathlon Europe

044 24-02-2011 Media Digital Press Reciclaje Urbano La UGR participará en Solar Decathlon Europe 2012, la competición más prestigiosa del mundo en el campo de la eficiencia energética

045 24-02-2011 Media Digital Press Canal UGR La UGR participará en Solar Decathlon Europe 2012, la competición más prestigiosa del mundo en el campo de la eficiencia energética

2011

046 24-02-2011 Media Digital Press La opinión de granada.es La UGR, en el Solar Decathlon 2012 047 24-02-2011 Media Digital Press Actualidad Universitaria La UGR participará en Solar

Decathlon Europe 2012, la competición más prestigiosa del mundo en el campo de la eficiencia energética

048 23-02-2011 Media Digital Press ForoInnovatech La UJA participará en Solar Decathlon Europe 2012, competición internacional que premia la mejor casa solar

049 23-02-2011 Media Digital Press AndalucíaInvestiga.com La Universidad de Jaén participará en Solar Decathlon Europe 2012, competición internacional que premia la mejor casa solar

050 23-02-2011 Media Digital Press JaénAhora.com La Universidad de Jaén participará en Solar Decathlon Europe 2012, competición internacional que premia la mejor casa solar

051 23-02-2011 Media Digital Press Elcondadoahora.com La Universidad de Jaén participará en Solar Decathlon Europe 2012, competición internacional que premia la mejor casa solar

052 22-02-2011 Media Digital Press Teleprensa.es La UJA participará en Solar Decathlon Europe 2012

053 22-02-2011 Media Digital Press Actualidaduniversitaria.com La Universidad de Jaén participará en Solar Decathlon Europe 2012, competición internacional que premia la mejor casa solar

054 08-02-2011 Media Print Press DNI Cuatro equipos españoles en el Solar Decathlon Europe 2012

055 02-2011 Media Digital Press Fomento.es Ideas como soles 056 22-01-2011 Media Digital Press Renov-arte.es 20 equipos participarán en el

próximo Solar Decathlon Europe 2012

057 18-01-2011 Media Digital Press ASEJAGranada La ETSAG participará en SOLAR DECATHLON EUROPE con el TEAM ANDALUCIA

058 13-01-2011 Media Digital Press Sevillarquitectura.com La Universidad de Sevilla

367

participará en Solar Decathlon 2012

059 12-01-2012 Media Digital Press Idenergiasolar.com España es el país con más participantes en Solar Decathlon Europe 2012

060 11-01-2011 Media Print Press Servicio.us.es Un proyecto de la Universidad, seleccionado para viviendas

061 11-01-2011 Media Print Press La Opinión de Málaga La UMA, en el equipo andaluz de una competición sobre viviendas solares

062 11-01-2011 Media Digital Press Ibercampus.es España, con cuatro equipos, el país con mayor representación en el Solar Decathlon Europe 2012

063 10-01-2011 Media Print Press 20 Minutos Un proyecto de cuatro universidades andaluzas, seleccionado para la edición de 2012 de Solar Decathlon Europe

064 10-01-2011 Media Digital Press Costadigital.es Universitarios andaluces competirán en la Solar Decathlon Europe 2012

065 10-01-2011 Media Digital Press Nuevatribuna.es España, el país con mayor representación en el Solar Decathlon Europe 2012

066 10-01-2011 Media Digital Press Econoticias.com España, con cuatro equipos, el país con mayor representación en el Solar Decathlon Europe 2012

067 10-01-2011 Media Digital Press Noticias.terra.es España, con cuatro equipos, el país con mayor representación en el Solar Decathlon Europe 2012

068 10-01-2011 Media Digital Press Invertia.com España, con cuatro equipos, el país con mayor representación en el Solar Decathlon Europe 2012

069 10-01-2011 Media Digital Press Lavozlibre.com España, con cuatro equipos, el país con mayor representación en el Solar Decathlon Europe 2012

070 10-01-2011 Media Digital Press Quees.es España, con cuatro equipos, el país con mayor representación en el Solar Decathlon Europe 2012

071 01-2011 Media Digital Press Diariodigital.ujaen.es El equipo en el que participa la Universidad de Jaén concursará en la ‘Solar Decathlon Europe 2012′ sobre viviendas solares


073 01-2011 Media Digital Press Pepegrillo.com España albergará por segunda vez en 2012 Solar Decathlon, la competición internacional más prestigiosa de viviendas solares

074 01-2011 Media Web Dforcesolar.com Elegidos los participantes en Solar Decathlon Europe 2012

de la eficiencia energética 043 25-02-2011 Media Digital Press AndalucíaInvestiga.com La UGR participará en Solar

Decathlon Europe 044 24-02-2011 Media Digital Press Reciclaje Urbano La UGR participará en Solar


045 24-02-2011 Media Digital Press Canal UGR La UGR participará en Solar Decathlon Europe 2012, la competición más prestigiosa del mundo en el campo de la eficiencia energética

2011

046 24-02-2011 Media Digital Press La opinión de granada.es La UGR, en el Solar Decathlon 2012 047 24-02-2011 Media Digital Press Actualidad Universitaria La UGR participará en Solar


048 23-02-2011 Media Digital Press ForoInnovatech La UJA participará en Solar Decathlon Europe 2012, competición internacional que premia la mejor casa solar

049 23-02-2011 Media Digital Press AndalucíaInvestiga.com La Universidad de Jaén participará en Solar Decathlon Europe 2012, competición internacional que premia la mejor casa solar

050 23-02-2011 Media Digital Press JaénAhora.com La Universidad de Jaén participará en Solar Decathlon Europe 2012, competición internacional que premia la mejor casa solar

051 23-02-2011 Media Digital Press Elcondadoahora.com La Universidad de Jaén participará en Solar Decathlon Europe 2012, competición internacional que premia la mejor casa solar

052 22-02-2011 Media Digital Press Teleprensa.es La UJA participará en Solar Decathlon Europe 2012

053 22-02-2011 Media Digital Press Actualidaduniversitaria.com La Universidad de Jaén participará en Solar Decathlon Europe 2012, competición internacional que premia la mejor casa solar

054 08-02-2011 Media Print Press DNI Cuatro equipos españoles en el Solar Decathlon Europe 2012

055 02-2011 Media Digital Press Fomento.es Ideas como soles 056 22-01-2011 Media Digital Press Renov-arte.es 20 equipos participarán en el

próximo Solar Decathlon Europe 2012

057 18-01-2011 Media Digital Press ASEJAGranada La ETSAG participará en SOLAR DECATHLON EUROPE con el TEAM ANDALUCIA

058 13-01-2011 Media Digital Press Sevillarquitectura.com La Universidad de Sevilla

368

participará en Solar Decathlon 2012

059 12-01-2012 Media Digital Press Idenergiasolar.com España es el país con más participantes en Solar Decathlon Europe 2012

060 11-01-2011 Media Print Press Servicio.us.es Un proyecto de la Universidad, seleccionado para viviendas

061 11-01-2011 Media Print Press La Opinión de Málaga La UMA, en el equipo andaluz de una competición sobre viviendas solares

062 11-01-2011 Media Digital Press Ibercampus.es España, con cuatro equipos, el país con mayor representación en el Solar Decathlon Europe 2012

063 10-01-2011 Media Print Press 20 Minutos Un proyecto de cuatro universidades andaluzas, seleccionado para la edición de 2012 de Solar Decathlon Europe

064 10-01-2011 Media Digital Press Costadigital.es Universitarios andaluces competirán en la Solar Decathlon Europe 2012

065 10-01-2011 Media Digital Press Nuevatribuna.es España, el país con mayor representación en el Solar Decathlon Europe 2012


067 10-01-2011 Media Digital Press Noticias.terra.es España, con cuatro equipos, el país con mayor representación en el Solar Decathlon Europe 2012

068 10-01-2011 Media Digital Press Invertia.com España, con cuatro equipos, el país con mayor representación en el Solar Decathlon Europe 2012

069 10-01-2011 Media Digital Press Lavozlibre.com España, con cuatro equipos, el país con mayor representación en el Solar Decathlon Europe 2012

070 10-01-2011 Media Digital Press Quees.es España, con cuatro equipos, el país con mayor representación en el Solar Decathlon Europe 2012

071 01-2011 Media Digital Press Diariodigital.ujaen.es El equipo en el que participa la Universidad de Jaén concursará en la ‘Solar Decathlon Europe 2012′ sobre viviendas solares


073 01-2011 Media Digital Press Pepegrillo.com España albergará por segunda vez en 2012 Solar Decathlon, la competición internacional más prestigiosa de viviendas solares

074 01-2011 Media Web Dforcesolar.com Elegidos los participantes en Solar Decathlon Europe 2012

075 01-2011 Media Web Croem.es Elegidos los participantes en Solar Decathlon Europe 2012

076 01-2011 Media Web elBolsillo.es Solar Decathlon Europe 2012 ya tiene participantes

2010

077 11-2010 Media Digital Web Motordehidrógeno.net La Solar Decathlon 2012, una auténtica locura

4.5 INDUSTRIALIZATION AND MARKET

VIABILITY REPORT

4.5.1. MARKET VIABILITY OF THE PRODUCT


4.5.1.2. MARKET AND COMPETITION

4.5.1.3. PREVIUS CONCEPTS

4.5.1.3.1. PREFABRICATION AS A MODEL FOR THE FUTURE

4.5.1.3.2. MODULAR ARCHITECTURE

4.5.1.3.3. PATIO

4.5.1.4. PATIO 2.12 HOUSING MODULE FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS

4.5.1.4.1. SKIN

4.5.1.4.2. ISLE

4.5.1.4.3. CLOSET

4.5.1.5. PATIO 2.12 MARKET

4.5.1.6. MARKET SECTOR. CONSTRAINTS

4.5.1.7.1. ACCORDING TO GEOGRAPHICAL. LOCATION

4.5.1.7.2. ACCORDING TO SOCIAL ASPECTS

4.5.1.7.3. ACCORDING TO ECONOMIC ASPECTS

4.5.1.7.4. ACCORDING TO OTHER BUILDING CRITERIA

4.5.1.7.5. ACCORDING TO TIPE OF RESIDENCIAL USE

4.5.1.7.6. ACCORDING TO EXECUTION TIME

4.5.1.7.7. ACCORDING TO PERMANENCE THE BUILDING

4.5.1.7.8. ACCORDING TO THE TYPE OF PROMOTERS

4.5.1.7.9. ACCORDING TO OTHER CRITERIA FOR USE

4.5.1.7. MARKET SECTOR OCUPATION MODELS

4.5.2. ECONOMIC FEASIBILITY STUDY

4.5.2.1. DECISIONS TO BE TAKEN

4.5.2.2. PATIO 2.12 ANNUAL PRODUCTION LOW LEVEL: 2 HOUSES/YEAR

4.5.2.3. PATIO 2.12 ANNUAL PRODUCTION MEDIUM LEVEL:100 HOUSES/ YEAR

4.5.2.4. PATIO 2.12 ANNUAL PRODUCTION HIGH LEVEL:1000 HOUSES/ YEAR

4.5.2.5. LOW COST ANNUAL PRODUCTION LOW LEVEL: 2 HOUSES/YEAR

4.5.2.6. LOW COST ANNUAL PRODUCTION MEDIUM LEVEL:100 HOUSES/ YEAR

4.5.2.7. LOW COST ANNUAL PRODUCTION HIGH LEVEL:1000 HOUSES/ YEAR

4.5.3. INDUSTRIALIZATION DEGREE

4.5.3.1. SISTEMS LEGIBILITY

4.5.3.2. MODULS THEORICAL CONSTRUCTION PROCESS

4.5.3.3. CONSTRUCTIVE SISTEM

4.5.3.4. PROCESS AND ASSEMBLY

4.5.4. POSIBILITIES FOR GROUPING


4.5.4.2 USE VARIABLES FOR GROUPING

4.5.4.3 PATIO

4.5.4.4 GROUPING

4.5.4.4.1. INDIVIDUAL

4.5.4.4.2. SERIAL

4.5.4.4..3 HIGH RISE SERIATION

4.5.4.4.4 OPPOSING

4.5.4.4.5. HIGH RISE OPPOSING

4.5.4.4.6. RESIDENCE

4.5.4.4.7. CAMPING-HOTEL

404

4.5.1. MARKET VIABILITY OF THE PRODUCT.


Historical Background

Housing throughout history has shown a gradual adaptation to the requirements of hu-man beings. Since ancient times living concepts have been perceived and maintained and developed over time until today. Concepts such as size, proportion, adaptability to human needs and how to run each of them have developed modulation techniques that enable adaptation. All this has proved a reflection of the current needs.

The importance of modular disciplines is already present in ancient civilizations, where the number was of such importance that it moved towards the compositional form in the house. That number appears in the different proportions that were required for the spaces that made up the different modules in the house.

It is therefore created, since the origins of our history, a dialectic which closely relates values and numerical series with sensory perceptions that will entirely influence archi-tecture.

The importance of these dimensions and modular coordination has transcended time and space through history serving as an application not only in occidental architecture but in the global architecture.

Current Situation

The adaptation we have tried for the house itself in order to fulfill social demands leads us to make an analysis of the requirements that exist today.

The house today is conceived as a set of interconnected rooms or spaces that offers space for society to solve specific needs. However, it should be analyzed the context and how is housing demanded. Housing gradually is reduced in size, with multipurpose spaces that end up taking different roles, versatility appears to suit the varying require-ments and conditions listed.

It has to be kept in mind that the people´s priorities and demands change as they grow older. Young people require basic housing needs with minimum size but still as comfort-able as possible, when we age we need more space and adjusted to specific jobs or activities. On the other hand, as we get closer to senior age, the space requirements decrease and basic spaces are required to provide welfare, comfort and facilities for the elderly space.

405

It is also convenient to denote how, nowadays, the family model have been reduced on average to a married couple with one or two children and even more and more people live alone or couples that decide to share a house together. In other words, the social model that addresses housing is very variable and depending on the circumstances, although in recent years it has been characterized by not exceeding high values of in-ternal occupation.

Another factor that influence the way of understanding the house is the nomadic na-ture of contemporary society. We are not anchored anymore in one place but mobility pushes us to move for work, studies, holidays or just for a change of life, which leads us to change the type of housing and the way we think about it.

Moreover, cities arise sporadically in temporary events like fairs, exhibitions, sporting or cultural events. These events attract a large mass that has serious social housing demands. In this case the use will be ephemeral and timed but still must meet the basic housing needs, providing the necessary welfare. The same way that the house must be prepared for such events, it also has to be prepared to face natural disasters and give a quick answer for housing and the minimal services needed by the society.

406

All these factors lead us to understand the house as a prototype marked by the evolu-tion and adaptability towards change. The premanufactured model answers to these needs and requirements and provides housing with the fundamental concepts of ef-ficiency and welfare, another main benefit from the prefabricated model is, in turn, the remarkable rapidity of its assembly.

Thus, the global problems we face with all these factors have to be solved with the help of technology. This should give housing a range of abilities such as adaptability and flexibility, useful for different social demands, as well as comfort, with the aid of various technology resources.

Technology will be linked directly to pre-fabrication; making the house directly preman-ufactured in industry, transported through modules and assembled in the place where it is exactly required.

It also raises the challenge of making the economic cost much more profitable than the preconceived models for society, thus leading to lower costs for both manufacturer and the purchaser. It must overcome the prejudice of prefabricated system buildings as a symbol of unattractive and even less exclusive. Technology should give us new ad-vanced systems for modern models that will increasingly be appreciated by the public, without forgetting to solve architectural key topics such as ventilation, patios, thermal inertia, orientation, materials, façade´s image, roof´s shape and many other composi-tional techniques of architecture. The offer must be increased and the production diver-sified.

Being aware of the problems that exist in terms of energy use, we know that the con-struction process´ consumption is about half of the global energy use. The ecological advantages of these systems may become evident, reducing the execution time, with uniform and perfect finishes and with reduced environmental impact as well as risk reduction in transportation. Thus, with an effort to reduce climate change, housing will ensure energy supply.

Today’s society lifestyle must be satisfied, based on optimal and attractive, with a pro-duction marked by the latest technologies and strong environmental ambitions.

WAY OF LIFE = DESIGN + TECHNOLOGY + EFFICIENCY

4.5.1.2. MARKET AND COMPETITION

The consolidation of a project like patio 2.12 must be achieved with the continuous support of a large market potential. The analysis of the market and its sectors in such projects should be the first evaluation and the first analysis to be made. This analysis should not focus solely on numbers but we must analyze the factors directly involved in the supply and demand so as to accurately know how to sale the proposed project. Thus business skills are required to ensure the correct viability and future for a project of such importance.

Information and classification should be collected from the different sectors of the con-struction involved in the project and, after that, a thorough analysis of each of the condi-tions that affect the market of the house to be built and market prefabrication in general.

Patio 2.12 is initially focused on building a prototype for participating in SDE12 and therefore initially studied the Spanish market. However, it also proposes the study of the European and world markets for a much more global future expansion. Therefore, even if initially, the team is focused on the SDE12 model, it does not overlook the idea

407

of future adaptions to take Patio 2.12 to a wider market.

The housing market is changing. The fact that traditional property is characterized by ever-higher prices has become a factor for to the expansion and demand of manufac-tured homes. It should be considered that the cost of this type of housing is around 30% lower than traditional buildings. Moreover, the construction time is a crucial factor for this type of housing because it is considerably reduced, as well as the excellent thermal and sound that they provide.

This has had a great impact on the Spanish market. Manufactured homes have expe-rienced a sharp increase in Spain during the last ten years. Their sales have increased 30% per year over a decade. This type of housing is beginning to be considered as an alternative solution to the housing problem, against high prices and mortgages.

However, in the Spanish market, premanufactured housing has not settled in as perma-nent housing but more like temporary housing. This is the reason why manufactured homes do not succeed in urban cities, but predominantly in coastal areas or in moun-tain resorts and places of temporary stays.

This whole process is an international trend, growing faster in international markets. In Spain, a manufacturer of prefabricated housing with steel modules claims that around 12 000 houses are created in Spain, of which between 70 and 80% are exported over-seas.

On the contrary, the situation with the manufacturer of prefabricated wooden houses is the contrary; much of its production is destined for the Spanish market. The possibility of getting good prices for prefabricated wooden houses is the result of construction from industrialized elements that save money on materials and labor, making it much cheaper compared with traditional houses.

If we take a look at a global framework, prefabricated houses are entering the market even with greater acceptance than in Spain, in countries such as Finland, Sweden, Austria, Japan and the United States, where about 70 and 80% of the houses made are prefabricated.

The global focus of the manufactured housing market is he U.S. and Japan, occupy-ing one third of world´s production of these houses. Part of this production is intended for prefabricated houses, being almost entirely built houses with wooden structures. In these countries, the concept of prefabrication is developing in every direction. There is a wide range of prices depending on demand and quality.

We can say that 20% of U.S. population lives in manufactured homes. The eastern area is the fastest growing area and is creating future expectations for an amazing develop-ment in this aspect.

The other developed countries are way behind these two markets, acceptance is favor-able, and as it happens in Spain there is a positive potential demand. In Latin America it is expected to grow much and will become a great demand and significant growth for the prefabrication industry.

In Europe, growth is lower but favorable; much effort is being put into the combination of the concept of prefabrication and design to suit new trends, and innovation in new technologies and materials.

In poorer countries, the demand is lower but that does not stop its use because it is ap-

408

plicable for catastrophe´s solutions, labor camps and places for collaboration.

4.5.1.3. PREVIOUS CONCEPTS

4.5.1.3.1. PREFABRICATION AS A MODEL FOR THE FUTURE

Prefabrication, which etymologically means making before, is defined as the creation of an element or a system that, having the capacity of its assembly on site, it is assembled at the factory. If we do not choose this, we will not have a prefabricated element but an element made “in situ” or an “industrial product”. It should be clearly distinguished from the concept of industrialization, which is the use of technologies that replace manual work of a craftsman.

The prefabrication of a building system is based on the design and production of com-ponents and subsystems produced in series in factory outside of its final location. Its final position is achieved after a single assembly stage, accurate and laborious. This will set up the whole building, or at least, a major part of it.

Within the concept of prefabrication we distinguish certain grades ranging from a partial prefabrication, where the various pieces that will conform the building itself are studied and designed and manufactured. This industrialization process is called the Element Method (open industrialization or component by component).

Furthermore a comprehensive prefabrication process involves the creation of the entire building being only necessary its transportation to the exact location. This industrializa-tion process is associated with a method called Model Method f completed and closed systems. The integral degree leads to develop different systems that after being studied, will give greater advantages for the entire building.

All of this and the different degrees of industrialization affect the manufacturing and the transportation mode of the elements. A partial prefabrication means the transportation of all the pieces in two dimensions, this transportation is less tight and less expensive but has a higher risk of efficiency in the assembly process at the site of implantation. Comprehensive prefabrication implies a three-dimensional transportation of the build-ing. This has greater demands and increased number of limitations when being trans-ported as size, weight and transportation influences the task. However, the implementa-tion of the building once transported is simply to locate it in the ground. Is works as a guarantee to ensure its full operation and assembly on time to meet certain demands.

409

The operations to be performed on site are essentially assembly tasks, without any transformation involved. The building must have an adaptation to the different types of terrain, as accurately as possible. One should also take into account the actions to which the building is subjected according to the geographical framework in which it is situated, a distinction should be made between buildings simply supported to those anchored to the ground.

The concept of prefabrication produces a great reduction of waste and promotes a bet-ter use. These aspects will greatly enrich its sustainable contribution. The amount of waste generated in the construction site will depend directly on the level of prefabrica-tion achieved.

The industrialization process behind the manufacture of a building has a prior stage of study and analysis of its different components. The serialization of a model forces to take a closer look at each of its parts and the building itself, being this an advantage that prefabrication has, and that does not appear in traditional architecture.

All of these studies promote a more efficient building through pre-testing, greater sav-ings due to the serialization of similar pieces, and a continuous production traduced in greater security for the inhabitant. Moreover, the materials are less susceptible to weath-er changes in the process of work, coming straight from the factory to their placement.

Thus, the temporary nature that is attributed to a prefabricated building should be erased from society´s mind, there are many advantages in its way of life and therefore prefabrication must be assumed as a firm alternative with higher quality standards.

On the other hand, it is important to consider the advantage that gives us the mobility of prefabrication in the building. The building upon completion of its functions can be moved and reused elsewhere without hindrance which carries a considerable profit. This housing can even be reused in other applications or the different materials can be reused or its waste treated so that practically none are left when the building is gone. Another aspect to consider is the chain of work developed in society develops for the manufacturing process; it is an ongoing activity and increases the security for workers. The entire process should be accompanied by human activity to sustain it.

Finally, the consideration of prefabrication as a favorable system for construction must always be accompanied with basic requirements, in order to get all the advantages and developments that can bring to our day to day life. Is crucial to keep in mind the tech-nological innovation, that accompanying the industrial process, will become an initial

410

investment capital to ensure the completion of the entire process and finally maintain a stable and continuous market that will not alter the costs and planning of the industrial process. As long as this is achieved, the prefabrication process is guaranteed to benefit society.

There are many examples that arise every day of fully manufactured homes without the need for manpower in the area. We highlight some examples that are in the market to-day as a way of prefabrication.

House M. Linz, Austria. Caramel.

Housing made completely with prefabricated materials, they have all been assembled and the process of implementation has been carried out using a crane to place the en-tire house and support it directly on the compacted ground.

It is a clear housing model, conceived as a unit and composed entirely of prefabricated materials and providing guarantees for the housing ideals.

Flake House. Nantes, France. Olgga

These modules are considered small machines for living, and are fully workshop. This case consists of two modules put together by an interstitial space, creating a sloping roof and a unified vision for the project.

The assembly process is ver quick, on site, the only work to be accried out is to prepare the base where the modules will be laid on.

411

Cedeira House. A Coruña, Spain. Casares & Gonzalez.

The house is at the midpoint between prefabrication and modular construction. It serves as an example to show that they are not identical concepts. The ground floor is com-posed with modular elements fabricated in a workshop while the attic floor is based on a prefabricated construction system.

Assembly tests of the entire house are performed at the factory. Once these are done, the building can be disassembled into its various modules and trusses and transported 700km from the place of its manufacture. Once transported, it is assembled at site in a process of three days. The result is a high quality product with a manufacturing process according to environmental concerns.

4.5.1.3.2. MODULAR ARCHITECTURE

This architecture is characterized by its versatility, technology and speed. The advan-tage of modular architecture comes from the possibility of industrialization, prefabrica-tion and standardization procedures that apply to other fields of production and getting cheaper costs, replicability and a control of the product’s quality.

Even if architecture has so far been almost alien to these concepts, Le Corbusier in his project in Marseilles, Unité d’habitation, already introduced all these ideals through the modulor and serves as an example of the resources of this kind of architecture. It was seen as a range of sizes that facilitated good and hindered evil. This housing unit, even in his drawings, already showed possible associations and overlaps that created settle-ments of different modules.

There is no size or aesthetic limitations, when a set of rules is incorporated from the beginning of the design process of spaces. This turns into a quality product. There is an interrelated process between planning and design, it is manufactured to be build and is built as it is manufactured.

Modular architecture follows a design for systems composed of separate elements that can be connected and still maintain proportional and dimensional relationships. The

412

beauty of modular architecture is based on the ability to replace or add any modulation without affecting the rest of the system.

We highlight some examples of houses that are built today and are clear examples of modular architecture that can help further define this concept.

Garoz House 10.1, Muñogalindo, Spain. Juan Herreros.

The house is conceived as an industrial extensive prototype, tailored to the user´s program and may grow as the needs change.

The house is built in a workshop through the use of modules which dimensions are marked by highways and trucks. It is trans-ported and installed in a single day. It is a non-aggressive project when it touches the ground.

This house is a clear example of modulation made up of parts that are sequentially mounted. It leaves an open door for future growth without having to interfere on site.

Modular House. Desert Hot Springs, California. Marmol Radziner.

The various house models developed are based on the combination of housing mod-ules and modules that form a covered gallery. Each module is factory-prepared and implanted on the ground.

It highlights the different possible combinations of housing varying the composition of the various modules. In addition, it raised the possibility of adding or removing modules that expand or shrink in size when needed.

The composition of the housing can vary from two to 8 modules assembled together with covered gallery modules between them.

413

Readint Nest. Sufflok, United Kingdom. Dorte Mandrup.

This module is presented as a fully preman-ufactured model and is offered as flexible space for study or reading, as well as having a direct impact on the housing concept.

It has a great impact on modular architecture as it creates a series of module combinations that can make up all kinds of spaces required.

One module fully formed and supported on special battens can compose appropriate so-lutions to the various demands.

4.5.1.3.3. PATIO

There are multiple homes and buildings of our cities in which the court appears as the common space for organizing the house. The courtyard has been developed in differ-ent places according to the needs of different cultures, and is, therefore, very relevant to architecture.

The importance that the patio has reached now a days through our history, leads us to reflect on modern architecture and its possibility of adapting the idea of the patio. The court therefore has become a moldable figure adapting and styling to the various needs, as well as giving good spatial solutions to assimilate the various requests and architectural intentions. Many are the architects during the twentieth century that have been innovating on the concept of the courtyard and its delimitation.

Beyond the adequacy of the modern housing courtyard, the courtyard by his central-izing character often has been considered the germ of many buildings. The patio in the home is a place, a different place in the house in which we live, breathe and perceive the light differently. This is why this space is considered a place for leisure and recreation and has been like this throughout history. As a conclusion the patio interpretation could be understood as a formal mechanism to delimit a space.

Below are several examples in which the patio is the main element of the house as well as the space that shapes it.

414

House grounds. Alenquer. Spain. Aires Mateus

The house is part of an old building from which the exterior walls are maintained, and it is within that space where the house is built. Different interstitial spaces appear in the new project and between the new project and the existing ruins, it consists of a set of paral-lelepipeds overlapped in turn to create spaces between the different volumes.

The space between the existing and new buildings creates a space where different scales are present. The scale will depend on the re-lationship of the different elements put together. The empty spaces have a greater acceptance than the built ones, in other words, the open door house areas that are related to the exterior space is the most important part of the project.

Homes - Patio Catalog. Dallas, Texas. Edward M. Baum.

In this case the court is considered the main room of the house, al-though in this case it appears fragmented in various courts which are a sequence of spaces connected. This connection between yards facilitates the circulation developed in a single level.

It strengthens the connection of the different rooms with reference to an outdoor patio. The court is conceived as an object for the internal relations of the house and provides lighting and ventilation. In this case the courts are an internal journey in the house inter connected.

Casa Varó Serrano. Elche. Javier Peña

This is a house where the exterior paths overtake the interior ones. The three volumes stick out creating an interstitial space in the roof between the various blocs. The space created in the roof is remarkable because of the contribution of external spatial relationship between different modules.

Once again the patio is reinforced as it becomes the intermedi-ate space for the internal relations in the house and is both a space for transit and stay.

Momo. Oland, Sweden. Grasshop-per.

This project shows an elongated house which has two modules with a main intermediate space. The patio is a visual element towards the interior of the house. It also presents a remarkable feature this space is covered by a canopy.

415

The patio is part of emptiness in an elongat-ed piece that gives a pure idealism on how the patio can be very useful and effective for the spatiality of the house.

Also a remarkable transparency in the walls is created to show this space. It is therefore an example of the treatment of the patio house and whose ideals will bring many benefits to society.

4.5.1.4. PATIO 2.12. HOUSING MODULE. FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS.

The configuration of the Patio 2.12. living modules maintain the basic ideals that can lead to a change and a real understanding of the spatiality of each of the modules.

There are three fundamental elements that make up the space available inside the house, concepts created by Patio 2.12. which adapt most effectively to the tasks per-formed, they are skin, isle and closet. With the creation of these concepts the industri-alization mode of the living modules clearly assumes that the premises should be kept at the time of its design, manufacturing and variation in the industry until the process of transportation.

4.5.1.4.1. SKIN.

As a concept linked to nature, the skin is used in the idea of housing as an outer shell that closes the space of the living module. It uses a ceramic material with a texture that provides a ripped image for a nicer look. The skin is understood as an envelope. The holes opening to the outside skin are intentionally long and narrow to gain light, without breaking the hermetic character; these are considered as a band of light that allows for an intentional beam of light inside the house.

Another virtue of the skin that forms the living module and achieves the house is the intention to open itself towards the patio depending on the composition and demands of the specific house. The skin is open and exposed to the patio, allowing for a great permeability between the living modules and the patio.

The serialization of the skin is very advantageous due to the large size and characteris-tics of the material, to make ease the installation and assembling process, which is the great advantage in manufacturing.

4.5.1.4.2. ISLE.

It is a fundamental element in the interior design of the house. The island seen as an iso-lated element that separates spaces and which in turn has content inside that provides what is needed for the different house´s spaces such as kitchen, bathroom or storage.

It is important in this aspect, obtaining an effective design for space, is the challenge of the isle element. It is a slender element that without reaching the ceiling separates the space created by the skin into two. It is an element that provides a compositional elevation with storage inside and the activity services for the house. Bathroom and kit-chen are adapted uses to the isle element, they are considered as bundles of housing services that reduce the space consumed and increase the spaciousness in the room.

416

The isle is a highly marketable item given due to its fully factory fabrication. It is an ele-ment that can be marketed not only for patio 2.12., it may have a market for other facets and even to answer to the demand in housing refurbishment without having to build anything but as a prefabricated element that is reversible without wastes in the space.

A highly demanded element is obtained for the needs of the house, patio 2.12. consi-ders the isle as a major element in the interior layout of the spaces and taking in turn all the advantages that really add to the quality of inner life.

4.5.1.4.3. CLOSET.

This item completes the basic design of the living modules. The closet is perhaps best known as the everyday citizen, as the furniture whose function is the storage of all the belongings in the house. However, Patio 2.12, further advances in the understanding of the concept of creating a closet wall, by conceiving it as a full height wall that extends the spatiality of the rest of the house. The closet is designed as a storage space of the house´s furnishings that are normally not storable, such as beds, tables, chairs or even everyday objects of housing such as iron, washer, dryer or leisure elements.

It is therefore of great importance the design of the elevation and the composition of the closet, the opening holes and the texture it has. All of this is taken great care of in its composition because it provides the different elevations of the interior of the living module. Ultimately the closet creates the interior lining of the house by compacting all the storage facilities on the same object.

The commercialization of the closet can be really beneficial towards social demand. Being a storage module that is produced entirely in the factory it may not only have a direct application for patio 2.12 but can also be useful for housing expansions, refurbis-hments or other areas of prefabrication.

+ + =

4.5.1.5. PATIO 2.12. MARKET

The presence of Patio 2.12 in Solar Decathlon carries along a lot of effort into the study and creation of the project so that the product is a house that achieves optimal levels of quality of life. It creates a housing model that can be tested and therefore put on the market in order to achieve marketing and export that will answer to all kinds of demands from today´s society.

It becomes an advantage for society the creation of this contest that requires the de-velopment of new techniques and advance with various innovations that bring greater efficiency and better design for housing needs. Patio 2.12 is a huge base in terms of the development of manufactured homes, with excellent quality and whose long-term results will be the correct way to take it to market.

Thus we must clarify that Patio 2.12 is suitable for all types of society´s demands. The closets - furniture designed are flexible in their content, creating furniture that can be adapted to all types of demand. The patio is kept as the core distributional organizer of the house, which is developed entirely with modules that are transported in 3 dimen-

+

417

The isle is a highly marketable item given due to its fully factory fabrication. It is an ele-ment that can be marketed not only for patio 2.12., it may have a market for other facets and even to answer to the demand in housing refurbishment without having to build anything but as a prefabricated element that is reversible without wastes in the space.

A highly demanded element is obtained for the needs of the house, patio 2.12. consi-ders the isle as a major element in the interior layout of the spaces and taking in turn all the advantages that really add to the quality of inner life.

4.5.1.4.3. CLOSET.

This item completes the basic design of the living modules. The closet is perhaps best known as the everyday citizen, as the furniture whose function is the storage of all the belongings in the house. However, Patio 2.12, further advances in the understanding of the concept of creating a closet wall, by conceiving it as a full height wall that extends the spatiality of the rest of the house. The closet is designed as a storage space of the house´s furnishings that are normally not storable, such as beds, tables, chairs or even everyday objects of housing such as iron, washer, dryer or leisure elements.

It is therefore of great importance the design of the elevation and the composition of the closet, the opening holes and the texture it has. All of this is taken great care of in its composition because it provides the different elevations of the interior of the living module. Ultimately the closet creates the interior lining of the house by compacting all the storage facilities on the same object.

The commercialization of the closet can be really beneficial towards social demand. Being a storage module that is produced entirely in the factory it may not only have a direct application for patio 2.12 but can also be useful for housing expansions, refurbis-hments or other areas of prefabrication.

+ + =

4.5.1.5. PATIO 2.12. MARKET

The presence of Patio 2.12 in Solar Decathlon carries along a lot of effort into the study and creation of the project so that the product is a house that achieves optimal levels of quality of life. It creates a housing model that can be tested and therefore put on the market in order to achieve marketing and export that will answer to all kinds of demands from today´s society.

It becomes an advantage for society the creation of this contest that requires the de-velopment of new techniques and advance with various innovations that bring greater efficiency and better design for housing needs. Patio 2.12 is a huge base in terms of the development of manufactured homes, with excellent quality and whose long-term results will be the correct way to take it to market.

Thus we must clarify that Patio 2.12 is suitable for all types of society´s demands. The closets - furniture designed are flexible in their content, creating furniture that can be adapted to all types of demand. The patio is kept as the core distributional organizer of the house, which is developed entirely with modules that are transported in 3 dimen-

+

sions. This means that it is prepared also for specific or permanent requirements. It goes beyond satisfying the requirements of a simple house possessing a flexible character in order to help society with requirements, such as work, residence, etc.

Having said that patio 2.12 is adapted to all requirements in terms of marketing, the pro-posed housing prototype can be kept because it is already a low-cost housing. There is also the possibility of adapting the housing for lower economic levels Patio 2.12 keeps its ideas and its principles after having consolidated its prototype even when tweaks and advances can be made in order to market it for the whole society. This way, a pro-totype adapted to any price range for society that can be used in a short period of time or have a permanent or ephemeral nature of occupation or a fixed or mobile character.

4.5.1.6. MARKET SECTOR. CONSTRAINTS.

It is a main goal to differently plan each of the determinants of the advantages offered by Patio 2.12 in the different demanding environments in society.

On one hand, various conditions are proposed to promote the adequacy of the model for a house demanded by a certain family, different housing models are proposed that provide comfort and meet with the requirements of the user, or this unit may require. Once the prototypes and its demands have been designed, advantages, strengths and facilities of Patio 2.12 are posed.

4.5.1.6.1. ACCORDING TO GEOGRAPHICAL LOCATION

1. A. Climate zone

•Housing designed for mild climates

418

User needs:

Need for good thermal performance with moderate winters and summers that are usu-ally warm.

Development of a comfortable life inside and outside the house

Achievement of a comfortable interior temperature range throughout the year. Getting a correct thermal inertia.

Patio 2.12 Contribution:

It incorporates passive cooling elements, drawn from traditional sources of Architecture in mild climates. It focuses specially on features of the Mediterranean culture.

There is an intermediate space that avoids having a space strictly defined as the inside and the outside of the home. It acts as a thermal buffer and helps maintain a much more regulated temperature.

Temperature state change materials are considered in the enclosure to provide thermal inertia depending on the climate zone in which the house it is situated.

It can have a special adaptation to extreme climates and thus achieve comfort for the prototype house.

1.B. Adjustment to topography

•Housing for mild and moderate topography

User needs:

Adjustable system adapted to the characteristics of various sites where it can settle.

Structural strength needed to withstand the weight of the house in different types of ter-rain.


Support system for the ground with uprights of adjustable height to suit specific require-ments.

Lightweight construction to avoid stressing the ground and be suitable to be located in different types of terrain.

Possibility of removal without a carbon footprint. This property therefore provides the basis for mobility.

1.C. Environment where it is placed

•Housing in urban environments with or without infrastructure

User needs:

Guaranteed supply of energy in the house.


419

Incorporates a set of systems that achieve a total and absolute autonomy which enables the house to be located at any place or context.

•Rural Houses:

User needs:

Solving the problem of lack of energy, supplies or infrastructure. Self-sufficiency.


It is self-sufficient in energy.

Incorporates a system to achieve full autonomy, allowing the house to be placed in any context.

Provides very innovative energy management techniques as well as making sure the various house´s appliances are also used profitably.

It can be removed without leaving traces in the landscape.

4.5.1.6.2. ACCORDING TO SOCIAL ASPECTS

•House as a principal residence for all social groups

User needs:

Affordable Cost


Low cost with high quality equipment and systems inside the house.

•House as a second home for groups of high purchasing power

User needs:

Maximize the interior spaces of the Housing

Have quality space.


Versatility to expand and adapt to any need by placing a greater number of living mod-ules and a readjusting the patio space.

Possibility of prefabricated modules in industry in other dimensions and requirements.

By focusing on the concepts of skin, isle and closet in the living modules, there is the possibility of different distributions willing to meet the different demands of society.

•Emergency house for any social group: (Disadvantaged people, transportation, disas-ter ...)

User needs:

420

Fast construction

Quickly ensure a minimum level of habitability


Speed in the process of assembly and disassembly.

Ability to reuse and transportation. There are no fixed elements.

High level of livability and comfort compared to other manufactured homes in urgent demand.

Possibility to study a version of low - cost to patent, that will provide constructive solu-tions for different requirements that might arise and to reduce the cost greatly. Patio 2.12. raises the possibility of starting a market study of housing of this type.

4.5.1.6.3. ACCORDING TO ECONOMIC ASPECTS

•Low cost housing

User needs:

Economically feasible for any social group maintaining good functional and comfort conditions.


Possibility to study a version of low - cost to patent, that will provide constructive solu-tions for different requirements that might arise and to reduce the cost greatly. Patio 2.12. raises the possibility of starting a market study of housing of this type.

4.5.1.6.4. ACCORDING TO OTHER BUILDING CRITERIA

A. According to types of work

•Single family housing extensions

User needs:

Extension ability.

Easy assembly.


Easy and quick assembly due to its manufacturing process, it just needs to be placed on site.

Totally reversible, without ecological footprint on site.

•New housing

User needs:

421

Comply with the day to day requisites of current society´s needs.


Day to day requisites of current society´s needs are all present in the prototype.

4.5.1.6.5. ACCORDING TO TYPE OF RESIDENTIAL USE

•Single family housing

User needs:

Connection with open spaces.


An intermediate space is included in the house, with openings towards the exterior in any direction.

The patio is presented as another living space in the house with all of the rooms facing it.

4.5.1.6.6. ACCORDING TO EXECUTION TIME

•Premanufactured housing for quick assembly

User needs:

- Quick assembly


Quick assembly / disassembly process which becomes an advantage for ephemeral uses.

Possibility to reuse and transportation by road. This further accelerates its assembly process.

Without ecological footprint once disassembled.

4.5.1.6.7. ACCORDING TO PERMANENCE THE BUILDING

•Ephemeral housing

User needs:

Quick assembly

Basic comfort conditions

Low cost


422

Possibility of substituting some of it commodities, since it is not for permanent housing, further reducing its cost and adapt it to temporary needs.

Quick assembly / disassembly process which becomes an advantage for ephemeral uses.

Possibility to reuse and transportation by road. This further accelerates its assembly process.

Without ecological footprint once disassembled.

•Permanent housing

User needs:

Durability

Correct execution conditions and comfort inside the house.

Correct functioning in the house´s efficiency.


Great material durability, without problems in repairing or substituting them. Use of sim-ple and traditional materials that give the house a permanent character.

Materials such as ceramics or timber or the use of the patio as a thermal buffer guaran-tee the adequate comfort for a permanent house.

Great efficacy in the constructive solutions to further improve the user´s living condi-tions.

•Housing extensions depending on the user´s needs

User needs:

Adaptability to new needs.


The idea of the living modules is presented as the fixed component of the house and the patio as the variable part. This produces versatility when adding the different needed modules and leaving the patio to adjust to the different needs.

The living module, keeping its principles of skin, isle and closets, can change its orga-nization adapting to the different requisites.

New modules can be easily added for future extensions without carrying along newer problems.

4.1.5.6.8. ACCORDING TO THE TYPE OF PROMOTERS

•Public

User needs:

423

Requisitos básicos para la calidad y el confort a un precio establecido.


Very reduced price because of the materials used and constructive system, as well as a quick assembly process. Serialization in the manufacturing process in workshop.

Renewable and efficient systems that add comfort to the interior of the house. Self-sufficient house.

•Private

User needs:

Adaptation to each of the user´s needs.


The combination of using modules united by a patio satisfies every possible need. The variation in the module´s number can adapt to any change in requisites.

Also, every module interior organization can be redistributed maintaining the principles of skin, isle and closets

4.5.1.6.9. ACCORDING TO OTHER CRITERIA FOR USE

•Residential use

User needs:

Adaptation to different typologies.


The idea of modules with a patio can change depending on the housing concept. The patio can now be considered communal areas and the grouping of modules can turn into a housing block.

The connection patio-modules allows for different ways of life.

•Nonresidential use

User needs:

Adaptation to other needs.


Adaptation can be achieved in the factory by rearranging the interior elements needed for each use. It can be used for offices, residencies, stores, etc. The patio becomes the connecting space between modules and creates an internal

424

4.5.1.7. MARKET SECTOR. OCCUPATION MODELS.

The goal is to achieve different occupation models for housing that answer to the needs of the different groups of people in society, depending on their age, economic level and aspirations.

For this, great attention is paid to the different importance given to the living modules for each occupation model. This way an idea of the different grouping solutions that Patio 2.12 has is shown, the patio is kept as the organizing element in the house.

From then on, a functional organization is given to each of the modules to satisfy the user´s need, always keeping in mind that the living module is made up of skin, isle and closet.

MODEL A. 1 USER.

USER

AGE

ECONOMIC LEVEL

ASPIRATIONS

ROOMS

COMPOSITION

PROPOSALS

SOLUTION SCHEME

Individual

Adult

Average

Person whose work is carried out outside the house, the house is considered a place for rest and leisure and enjoy social life.

Wide spaces are needed and should be adaptable for the di-fferent user´s activities. The spatial separation in the house is marked by the furniture, in this case isle and closets. Relaxing space outdoors.

Living Kitchen 1Room 2Rooms 3Rooms 1Bath 2Baths Patio Office

** ** ** - - ** - * -

2 MODULES + PATIO

· Module 1 [Kitchen | Living]

· Module 2 [Bedroom | Bathroom]

· Patio

+ +

425

USER

AGE

ECONOMIC LEVEL

ASPIRATIONS

ROOMS

COMPOSITION

PROPOSALS

SOLUTION SCHEME

Individual

Young

Average - Low

This person might work at his own house, therefore the space must be thought for rest, but for work as well. Concept combi-nation under one space.

Wide space and not too subdivided, with special attention paid to the working space. The house is organized with furniture, is-les and closets.

The patio is important because it provides lighting, ventilation and a space to breathe inside the house.


** ** ** - - ** - ** **

2 MODULES + PATIO


· Module 2 [Bedroom | Bathroom| Office]

· Patio

+ +

MODEL B. 1USER + WORK

426

USER

AGE

ECONOMIC LEVEL

ASPIRATIONS

ROOMS

COMPOSITION

PROPOSALS

SOLUTION SCHEME

Couple

Adult

Average

Couple whose work is carried out outside the house, the house is considered a place for rest and leisure and enjoy social life.

Flexible and open space. The coupled life is helped by the com-bination of space between modules and the patio as central ele-ment, used for living and circulation.

The leisure activity planned by the users can be carried out in the interior patio of the house.


** ** ** * - ** - ** -

2 MODULES + PATIO


· Module 2 [Bedroom | Bathroom | Bedroom]

· Patio

+ +

MODEL C. 2 USERS

427

USER

AGE

ECONOMIC LEVEL

ASPIRATIONS

ROOMS

COMPOSITION

PROPOSALS

SOLUTION SCHEME

Couple

Adult

Average - High

Couple that might work at home. Therefore a wide space for work is needed for two people as well as the space for home.

Flexible spaces that adapt to the leisure activities in the house. The furniture plays a main role in the internal divisions of the living modules.

Depending on the economic level another living module is used to locate a new user or the work space.


** ** ** * - ** - ** **

3 MODULES + PATIO


· Module 2 [Office | Bathroom | Bedroom]


· Patio

+ + +

428

ODEL D. 2 USERS + WORK

USER

AGE

ECONOMIC LEVEL

ASPIRATIONS

ROOMS

COMPOSITION

PROPOSALS

SOLUTION SCHEME

Married couple + child

Young / infant

Average

House for a married couple without space for work but very comfortable for day to day activities. Wide spaces and the con-nection with the patio is very important.

Furthermore, the presence of a child means the addition of another module adapted to his needs. The patio is still the orga-nizing space in the house.

The space for the building´s systems will be located in between the closets and isles.


** ** ** ** - ** ** ** -

3 MODULES + PATIO



· Module 3 [Office | Bathroom | Bedroom]

· Patio

+ + +

429

MODEL E. 3 USERS

USER

AGE

ECONOMIC LEVEL

ASPIRATIONS

ROOMS

COMPOSITION

PROPOSALS

SOLUTION SCHEME

Married couple + child

Young / infant

Average / High

House for married couple with space reserved for work. The pre-sence of a child involves the addition of a new module with diffe-rent closets and spaces to play.

The patio becomes the area for games, leisure and relaxation in the house. The housing concepts are kept trying to achieve wide and open spaces flexible with the use of furniture, isles and closets. The building´s systems are located next to the storage are in the house.

The patio becomes a private space increasing the spaces for each living module.


*** ** ** ** - ** ** *** **

4 MODULES + PATIO




· Module 4 [Office | Leisure]

· Patio

+ + + +

430

MODEL F. 3 USERS +WORK

USER

AGE

ECONOMIC LEVEL

ASPIRATIONS

ROOMS

COMPOSITION

PROPOSALS

SOLUTION SCHEME

Married couple + 2 children

Adult/infant

Average/low

House for a married couple with space reserved for everyday work. The presence of two children means the use of a new li-ving module with two bedrooms and isle in between.



*** ** *** *** *** *** ** *** **

4 MODULES + PATIO

· Module 1 [Kitchen | Dining]

· Module 2[Bedroom|Bathroom]

· Módulo 3 [Bedroom | Bathroom | Bedroom]

· Módulo 4 [Office | Living ]

· Patio

+ + + +

431

MODEL G. 4 USERS +WORK

USER

AGE

ECONOMIC LEVEL

ASPIRATIONS

ROOMS

COMPOSITION

PROPOSALS

SOLUTION SCHEME

Married coupe + Elderly person + 2 Children

Adult/Infant

Average/low

House for a married couple with space reserved for everyday work. The presence of two children means the use of a new li-ving module with two bedrooms and isle in between. Concise and comfortable space is required for the elderly person present.



*** ** *** *** *** *** *** *** **

5 MODULES + PATIO

· Module 1 [Kitchen | Dining]

· Module 2 Bedroom|Bathroom]

· Módulo 3 [ Bedroom | Bathroom|Bedroom]

· Módulo 4 [Bedroom |Office ]

· Módulo 5 [ Living ]

· Patio

+ + + + +

432

MODEL H. 5 USERS + WORK

USER

AGE

ECONOMIC LEVEL

ASPIRATIONS

ROOMS

COMPOSITION

PROPOSALS

SOLUTION SCHEME

Offices

Business Park with the patio as common space. The different living modules are designed as offices, being organized by isle and closets.

The patio is kept as the communal space for the offices as wai-ting areas or similar uses.

The different offices open most of their windows to the interior patio, but also open strips of light towards the outside. Their re-production can become a useful business park for the city.


- - - - - * - - ****

4 MODULES + PATIO

· Module [Office | Toilet | Office]

· Patio

+ + + +

433

MODEL I. BUSINESS PARK +++

USER

AGE

ECONOMIC LEVEL

ASPIRATIONS

ROOMS

COMPOSITION

PROPOSALS

SOLUTION SCHEME

Student

To create a student residency, an occupation model can be de-veloped with individual living modules that will answer to the student´s needs.

This is a very important scheme because the patio between the living modules emphasizes the ideas of student community.

The idea of the bathroom isle is kept to spate each room.


- - - - - * - - ****

4 MODULES + PATIO

· Module [Bedroom | Bathroom | Studio]

· Patio

+ + + +

434

4.5.2. ECONOMIC FEASIBILITY STUDY

4.5.2.1.DECISIONS TO BE TAKEN

Patius S.L. was founded in 2012 in the city of Seville, but with offices at Malaga, Granada and Jaen. It was created with a view to market a new self-sustainable and low ecologi-cal footprint housing type: Patio 2.12. The company covers all stages, from design to commissioning the house in its destination plot, and subsequent support and warranty management.

The prefabrication system in the production plant makes possible to reach houses of superior quality to the construction on site. As it has skilled workers for Patio 2.12 ele-ments assembly, working conditions are controlled and construction is developed in a precise manner. We control the complete coordination of receipt of materials at the plant, modules organization and construction in the factory, truck loading and transport to the destination plot, downloading and tasks order organizing at the plot, and final assembly and house connection to the mains.

The company works with products and materials of excellent quality, with great price/ performance ratio, as we are talking about houses with energy efficiency high savings for medium/long term. Our aim is to satisfy the demand for quality and sustainable hou-sing required for nowadays markets. All materials are received at the plant on request to different subcontractors, specialized on each area.

Reliability, professionalism and personal and direct customer attention are core values for the company. They try to build long term relationships to share problems and suc-cesses of their clients and suppliers, always open to dialogue. We understand that the basis of good trade relations is the common help and support to get a positive result for the research and continues developing to provide a better performance.

The company Patius S.L. has a wide range of different housing configurations, as di-fferent catalogues for each use: housing, offices, residences, hotels and groups. This catalogue and wide range of possibilities aims to meet the needs of customers ranging from portable compact module with conventional car to the complete and equipped house presented in the competition.

The company headquarters (production plant and administrative offices) is located in San José de la Rinconada, Seville, with road communications to all Spanish cities and the rest of the European Union. It also proposes the creation of offices in Malaga, Jaen and Granada for a more effective spreading and market surveillance.

We have to analyze the company performance for three suppositions:

1. Low Annual production: 1-2 houses/year

2. Average annual production: 100 houses/year

3. High annual production: 1000 houses/year

For each assumption we should know that:

1. Initial Investment: This value depends on the initial infrastructure required to run the company based on offices, personnel, own machinery, marketing and advertising ex-penses, merchandising...

435

2. Annual cash flows: are collected from the difference between costs and revenues over a fiscal year.

3. Costs: annual costs are calculated by adding up all those Patio 2.12 costs associated with manufacturing and delivery (turnkey model). To do this we need to analyze and estimate sales for each case, direct and indirect costs associated with the product Patio 2.12 and also costs of Patius company structure, in other words, overhead costs of the firm. The difference between cost and selling price or income will be the industrial profit of the company.

4. Interest rate: refers to the interest that we get if we invest our money in treasury bills or any other type of deposit under risk.

5. Now that we know all initial investment, cash flows and bank annual interest rate, it is time to use financial mathematics and analyze whether Patio 2.12 investment is profit-able or not. This analysis will be based on three concepts: time ROI, NPV and IRR.

Note 1: NPV and IRR are two financial tools from financial mathematics that allow us to assess the profitability of an investment project, meaning investment project not only as the creation of a new business, but also as investments we can do in a going con-cern, such as developing a new product, new machinery acquisition, entry into a new category of business, etc..

a.Payback time: tells us how long we need to recover our initial investment and start making money. Depending on each assumption it will be extended further in time (it stands to reason that the more houses are placed on market, sooner we amortize the initial investment).

b.NPV: net present value. It is obtained by subtracting the BNA (net present benefit) to the initial investment. Is a profitability indicator of our product based on cash flows and initial investment, indicating whether we gain or not and whether our project is really feasible.

c. Is obtained by subtracting the BNA (net updated)

Note 2: NPV = BNA - Investment

i. If NPV <0 investment is not profitable. Better to invest in treasury bills.

ii. If NPV = 0 investment is as profitable as treasury bills. The decision is up to us.

iii. If NPV> 0 is highly desirable investment

d. IRR: internal rate of return. The IRR is an average annual interest rate for each flow, that is, a percentage value to be higher than the annual interest rate. IRR and NPV are related so NPV is zero when IRR = IT.

Note 3: IRR is the discount rate (DR) of an investment project that allows the BNA is equal to investment (NPV equal to 0). IRR is the maximum TD that a project can have to be profitable, as a higher rate would cause the BNA is lower than the investment (NPV less than 0).

436

i. If the IRR <IT investment unprofitable. Better to invest in treasury bills.

ii. If the IRR = IT investment is as profitable as treasury bills. The decision is up to us.

iii. If the IRR> IT Investment is highly desirable

SUMMARY NPV AND IRR

This procedure allows calculating the present value of a number of future cash flows, re-sulting from an investment. The methodology is to discount to the present time (in other words, update by a fee) all future cash flows of the project. To this value we subtract the initial investment, so the obtained value is the net present value of the project.The present value method is one of the most widely used economic criteria in evaluat-ing investment projects. Is to determine the equivalence at time 0 of future cash flows generated by a project and compare this equivalence to the initial outlay. When this equivalence is greater than the initial outlay, then it is recommended that the project is accepted.

The formula used to calculate the Net Present Value is:

Vt represents the cash flows in each period t.I0 is the initial investment outlay value.n is the number of periods considered.

The interest rate is k. If the project has no risk, we use as a reference the type of fixed income, so that the investment is better than investing in something safer is estimated with the NPV, with no specific risk. In other cases, use the opportunity cost.

When the NPV takes a value equal to 0, k is renamed IRR (internal rate of return). The IRR is the average return that the Project is providing us

437

4.5.2.2. PATIO 2.12. ANNUAL PRODUCTION LOW LEVEL: 2 HOUSES / YEAR

Different investments would be done for each level of production, so are detailed sepa-rately. For each case, we will carry out a simulation about creating a new company adapted to each level needs. For these simulations, economic and financial initiations different requirements would be taken into account, considering the investment char-acteristics.

Investment description

The company faces a very low production of Patio 2.12 modules, for housing. Invest-ment for this production step is very different from two other categories, since the con-struction of two models is simulated here, which do not need many of the necessary resources for higher production levels. In this case manufacture will be done in one month after receiving the request, instead of needing a year of work.

Economic description of the investment

ACQUISITION VALUE

The company will have an acquired financing at one’s disposal through a credit institu-tion with a discount rate of 6% and an 8 years period.Initial investment = € 800.000

CASH FLOW

The cash flows will be calculated as followed, meeting the company payments and re-ceived collections.

Payment description:

Wages and salaries

We have to bear that the company will hire new employees in mind, dealing with very different and sequential jobs because of the required experience.

To assimilate wages and salaries, we turn to the information provided by the Andalusian Price Glossary Banc (2010):

438

Workers and time required per module breakdown:

- Full Metal structure (base + frame): 3 people (bricklayer 1st + 2 assistants) / 4 days

- PANELING enclosure: 2 people (bricklayer 1st + assistant) / 4 days

- Simultaneously for 4 days: - Facilities 1: 3 people / 2 days - Electricity: 1 person (bricklayer 1st) - Plumbing and drainage: 1 person (bricklayer 1st) - Air conditioning: 1 person (bricklayer 1st)

- Workframes: 2 people (bricklayer 1st + assistant) / 2 day

- Fronts: 2 people (bricklayer 1st + assistant) / 2 day

- Simultaneously for 2 day: - Facilities 2 PHOTOVOLTAIC + THERMAL: 2 people (2 bricklayers 1st) / 1 day - Mechanisms and systems: 1 person (bricklayer 1st) / 1 day

- Simultaneously for 2 day: - False ceiling: 2 people (bricklayer 1st + assistant) / 2 day - Furniture and isles (modules assembly) *: 2 people (2 bricklayers 1st) / 2 day

* Simultaneously with the construction process of the modules, both workers will take about 4 days to assembly the two isles, bathroom + kitchen and bathroom

- Finishes: 1 person (bricklayer 1st) / 2 day- The courtyard assembly will be done in parallel with the modules’ construction, using two bricklayers 1st responsible for this and its subsequent fit with the modules.

One module construction process schedule:

E: Metallic structure P: Panelling I1 + C + F: Facilities 1, Work frames and Front I2 + M: Facilities 2, Mechanisms and systems Ft + MI: False ceiling, Furniture and Isles (assembly) A: Finishes B + C: Bath Isle+Kitchen B: Bath Isle

439

Summary of specialized workers and working days:

440

modules constructive process schedule:


441

Specialist workers and working days summary:

The total from salaries is: 27.196,8 €

The working day is considered to have 8 hours. We will bear an annual salary 2.5% increase in mind.

The following costs have to be added:- Trailer-crane rental for loading, unloading and transport of the two modules to their destination. It is assumed that being a small-scale firm, its market scope will be reduced, which involves a reduced transport distance in principle.- Trailer-crane rental with 12 meters box: 2 € /km (depending on required budgets to companies like Gam, Serviobras, Cavaelevación and Extreobras)- Assuming a 200 km distance: 400 € (the final price may vary slightly depending on the destination, as is not feasible for a small firm to have their own transport vehicle, and depends on these rent-machinery companies)- Plant rent. For this course of business, the vil-lage of San José de la Rinconada would contin-ue allowing us to use their available plants in El Cáñamo II Industrial Park, towards a sustainable housing policy. The City Council has shown this in commitment and transferring them to build Pa-tio 2.12. Moreover, the workshop school placed in these plants can collaborate, apply and extend their learning in this business.

442

MATERIAL BUDGET

* Subtract 10% of indirect costs as each batch of measurements and estimates are considered by 13%. Overhead costs have been broken down individually and not added as a percentage of execution budget

The measurement and detailed budget is at Measurements and Patio 2.12 Budget Annex. Based on the historical changes in the IPC, we will set an annual IPC increase of 1.5%.

Payment summary

443

Cash Flows

In the table of cash flows shows that the initial investment of € 800,000, to support the production of the first year, becomes profitable the fifth year that the company continues to produce 2 houses a year, earning a profit this year more than € 100,000.

4.5.2.3. PATIO 2.12. ANNUAL PRODUCTION MEDIUM LEVEL: 100 HOUSES / YEAR


The company faces a relatively high production of modules, for the different applica-tions offered.

After having analyzed the current status of prefabricated houses, the demand for renew-able and alternatives energies facing the global warming problem and natural resources exhaustion, and having studied the reference market and nowadays offer, Patius SL decides to make an investment to start the business, because there is no company of-fering the same qualities or product.

It's about creating a mechanized assembly line, able to produce the required housing placed in order (supposing we are asked 100 houses the first year, and simulating sales percentages over the later years), We estimate that both production and charges are constantly continue, this fact would facilitate the company liquidity situation in terms of cash flow concerns.

In order to produce 100 houses a year (approximate number according to the customer demand), 8 houses per month will be produced in an assembly line as reflected in the calendar and production schedule (bearing 250 working days in mind, we have dis-counted weekends, bank holidays and Autonomous Community holidays).

Assembly line and industrialization monthly calendar

The schedule shows a breakdown of activities in the industrialization line, and it required times. It is exhaustively studied the way of production in order to create a continuous work succession, and that employees always having job, which means they can be hired making cheaper wage costs compared with the previous business assumption that produces 2 houses a year.

444


445

Description of payments:

Wages and salaries

We have to keep in mind that the company will hire new employees who will deal with very different and sequential jobs, because of the expertise required for each one. In this case we look at the salary table published in the Spanish Official Gazette nº 137 Friday 8th July 2012, Page 41801 Section III.

446

Employees and salaries breakdown schedule (one Assembly)

We need four assembly lines to produce 100 homes per year, therefore the cost of wages is: 4 x 212.046,90 = 848.187,60

- Hiring 1 crane operator who will handle the loading and unloading trucks at the plant

- Hiring 1 administrative in charge of office work management and organization, as re-ceiving orders, expense management and billing control. Microsoft Office and account-ing software required.

- Hiring 1 office technician. This person will mix with customers, direct projects and guide the consumer un-til manufacturing work begins.

We will consider an annual wage increase of 2.5%.

To start the activity, the company will face differ-ent investments such as machinery, tools and ap-pliances, and as we have already said material and production products for the first month.

After considering some possibilities, we opt for buying a telescopic han-dler MANITOU MT 1235 model, manufacture year 2005. Max. height eleva-tion 12 meters. Max. load capacity 3500 kg. Its cost is 20,000 €

447

Transport

Transport is done with a trailer crane, by one agreement with the haulage contractor, which guarantees a lower price, as their services will be hired about 200 times a year. At first is not advisable to make the significant outlay that involves purchasing the crane truck and hiring the truck driver.

We establish an average of 400€ (approximately a distance of 300 kilometres with an amount of 1.33 € / km.)

- 400 € x 200 transports = 80.000 €

Plant rent

For Seville centre headquarters we rent a logistic industrial permises in El Pino Industrial Park, a very favourable location within the Seville metropolitan ring. The plot has 10.000 m2 of which 5.375 m2 are the industrial permises and 1.360 m2 offices, with 6 loading docks, allowing the development of the line production and administrative and retail activity. It has electrical and fire-prevention systems. The rent is 10,000 € per month

PURCHASE VALUE

The company will have acquired financing at one’s disposal through a credit institution with a 6% discount rate and an 8 years period.Initial investment = € 8.100.000

Due to the significant housing production in the company, the operating budget mate-rial is cheaper because the distributors of the materials, provide better offers, the higher the order. According to market benchmarks, the physical implementation budget is de-creased by 18% over the previous course, lowering production costs and allowing a final price of the product more competitive in the market.

MATERIAL BUDGET

448



Payment summary

449

Cash Flows

The initial investment of € 8,100,000 is needed to cover the first three months of produc-tion, as from the third month the company begins to make income. As Shown in the table cash flows, the company's return on investment Achieves to the second year

To estimate Patius SL investment a few income cases have been calculated depending on products sales increase and decrease during the investment period.We estimate that we sell 100 houses the first year. During the next two years there is a severe drop in sales, with a minimum in 2014 caused by the country's economic slow-down and lack of funding for this type of housing. From 2015 begins a sale overcome reinforced by economic sector recovery and a strong business proposition reinforced by advertising in exhibitions, fairs, media and updated sales catalogue.

4.5.2.4. PATIO 2.12. ANNUAL PRODUCTION HIGH LEVEL: 1.000 HOUSES / YEAR


The company faces a very high production of modules offered for different applications.

After having analyzed the current situation of prefabricated houses, renewable and al-ternatives energies demand for the global warming problem and natural resources ex-haustion, and having studied the market and the nowadays offer, Patius S.L. decides to make an investment to start the business because there is no company that offers the same qualities and product.

450

Being a mechanized assembly line with a production on request, although stocks will be created to maintain the assembly line pace and to output the houses with special promotions, we assume that we are asked 1000 houses the first year, and simulating sales percentages for the following years, the initial investment is estimated to cover first month of production expenses and pays, plus the sum of machinery, tools, transport and management of distribution channels. We estimate that both production and col-lection are continuously, this fact would facilitate the liquidity situation of the company in terms of cash flow concerns.

To build 1000 houses per year (approximate number based on customer demand) we will produce 84 houses per month in an assembly line as reflected in the calendar and production schedule (taking 250 working days, as we have discounted weekends, bank holidays and Autonomous Community holidays).

This demand and sales volume is unfeasible within a domestic market, so Patius S.L. is opened to the international market, by means of its expansion into the European terri-tory as well as the offices of Malaga, Granada and Jaen.

To cover and control this market, it is necessary to provide different distribution and marketing points in Europe. For these points location, a study of the product success has been done (prefabricated self-sufficient houses), the European countries’ commit-ment with sustainability, renewable energy and environment, and affordable housing demand, so two countries that fit these requirements are Germany and Sweden. In ad-dition to these characteristics, the geographical location of these countries in Europe brings a wider territory scope and creates a network that facilitates the company logis-tics. These branches will be given a percentage of sales made, as the manufacturing plant will be in Seville and transported to them.The headquarters is located in Spain, Seville, south of the Iberian Peninsula, in an im-portant position within the good communication by land, air and even through the Gua-dalquivir River that allows navigation to the Atlantic Ocean. One of the secondary head-quarters is located in north-eastern Germany, in Berlin. Berlin is a modern economic centre. Some of the most powerful companies in Europe are headquartered there.

The local government encourag-es the development of high-tech industry and research projects in fields of engineering, information technology, and automobile. The other is based in Sweden, north of the European Union, particu-larly in the capital Stockholm, considered a global city-level gamma. Over 40% of Swedish companies are located in Stock-holm, economic and financial centre of the country.ividual modules and 42 doubles) in an assembly line as reflected in the calendar and production schedule (taking 250 working days, as we have discounted weekends, bank holidays and Autonomous Community holidays).

451

Monthly calendar of the assembly line and industrialization

The schedule shows a breakdown of activities in the industrialization line and the time required. It is thoroughly studied the form of production to create a continuous succes-sion of work and that employees always have work, which means they can be hired making the salaries expenses cheaper. The line is similar to the one of 100 houses a year, but to achieve 1000 houses per year production we must establish 25 parallel lines.

We need to make a strong invest in personnel, in all headquarters, as well as in in-dustrial and transport machinery at the main headquarters of Seville, which is detailed below and is very important to quantify in order to know the initial investment required.


452

Payments description:

Wages and salaries


453

Cash flows

Employees and salaries breakdown schedule

We add to the assembly line operators:

- 1 administrative assistant and architect for each secondary headquarters (Malaga, Granada, Jaen, Berlin and Stockholm)

- 3 administrative assistants and 1 architect in Seville headquarters

- 1 workshop master controlling 2 production lines

- 1 truck driver for each crane-truck

- 10 assembly operators using maximum 2 days setting the house at the destination plot - 2 Engineers who are responsible for the viability of the plot to receive housing

Following this expansion, we must consider the transport costs involved.For this we contemplate 20 tractor trailers with their open platform purchase.

Purchase price = € 115,000 each truck * 15 = € 17,250,000

454

At Seville plant, we will invest in two overhead cranes for modules loading and unload-ing. It will be a monorail crane type made with a standard rail. Maximum load capacity 1.5 tons and 18 meters.

Purchase price = 27,000 € each overhead crane* 2 = € 54,000

After considering some possibilities we opt for the acquisition of 8 telescopic handlers MANITOU brand MT model. Max. height elevation 12 meters. Max. load 3500 kg. The cost is 25,000 € each. Total € 200,000

PURCHASE VALUE

The company have an acquired financing through a credit institution with a discount rate of 6% and a period of 8 years.Initial Investment = 30.000.000 €

For Seville centre headquarters we rent a logistic industrial permises in El Pino Industrial Park, a very favourable location within the Seville metropolitan ring. The plot has 20.000 m2 of which 11.540 m2 are the industrial permises and 1.645 m2 offices, with 15 load-ing docks, allowing the development of the line production and administrative and retail activity. The rent is 18,000 € per month.

455

Fuel. Petrol: estimated consumption:

5 days per week * 52 weeks = 260 days

It is estimated that each truck will travel an average of 700 km a day

500 km * 15 * 260 days = trucks 1,950,000 km/year

Petrol consumption (diesel oil A) is estimated around 35 liters per 100 km, so total fuel consumption is approximately 628,500 liters per year. The price of the fuel is set to € 1.245/liter, therefore the cost of 15 trucks fuel will be:

628,000 x 1.245 = 781,860 (price obtained in the Ministry of Industry, Energy and Tour-ism http://geoportal.mityc.es/hidrocarburos/eess/)

Bearing the instability of fuel prices in mind, we estimate a 5% annual rise in Diesel A price. We estimate a cost of truck tolls of 900 € per month

900€* 12 = 10,800€ year* 15 trucks = € 162,000

Each truck will need 170€ per month for mechanical revisions and wheel changes.170€ * 12 months * 15 trucks = 30,600€

Due to the significant housing production in the company, the operating budget mate-rial is cheaper because the distributors of the materials, provide better offers, the higher the order. According to market benchmarks, the physical implementation budget is de-creased by 25% over the initial budget, lowering production costs and allowing a final price of the product more competitive in the market.

MATERIAL BUDGET

456



PAYMENTS SUMMARIZE

CASH FLOWS

457

The initial investment of 30,000,000 €, the cats needed to cover the first month of pro-duction since the first month after the company begins to make income. As Shown in the table cash flows, the company's return on investment Achieves to the first year

To estimate investment Patius SL few cases have estimated revenue increase and de-crease depend on the sales of products during the period of investment.We estimate that the first year sell 1000 homes. During the next two years is a sharp de-cline in sales were made at least in 2014 caused by the country's economic slowdown and lack of funding for this type of housing. From 2015 begin a comeback in sales recovery reinforced by economic sector and a strong business proposition reinforced by advertising in exhibitions, fairs, media and catalog sales to date. During the follow-ing years, sales fluctuate around 1000 homes, serving to promote stocks with offers suggestive advertising campaigns that appeal to consumers and society come to this housing option.

Moreover, according to the parameters and IRR NPV investment is suitable for 100 houses, highly recommended for 1000, however, is not advisable to 2 houses due to initial cost and little money income as a benefit.

Additionally, we will study various business cases for the prototype Low Cost, devel-oped to fit closely to the current market characteristics. A prototype, inheriting all the technical virtues of backyard 2.12, and marketable industrializable really low cost ver-sion. The aim is to achieve a prototype that is profoundly profitable, construction and transport, to suit all fundamental patterns of modulation, serialization and prefabrication, and also is affordable according to economic conditions that exist today.It starts from basic prototypes in terms of occupation standard family models, and de-velop two models:Prototype 1. Single module. 2 People.Prototype 2. Double Module + patio. 4 People.

Different investments would be done for each level of production, so are detailed sepa-rately. For each case, we will carry out a simulation about creating a new company adapted to each level needs. For these simulations, economic and financial initiations different requirements would be taken into account, considering the investment char-acteristics.


The company faces a very low production of Patio 2.12 modules, for housing. For this simulation calculates, shall foresee that production corresponds to a car transportable module (2 people capacity) and to a two modules with patio model (4 people capacity).

Investment for this production step is very different from two other categories, since the construction of two models is simulated here, which do not need many of the necessary resources for higher production levels. In this case manufacture will be done in fifteen days after receiving the request, instead of needing a year of work.

Economic description of the investment

ACQUISITION VALUE

The company will have an acquired financing at one’s disposal through a credit institu-tion with a discount rate of 6% and an 8 years period.Initial investment = € 90.000

CASH FLOW

The cash flows will be calculated as followed, meeting the company payments and re-ceived collections.

Payment description:

Wages and salaries

We have to bear that the company will hire new employees in mind, dealing with very different and sequential jobs because of the required experience.

To assimilate wages and salaries, we turn to the information provided by the Andalusian Price Glossary Banc (2010):

4.5.2.5. LOW COST. ANNUAL PRODUCTION LOW LEVEL: 2 HOUSES / YEAR

458

Workers and time required per module breakdown:

- Full Metal structure (base + frame): 3 people (bricklayer 1st + 2 assistants) / 2 days- PANELING enclosure: 2 people (bricklayer 1st + assistant) / 2 days- Simultaneously for 2 days: - Facilities 1: 3 people / 2 days - Electricity: 1 person (bricklayer 1st) - Plumbing and drainage: 1 person (bricklayer 1st) - Air conditioning: 1 person (bricklayer 1st)- Workframes: 2 people (bricklayer 1st + assistant) / 1 day- Fronts: 2 people (bricklayer 1st + assistant) / 1 day- Simultaneously for 1 day: - Facilities 2 PHOTOVOLTAIC + THERMAL: 2 people (2 bricklayers 1st) / 1 day - Mechanisms and systems: 1 person (bricklayer 1st) / 1 day- Simultaneously for 1 day: - False ceiling: 2 people (bricklayer 1st + assistant) / 1 day - Furniture and isles (modules assembly) *: 2 people (2 bricklayers 1st) / 1 day

* Simultaneously with the construction process of the modules, both workers will take about 4 days to assembly the two isles, bathroom + kitchen (for the individual module) and bathroom (for the double model’ living module).

- Finishes: 1 person (bricklayer 1st) / 1 day- The courtyard assembly will be done in parallel with the modules’ construction, using two bricklayers 1st responsible for this and its subsequent fit with the modules.

One module construction process schedule:

E: Metallic structure P: Paneling I1 + C + F: Facilities 1, Workframes and Front I2 + M: Facilities 2, Mechanisms and systems Ft + MI: False ceiling, Furniture and Isles (assembly) A: Finishes B + C: Bath Isle+Kitchen B: Bath Isle

459

Summary of specialized workers and working days:

Simple and double module constructive process schedule:


460

Specialist workers and working days summary:

The total from salaries is: 13.598,40 €

The working day is considered to have 8 hours. We will bear an annual salary 2.5% increase in mind.

The following costs have to be added:

- Trailer-crane rental for loading, unloading and transport of the two modules to their destination. It is assumed that being a small-scale firm, its market scope will be re-duced, which involves a reduced transport distance in principle.

- Trailer-crane rental with 12 meters box: 2 € /km (depending on required budgets to companies like Gam, Serviobras, Cavaelevación and Extreobras)

Assuming a 200 km distance: 400 € (the final price may vary slightly depending on the destination, as is not feasible for a small firm to have their own transport vehicle, and depends on these rent-machinery companies)

461

- Plant rent. For this course of business, the village of San José de la Rinconada would continue allowing us to use their available plants in El Cáñamo II Indus-trial Park, towards a sustainable housing policy. The City Council has shown this in commitment and transferring them to build Patio 2.12. Moreover, the work-shop school placed in these plants can collaborate, apply and extend their learning in this business.

MATERIAL BUDGET


The measurement and detailed budget is at Measurements and Low Cost Budget Annex. Based on the historical changes in the IPC, we will set an annual IPC increase of 1.5%.

462

Payment summary

Cash Flows

In the table of cash flows shows that the initial investment of 90,000 € to support the production of the first year pays for the fifth year that the company continues to pro-duce 2 houses a year, giving this year a profit of almost € 10,000.

4.5.2.6. LOW. COST. ANNUAL PRODUCTION MEDIUM LEVEL: 100 HOUSES / YEAR


The company faces a relatively high production of modules, for the different applica-tions offered. For this simulation calculates, shall foresee an equally production of the two models, as our actual production would be done by independent modules number.

After having analyzed the current status of prefabricated houses, the demand for renew-able and alternatives energies facing the global warming problem and natural resources exhaustion, and having studied the reference market and nowadays offer, Patius SL decides to make an investment to start the business, because there is no company of-fering the same qualities or product.

It's about creating a mechanized assembly line, able to produce the required housing placed in order (supposing we are asked 100 houses the first year, and simulating sales percentages over the later years), the initial investment has been estimated to cover the first month of production expenses and payments. We estimate that both production and charges are constantly continue, this fact would facilitate the company liquidity situ-ation in terms of cash flow concerns.

463

In order to produce 100 houses a year (approximate number according to the customer demand), 8 houses per month will be produced (4 single and 4 double modules) in an assembly line as reflected in the calendar and production schedule (bearing 250 working days in mind, we have discounted weekends, bank holidays and Autonomous Community holidays).

Assembly line and industrialization monthly calendar The schedule shows a breakdown of activities in the industrialization line, and it re-quired times. It is exhaustively studied the way of production in order to create a continuous work succession, and that employees always having job, which means they can be hired making cheaper wage costs compared with the previous business assumption that produces 2 houses a year.


464

Description of payments:

Wages and salaries


465


- Hiring 1 crane operator who will handle the loading and unloading trucks at the plant

- Hiring 1 administrative in charge of office work management and organization, as re-ceiving orders, expense management and billing control. Microsoft Office and account-ing software required.

- Hiring 1 office technician. This person will mix with customers, direct projects and guide the consumer until manufacturing work begins.

We will consider an annual wage increase of 2.5%.

To start the activity, the company will face different in-vestments such as machinery, tools and appliances, and as we have already said material and production products for the first month.

After considering some possibilities, we opt for buying a telescopic han-dler MANITOU MT 1235 model, manu-facture year 2005. Max. height el-evation 12 meters. Max. load capacity 3500 kg. Its cost is 20,000 €

466

Transport

Transport is done with a trailer crane, by one agreement with the haulage contractor, which guarantees a lower price, as their services will be hired about 50 times a year. At first is not advisable to make the significant outlay that involves purchasing the crane truck and hiring the truck driver.

We establish an average of 400€ for 2 modules model transport (approximately a dis-tance of 300 kilometres with an amount of 1.33 € / km.)

- 400 € x 50 transports = 20.000 €

Plant rent

The new company placement will be in 500 m2 industrial premises lo-cated in Seville, in Nervión- San Pa-blo district (Calonge Industrial Park) a commercial and industrial area which causes a good impression in public, so sales and management headquarters as well as the manu-facture line would be located in the same park. The head plant has one bureau, 3 offices, 2 bathrooms and storage rooms that will be used to house Patius SL commercial and directive area, and a clear plant af-ter it. Communication with Nervión commercial area is very good to be one more show window while the In-dustrial Park urban structure allows good and fast communications with the main roads of the city and exits to other destinations. The renting price is 1,500 € per month

PURCHASE VALUE

The company will have acquired financing at one’s disposal through a credit institution with a 6% discount rate and an 8 years period.Initial investment = € 1.655.000

467


MATERIAL BUDGET

* Subtract 10% of indirect costs as each batch of measurements and estimates are con-sidered by 13%. Overhead costs have been broken down individually and not added as a percentage of actual execution of the budget

The measurement and detailed budget breakdown is at Annex Measurements and Low Cost Budget. Based on the CPI historical variations, we will set an annual CPI increase of 1.5%.

468

Payment summarize

Cash flows

The initial investment of € 1,655,000 is needed to cover the first three months of pro-duction, as from the third month the company begins to make income. As Shown in the table cash flows, the company's return on investment Achieves to the second year

To estimate Patius SL investment a few income cases have been calculated depending on products sales increase and decrease during the investment period.We estimate that we sell 100 houses the first year. During the next two years there is a severe drop in sales, with a minimum in 2014 caused by the country's economic slow-down and lack of funding for this type of housing. From 2015 begins a sale overcome reinforced by economic sector recovery and a strong business proposition reinforced by advertising in exhibitions, fairs, media and updated sales catalogue.

469

4.5.2.7. LOW COST. ANNUAL PRODUCTION HIGH LEVEL: 1.000 HOUSES / YEAR


The company faces a very high production of modules offered for different applications. For this simulation calculates, shall foresee that both models are Low Cost manufac-tured, as our production will be done by independent modules number.

After having analyzed the current situation of prefabricated houses, renewable and al-ternatives energies demand for the global warming problem and natural resources ex-haustion, and having studied the market and the nowadays offer, Patius S.L. decides to make an investment to start the business because there is no company that offers the same qualities and product.

Being a mechanized assembly line with a production on request, although stocks will be created to maintain the assembly line pace and to output the houses with special promotions, we assume that we are asked 1000 houses the first year, and simulating sales percentages for the following years, the initial investment is estimated to cover first month of production expenses and pays, plus the sum of machinery, tools, transport and management of distribution channels. We estimate that both production and col-lection are continuously, this fact would facilitate the liquidity situation of the company in terms of cash flow concerns.

To build 1000 houses per year (approximate number based on customer demand) we will produce 84 houses per month (42 individual modules and 42 doubles) in an as-sembly line as reflected in the calendar and production schedule (taking 250 working days, as we have discounted weekends, bank holidays and Autonomous Community holidays).

This demand and sales volume is unfeasible within a domestic market, so Patius S.L. is opened to the international market, by means of its expansion into the European terri-tory as well as the offices of Malaga, Granada and Jaen.

470

To cover and control this market, it is necessary to provide different distribution and marketing points in Europe. For these points location, a study of the product success has been done (prefabricated self-sufficient houses), the European countries' commit-ment with sustainability, renewable energy and environment, and affordable housing demand, so two countries that fit these requirements are Germany and Sweden. In ad-dition to these characteristics, the geographical location of these countries in Europe brings a wider territory scope and creates a network that facilitates the company logis-tics. These branches will be given a percentage of sales made, as the manufacturing plant will be in Seville and transported to them.

The headquarters is located in Spain, Seville, south of the Iberian Peninsula, in an important position within the good communication by land, air and even through the Guadalquivir River that allows navigation to the Atlantic Ocean. One of the secondary headquarters is located in north-eastern Germany, in Berlin. Berlin is a modern econom-ic centre. Some of the most powerful companies in Europe are headquartered there. The local government encourages the development of high-tech industry and research projects in fields of engineering, information technology, and automobile. The other is based in Sweden, north of the European Union, particularly in the capital Stockholm, considered a global city-level gamma. Over 40% of Swedish companies are located in Stockholm, economic and financial centre of the country.

Monthly calendar of the assembly line and industrialization

The schedule shows a breakdown of activities in the industrialization line and the time required. It is thoroughly studied the form of production to create a continuous succes-sion of work and that employees always have work, which means they can be hired making the salaries expenses cheaper. The line is similar to the one of 100 houses a year, but to achieve 1000 houses per year production we must establish 10 parallel lines.

In this case, workers who were part time (corresponding to the last 3 stages of assem-bly) pass to be full time, producing savings in personnel. So the first 3 phases are fixed for each assembly line while the last 3 phases will overlap so that workers have contin-ued work.

We need to make a strong invest in personnel, in all headquarters, as well as in in-dustrial and transport machinery at the main headquarters of Seville, which is detailed below and is very important to quantify in order to know the initial investment required.

471


472

Payments description:

Wages and salaries


473

Cash flows


We add to the assembly line operators:

- 1 administrative assistant and architect for each secondary headquarters (Malaga, Granada, Jaen, Berlin and Stockholm)

- 3 administrative assistants and 1 architect in Seville headquarters

- 1 workshop master controlling 2 production lines

- 1 truck driver for each crane-truck

- 10 assembly operators using maximum 2 days setting the house at the destination plot - 2 Engineers who are responsible for the viability of the plot to receive housing

Following this expansion, we must consider the transport costs involved.For this we contemplate 20 tractor trailers with their open platform purchase.

Purchase price = € 115,000 each truck * 15 = € 17,250,000

474

At Seville plant, we will invest in two overhead cranes for modules loading and unload-ing. It will be a monorail crane type made with a standard rail. Maximum load capacity 1.5 tons and 18 meters.

Purchase price = 27,000 € each overhead crane* 2 = € 54,000

After considering some possibilities we opt for the acquisition of 4 telescopic handlers MANITOU brand MT model. Max. height elevation 12 meters. Max. load 3500 kg. The cost is 25,000 € each. Total € 100,000

PURCHASE VALUE

The company have an acquired financing through a credit institution with a discount rate of 6% and a period of 8 years.Initial Investment = 6.600.000 €

For Seville centre headquarters we rent a logistic industrial permises in El Pino Industrial Park, a very favourable location within the Seville metropolitan ring. The plot has 10.000 m2 of which 5.375 m2 are the industrial permises and 1.360 m2 offices, with 6 loading docks, allowing the development of the line production and administrative and retail ac-tivity. It has electrical and fire-prevention systems. The rent is 10,000 € per month.

475

Fuel. Petrol: estimated consumption:

5 days per week * 52 weeks = 260 days

It is estimated that each truck will travel an average of 700 km a day

500 km * 15 * 260 days = trucks 1,950,000 km/year

Petrol consumption (diesel oil A) is estimated around 35 liters per 100 km, so total fuel consumption is approximately 628,500 liters per year. The price of the fuel is set to € 1.245/liter, therefore the cost of 15 trucks fuel will be:

628,000 x 1.245 = 781,860 (price obtained in the Ministry of Industry, Energy and Tour-ism http://geoportal.mityc.es/hidrocarburos/eess/)

Bearing the instability of fuel prices in mind, we estimate a 5% annual rise in Diesel A price. We estimate a cost of truck tolls of 900 € per month

900€* 12 = 10,800€ year* 15 trucks = € 162,000

Each truck will need 170€ per month for mechanical revisions and wheel changes.170€ * 12 months * 15 trucks = 30,600€

476

MATERIAL BUDGET

* Subtract 10% of indirect costs as each batch of measurements and estimates are con-sidered by 13%. Overhead costs have been broken down individually and not added as a percentage of actual execution of the budget

The measurement and detailed budget breakdown is at Annex Measurements and Low Cost Budget. Based on the CPI historical variations, we will set an annual CPI increase of 1.5%.


477

PAYMENTS SUMMARIZE

CASH FLOWS

The initial investment of 6,600,000 €, the cats needed to cover the first month of produc-tion since the first month after the company begins to make income. As Shown in the table cash flows, the company's return on investment Achieves to the first year

To estimate investment Patius SL few cases have estimated revenue increase and de-crease depend on the sales of products during the period of investment.We estimate that the first year sell 1000 homes. During the next two years is a sharp decline in sales were made at least in 2014 caused by the country's economic slowdown and lack of funding for this type of housing. From 2015 begin a comeback in sales recovery reinforced by eco-nomic sector and a strong business proposition reinforced by advertising in exhibitions, fairs, me-dia and catalog sales to date. During the following years, sales fluctuate around 1000 homes, serving to promote stocks with offers suggestive advertis-ing campaigns that appeal to consumers and so-ciety come to this housing option.

478

479

4.5.3. INDUSTRIALIZATION DEGREE

4.5.3.1. SYSTEM´S LEGIBILITY

Patio 2.12 has one level of industrialization. This is one of the fundamental goals of the correct serialized production of the project and therefore has been taken into account since the early beginning.

The house is produces in series with different independent mo-dules in the assembly line. These modules are: kitchen- dining; living room; bed and bath room and building systems.

One of the main differences with other models in the market is the fact that these modules are totally assembled and ready to be set in place once they leave the factory. An assembly and transportation in 3D further guarantees the reliability of the pro-duct.

Infinite possibilities for housing typologies are born from the combination of the different modules. The patio element is in charge of adapting to the different positions of the modules and creates a spatial continuity between them. It is the leisure space of the house and acts as a thermal and lighting regulator. These variations are shown in Section 4 and in the Target Market.

4.5.3.2. MODULES THEORETICAL CONSTRUCTION PROCESS

The construction process of the different modules answers to the main concepts: SKIN, CLOSET, ISLE AND PATIO.

SKIN + CLOSET + ISLE

The module´s skin is created first, it is composed of a bearing structure and its exterior and interior finishes. Towards the exterior, it consists of a ceramic skin composed of mo-dulated pieces of 82 x 42 cm. that will create elevations without any cut in the pieces as well as solving the corners and turns without any special piece, in the case of the most technological house. The interior skin is composed of recycled cork, more sustainable than normal cork, with standardized measurements that perfectly adapt to the dimen-

480

sions of the module.

Once the skin is finished and we have gua-ranteed thermal and acoustic comfort, we proceed with the installation of the different systems and leave them ready to be easily connected later on.

The second task is to place the closets in their position with the different electrical applian-ces and complements chosen.

Last, the isles will be installed in the interior of the modules.

This process is divided into three clearly diffe-rentiated stages and allows the user to guide the characteristics of his house depending on his needs and aspirations. As a catalogue, the client can chose from three different op-tions:

• Low cost

• Medium

• High tech

For each of the concepts (skin, closets and isle) there is a difference for each of the mo-dules so that these can be combined and therefore achieve the highest personalization and adequacy for the user´s needs.

This way, and by choosing the different modules that will combine to form the house and its spatial configuration, a wide range of possibilities is created, starting from the most basic industrialization concepts. Standardization of the components´ dimensions, serialized production and marketing.

4.5.3.3. CONSTRUCTIVE SYSTEM

As has been mentioned before, the dimensional coordination is important from the be-ginning up to the construction process, using products already present in the market and collaborating, when needed, with the different companies that are willing to create

481

new products adapted for the project, as for example, the ceramic pieces in the skin.

STRUCTURE

The different modules´ structure is composed of a vertical frame and roof frame made up of timber cross sections with a studied modulation in order for this to be the only structure for the module.

The columns are made from timber with a 10 x 10 cm. section, while the cross sections that compose the roof structure are 10 x 15 cm.

The separation between “columns” and “beams” correspond to the dimensions of the ceramic pieces for the exterior lining, 42 cm. Therefore, no secondary structure is nee-ded for these pieces, as well as working as the supporting structure for the interior lining and recycled cork panels adhered on top.

The windows towards the exterior façade, as well as those looking towards the patio, are modulated proportionally to this serialization, in height as well as for their length.

This frame of timber columns and beams is anchored to a metallic structural base that makes up the inferior slab and rests over the ground.

The metallic structure is made up if a grid of empty steel cross sections. The configu-ration in two orthogonal dimensions gives the structure greater rigidity. There are two types of cross sections:

• Perimeter of 20 x 20 cm.

• Central grid of 10 x 20 cm.

Contact with the ground is realized through metallic adjustable studs anchored to the metallic structure that makes up the ground. This allows leveling the different modules in the ground and the placement of the systems because of being raised. But the main function of these studs is to leave almost no ecological footprint on the ground, since we only need the use of some of a small amount of them to level the house.

482

VERTICAL ENCLOSURE:

The exterior enclosure and the interior lining do no need an auxiliary structure because this has been thought before and the structure has been modulated in order to avoid this and save time in the assembly.

The exterior enclosure is made up of ceramic pieces of 82 x 42 cm. and is directly an-chored to the timber columns through a piece with the shape of a C, as can be seen in the detailed drawing. This produces and air chamber that resembles the effect produ-

483

ced in a drinking jug.

The layout of the pieces in the different facades is studied in order to avoid cutting any pieces, except for those that have to inevitably be but because of the 8º slope of the roof. Also, corners and turns have been solved without any special piece.

Taking a closer look at the layout of the facades one can see the following:

• North facades are 4.00 meters tall, the same as 5 ceramic pieces:

5 pieces * 80 cm. = 400 cm.

• South facades are 3.20 meters tall, the same as 4 ceramic pieces:

4 pieces * 80 cm. = 320 cm

This further demonstrates the importance given to the industrialization process and ma-terial layout. Also, this difference in heights creates the right inclination to place photo-voltaic panels in the roof.

The composition of the facades is as follows:

484

Towards the exterior: anchored to the columns there is a reflexive isolution. The faste-ning system for the ceramic pieces is composed of single elements anchored to the columns that create an air chamber when put together.

Towards the interior: thermical isolation is placed and, over this, the interior lining with recycled cork is glued.

Another important aspect of the Project is to create unity between the materials. Walls, floors and ceilings are lined with recycled cork to create the sense of continuity in the interior space of the module. Their layouts will also be similar, as also happens in the ceramic finish in the façade. Very few materials have been used, but hey have been thought and chosen to make the user feel the space is the main character in the house.

486

Inferior slab:

As we have already explained, the structure of the lower slab is made up of a metallic grid of cross sec-tions and studs. In its inferior side, OSB panels are used and held in place with L shaped cross sections to rigidified the structure and be used as support for the extruded polystyrene set between the slabs sec-tions. Above them, a polystyrene film and a euroline sheet of 12 mm thickness. Lastly, the OSB panels that act as support for the recycled cork panels with ecological protective varnish are placed to form the finished floor.

Roof:

The finish towards the interior of the roof is made up of Pladur (plasterboard) held by strips and creates an air chamber of 4 mm. On top of this, recycled cork is glued.

On the exterior side, on top of the timber structure thermochip energy with 79 mm. thic-kness is placed. Then comes the waterproof coating and aluminum profiles for fixation of photovoltaic panels. These three are held together by waterlight anchorage.

Over this finish, photovoltaic panels are set leaving a separation as air chamber.

Systems:

The interior systems will be carried out at the same time as the skin in order to get them ready before placing the interior lining. The connection with exterior elements such as photovoltaic panels will be prepared to be carried out after this are set in place.

Furniture:

After completing the skin and the systems, the first furniture element to be placed is the

Photovoltaic panel.

Termocihp Energy (79mm).

Timber Structure

Pladur (Plasteboard)

Photovoltaic Panel.

Termochip Energy (79 mm).

Timber Structure.

Pladur (Plasterboard).

487

Inferior slab:

As we have already explained, the structure of the lower slab is made up of a metallic grid of cross sec-tions and studs. In its inferior side, OSB panels are used and held in place with L shaped cross sections to rigidified the structure and be used as support for the extruded polystyrene set between the slabs sec-tions. Above them, a polystyrene film and a euroline sheet of 12 mm thickness. Lastly, the OSB panels that act as support for the recycled cork panels with ecological protective varnish are placed to form the finished floor.

Roof:

The finish towards the interior of the roof is made up of Pladur (plasterboard) held by strips and creates an air chamber of 4 mm. On top of this, recycled cork is glued.

On the exterior side, on top of the timber structure thermochip energy with 79 mm. thic-kness is placed. Then comes the waterproof coating and aluminum profiles for fixation of photovoltaic panels. These three are held together by waterlight anchorage.

Over this finish, photovoltaic panels are set leaving a separation as air chamber.

Systems:

The interior systems will be carried out at the same time as the skin in order to get them ready before placing the interior lining. The connection with exterior elements such as photovoltaic panels will be prepared to be carried out after this are set in place.

Furniture:

After completing the skin and the systems, the first furniture element to be placed is the

Photovoltaic panel.

Termocihp Energy (79mm).

Timber Structure

Pladur (Plasteboard)

closet. Once installed, the isles are moved in and then the rest of the objects that will be used as complementary furniture.

Patio:

This is the most versatile element because it is capable of adapting to the different dis-tributions and vibrations that can suffer the house, therefore the elements that compose the floor and roof structures are very adaptable systems.

The playground is performed with a primary structure that supports, consisting of metal profiles main bound to the support elements with the ground so as to allow a flexible adaptation to the slope. This structure is placed on the covering pieces of wood.

The patio cover is made with shaped drawers with aluminum frame, with glass sliding windows motorized (4 +4 type Stadip Planitherm of Saint Gobain) and grape leaves composite, as a sunblinds, motorized swivel.

488

4.5.3.4. PROCESS AND ASSEMBLY

The process to be carried out since a client is interested in buying Patio 2.12 is very sim-ple, really comfortable time wise and the products adjusts completely to his needs due to the correct modulation and composition of the housing prototype Patio 2.12.

Four different stages are created sin its hiring until it is ready to use; these are very simi-lar to most of the orders society does now a days. The different phases towards the use of the prototype Patio 2.12 are:

• Phase 1: Order and hiring.

• Phase 2: Factory manufacturing.

• Phase 3: Transportation.

• Phase 4: Assembly on site.

Order and hiring:

Patio 2.12 is presented to society as a marked prototype with a planned distribution and fixed proportions, in order for the client to choose and hire the prototype marked by the company´s design.

Patio 2.12 possess concepts that achieve higher flexibility and adaptability to any use, therefore it is open for the client to choose the number of modules he needs, adapting, as a consequence, the patio to the configuration he wants.

There is an advantage of having a fixed living module, and a variable patio that acts as the element that distributes the space between the modules: the possibility of adapting to different needs, as well as nonresidential uses is very simple, this is why the range of clients that Patio 2.12 has is almost limitless.

On the other hand, the group of patents that Patio 2.12 has placed in the market helps our exposition in the market. The living module is made up of three fundamental ele-ments: skin, closet and isle. These have been already mentioned, but from these simple elements, the client can configure the modules according to his personal taste. The presence of the isle and closet will define its interior design; this is why both products are offered in the market as individual products that can be added in at any given time.

Moreover, these pieces, isle and closet, can be offered independently to clients even if they do not acquire Patio 2.12. They can be used for specific ends such as storage or interior composition of any house, due to their reversible character.

This is proof of the wide range catalogue that Patio 2.12 offers to society, it is destined to any type of social demand and adapted to many uses.

Once hired the services, the client will be informed of the fabrication process and trans-portation, as well as the schedule for the assembly process. From that moment on, the client does not need to worry anymore, because the company takes care of every pro-cess up to the assembly on site.

Factory manufacturing:

The production of the demanded model will be totally carried out in a workshop, ready for its complete fabrication and with as many operators as needed to make the work

489

easier and quicker.

The production is developed in a serialized manner adapted for marketing and will be divided into different fabrication phases.

If Patio 2.12 is acquired, its manufacturing will be direct and take as little time as possi-ble, due to its serialization. If the product bought is a bit different, its manufacturing pro-cess will take longer, since the serialization process will not be completed in its totality, but will still incorporate the three components: skin, closet and isle. This demonstrates that the factory manufacturing of these products is direct and simple when assembling all the pieces together.

As explained earlier, how important the factory is depends on the production and de-mand of the products and therefore the number of workers, machinery and other factors will inevitably vary. Nevertheless, the fabrication process will always be the same and will have a guiding script with the following instructions:

• An area for the reception and storage of the materials composing the product will exist. As well as a place for parking the machinery needed for this reception. The stora-ge area will be directly connected to the execution area.

• A place in the workshop will be dedicated for the transportation of the materials cons-tantly needed for the execution of the products.

• The first step will be to create the grid of metallic structure that works as the inferior slab and supports the main living module. This grid will have its studs working as sup-port. All of the grids for the different modules will be carried out at the same time by the workers and with the machinery specified for this task.

• Once the slab is created, the timber structure that makes up the skin is constructed. This timber frame will be anchored to the base and will add rigidity to the module.

• The next step is to build the superior slab, the superior enclosure will be set up ancho-ring to the timber structure thermochip panels and the needed insulation for the space proposed.

• Exterior and interior linings will be anchored to the module´s structure without nee-ding any secondary structure. Also, the corresponding insulation will be placed together with the building´s systems required.

• All the needed frames will be placed and union and joint details will be performed.

• The interior lining will be completely fixed and the floor finish set in place.

• The next step is to give the house furniture and elements of daily life. These earlier mentioned isle and closet elements will be manufactured in workshop in a separate process and will only be glued to its interior.

• Lastly, automation systems will be built in and photovoltaic panels screwed to the roof.

Once this process has been completely carried out, the module is ready for its transpor-tation and on site assembly.

Through a different process, the patio is also premanufactured in workshop. It is made up of a structure with smaller studs than those in the module and a supporting tramex for the ceramic pavement. The patio is fabricated in unidirectional strips that will be

490

transported and then placed on site.

The roof is also built in workshop and is composed of unidirectional bars where the gla-zing is anchored and the photovoltaic vine leaves are set on the outside, with the same procedure as the floor.

Therefore, Patio 2.12 leaves the factory completely manufactured and ready to be trans-ported and assembled on site. This is a huge advantage for the client because it is fast and serialized production has greater qualities through the construction system.

Transportation:

One of the main characteristics of Patio 2.12 is the possibility of road transportation be-cause its dimensions have been adapted to those of standard trucks. Transportation is therefore a 3D transportation, moving the living module as a whole, as well as the patio in different strips to be located where needed.

This is a great advantage because it can reach short and medium distances, and even longer distances with another transportation method.

The truck decided for transportation is a transport and crane truck, because it can also lift up the modules to place them on site. This transportation method is cheaper becau-se it goes straight to the site without having to plan any other special transportation for the different modules.

Assembly on site:

The assembly on site of Patio 2.12 is characterized for being straight and comfortable. Because it is a 3D transportation with a premanufacturing process, it is easier to assem-ble even if some adjustment and prior works have to be made on site.

The assembly process is design so that the different activities will overlap each other in order to make it quicker and more efficient. Depending on the economic level one or more workgroups will be working on site taking turns.

Through this whole phase, 3 stages can be distinguished:

• Assembly

• Testing

• Possible disassembly

Assembly:

Before anything, it must be stated that the assembly time of Patio 2.12 depends strictly on the services it might include, having been these services decided by the users from the wide range of options present for the house.

The house Patio 2.12 that will enter the competition has an assembly time of 6 days, not less, because this process has been studied and designed to save as much time as possible.

Nevertheless, this assembly time can be reduced if the house is made up without the automation systems built in for the competition, as well as the exterior spaces or the extra efficient systems it includes. In other words, this house could be built up in 4 days

491

when speaking of a standard marketing house.

Furthermore, if the house is destined for humanitarian aid in the case of a catastrophe, its services will be reduced to the minimum and the assembly time could be reduced to 3 days. This is just a proof of the differences in the assembly time that Patio 2.12 can have depending on the client.

To start off, previous tasks will be done on site in order to place the prototype correctly in its place.

They will start off by fencing the site to get the ground ready for its use and guarantee the safety of the site. Once this is done, the unloading and storing process will begin.

The next step is the layout of the house. This is a very important process because the exact place for the location of the different modules must be found in order for the patio to fit perfectly.

Then, each module is unloaded and set in its place. In order to have the correct level, each living module is underpinned to have the same ground level between them. Once the four are set in place, their positions will be verified.

The next step is the assembly of the patio´s roof, placing each of the trusses that build up the structure where the glazing and vine leaves are anchored. Safety and other sys-tems are also installed in the patio.

Once this is done, the pavement of the patio has to be built. First the systems are paced, and then the studs that hold the structure, on top the tramex and then the pavement. Once the patio is ready as a piece, a crane lifts it up and places it in the exact spot bet-ween the modules.

As the last step, the assembly is finished by placing all the exterior elements, access, exterior equipment, and the cleaning of the site.

Testing:

Once the house is ready a series of tests have to be carried out to verify it functions correctly.

The tests that the competition Solar Decathlon needs to carry out take a period of three days due to their exactitude. This does not mean that the marketed prototype will take as long, for the market version of Patio 2.12, these tests can be carried out in only one day.

These tests include the verification of the systems such as the solar system, air condi-tioning, ventilation, automation, watering, sewage and water supply, as well as others more specific.

Possible disassembly:

The reversible character of Patio 2.12 allows it to change from one place to another without any problem. In the case of the prototype for the competition Solar Decathlon this is a mandatory phase, and most probably, also for numerous cases in which the prototype will be commercialized.

This is why the disassembly process has been very carefully studied.

492

4.5.4. GROUPING SECTION


Patio 2.12 Grouping Advantages

Patio 2.12´s great versatility added to its adaptability and spatiality when conceived as a whole, pushes the project towards proposing a wide range of grouping solutions. Any solution found for a housing project is considered a major advance for its future marketing.

The main ideas of the house can be easily understood through, what we call, the grou-ping concept. This way, most of the important resources Patio 2.12 offers can be exploi-ted. By grouping the houses, a new understanding, rich and special, can be found for the interstitial spaces between them. Following the same logic, serial grouping of the houses can lead to a different comprehension and spatial concept for community.

Furthermore, the house can be seen as a higher building, by grouping them one on top of the other and adjusting the different possible variables. If the living module is concei-ved as a multi-story building, raised over various levels, an even wider variety can be achieved for housing, as a concept, as well as giving a new understanding of the patio idea and its different options.

Therefore, we hope for a great welcome for Patio 2.12 due to its many grouping options. Nevertheless, composite and formal concepts will be maintained, as well as the main ideas that the prototype promotes. Also, special attention will be paid to the the mate-rials found in Patio 2.12 that reflect the Mediterranean richness, even in the low cost version that will be designed for possible groupings thought for less favored societies or ephemeral constructions.

Another important aspect is the prototype grouping location and its settlement related to the factors intervening in its implementation. Once assembled in workshop and trans-ported, Patio 2.12 can easily adapt to the different places where it is needed. It can be located on the beach, rural settlements, cities or even used for specific events such as expositions, working camps or social labors. When speaking of geographical location, the patio acts as the home´s thermal insulator and through the “jug concept” in the enclosures it achieves a great thermal inertia and thermal control, this way, any location could be a great location for Patio 2.12.

Patio 2.12´s composition gives a formal thrusting aspect to the 4 modules, that after being serialized and manufactured in two different options, can produce an intentiona-lity, a deliberative image. A space colonization.

493

Its groupings create mass and emptiness, exterior and interior spatiality, different public and private areas, always providing great living conditions. Therefore, Patio 2.12 main statements are: to control the living concept, improve the city´s quality and create hou-sing groups.

Reference. Row Houses, Amsterdam. Bosch Architects.

Many buildings have already shown the correct functioning of projects with emerging volumes and free space between them. In this specific case, the project´s formal configuration is based on elevated volumes that occupy a space, which is, in turn, occupied on the lower floor with the housing program.

On one hand,the image offered by the project is one that clearly suggest emerging isolated volumes. Moreover, the use of the interstitial spaces improves the community´s areas and the relationship between neighbors. All of these aspects sup-port the ideals about the correct use of community areas pre-sent in Patio 2.12.

On the other hand, the volume´s coloni-zation is carried out with a random order, with different volumes of almost the same dimensions and always controlling the thermal insulation coming from the distri-bution in different levels of the house.

Therefore, the combination of the exterior space emerging module creates a recog-nizable image from the exterior, as well as, a constant visual for the house and the surrounding space. In other words, by colonizing a space with modules, many needs are fulfilled.

4.5.4.2. USE VARIABLES FOR GROUPINGS

As mentioned earlier, the living conditions offered by Patio 2.12 are good for most of the uses proposed. They have been ideally created for housing needs, but work as well for any other use or functionality demanded by today´s society.

A direct variation of the housing concept is that of creating a touristic camping. The main idea is to adapt the prototype by using the living modules as camping apartments for a touristic use, in the interior or in the coast, using the patio in between them as commu-nity space where day to day activities can be carried out. The colonization process can greatly favor the idea, because by grouping the modules, more community spaces are created throughout the camping where different activities can be performed.

494

The idea of the residential-patio module can also be very useful and comfortable for cultural exhibitions, where an exhibition path is created through the different modules and supported by the patio´s presence. Another possible use can be found when using them as teaching modules, for private lessons, master classes with a small amount of students, language lessons, or ay other specific activity that might need spaces whose di-mensions are similar to the existing modules. A important aspect for this use is the lighting pre-sence and the use of the patio for different activi-ties.

Moreover, Patio 2.12 can be the working space of a company, locating workshops with their own storage area, by grouping different modules surrounding the patio.

This is specially useful for a hypothetical business center with many different offices for the business town area. The modules would be placed surrounding a common space and will act as the administrative and economic core.

Last, but not least important, Patio 2.12 perfectly adapts to the needs of an emergency situation, it can be useful for humanitarian needs and as a solving factor for the different catastrophes that are happening in the world today. The module´s grouping can be quickly and easily delivered to a great population and the economic version of Patio 2.12 can help solve the need for housing, as well as the need for medical spaces.

The different variables here proposed are not the only possible solutions for Patio 2.12. These are just a justified orientation to show that Patio 2.12 can easily adapt to different functions. Every grouping proposed by Patio 2.12 will always follow the initial goals and will try to innovate in different concepts, such as collectivity, differentiation between pu-blic and private space and for formal aspects of volume groupings.

4.5.4.3. PATIO

Community space or Private Space:

This section is specially designed to emphasize the patio´s importance in the housing prototype proposed. The patio is conceived as the main point of the house, as a walking,living, meeting and distributing space, and will have great im-portance when creating the different housing combinations.

The house will have many variations to adapt to its specific needs, and will vary depending on its grouping options, but the patio will always be present as a space buffer between the modules composing the house.

But the private character that the patio has in the housing prototype is not the only way it can bee seen. The patio can be considered a public room when the modules are grou-

AIDS & NEEDS

495

ped in a row, it works as an extension of the community space. An extensive study of the way to link the different spaces with galleries or pathways will be carried out, using up the interstitial spaces existing between the modules, achieving thus a more fluid and bigger community space that can be adapted to many different uses.

Another area considered is the idea of creating a multi-story building, transforming the idea of the module connected to the patio, into the idea of a high-rise building. In this case, the building becomes the mass and the patio is the space in between, the com-munity space where the neighbors can breathe, but not as the organizing space of the living module.

Therefore, the patio is conceived as the void when creating housing groups with pro-totype 2.12. This void provides the prototype with permeability and allows the user´s free circulation, further permeability will also be found in the expansions between the different modules.

As explained, the patio is a fundamental concept for designing with Patio 2.12. no mat-ter how many variations and different adaptations it may have, it will still be as important. Andalucía Team strongly supports the use of the patio, the open space and contact with the resident.

A building with strong references to our concepts is the housing building in Caraban-chel in Madrid. The configuration between mass and void in the community space is clearly shown.

496

References. Housing in Carabanchel, Madrid. Morphosis& Díaz Urgorri

This configuration is shown by a tree mass corresponding to the different pri-vate spaces of each house, the use of the house is always in contact with an open space, well lit and ventilated.

The trees protect the house from direct sun radiation and from the exterior envi-ronment, in other words, it acts as a ther-mal buffer between the interior and ex-terior spaces of the house. In this case, the patio is a determining factor in the project.

The combination of patio housing in a grouped manned creates an intentional image. It is a collection of void and solid spaces that are understood as a whole and the perfect adaptation of both concepts.

New public private patios arise, as well as access and roads throughout the housing. The combination of public areas with private housing done in the correct way, proves this example as a real approach for grouping in the house-patio combination.

This is why it is a good example to follow for Patio 2.12, it proves the correct use of the patio as the organization space for the house.

Voids. Looking towards to the patio:

A major factor in the design process of Patio 2.12 has been the void´s rate and its exterior image. One of the main ideas in the Patio 2.12 prototype is to focus the sights towards the interior patio as a fundamental space in the house.

A series of vertical strips have been opened following the design pattern in the exterior coating, acting as secondary linear sources for lighting, keeping the major opening always towards the interior.

This is the reason why the grouping´s elevation of Patio 2.12 makes us think of a uni-form image with very strong elevations and perfectly controlled windows, this will serve as an invitation to the user to explore the real life inside the pat.

497

4.5.4.4. GROUPINGS

4.5.4.4.1. INDIVIDUAL

Community space or Private Space

Thinking of the different grouping variables, we start considering the composition pro-posed in Patio 2.12, considering a repetitive grouping of the model in its settlement.

It is important to include this version because of the interesting spaces found between the different groupings of prototype 2.12. The composition composed of module and private patio leave empty spaces and community extensions that will add up to the public areas and the feeling of community.

Space Colonization

The colonization of different modules can carry on a transformation in the main use of the grouping, proving the adaptation capacity that the prototype possesses. The way Patio 2.12 is presented will allow for a space colonization where the architecture of pre-manufactured modules will be integrated in an environment where a distinction will be made between private spaces for group activities and public paths.

Reference. Micro Compact Home. Horden Cherry Lee.

This example shows a clear image of the city project of micro compact home. As a concep-tual project it shows the benefits in the way of life through colonizing spaces with isolated modules. The use of a premanufactured mo-dule in contact with the public systems that organize the area carry out in a correct man-ner a collective style of life.

The close relationship with the exterior and its exterior image composition play an im-portant role in the project. It closely resembles the benefits given to society by Patio 2.12 as an example of adaptability to any given environment, the grouping concept responds to the architectonic demand and it adapts to any type of use, it is a single space that relates to the rest of the modules and the space connecting them.

498

Even more, its mobile character further increases its adaptability for temporary uses, since it leaves no trace in the place where it has been used.

The presence of isolated modules evi-dences the innovation and use of the Patio 2.12 modules, but Patio 2.12 is not only an isolated module, but also adds the idea of a private patio related with the public exterior space. The fle-xibility of this space is such that its pri-vacy can be ignored when not needed and continue occupying the space by the addition of cubic modules.

4.5.4.4.2. SERIAL

Patio 2.12 transformation to be serialized

PATIO 2.12´S correct marketing and industrialization leads towards numerous forms of grouping. Once presented the pre-manufacturing process of the house´s modules into two different sizes, the prototype can undergo any adaptation in order to achieve the different grouping schemes.

When thinking of a serialized house that can be developed into an urban and formalized environment, a displacement in the modules´ organization should be proposed in or-der for the houses to sit aligned through the party walls. This way, the houses could be serialized in any direction and the housing grouping will have no limits.

The module is a fixed element transported straight form the workshop and set in place, it is therefore the patio, as the flexible component in the house, the element in charge of absorbing the variations in shape when adjusting to the party walls.

Model A

Once the house is ready to be serialized and is set inside squared limits, a housing group series is formed whose main space becomes the patio. The mass and void se-quence created by the modules and the patio invites to think about the concept of the patio itself.

499

The seriation is not direct, but is realized in a symmetrical form, in order to make the patio´s branches confront the annexed house. The pa-tio is thought as a private area in the house, the place where day to day activities are carried on. If this is the case, it has a direct connec-tion with the next house, such as direct visual contact, and it can be used for installing an open air element, as for example clothes lines or as the space to carry on an open air activity. Another option is when the house is designed as a housing building, where the intermediate space and be used to locate the stairs and ver-tical core.

If, on the other hand, the patio is considered a public element for the community, the modules serve as the space destined to different uses and become single spaces for a definite activity. In this case, the group of spaces will gradually expand creating a series of galleries interconnected by the patios born for the seriation.

Model B

Another seriation method comes from grou-ping every two houses leaving a communal path between them. The grouping is now pai-red with a connection between both patios that can be left opened or closed depending on the privacy needs between the users,going as far as even considering it like a double house.

The intermediate space becomes the access space, exterior garden or parking lot for the house´s vehicles.

This grouping can occupy wide residential spaces creating housing developments on the city´s outskirts, adapted to transportation. The main idea of having modules inter related with a central patio is still present, but a new adjacent patio appears and is used for all the functions and requisites the house might need.

The house can have more than one level, by adding a staircase in the connection point with the next house, this way a multi-story building with numerous levels can be created.

500

4.5.4.4.3. HIGH-RISE SERIATION

Block formation

This is the grouping option that Patio 2.12 calls the alternative model. In this case, the module´s and patio´s functions are inverted.

In order to achieve a multi-story building, the block has to be conformed through the addition of the different modules used in the prototype Patio 2.12. Following this idea, once the shape has been defined, a certain height is achieved with different levels that provide private terraces for the houses. The block is considered a house in contact with a private space, like the terrace.

This block definition creates an interstitial space between the different blocks. This time, the space between is used as a communal patio, a public patio. In this grouping method, the connection between living spaces and patio is still there, but as a negative of what has earlier been mentioned. The possibility of linear grouping creates a block-patio sequence very interesting from a volumetric point of view. The next step will be to achieve a public pathway through the knot of each house, so that the public patios are all sequenced.

Volumetric Study

The height of each block and the separation between is thoroughly studied because the volumetric aspect of the grouping is very important.

The space combination is still present, the differentiated character between public and private areas does not vary and the same sense of community appears in all the diffe-rent grouping combinations for Patio 2.12. The patio remains as a thermal buffer bet-

501

ween the different blocks creating the right environment for living and carrying on the community activities of everyday life. Collecting is now carried out in a horizontal way for being a high-rise building.

Moreover, private terraces can be proposed in the house´s interior, that connected with the public ones, will create a singular facade. Basically, by keeping the main ideas of pa-tio 2.12, the spaces are arranged and structured depending on the activity in the house, providing always direct contact with the exterior living space.

4.5.4.4.4. OPPOSING

Opposing Typology 1

The Opposing grouping is the result of taking the industrialization process to its limit. The house is now formed with two identical opposing modules, instead of a two by two module composition. In other words, they share the same skin, are linked through the patio and internally organized by closets and isles.

The opposing house is composed of three modules:

• Kitchen module– dinning hall – living room.

• Bedroom module – bathroom – bedroom, study room, workshop, games are…etc

• Patio

502

The house is accessed through the patio, which acts as the intermediate space between exte-rior and interior and allows the living areas to expand. Each room, differentiated with the is-les, has its own ventilation and natural lighting, with cross ventilation in each module adding to that provided by the patio. The modules have a versatile interior distribution allowing for any need´s adaptation.

This typology has been specially designed for its easy and comfortable seriation, just by adding two units, the paired typology is achieved.

Opposing Typology 2

As the seriation process is being developed, a new variable appears where the same modules as before, now oppose each other in a less direct manner, being still attached by the patio, becoming this the meaning of the house. This allows for a richer composition, not only for the house, but also for the seriation, thus generating a new transition between public and private. This option has as an ad-vantage a smaller facade and a greater depth, reflec-ting a more economic site plotting.

503

4.5.4.4.5. HIGH-RISE OPPOSING

High-rise opposing Typology 1. Gallery.

The opposing typology 2 is also designed to be-come a high-rise building, because it is capable of adopting the shape of any common high-rise building, such as isolated buildings, block buil-dings, or groupings around a gallery.

The area of the patio used as the access towards the public rooms also acts as a foyer and di-rectly connects the house with the gallery and the communal space. On the contrary, the space opposite the private module acts as a balcony creating a relationship between the house and its environment. The communications module and common systems are arranged at the ends to close the grouping and create the asymmetry shown not only in the interior, but also in the ex-terior image.

504

High-rise opposing Typology 2. Block.

By slightly changing the op-posing modules typology and adapting the patio, the creation of a close block with commu-nal space in between is achie-ved.

As in the last model, the com-munal patio is related to the private patio through a peri-metric path where the vertical communication modules are attached.

In the ground level, the voi-ds represent the entries for the communal patio, showing a great deal of permeability, being able to even become a great public square.

Alternating these voids in the next levels, the area of the pa-tio from each house between two modules acquires double height, allowing for greater ventilation and lighting for the rooms opening to this space.

Furthermore, these spaces promote the relationship bet-ween the houses and the envi-ronment, because they are not introverted cubes anymore, but allow sights through their facades, appearing again the concept of interaction between private and public areas.

505

High-rise typology 3. Square block.

With the same concepts as the earlier block, this new typology is the result of its extension and without losing the ideas of SKIN, CLOSET, ISLE AND PATIO is an answer for bigger groupings in greater and denser areas.

In this specific case, the patio con-cept is enriched by the interaction between the private patio and the public or communal patio.

As we have earlier mentioned, by grouping houses it is necessary to reserve a space that will organize the relationships between hou-ses, not only between them, but also with the exterior.

Permeability, transparency and the space of the patio are funda-mental to achieve a correct and fluid life in community.

This is achieved by relating every room in the house with the com-munity. The concept of an her-metic house, where life is hidden behind walls, is erased, and now transition spaces, patios, balco-nies and even galleries are com-monly used.

The group´s image is an image where contemporary architectu-re has been renewed but still an-swers to the concepts of traditio-nal architecture.

506

Reference. Parkrand Building, Amsterdam (Holland). MVRDV

The project´s goal is to refurbish an old resi-dential area in town by increasing its density through the introduc-tion of an iconic buil-ding and extend, at the same time, the surroun-ding public areas.

The building´s configu-ration does not visually interfere between the neighborhood and the

park, and achieves a great combination between views and solar radiation for every house.

Celosía Residence, from MVRDV and Blanca LLeó, in Sanchinarro.

This building is conceived as an alter-native solution for traditional closed block typology. It is designed as a buil-ding system with multiple formal solu-tions. It alternates built volumes with empty spaces, understanding them as communal areas where social relation-ships are promoted. Every house has an added room opened to the exterior acting as the hallway, solving the tran-sit between the social patio and the house.

Weehouse. Alchemy Architects

The basic module in the weeHouse is a wide box, 4,27 m wide, and 2,44 m tall, offered in three different lengths. The Large weeHouse is 75 m2 and has a living room, a dining room with integrated kitchen, two bedrooms and a bathroom. By adding or connecting the basic module, five new variables are created

507

4.5.4.4.6. RESIDENCE

Isolated Module. Patio plus mo-dules. References.

The residence module is created with the same concepts above stated: a skin as the articulated envelope for isles and closets.

The module has to adapt to the user´s circumstances, and the-refore has to be versatile enough to include any use, this is due to the difference between a residen-ce and a house, the first one will have many users throughout its lifespan.

The idea is to create spatial con-tinuity inside the module without losing the ability to distinguish between the different usage areas. The isle, in this case, is a container capable of solving the main user´s needs, such as clothes and food storage, as well as incorporate the basic electri-cal appliances (fridge and mi-crowave).

At the entrance, a closet creates a receiving area and separates it from the resting area.

The openings in the skin provide the room with lighting and venti-lation in both of the most impor-tant areas, the study area and bedroom.

The residence module can be combined using the patio as a connecting point, thus creating a different concept from the indi-vidual module. Communal areas are now shared in every small grouping as well as sharing the bigger communal areas belon-ging to the residence.

There are many combinations possible. Here we present different arrangements de-pending on the number of modules used. The higher the number is, the bigger the communal areas become.

508

The first case resembles the pri-mary arrangement for Patio 2.12, with three residence modules and a fourth one acting as kitchen and dining room. The patio serves as a foyer and leisure area of the grou-ping giving space for many diffe-rent activities.

In the following groupings, the number of rooms is raised, increa-sing, as well, the communal areas. A new module is now added to act as a living room, or study room, de-pending on the needs.

Obviously, all of these groupings have to be introduced in the te-rritory for its colonization. The fo-llowing diagram shows how this can be carried out, adapting it to any situation.

It is organized with a main artery where the access and parking lots are located, followed by the com-munal areas, such as dining, study and laundry rooms, sport areas... etc. The groupings are then spread out in streets forming a grid for easy circulation. The end of every street is a garden area.

509

Patio Blocks + Blocks

Another option in which the residence typology can be turned into is the block typology, created by piling up different residence modules. It consists of two strips of rooms ac-cessed by perimetric halls and a lighting patio. On one end of the block are located the vertical communications, at the other, the offices and floor common areas. In the ground floor one of the room strips disappears to create continuity in the space between all the blocks and communal areas, in order to ease relationships and circulation. Again, the patio sews up the different residence areas.

510

4.5.4.4.7.CAMPING - HOTEL

Isolated modules. Space co-lonization.

Starting with the living mo-dule of the Opposing House and changing its arrange-ment, we can create the ba-sic typologies for hotels or camping.

Because of the specific use of this case, the double room with a bathroom isle will be the most requested typology.

With the same module, a junior suite can be easily arranged, with bedroom, bathroom isle and living room.

With the living modules as a base, we can occupy the te-rritory by adding a block con-taining the hotel/camping´s services. The reception, kit-chen, dining room, cafeteria, laundry room... etc. can be found in its interior.

The first location diagram is the proposal for a hotel – camping with low occu-pation situated in an enclo-sed site. The free space will conceptually act as the patio and leisure area.

Bigger occupations with less restrictions can also be de-signed, as could be the case for a vineyard or a meadow, where the limits are not es-tablished, as can be seen in the next diagram.

511

Aire de Bardenas Hotel . Emiliano López and Mónica Rivera.

The hotel is designed, in the middle of an im-pressive landscape, with a constant presence of wind, as a series of interior protected spaces where comfortably observe the surroundings.

It is a 4 stars hotel located inside the country-side, 3 km away from the city center of Tudela, and in the influence area of the Natural Park of Bardenas Reales in Navarra.

The hotel completely develops itself on ground floor and has 22 rooms, 13 of them have a private garden.

It tries to resemble the rural and severe character of the area, offering clear, simple and silent environments.

The building´s structure is made up of steel and the assembly was carried out with the dry construction method, except for the concrete slabs. The facades are made up of sandwich panels to comply with the tight budget and reduce the construction process.

The building, gardening and decoration was carried out in 14 months. Bathtubs, showers and handbasins, as well as most of the furniture, were designed and develo-

4.6 INNOVATION REPORT

4.6.1. ARCHITECTURE INNOVATION

4.6.2. ENGINEERING AND CONSTRUCTION INNOVATION

4.6.3. ENERGETIC EFFICIENCY INNOVATION

4.6.4. COMMUNICATION AND SOCIAL AWARENESS INNOVATION

4.6.5. INDUSTRIALIZATION AND MARKET STRATEGIES INNOVATION

512

4.6.1. ARCHITECTURE INNOVATION.

Patio 2.12 originally integrates architectonic concepts coming from Mediterranean tradi-tion with the last trends in the way we live.

1. The traditional Mediterranean patio is still an ideal architectonic unit for the house to confront climate and environment. Patio 2.12 proposes its reinvention. All the pre-manufactured modules that compose the house are related between them through an intermediate space that remind us of the Mediterranean patios under a “technological grapevine”.

2. The use of the patio as an element for the aggregation of different pieces to the house allows generating new groupings with great density that answer to the city´s needs, being compact and sustainable, instead of dispersed.

3. Just like in the traditional patio house, the patio is also the source of light and ven-tilation in the house, where all the living modules look at. This allows creating housing groups totally compact that resemble the Hispanic-Muslim urban fabric, a new dispo-sition for the industrialized house, more common in opened organizations.

4. The patio is a variable configuration (allowed by the use of the mobile roof and adjus-table “technological grapevine”) that allows regulating the sun exposure and ventilation to the exterior climate conditions. Depending on the season, the patio acts as a solar collector (winter) or as a defense, green shade that becomes a filter in front of the living module´s openings (summer).

5. The domestic space proposed is very novel: it is not the addition of common rooms (living room plus bedroom plus kitchen and bathroom) but it is composed of groups of compatible uses with greater dimensions than a regular room (the house as a sum of small “lofts”: living, eating, night, machinery…).

6. The proposed technological patio filters the environmental conditions in the house, without having to “completely condition” all the spaces; it is a good sustainability option to use a “buffer” space, that accommodates the different functions that do not need to be conditioned, as well as establishing a sequence between exterior and interior.

7. The conventional window is not the way to relate with the exterior world anymore. The patio provides enjoyable diffused and “green” lighting, variable depending on the seasons, while the premanufactured module´s perimeter admits light through small perforations in the ceramic enclosure, just like Hispanic-Arab lattices.

8. The dimensional coordination between the living modules (optimized for transporta-tion and to contain compatible uses) and the photovoltaic panels’ modules allows using the whole roof for solar collection.

9. It is also considered innovative the use of ceramics for lightweight construction as lining material. In order to do this, new technologies had to be used to create specific ceramic pieces, with big dimensions but still thin and light. The ceramic material impro-ves thermal behavior in construction as well as its durability.

10. The living modules in house Patio 2.12 have three main components that can be classified independently and can even exchange their positions inside each module:

• Skin: corresponds to the enclosure, it includes the structure and the lining layers.

513

• Closets: volumetric elements inserted next to the walls of each module, for storage, electric appliances and equipment.

• Isles: detached pieces that include technical specialized space like a bathroom or kitchen.

11. The space reserved for the house´s machinery is the Technical Box Module. It is designed in an innovative way, because it is no longer the space only for the building´s systems, but taking advantage of its complete ventilation due to the windows, it can also contain, for example, elements needed for clothes washing (washing machine, dryer, iron board). Furthermore, it has been designed with big dimensions; therefore any ma-chinery needed for physical exercise also fits, and by being ventilated and lightly lighted is perfect for the use as a gym.

4.6.2. ENGINEERING AND CONSTRUCTION INNOVATION.

The main innovative features in Engineering and Construction for Patio 2.12 are:

1. The structural system composed of a grid made up of timber posts with reduced in-teraxis that allows the coordination between its dimensions and that of the enclosure´s ceramic pieces, without the need of an auxiliary structure for its construction. This re-duced interaxis helps reduce the posts´ section and does not interfere with the design of exterior perforations. Furthermore, this overabundance of posts makes the structure even more rigid for the modules´ transportation and helps generate wider openings in the corners.

2. The ceramic enclosure, designed with alveolar pieces that allow for the introduction in some of the facades of small automated watering tubes, making possible the evapo-rative cooling effect that this facades need in the warmer seasons.

3. The interior finishes are carried out with an extensive use of recycled materials: this way, the kitchen and bathroom isles are built with a material called Corian, coming from recycled stones; the interior finishes are composed of recycled cork.

4. The FV generation system of the house is completely modular, adapting the pieces of the house, in such a way that they can also work independently. This design facilita-tes future extensions of the “basic house” without modifying the general design of the system.

5. FV inverter with high performance with DC-AC conversion connected to a single mo-dule “string”; the configuration proposed decreases the mismatch losses in the group.

6. Even if the automation techniques for the control of electrical energy consumption will be programed to balance the consumption profile of the house with the FV gene-ration profile, in Patio 2.12, this adaptation of “FV generation-consumption” will be increased with the addition of a back-up system designed with the latest technology commercial equipment.

7. Regarding the HVAC system, there is a system of freecooling of the house using the cool water of the exterior, big pond.

8. Grey water is recycled with a method similar to that developed in a specialized Puri-fying Center, with a specially designed purifier for Patio 2.12 that has the size of any

514

other electrical appliance. In its interior, water runs through different layers of materials to achieve purification and disinfection.

9. The use of absorbent interior linings, such as the recycled cork panels, provides the space with great acoustic performance for the living modules.

4.6.3. ENERGETIC EFFICIENCY INNOVATION.

The project Patio 2.12 wants to be a compendium of passive conditioning systems in a house, being the most novel of them the reinterpretation of the concept of a patio (our “technological patio” and its “artificial grapevine) as a variable regulator depending on the seasons and the evaporative cooling achieved through the humidification of the ce-ramic enclosure. The main features of passive conditioning in Patio 2.12 are:

1. The already mentioned technological patio, its reinterpretation of the Mediterranean patio and their vegetable roofs that with the addition of the automated regulation of the louvers with the shape of a grapevine and the glazed ceiling, can work as an enclosed solar accumulator in winter, and as a shaded, cool and ventilated space for the summer. Inside Patio walls is designed with ceramic completed with some vertical plant panels which helps to introduce nature in the house and increases indoor comfort conditions. Also, an evaporative system is designed to provide a cooling airflow in dry-summer pe-riods while the Patio remains open to the public.

2. The use of the enclosure made up of alveolar ceramic pieces that produce in some of the facades a cool evaporative effect achieved with the circulation of water through its cells at certain times of the day. This is yet another way of technologically reinterpreting elements of the Mediterranean tradition such as the old ceramic vessels that refres-hed its content with this cooling effect. Based on former Seville University’s research, this active-passive system comprises an mechanical and control systems commanding operation of water valves, gates, grilles and probes to optimize its performance depen-ding on external conditions.

3. The section´s geometry in the modules, with an interior sloped ceiling increases the use of a chimney effect for natural crossed ventilation, by locating an opening for air evacuation in the ridge, and producing a convection effect that will force air in from the patio. This is done to replace a mechanical stuck ventilation system. Similar to air solar panels, solar chimneys with stone slabs base will handle exhaust air flow during day and night, due to its thermal mass.

4. The design of the openings in the module is in tune with the search of better environ-mental control in Mediterranean housing. Therefore, in the exterior walls, the windows are very small, looking for lighting optimization and solar protection achieved through the use of perforated ceramic pieces. On the contrary, towards the patio, the heart of the home, a controlled and tempered space due to its enclosure, the openings are very wide.

515

4.6.4. COMMUNICATION AND SOCIAL AWARENESS INNOVATION.

The main innovation in the Communications Plan for Patio 2.12 is the intention of balan-cing the message for all the objective public depending on their age, without forget-ting about children or adolescents. Some of the strategies adopted are shown here as examples:

1. Editing of an illustrated book for children set in the house Patio 2.12 with a story and illustration that will focus their interest on environmental issues and how to enjoy the domestic space.

2. Organization of a drawing competition “ArKids 2.12” for children where they will draw their ideal solar house.

3. Participation in the Science Fair of Seville in FIBES, in may 2012 with high school students.

4. An online application is being developed for the general public where the house´s characteristics will be explained in a very simple way. Also for this target, during the competition weeks, a question and answer game “Live Mediterraneo” will be done throughout all the Solar Villa to all visitors, awarding every winning contestant with “An-dalucía Team” gifts.

5. For professionals, is schedeuled a celebrar a conference cycle in the competition framework, stressing the three pillars of our communication message: innovation, sus-tainability and energy.

Yet another key element in the communications strategy is being developed, it is called “manifesto 2.12: 12 months, 12 ideas”, it has started in September 2011 and will go on until the competition is carried out, launching every month to the media one idea re-lated with the sustainability culture and the energetic efficiency, this way the messages is continuously renovated and public expectation is created.

4.6.5. INDUSTRIALIZATION AND MARKET STRATEGIES INNOVATION.

Patio 2.12 develops a new house prefabrication concept based on the following basic concepts:

1. Intermediate scale in the dimension of the premanufactured products. The complete house is not manufactured, nor its constitutive elements (walls, ceilings, floors, etc.) but pieces whose dimensions adapt to most of the needs for road transportation and cons-titute spatial elements totally finished.

2. Finished living modules are manufactured. These living modules are neither the en-tire house nor just one room; they are a group of compatible uses (space for stay, space for food related activities, space for rest, space for the house´s systems, etc.). Each of these pieces has the possibility to be used separately (concept of a tiny house concept being established in certain developed countries) or be grouped together to form bigger houses, like Patio 2.12.

3. The house is composed of the addition of fixed spaces and totally premanufactured (the living modules) and a variable gap (the patio, whose dimension depends on the user´s preferences or the number of elements grouped together).

516

4. The industrialization proposed for the house allows great flexibility in its distribution options. It will be enough to just add one more living module to extend or multiply the patio in order to achieve, for example, a bigger house, a student residency, or collective housing, where more than one house will share one or more patios.

5. The assembly time is reduced to the minimum, the unloading time of the living mo-dules and the time taking to connect them to the patio´s roof, is the only time needed.

6. The concept of “living modules + patio” can be built in different price scales, depen-ding on the finishes and systems it might include. Starting with the basic idea, it is pos-sible to present a low cost house (with the same concepts, geometry, structural system, patio and living modules) but where the finished and systems are as basic as possible. The idea of different ranges of cost, is introduced, the house presented in the SD 2012 will be of the highest range.

4.6.6. RESEARCH APPLIED TO INNOVATION

The innovatives results of the research developed for Patio 2.12 prototype are being arranged in order to be introduced into the industry developments.

Between those which are having the best success inside the companies, it is the tech-nological courtyard, the evapor-perspiration ceramic and the isles.

4.7 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT

4.7.1. SUSTAINABILITY CONCEPT APPLIED.

4.7.2. BIOCLIMATIC STRATEGIES: PASSIVE DESIGN STRATEGIES

4.7.3. WATER

4.7.4. SOLID WASTE.

4.7.5. MATERIALS.

4.7.6. SOLAR SYSTEMS.

4.7.7. SYSTEMS.

4.7.8. MAITENANCE PLAN

517

4.7.1. SUSTAINABILITY CONCEPT APPLIED.

SUSTAINABILITY IN ARCHITECTURAL TERMS. IDEALS DECLARATION.

“What you call natural resources, we call them our friends”

Oren Lyons. Onodaga Shaman

We understand sustainability as an ideal and not as an obligation. It is not a matter of preserving the existing natural resources, but of being capable of increasing them and make a better world to live in.

Our ideal is simple: offer a better world to future generations instead of simply offer them the one we have.

It is not a problem of engineering or energetic efficiency, for us, sustainability is an atti-tude, a statement to the world and our professional and investigating activities.

It´s been centuries now since man and industry have dedicated themselves to turning natural resources into products, raising the economic power but decreasing the envi-ronmental capacity.

Our ideal, just like William McDonough once said, is to develop a house that will work the same way as a tree, capable of offering to its environment more than what he requi-res from it, capable of purifying and humidifying air, creating shade, enrich the earth, change with the seasons, supply more energy than the needed to survive… and that at the end of its existence will become once again part of the environment, without leaving a trace in the landscape or generate any waste.

SUSTAINABILITY. TRADITION AND INNOVATION.

We want to show the future generations that a better future is possible, but we do not want to do it forgetting about our past. It is therefore why we claim our local Mediterra-nean condition and use it as a starting point and creative origin for our proposal.

From this ideals declaration we establish the following principles:

• Education is the only credible mean to produce change. We are convinced of our ideals and we know that the process ahead of us is long, therefore the education of our future generations is established as a priority and is so recognized in the Communica-tions Plan under the slogan “thinking Mediterranean”, with the intention of making future generations create new ideas to improve society and encourage the present generation to be more responsible in their day to day activities.

• The Mediterranean architecture and its patio as the origin. We rescue the tradition and environmental understanding of the Mediterranean architecture to reinterpret it and use it as the starting point for our house for the future. We reuse the virtues of the Me-diterranean way of life and propose a new understanding of the traditional construction materials: ceramics (living modules) and timber (patio). Just like in a traditional Anda-lusian house, the patio is also the heart of the home and can be used for many diffe-rent functions, as well as establishing a relationships between exterior and interior that allows regulating the comfort conditions.

• The house as a tree. The ideal described earlier is materialized through the different specific actions:

518

• No environmental footprint. A construction process without scars in the lands-cape is promoted. The living module is a system that weights very little and therefore does not need foundations. It is supported over the ground by studs that do not affect it once the house is removed. This way, the prototype promotes a kind of construction without environmental footprint or residues once it is disassembled.

• “Zero emissions”. The prototype is developed with this idea in mind and the team of Patio 2.12, has set up as a new goal to achieve after the SD Europe 2012 competition, the creation of the PATIVS platform. This is based on providing as much information as possible and transfer new technologies to the market through the colla-boration between universities, public companies and private initiatives. From this plat-form, new technologies will be developed that will help construct buildings with “zero emissions” based on changing the technical and production model to advance a new future for housing in Andalucía.

• Substitution of the concept “waste” for the concept “prime material”. in natural systems the concept garbage does not exist.

- In nature, what is considered as roganic waste, is seen as food for other (“prime material”). The house must minimize the waste production during its use and at the end of its life span.

- Naturalization of the use of water. The use of drinkable water for absolu-tely everything and then disposing it to the sewage system as a waste is neither natural nor logical. The reuse of this water is designed (after biologically treating it) for domestic activities in order to improve the environmental conditions in the house, as well as its environment (through the evapotranspiration process in the facades, the cloud trees, the ponds and the watering system), returning it to the environment as “prime material” and not as waste.

• Energetic autonomy. Use of the light coming from the sun as the main source of energy. A house that produces more than what it consumes. In order to do this, as main goals are set forth, to reduce the consumption (through the use of passive tech-niques), and improve and increase the efficiency of the production and consumption equipment.

• Shades. Comfortable living. A mobile grapevine is developed that acts as a deciduous tree allowing the light to come through in winter and protect us during the summer.

• Environment humidification. A system for passive cooling is developed through the evapotranspiration of rainwater in the facades. A series of cloud trees has also been designed to himidify the closest environment of the house by pulverizing recycled water (those cloud-trees have not been built for lack of founding).

• Seasonal change. The patio is designed as a thermal regulator, that when put together with the mobile grapevine, generate interior landscapes and comfort condi-tions different for summer and winter.

• Pleasant perception of the house with 5 senses. The housing prototype and its exterior spaces allow people to experiment sensations relating to the smell (aromatic plants and the patio´s vegetation), touch (the humidity and freshness of the patio), and sight (natural light and shades in the interior)

519

SUSTAINABLE ECONOMY

To develop the prototype in the most coherent way, we complement our theoretical statement with a pragmatic one that will settle the ideal future house in today´s market conditions. By keeping the tree analogy we think of sustainable economy in terms of the ability to adapt to different situation with the least effort possible. This concept implies two options that appear in a simultaneous way: an increase in the market capability and an increase in the recycling or reuse possibilities after one life span. Taking this into consideration, five adaptation lines have been developed, that when cross each other, produce as a result a matrix of multiple possibilities.

• Adaptation to different economies. To economize is a key element in the de-sign of our product. The furniture, the space for the kitchen or bathroom, are conceived as independent capsules, that can be upgraded with a series of extras depending on the user´s needs, adapting to his economic level.

• Adaptation to different programmatic needs. This product has great versatility. The combination of different living modules can make up space for different combined uses, thanks to an elastic element, the patio, that relates and connects all of the mo-dules that compose the prototype. Furthermore, these premanufactured modules can be placed in different ways depending on different needs. The user can compose the space of his house depending on his needs and make it grow as time goes by.

• Adaptation to different building typologies. The modules of a house can be grouped in different ways creating a wide variety of possibilities:

Isolated construction / coupled in the city / country.

High-rise housing, stacking up modules.

Recycling of old residential structures, through the use of the modules inside of them. In this case the modules will lean directly on the structural slabs.

520

• Adaptation to different geographical locations. The energetic self-sufficiency of the prototype allows its use as temporary and emergency shelter, in humanitarian catastro-phes, or areas without urban infrastructure like agricultural fields or mountain shelters.

• Adaptation to other spaces. The development of the closets and isles for the kitchen and bathroom as integrated packages allow its use independently from the modules for places such as hotels or to refurbish older buildings, in both its new construction version and the recycled product version.

PREFABRICATION AND INDUSTRIALIZATION

The house prefabrication concept is developed with living modules manufactured with specialized labour, which dimensions are adapted to its road transport and later as-sembly. This industrialization affects in less working time on site, lower house cost and highest quality of the final product.

For the living modules case, it industrialization is based on the integral design of all components, which parts dimensional coordination (timber structure, ceramic pieces, closet partitions, etc.) allows an independent and serial production, and it later assem-bly into the module, as a “Meccano” system.

521

4.7.2. BIOCLIMATIC STRATEGIES: PASSIVE DESIGN STRATEGIES

In order to see the full contents of this epigraph, go to section 4.1.4 BIOCLIMATIC STRA-TEGIES inside 4.1. ARCHITECTURE DESIGN NARRATIVE.

Dicho apartado se desarrolla con la siguiente estructura:

4.1.4.1 ENCLOSURE

4.1.4.2 GLAZING ORIENTATION, TYPE AND SIZE

4.1.4.3 INTERIOR DISTRIBUTION OF SPACES:

4.1.4.4 PASSIVE HEATING STRATEGIES

4.1.4.5 PASSIVE COOLING STRATEGIES

4.1.4.6 SEMI-PASSIVE SYSTEMS

4.1.4.7 BIOCLIMATIC EXTERIOR DESIGN

In order to understand the role of passive strategies in the overall design of the house, in terms of energy savings, the strategies developed (both passive and active) to reduce consumption in air conditioning systems and lighting are summarized below:

- Air-conditioning systems. To minimize the air-conditioning demand some strategies have been followed:

o Bioclimatic strategies. Passive and semipassive (previously developed). To this concern, the prototype innovative systems to reduce air-conditioning demand for the majority of the year are the façades cooling system by evapotranspiration (“botijo”-jug- effect) and the courtyard design as a thermal regulator space, with mobile systems allowing a different performance in winter and summer.

o Active systems optimization. Two HVAC systems are implanted making possi-ble large energy savings (developed in paragraph 7 of this report devoted to sustaina-bility SYSTEMS):

1. Courtyard evaporative system. A preliminary step to the rooms’ indoor air-conditioning fan coils use. This is an adiabatic cooling system placed on the tech-nical box that cools the whole house (including the courtyard) with a minimal cost. The chosen model has a cooling capacity of 8.4 kW with a maximum consumption of 875W, giving a 9.6 EER.

2. Inverter heat pump and fan coil units with free cooling. The installation consists of an heat pumb air-water system and a 2 pipe fan-coil in each room, with an extra battery placed in the fan-coil inlet air tube that allows a first pre-cooling (free coo-ling with pond water).

o Automation and control systems (developed in paragraph 7 of this report de-voted to sustainability SYSTEMS). A computerized control system allows different air-conditioning systems, mentioned above, to switch on in successive stages as required, from the lowest to the highest consumption, in other words, first the passive ones and semipassives later:

522

1. Facades and courtyard evapotranspiration as a temperature control.

2. Courtyard evaporative system.

3. Fan-coil units with free cooling and Inverter heat pump.

- Lighting systems. As developed GLAZING ORIENTATION, TYPE AND SIZE there are several passive and semipassive strategies dedicated to natural light and solar radiation gains control:

o Passive and semipassive strategies:

1. Façade openings location and size optimization to maximize natural lighting and direct radiation gains control.

2. Courtyard solar radiation control thanks to a technical system of “arti-ficial vine”.

3. Frames with low emissivity glass (8+12+4+12+8) and transmittance (U = 0.7 W/m2K) and external shading.

o Artificial lighting is made with high-efficiency LEDs managed by an automation control system that optimizes and minimizes consumptions (developed in paragraph 7 of this report devoted to sustainability SYSTEMS).

To see the strategies developed for the electric appliances and other devices consump-tion savings refer to section 4.7.7. from this sustainability report devoted to SYSTEMS.

The following two drawings are extracted from section 4.1.4 BIOCLIMATIC STRATE-GIES where the operation of the main bioclimatic strategies can be seen:

W I N T E R N I G H T

523

WINTER DAY

4.7.3. WATER

Plumbing installation is described in section 4.2.3 of this memory.

4.7.3.1. Reducing consumption strategies.

Measures taken to reduce consumption are listed below:

- Use of rainwater for diverse consumptions (see section 3.3. of this report).

- Grey water treatment plant (see section 3.4. of this report).

- Washbasin water reuse for the toilet flushing.

- Waste water used for facades evapotranspiration collection for the ponds.

- Use of aerators on all taps.

- Last generation and low energy and water consumption electric appliances installation (see section 7 of this report for devices).

- Hidrosaving technology use. We waste a lot of cold water in DHW until the hot water reaches the consumption point. Hidrosaving technology stores all the plumbing water in a tank until the DHW reaches its consumption point. This stored water is availa-ble for use as cold water at any point of the house.

524

Sustainability is our priority and water cycle is an example. The prototype explores the house water recycling possibility through natural plants treatment. We basically study and integrate the entire water cycle to implement this aim: Reduce, Reuse, Recycle.

Rain water runs down the sloping roof and is collected for its use in energy dissipation systems. One of the machines in the technical box is a water treatment plant, specifically designed and manufactured for the Patio 2.12. The design and engineering team has worked closely with a sewage treatment centre, where natural techniques are mixes with high technology.

The following sketch shows the water cycle designed for Patio 2.12 where the majority of water used for domestic consumption is recycled for its reuse in improving environ-mental conditions through facades evapotranspiration, ponds and irrigation.

525

In order to analyse consumption, we will make a comparative study between the Spa-nish National Statistics Institute data from in 2010 for the Region of Madrid, and the values we have obtained. According to INE, a person consumes 144 l/day, in this study we assume two occupants:

Consumption (2 people) = 144 l/day x 2 = 288 l/day

The house water consumption, in the event of 2 occupants, is shown below:

526

DOMESTIC CONSUMPTION

Use habits for 2 occupants Operations Litres

Kitchen________________________________________________________________________________________

Dishwasher 0.5 daily use 10 l per 10 use according to Siemmens

Sink Water for cooking, washing, …* 4 daily discharge ud 18,2 9,1 l/m 4.55 l*use 0.5 min per use according to Siemmens

Bedroom Bath________________________________________________________________________________

Washbasin 5 daily uses per occupant * 10 daily uses (the tap 45,5 use is 0.5 min) 9,1 l/m 10l*use

Shower 1 daily use per occupant* 2 daily uses 16 l/min (3 min) 96 Shower head DUC 600

Toilet 3 daily uses per occupant 6 daily uses, 2,8 l per discharge 18** WC IN built without sides in Corian GW

Technical Box__________________________________________________________________________________

Washing machine 3 uses a week 17,85 1 long programme: 57 l 2 short programmes: 34 l each

Total Litres/day: 187,55 L Total Litres/year: 68 455,75 L

(*) It is considered a reasonable use of water with saving habits (open the tap to rinse, and closing it while soaping, opening it to clarify).

(**) It is considered that this water comes from the washbasin and therefore the 18 litres will not be added in the total amount of required water. View the water cycle.

Note: The DHW is included in consumption.

AIR-CONDITIONING CONSUMPTION

Water provided for air conditioning systems, considering the water consumption for the courtyard evaporative machine (Breezair) only during summer days. Consider a 80 l/day consumption from 21st June to 21st September, which is 7280 L of water per year.

Total Liters/day: 20 L (summer days consumption impact for the whole year)

Total Liters/year: 7,280 L

REST OF CONSUMPTION

The water for the façade evapotranspiration, ponds, cleaning and irrigation is obtained from the washing machine, shower, toilet and rainwater grey water recycling, stored in a tank sized according to geographical location . Therefore, these elements do not pro-duce DCW consumption by reusing water.

527

CONSUMPTION SUMMARY (two occupants)

Washing machine: 17,85 l/day Shower: 96 l/day Washbasin: 45,5 - 18 = 27,5 l/day _____________________ 141,35 l/day. All year (Grey water to treat and reuse)

Dishwasher: 10l/day Toilet: 18l/day Kitchen sink 18,2 l/day _____________________ 46,2 l/day. All year (Sewage)

Breezair: 20 l/day _____________________ 20 l/day. Just four months a year.

Façade evaportranspiration Ponds Cleaning Irrigation _____________________ 0 l/day. Provided from treated water (141,35 l) and rain water.

________________________________________________________

Total consumption (2 occupants): 207,55 l/day

Available recycled water 141.35 l/day + Stored rain water

(For fronts, ponds, cleaning and irrigation)

There are three interesting parameters to note:

· DCW Consumption: as seen, we get a 72.0% consumption of what two people will use in a standard house, in other words, 207.55 liters vs. 288 liters. This represents a 28.0% of savings.

· Discharge to the network: having grey water recycling, water poured to the network is only from the dishwasher, sink and toilet. This discharge results in 46.2 liters per day, compared to 288 liters a day discharge of a traditional two people house. The house poured water is just the 16.1% of what a typical house would pour, therefore a reduction of 83.9%.

· Recycled water fraction. Since 141.35 l/day are treated and reused (without stored rain water) from the 187.55 l/day provided by the network, we have a fraction of 75.4% recycled water.

The World Health Organization states that 100 liters of water per person per day are required to cover all basic needs. This amount is exceeded by most of the Spanish po-pulation (144 liters in the Region of Madrid), according to the Spanish National Statistics Institute in 2010.

In our case, 207.55/2 = 103.78 l/person, slightly higher than the 100 L recommended by WHO and 28% lower than the average consumption of 144 L in the Region of Marid (according to INE).

With the incorporated strategies for savings in water consumption we get a very low demand, close to the minimum recommended by WHO to meet basic needs but with a high degree of comfort, well above these.

528

3.3. Rain water.

Rain water is collected and introduced into the recycling greywater store. From there it will be used for the same purpose, that is for watering plants, if any, for the ceramic pieces evapotranspiration, for cleaning and to fill ponds.

3.4. Grey water system.

The sewage recycling plant is specifically designed for Patio 2.12. These waters are those from washbasin, shower and washing machine, which will go to a store located under the courtyard floor.

This water is pumped from the grey water store (in the courtyard) to the sewage treatment plant placed in the technical box, where it is treated and sent to a recycled water store (also located under the courtyard floor).

Recycled water is used for watering plants, if any, for ceramic pieces evapotranspiration, for cleaning and for filling the ponds.

For more information and details about the sewage treatment system and its benefits go to paragraph 4.2.3.1.6. of this memory.

3.5. Sewage treatment.

The toilet, the kitchen sink and the dishwasher are connected to a sewage store located under the courtyard floor.

4.7.4. SOLID WASTE

4.7.4.1. Waste Plan

The house is designed using recycled or reusable or recycling at the end of its useful life materials and systems.

Due to its factory production and dry construction system, the amount of generated waste in the manufacturing processes, assembly and disassembly, are considerably reduced. All waste generated in the production process at the factory are recyclable or reusable, excluding a fraction less than 1% of the total house weight, that should be treated as a real waste.

On the other hand, the prototype dimensional coordination allows a high reusing possi-bility of the house basic elements.

Now a summary of the final destination of used materials in the manufacturing stage, and final cycle of the house is shown:

- Patio 2.12 total weight: 53843.2 Kg

- Waste during manufacturing:

o Total: 1,609 kg 2.99% of total weight and 38.03% of total waste.

529

o Recyclables: 612.2 kg total weight 1.14% and 36.7% of total waste.

o Reusable: 590.0 kg total weight 1.10% and 36.35% of total waste.

o Others: 407.7 kg 0.76% of total weight and 25.33% of total waste.

- Life cycle end waste:

o Total: 53.843,2 Kg.

o Recyclables: 23451.49 kg 43.56% of total weight.

o Reusable: 13.927,81 Kg. 25,87% del peso total.

o Others: 30.58% 16463.93 kg total weight.

Therefore we can conclude that the critical phase in terms of waste production is the house disassembly stage at the end of its life cycle, in this case nearly 70% of the house is recyclable or reusable.

To see the complete Waste Management Plan go to Annex A at the end of this sustai-nability report.

4.7.4.2. Domestic waste management.

The house will have (in retail version) a composting system for the organic waste recon-version into compost to be used as fertilizer in the garden. The rest of household waste - processed products - are classified in categories for recycling and reuse through co-rresponding municipal channels.

- Composting system. Current rates of waste generation in developed countries are around 1.2 kg per person a day. Of this, organic solid waste for a 3 persons family (is adjusted to dimensions and conditions of required habitability) would be approximately 2 to 2.5 kg/day that would be perfectly acceptable for a composting unit integrated inside the technical box. A composting module installation of is not practical for the competition, as it accumulates very little compost during the competition week and we do not have enough time for discomposing the compost.

- Rest of waste classification. There will be different buckets in order to classify waste into the following types: paper, glass and other containers.

4.7.5. MATERIALS

4.7.5.1. Materials selection.

While designing Patio 2.12 project we tried to use the maximum amount of reusable, re-newable, recyclable and/or recoverable. Recycled and low embodied energy materials are also prioritized. Furthermore, the concept of dry construction allows easy disas-sembly of complete building elements and/or comfortable materials division, so that it enables a proper management when reused.

Here are some examples:

530

- Façade ceramic panels. Besides the ceramics advantages, the façade modular design made (integer multiple of the ceramic panels) and dry fixing system make pos-sible a complete reuse of all parts after disassembly at the end of the house life.

- Structural timber frames. Timber has many advantages from the sustainability point of view. Its ability to collect C02, low embodied energy and completely biodegra-dable and recyclable nature make it the best structural material for our house. Moreover, the systems joints employed allow elements reuse. We make sure that the used timber comes from forests managed responsibly.

- Wood structural panels. Since they are mechanically anchored and have no treatment, can be disassembled at the end of its useful life and recycled to produce new products derived from wood.

- Insulations. Mineral wool placed between all frames. This is an innovative pro-duct from 60% recycled glass wool and is 100% recyclable. It also has lower embodied energy than traditional wool and employs a binder made with free formaldehyde, phe-nols, acrylics and without adding dyes or artificial dyes biotechnology.

- Cork, used as finish in walls, floor and ceiling. It comes from recycled and re-cyclable cork.

- Isles. One of the innovative elements of Patio 2.12, isle-modules are made with artificial stone. This is a homogeneous, solid and nonporous material surface, compo-sed of acrylic resin ± 1/3 and ± 2/3 natural minerals. Has a 75% recycled material.

4.7.5.2. Enclosure description.

The enclosure characteristics description, in order to reduce the power demand can be seen in section 4.1.4.1. ENCLOSURE inside section 4.1. ARCHITECTURE DESIGN NARRATIVE.

4.7.5.3. Maintenance plan.

The house is designed so that maintenance is minimal. Below are the elements that require further control. To view the Maintenance plan in detail, see 7.8.

Foundation: The house rests on steel plots, this type of foundation minimizes both main-tenance and ecological footprint. Quite often, depending on it geographic location, the anti-corrosive paint of the support elements will be repeated.

Structure: It does not require any special treatment except for the technical box, which structure is not covered. Every 10 years the user will renew the fire protection paint WSI.

Roof: Every 15-20 years a specialist will renew the elastic membrane of the roof.

Façade: It does not require any specialized treatment or maintenance.

531

Frames: Every 3 years, apply a varnish coat according to the manufacturer’s instruc-tions.

Wall panelling and flooring: Does not require any maintenance, just quite often cleaning.

Facilities: The installed photovoltaic panels are guaranteed for 25 years and a much lar-ger average-life. For maintenance simply clean them periodically. All other installations require revisions, cleaning and small routine maintenance inspections specified in the Maintenance Plan Annex.

4.7.5.4. ACV and embodied energy.

An ACV follow has been done from the cradle to the grave for an estimated useful life of 35 years.

The conversion factor used is 0,385 kg of CO2 per KWh

The most significant data are summarized below:

Emboided Energy (Mj):

Emboided Energy (kWh):

CO2 (t):

Products manufacture

1.446.704,70 401.862,42 160,600

Transport 16,90 4,69 1,163Construction 19.477,94 5.410,54 5,106

Operation(35 years)

367.470,38 102.075,11 162,092

Disassembly 19.475,84 5.409,96 5,087Transport 0,4 0,11 0,027

TOTAL 1.858.235,28 514.762,82 334,077

The most relevant data about the solar photovoltaic system (assumed in Madrid) are:

Emboided Energy (Mj):


CO2 (t):

In one year time 58.996,17 16.387,83 22,713In 35 years time 2.064.866,08 576.573,91 794,973

From data comparative between embodied energy and energy produced we can draw the following conclusions:

- Patio 2.12 produces in just 6.2 years the energy that the house would consume (operational performance) in 35 years.

- Patio 2.12 produces in 35 years more energy than required for its manufacture, operation, disassembly and transport. The house requires just 31.5 years to produce the total embodied energy in the considered life cycle (35 years), so that the resulting energy balance is positive.

532

As Patio 2.12 has 120.37 square meters, with previous data we can obtain the following ratios:


Emboided Energy (kWh/m2c):

CO2 (t): CO2 (t/m2c):

Products manufacture

401.862,42 3358,56 160,600 1,33

Transport 4,69 0,04 1,163 0,01Construction 5.410,54 5,106

Operation(35 years)

5.410,54 44,95 5,106 0,04

Disassembly 102.075,11 848,01 162,092 1,35Transport 5.409,96 44,94 5,087 0,04

TOTAL 0,11 0 0,027 0514.762,82 4.276,50 334,077 2,78


Emboided Energy (kWh/m2c):

CO2 (t): CO2 (t/m2c):

In one year time

16.387,83 136,15 22,713 0,19

In 35 years time

576.573,91 4790,01 794,973 6,60

4.7.6. SOLAR SYSTEMS

SOLAR SYSTEMS

The most relevant sustainability aspects of solar photovoltaic and thermal systems are developed below. We have developed the following sections for both facilities:

- Energy recovery time. Calculate description of the time it would take for the sys-tem to generate the energy required to manufacture its components, under an average year solar radiation and temperature conditions.

- CO2 emissions savings associated with one year of operation.

- Accessibility for maintenance.

For PV solar is also added a final section of sustainability and energy efficiency.

4.7.6.1. PHOTOVOLTAIC SOLAR SYSTEMS

4.7.6.1.1. ENERGY PAYBACK AND CO2 ANALYSIS:

Power generation from photovoltaic (PV) systems is free from fossil fuel use and green-

533

house gas (GHG) emissions. However a considerable amount of energy is consumed in the manufacturing and transport of the elements of the system, also the amount of energy and emissions from a decommissioning phase of the system must be taken into account.

Life cycle assessment (LCA) is an approach to environmental management system im-plementation involving the quantitative evaluation of a product’s overall environmental impact. Energy requirements and CO2 emissions throughout the whole life cycle of the product (including its manufacture, transport, use, disposal, etc.) are estimated in order to enable such evaluation, and the results can be used for related environmental as-sessment. However, since life cycle is related to a broad range of variables and is com-plicated, it is difficult to comprehend the exact significance of the results. Accordingly, it is very important to set a purpose for the evaluation. An LCA operator should implement research that matches the purpose and interprets the outcomes appropriately.

Recently, a set of LCA guidelines for PV systems titled “Methodology Guidelines on Life Cycle Assessment of Photovoltaic Electricity” was published by the International Energy Agency Photovoltaic Power System Programme (IEA PVPS), Task 12, Subtask 20. This is an informative and useful resource for LCA operators of PV systems that helps with the evaluation difficulties outlined above. This section describes a number of important considerations covered in the guidelines for evaluating PV systems.

In these guidelines it is established that Life Cycle Assessment (LCA) is a structured, comprehensive method of quantifying material and energy-flows and their associated emissions in the life cycles of products (i.e., goods and services). The ISO 14040- and 14044-standards provide a framework for LCA. However, this framework leaves the in-dividual practitioner with a range of choices that can affect the validity of the results of an LCA study.

National (and local) energy policies require environmentally friendly electricity genera-ting technologies. The PV industry is experiencing a rapid evolution. The key prerequisi-tes for an adequate environmental assessment are the availability of the most up-to-date information on PV performance and LCI data, and of recent weighted averages that accurately represent the mixture of options available or in operation in the country or region of study.

Figure 14: Updated version of Spanish Grid Mix composition

534

To complete life-cycle assessment studies that reflect the present status of PV systems operating in a country or region. This work helps to quantify the contribution of solar electricity to the environmental impacts of a national (or local) grid mix or a utility.

In solar PV systems these studies present the energy use in terms of energy pay-back time (EPBT), which is defined as the period required for a renewable energy system to generate the same amount of energy (in terms of primary energy equivalent) that was used to produce the system itself in the construction and decommissioning phases.

where,

Emat: Primary energy demanded to produce materials comprising PV system.

Emanuf: Primary energy demanded to manufacture PV system.

Etrans: Primary energy demanded to transport materials used during the life cycle.

Einst: Primary energy demanded to install the system.

EEOL: Primary energy demanded for end-of-life management.

Eagen: Annual electricity generation.

EO&M: Annual primary energy demanded for operation and maintenance.

nG: Grid efficiency, the average primary energy to electricity conversion efficiency at the demand side.

According to the IEA guidelines, and based on the above definition, there are two exis-ting conceptual approaches to calculate the EPBT of PV power systems.

• PV as replacement of the energy resources used in the power grid mix. This approach calculates the time needed to compensate for the total (renewable and non-renewable) primary energy required during the life cycle of a PV system (except the direct solar radiation input during the operation phase, which is not accounted for as part of EO&M). The annual electricity generation (Eagen) is converted into its equivalent primary energy, based on the efficiency of electricity conversion at the demand side, using the current average (in attributional LCAs) or the long term marginal (in decisio-nal/consequential LCAs) grid mix where the PV plant is being installed.

• PV as replacement of the non-renewable energy resources used in the power grid mix. This approach calculates the EPBT by using the non-renewable primary ener-gy only (as recommended by Frischknecht et al. (1998)); renewable primary energy is not accounted for, neither on the demand side, nor during the operation phase. This approach calculates the time needed to compensate for the non-renewable energy re-quired during the life cycle of a PV system. The result of using this approach must be identified as Non-Renewable Energy Payback Time (NREPBT) to clearly distinguish it

535

from the EPBT derived from the 1st approach. The formula of NREPBT is identical to that of EPBT described above except replacing “primary energy” with “nonrenewable primary energy”. Accordingly, grid efficiency, ηG, accounts for only nonrenewable pri-mary energy.

Figure 15: LCA Boundary for the PV System Proposed

In PV grid-connected systems the EPBT must be compared with the competing energy sources in order to justify its use as primary energy source. Numerous LCA studies have been carried out over PV grid-connected systems (Alsema, 2000a; Jungbluth, 2005; Kato et al., 1997; Kannan et al., 2006; Muneer et al., 2006; Knapp and Jester, 2001). A wide variation in the EPBT is found in these studies. Energy consumption during ma-nufacturing solar PV modules does not vary significantly with geographical location. Nevertheless, the amount of electricity generated from a solar PV system depends on its geographical location, e.g. solar irradiation and temperature. Transport of components during construction and decommissioning phases depends on the site as well.

PV system design is very dependent on the geographical location of the system since the amount of electricity generated varies with the irradiance and temperature but also with the consumed energy. Generally, PV systems as the one proposed here, are de-signed according to a specific load pattern and they have an energy storage system to feed the load during the low or no solar irradiance periods. Therefore it is possible to find sunny periods where the energy source is available but there is no load, the energy storage is full and part of the available PV energy is not used.

A LCA was performed to quantify the energy use and GHG emissions from electrici-ty generation from a solar PV system. We assumed a life time of 25 years for the PV

536

facility. However, PV modules are expected to have longer life-times according to the manufacturer’s guarantee. A life cycle assessment usually includes a life cycle cost analysis. Since this study is focused on environmental aspects, we only present the life cycle energy and GHG emission analysis. Spain does not have extensive lifecycle data-bases available for general use yet. Consequently, although some recent Spanish data are available on energy sources (final energy to primary energy conversion factors and CO2 emission factors, 2010 -IDAE. Spanish Ministry of Tourism, Trade and Industry. No-vember 2011-), much of the data used in this study were based on analyses undertaken in other countries. The life cycle of a solar PV system is considered to be comprised of three phases, namely construction, operation and decommissioning. The followed methodology, as proposed in scientific papers of international importance (JRC, ISI) can be summarised in the next steps:

· Definition of the system boundary.

· Compilation of the material inventory for the total PV system life. If it exits, the ratio between recycled and virgin material must be considered.

· Compilation of the Life Cycle Energy use. (At the end of this deliverable, we only have data for the PV generator and Inverter).

· Compilation of the Life Cycle GHG Emissions use.

· Estimation of the energy generation by the PV system.

· Calculation of environmental factors or indicators. We will use the EPBT and the equi valent CO2 emission factor.

EPBT analysis of the solar PV Generator and Inverter

As result of the Life cycle energy use study a total embodied energy between 144 MWhth (Jungbluth et al., 2005) and 184,5 MWhth (Krauter and Ruther, 2004) is estimated for the facility.

The energy pay-back time (EPBT) is defined as the ratio of embodied energy, converted to electrical energy, to the annual electrical production, where nG for Spain database is 0,45257.

CO2 emissions analysis of the solar PV Generator and Inverter.

The CO2 emission rate is a useful index for determining how effective a PV system is in terms of global warming. Generally, this index is used for comparison between genera-tion technologies. As a PV system does not operate in the same way as a tree, there is no payback of CO2 emissions as such. However, some research on comparisons bet-ween PV systems and other fossil fuel generation technologies have used CO2 payback time as a metric. In these studies, PV systems were viewed as an alternative to fossil fuels and as offering a corresponding reduction in CO2 emissions.

On the other hand, avoided emissions depend on the alternative electricity supply which the PV facility is compared to, whereas the PV facility would be placed in a not isolated area (Madrid) competing directly with the Spanish grid. The amount of 110,43 ton of embodied CO2 for the given PV facility has been calculated in the life cycle GHG emis-

537

sions study. The electricity generated annually by the facility (16355.575 kWhel/year) means 409 MWhel of generated electricity during 25 years (estimated life time), where according to IDAE7 the CO2 average emission is 0,27 tCO2/MWh.

Therefore, for this facility the CO2-emission factor is about 65,93 g/kWh, where accor-ding to WWF/ADENA (2006)., the emission factors for the elements in the PV facility are 93,6 gCO2/kWhth.

The results showed an energy requirement ranging from 144 to 184,5 MWh/kW and an energy payback time of between 4 and 5 years. CO2 emissions embobied were bet-ween 110 tCO2, and CO2 emission rates ranged from 42 to 66 g CO2/kWhel.

In the next deliverables, the energy and environmental analysis will be extended to the calculation of the CO2 payback time, and other kind of emissions.

4.7.6.1.2. MAINTENANCE ACCESSIBILITY:

For the hybrid modules maintenance, on will access the roof with a regulation ladder around the roof perimeter, just in the signed point for it at the HS plans, where has been provided a safety hook so the operator can attach himself from his ladder. He will proce-ed with the maintenance of the area that he can reach. If he had to access more distant panels, he must unscrew the required hybrid modules up to reach the considered pa-nel, tying up into the safety hooks under the modules, according to HS plans.

4.7.6.1.3. SUSTAINABILITY AND ENERGETIC EFFICIENCY

The sustainability of our PV system includes four aspects: ecological, economic, social and technical.

Ecological aspect: The energy production is clean, with no emissions or contamination produced by any element of the installation (wires, PV cells, inverters, etc.) and no envi-

538

ronmental impact, including the disassembly, in which no trace is left, and the energy is renewable. Recycling: The module manufacturer we use in our system has a convention with the PV Cycle association:

http://www.pvcycle.org/membership/member-info/?id=170

Also, PV energy is an inexhaustible and distributed resource: it has autonomy and ener-getic safety.

Economic aspect: In Spain, the PV systems have reached parity with the electrical com-panies and it is expected that, with the raise in price of the fossil fuels, in the long term the PV energy will be much cheaper than any other energy in the market. The inves-tment is recovered in few years and, from that moment the benefit is self-evident, espe-cially in systems like the one designed for Patio 2.12, due to the use of the Backup system.

Social aspect: The social acceptance of the PV energy is growing, especially in deve-loping countries, where low cost operation systems have the possibility to be installed. The possible negative social impact that a PV could have (the absence of energy supply during non-solar hours, is eliminated by using our Backup system, as well as connec-ting to the electricity distribution network for occasional needs, as the introduction of the self-consumption normative allows solving this problem. Also, PV energy helps in local development, provides employment creation, and increases the use of autochthonous resources in the region.

Technical aspect: This aspect is the most obvious of all four, as the PV modules have a guaranteed lifetime of more 25 years, although this lifetime is exceeded in most cases, reaching around 40 years.

Concerning the energetic efficiency, our system produces 4 times the daily required energy for a 4 members family and consumes almost no energy itself (only the one used for the PV control in the house automation).

In numerical terms, according to the Spanish National Statistics Institute, a family of four members consumes an average of 3850 kWh a year, representing an average con-sumption of 10.55 kWh a day. Moreover, our system average daily production is 44.81 kWh. If we compare, 44.81 kWh is more than four times 10.55 kWh.

The electrical household appliances and the electronic devices in Patio 2.12 have low-consumption. This favors even more the energy efficiency, as the consumption is lower than the average and the energy is used advantageously. The use of our Backup sys-tem also works towards a better energetic efficiency as, whenever less energy is being generated than consumed (e.g. at night), the battery is discharged, and whenever more energy is being generated than consumed (e.g. during the day), the battery is charged.

539

The modular design concept also improves the energy efficiency: with any additional room added, the correct amount of production raise can be installed with it, allowing us to keep up with the increase in consumption.

Also, as it has been calculated in last section, the EPBT is, approximately, of 4-5 years, so the energy used in producing the PV system is recovered in that time.

The electrical household appliances and the electronic devices in Patio 2.12 have low-consumption. This favors even more the energy efficiency, as the consumption is lower than the average and the energy is used advantageously. The use of our Backup sys-tem also works towards a better energetic efficiency as, whenever less energy is being generated than consumed (e.g. at night), the battery is discharged, and whenever more energy is being generated than consumed (e.g. during the day), the battery is charged.

The modular design concept also improves the energy efficiency: with any additional room added, the correct amount of production raise can be installed with it, allowing us to keep up with the increase in consumption.

Also, as it has been calculated in last section, the EPBT is, approximately, of 4-5 years, so the energy used in producing the PV system is recovered in that time.

4.7.6.2. SOLAR THERMAL SYSTEMS

4.7.6.2.1. ENERGY RECOVERY TIME

The components added to SunPower photovoltaic module to convert it into a mix ther-mal -PV collector are:

- Frame aluminium profile: 4.66 kg.

- Attached absorber copper sheet and pipe: 2.36 kg.

- Fiberglass insulation: 2.27 kg

- Back cover made of polyethylene: 2.73 kg

To bear the small components in mind, such as rivets, rubber and silicone sealing pro-file, light weight, it will increase by 5% the required energy to get in the following table:

Material Quantity (kg) Required energy in Mj/kg Total (Mj)

Aluminium 4,66 160 745,60

Copper 2,36 90 212,40

Fiberglass 2,27 19 43,13

Plastic 2,73 80 218,40

Total 1.219,53

Small materials (+5%) 1.280,50

540

The time required for recover the energy needed to manufacture a PVT (exclusively from the thermal part) will depend on the place it is installed. For the current case, located in Madrid, according to calculations made with the program T-SOL (German), the energy produced in a year for DHW of 1 PVT (hybrid collector) is:

- 8,89 Gj/year/8 uds. = 1,11 Gj/year.

And the energy needed to manufacture 1 PVT (only the thermal part) is 1.28 Gj, the time required to recover that energy will be:

- 1,28/1,11 = 1,15 years

4.7.6.2.2. CO2 EMISSIONS SAVINGS associated with one year of operation.

According to the used T*Sol software database, for calculating the CO2 emission sa-vings of solar thermal, CO2 emissions for electric power are 0.185 g / KJ.

According to calculations made by the same software the system electricity saving is 1609.3 kW h per year that means 1609.3 kJ x 3600 = 5,793,480 kJ.

Therefore, total CO2 emissions avoided every year are 5,793,480 kJ x 0.185 g / kJ = 1071.8 kg of CO2.

4.7.6.2.3. MAINTENANCE ACCESSIBILITY:

Since the thermal solar system is composed of hybrid modules formed from photovol-taic solar panels, maintenance accessibility operations are the same.

4.7.7. SYSTEMS

The energy consumption of the house in its use stage comes mainly from air-conditio-ning systems, lighting and appliances.

To reduce air-conditioning and lighting consumption different passive and semi-passive strategies have been developed, as described in paragraph 2 BIOCLIMATIC STRATER-GIES of this sustainability report.

In the same way, air-conditioning active elements design have been optimized (cour-tyard evaporative cooling and use of fan-coil units with free cooling in the living modu-les) and lighting.

To optimize even more the above systems and to control electric appliances and semi-passive systems, a integral house automation system has been incorporated.

Below is a description of the household electrical devices characteristics referencing their sustainability contribution.

541

4.7.7.1. Automation

Controls performed by the automation system as a detailed description of the achieved savings and monitoring, data storage and display systems, are described in section 4.3. ENERGY EFFICIENCY.

Automation systems are able to reduce up to 25% the energy consumption of the proto-type rationally managing the devices operation, so its boost is an opportunity for energy savings and promoting change in citizens’ consumption habits.

To improve the house energy efficiency, while improving the life quality aspects, multiple performances have been conducted. See 4.3. ENERGY EFFICIENCY.

The used devices characteristics are described as follows.

4.7.7.1.1. Analogue Input

System: Analogue InputModel: Analogue Input, 4-fold, MDRC, AE/S 4.2, 2CDG 110 030 R0011

Consumption: max. 11 W

4.7.7.1.2. Gateway

System: GatewayModel: DALI Gateway, 1-fold, MDRC, DG/S 1.1, 2CDG 110 026 R0011

Consumption: max. 12,5 W

4.7.7.1.3. Consumption system display

System: eibPortModel: Type LAN / KNX®/ EnOcean®

4.7.7.1.4. Blind Actuators

System: Blind/Roller Shutter Actuators Model: Blind/Roller Shutter Actuators x-fold, 230 V, MDRC, JRA/S x.230.1.1, 2CDG 110 1xx R0011 Consumption: max. 250 mW

4.7.7.1.5. Light Sensor

System: Light Sensor Model: Light Sensor, FM, LF/U 2.1, 2CDG 110 089 R0011

542

4.7.7.1.6. Air Quality Sensor

System: Air Quality Sensor Model: Air Quality Sensor, LGS/A 1.1, 2CDG 508 086 D0201

4.7.7.1.7. Light Controller

System: Light Controller Model: Light Controller, 1-10 V, x-fold, 16 A, MDRC, LR/S x.16.1, 2CDG 110 08x R0011 Consumption: max. 250 mW

4.7.7.1.8. Power Supply

System: Power Supply Model: Power Supply, 24 VDC, 0.8 A, MDRC, NT/S 24.800, GH Q605 0057 R0002 Consumption: max. 30 W

4.7.7.1.9. Switch Actuator

System: Switch Actuator Model: Switch Actuator, x-fold, 10 AX, MDRC, SA/S x.10.1, 2CDG 110 0xx R0011 Consumption: max. 250 mW

4.7.7.1.10. Power Supply Uninterruptible

System: Uninterruptible EIB / KNX Power Supply Model: Uninterruptible EIB / KNX Power Supply, 640 mA, MDRC, SU/S 30.640.1, GH Q631 0049 R0111 Consumption: max. 60 W

4.7.7.1.11. Informative Display

System: Informative Display Model: Busch-priOn® 0073-1-7388 │ Rev. 03


System: Informative Display Model: Busch-priOn® 0073-1-7388 │ Rev. 03

543


System: Informative Display Model: Busch-priOn® 0073-1-7388 │ Rev. 03 4.7.7.1.14. Weather Sensor

System: Weather Sensor Model: Weather Sensor, SM, WES/A 2.1, 2CDG 120 033 R0011 Consumption: max. 2,4 W

4.7.7.1.15. Weather Unit

System: Weather Unit Model: Weather Unit, 1 fold, MDRC, WZ/S 1.1, 2CDG 110 034 R0011 Consumption: max. 11 W

4.7.7.2. Electric appliances

We have used last generation, high energy efficiency and water saving electric applian-ces.

Systems characteristics and use of efficient systems savings are described below.

All electric appliances are SIEMENS brand and are equipped with ECOPLUS label.

4.7.7.2.1. Cooking plate

APPLIANCE ENERGY CALIFICATION

SUSTAINABILITY LABEL

COOKING PLATE*

A eco PLUS

SAVINGHelps to reduce energy consume, as it uses the 75% of energy heating a container while vitroce-ramic hobs use 50% .**

** Data from manufacturer.

4.7.7.2.2. Fridge



FRIDGE* A ++ eco PLUS

544

SAVINGA++ fridges reduce the energy consumption up to 220 kWh a year, that means a consumption up to 45% lower than class A. This low consumption is mainly achieved thanks to its intelligent cool technology with vacuum panels, inverter compressor and multiSensor system.**


4.7.7.2.3. Dishwasher



DISWASHER* A + + + eco PLUS

SAVINGThanks to the low temperature drying, Siemens dishwasher range achieves a 20% less of con-sumption than class A thanks to its Zeolites drying system. Furthermore, thanks to the aquaEffi-cient store, it reduces water consumption up to 7 litres.**


4.7.7.2.4. Top oven



TOP OVEN* A eco PLUS

SAVINGSiemens ovens have an energetic A label, which means a reduced energy consumption. Moreo-ver, Thanks to the incorporated automatic programmes in ovens, decreases its consumption as it adjust time, temperature and heating mode to food, therefor reaching, the minimum consumption level to get perfect cooking results.**


545

4.7.7.2.5. Bottom oven



BOTTOM OVEN*

A + eco PLUS

SAVINGEnergy consumption 20% lower than class A. Energy consumption standard value 0,990 kWh. Thanks to the incorporated automatic programmes in ovens, decrease consumption as it adjust time, temperature and heating mode to food, therefor reaching the minimum consumption level with perfect cooking results.**


4.7.7.2.6. Washing machine



WASHING MACHINE*

A eco PLUS

SAVINGSiemens washing machines consume a 30% less than class A washing machines thanks to its iQdriveTM engine innovative design. An ultralite smaller engine use, faster and with more featu-res, gives a higher energy efficiency. iQdrive™ washing machines have the lowest energy con-sumption in market, just 0,13 kWh/kg.**


4.7.7.2.7. Dryer



DRYER* A eco PLUS

SAVINGSiemens blueTherm dryers get proper results with the minimum energy consumption, a 50% less than class A dryers.**


546

4.7.7.3. Lighting

We describe the technical characteristics of the lighting system used in the prototype, one common to the four modules and ramp. See it location on the lights plan.

4.7.7.3.1. Ledstrip

DEVICE MODELLEDSTRIP* 5m - 24W 12V LED white 3000 K

SAVINGAdjustable lighting allow to stablish maximum light percentages. A light maximum level of 80% will be defined, as for the human eye that 20% is almost imperceptible, so we get more than 20% savings.**


4.7.7.4. Air-conditioning (heating, cooling and ventilation)

Air-conditioning systems will progressively work according to actual temperatures we have in the different points of the house. The systems characteristics and savings by air-conditioning passive systems use, optimization or air-conditioning innovative active systems and efficient systems savings are decribed below.

4.7.7.4.1. Courtyard air-conditioning

DEVICECOOLING AND HEA-TING*

SAVINGCooling capacity 8.4 kW with a maximum consumption of 875W, giving a 9.6 EER.


4.7.7.4.2. Heat pump

DEVICEREVERSIBLE AIR/WATER HEAT PUMP*

547

SAVINGAqualis Inverter reaches a higher COP to 4 and saves up to 60% compared with a traditional fossil energy heating system.**


4.7.7.4.3. FAN COIL

DEVICECOOLING AND HEATING*

SAVINGSystem with intelligen design which reduces a 20% average absorbed power of the standar engine. Major Line comfort unit is 90% recycable. The design uses up to 20% less raw materials compared with previous ranges. 100% of Major Line ABS pieces are recycable. The engine HEE CIAT with technology Brushless, saves up to 85% more energy. In the following graphic we can see the comparative between a standar engine consumption and HEE engine.**


4.7.7.4.4. Ventilation lockgates

DEVICEVENTILATION*

SAVINGHelps to savings made by the façade evaportranspiration passive conditoning strategies.

4.7.7.4.5. Panels exchanger

DEVICEAIR-CONDITIONING*

548

SAVINGHelps to savings made by freecooling incorporation to fancoils with ponds water.

4.7.7.4.6. FREE COOLING Battery

DEVICEAIR-CONDITIONING*

SAVINGIn the maximum freecooling useful situation (24 hours a day) evaporation during the competition 15 days would approximately increase to 2,8 kg/day per pond surface m2 compared to 1,7 kg/day m2 we will have without the freecooling use. Assuming a demand of 2 kWp for each room, freecooling supplies a minimum 25% of the total demand.**


4.7.7.5. Hot water devices

The heat pump and 300 litres store techinc characteristics are detailed below, as well as the saving that this domestic hot water systems means.

4.7.7.5.1. Heat pump and DHW tank

DEVICEREVERSIBLE AIR/WATER HEAT PUMP* + DHW tank**

* Previously described in section 7.4.2. Heat Pump

SAVINGThanks to its water temperature range (30ºC to 60ºC), this heat pump produces domestic hote water in an effective way, using the tank SANI 300l for a cost two times lower compared to a traditional electric tank.***

*** Data from manufacturer.

549

4.8. MAINTENANCE PLAN

All actions aimed to physical and functional conservation of the house throughout its life cycle are considered structures, works and maintenance actions. Maintenance ge-nerally means preserving and improve the original features of an item, plant or machine over time.

Preventive maintenance is intended to control a priori the deficiencies and problems that may arise in the house due to the natural use of it.

Inspections and periodic reviews are typical operations of this type of maintenance, cer-tain installations startup and shutdown, technical and hygienic cleaning, maintenance operations and replacement of small consumables.

A right maintenance includes those operations necessary to deal with unexpected situa-tions, in other words, unforeseen and unpredictable. Physical and/or functional repairs and replacements operations are typical of this type of maintenance.

To prevent damage and more serious consequences than those resulting from a normal aging process, maintenance should begin the same day the house is occupied.

Some of the reasons why it is necessary to carry out proper maintenance:

- To avoid nuisance generated at installations breakdowns, services stops, unexpected repair works.

- For liability under the current regulations

- For safety and health (drains blockages, polluting the pond water).

- Comfort (a breakdown in the production of domestic hot water or heating).

- For economy reasons. A poorly maintained installation produces higher consumption.

- For the environment improvement.

1. Foundations

· The user will constantly monitor: - General inspection of the different support steel elements of the foundations.

· The user will check mandatory every 2 years: - Check the general condition and operation of drainage pipes and drainage.

· A specialist will periodically renew, depending on its geographic location: - The anti-corrosive paint of the support elements.

550

2. Structure

· The user will constantly monitor: - Appearance of buckling or crashes on vertical structure. - Appearance of excessive deflections on horizontal structure. - Persistent moisture situations. - Attack of eating insects (beetles and termites), usually detectable by the appearance of small holes in dusty yellow. - Do not exceed the charges for which the structure was planned. - Fissures and cracks appearance in ceilings, floors, beams and lintels of doors and windows that do not fit.

· A specialist must check every 2 years: - Total revision of the horizontal structure elements and roof.

· A specialist must check mandatory every 10 years: - Total revision of the vertical structure elements.

· The structure will be protected by applying: - Keim Livos Adao paints: anti-blue primer of the timber structure that is hidden, in other words, all modules except the technical box. - WSI (Euroquimica) paint, fire protection: the technical box will be protected through a system of intumescent coatings for timber surfaces fire protection, which should be protected with transparent or colourless solutions to respect the aesthetics and beauty characteristic of that material. It is used on clean and dry timber surfaces, preferably sanded and dusted. - Keim Livos Kaldet 270 White paints: on OSB. The material applies do not require any maintenance. For surface cleaning, use Livos Trena neutral cleaner. - Keim Soldalit Me paints: for composite slats. Only if necessary, for Soldalit Me material loss, apply a new layer of the same material after cleaning the surface. - Paint (Sika): Sikadur will be used to protect metal against corrosion.

3. Roof

· The user will constantly monitor: - Fungi, moss and plants emergence. Removing in case it appears. - Removal of material accumulated by the wind

· A specialist must check every year: - The waterproofing fixing to the support and repair the defects. - Cleaning of drainage elements (sinks, gutters and overflow tanks) and verify its proper operation. Also after important storms.

· A specialist must check every 2 years: - The perfect thermal insulation covering by the protective layer.

· A specialist will check mandatory every 5 years: - Anchors and fastenings on items fixed to the roof.

· A specialist will renew every 15-20 years, depending on its geographic location: - The elastic membrane of the roof which is made by: - Sikagard-552W Aquaprimer: is a mono-material adhesion promoting primer, based on water, paint coating layers of polymers in aqueous dispersion.

551

- Sikagard Elastocolor ES-550: is an elastic-plastic paint protection, resistant to UV, acrylic dispersion single component. Bridges fissures even with temperatures below 0°C provided that previously has been applied Sikagard- 552W.

4. Façade

· The user will mandatory check every 2 years:

- General inspection of the sealing elements of the tops and cornices edges, balconies, lintels and projecting bodies of the façade. - Securing the elements of the façade. - The maintenance condition: possible fissures, detachments, moisture and stains.


- General inspection of the façade finishes. - The ceramic pieces cleanliness.

5. Carpentry


- The frames sealing with the façade and especially with the coping.

- The state of the windows, its stability and water and air tightness. Repaired if necessary.

· The user will mandatory renew every 3 years:

- The window frames varnish.

· The user will mandatory renew every 10 years:

- The windows frames sealing with the façade.

· Cleaning:

- Cleaning and basic and general maintenance 1-2 times a year (spring/autumn):

both window frames will be cleaned with neutral cleaning agents never under direct sunlight or hot surfaces.

- Carpentry long-term maintenance. Each 3/6 years depending on it state: pro tecting the glass with tape, the timber surface is sanded and varnished.

552

6. Panellings and floorings

TIMBER (OUTDOORS)

· Cleaning:

- Being synthetic flooring does not require maintenance. Just to clean it twice a year, always clean in the timber streaks direction with soap and water, then rinse with a hose.

CORK (INDOORS)

· Cleaning:

-Regular cleaning: Clean the surface with SPRAY CLEANER or similar, ma-king circles using a mop with a quick and easy cleaning product for floors.

-Frequent cleaning: dilute a soft concentrated detergent in water and apply in the same way as in the previous section. Then left to air-dry. - Deep cleaning: Use a neutral pH cleaner for very dirty surfaces and re-move old protective products, POWER STRIP or similar. Dilute the clea-ner in water and apply it manually or with a single disc machine. Then remo-ve with clean water and a mop and let dry or use a maintenance product. - Periodic maintenance: use a maintenance product for surfaces treatment and beautifi-cation, POWER POLISH or similar. When fully clean, apply a coat with a special applica-tor or a dry cloth. Let dry and then remove it by rubbing the surface.

7. Installations

7.1.Plumbing drain (rainwater and sewage)

7.1.1. Horizontal network (hatches and collectors)

• The user will continuously monitor: - Blockages and bad odors. - Moistures and water leaks appearance. - Flooring breaks and subsidences.

Where any of the noted anomalies, paying the utmost attention and act accordingly, according to their importance. In the case of damage that can lead to hazards, should be discussed with a competent technician and act upon it.

• A specialist will mandatory review every 6 months or when moisture is noticed: - Mud and grease separator. - Drains operation.

Cleaning and making appropriate repairs, if any.

553

• A specialist will mandatory check every year, preferably before the rainy season: - Anchoring and fixing elements in hanging network. - Operation of the entire network. - State of hatches covers and manholes.

Cleaning pipes, inspections and hatches. Performing, if necessary, repair or replace-ment of damaged materials.

• A specialist will mandatory check every 10 years: - State of the drain pipe hatches, hatches and siphon hatches. Cleaning and making appropriate repairs, if any.

7.2. Plumbing

7.2.1. Drains (equipment and piping)

• The user will continuously monitor: - Blockages and bad odors. - Moistures and water leaks appearance.


• The user will mandatory check every 6 months: - Sinks and washbasins recordable siphons. - Wet rooms drains.

Recordable siphons, sanitary wares valves and drains cleaning

7.2.2. Cold water distribution network

• The user will continuously monitor: - Excessive consumption. - Moistures and water leaks appearance.


• The user will check every 3 months: - Faucets obstructions. Cleaning it if necessary.

• The user will check every year: - Installation taps and stopcocks opening and closing. In case of poor perfor-mance, proceed to repair or replacement by a specialist.

• A specialist will check every 5 years: - Fasteners in shown columns and pillars. - Water tightness and operation.

Repairing it if necessary.

554

7.2.3. Sanitary ware and fittings

• The user will continuously monitor: - Poor functioning of the toilet discharge mechanism. - Breaks and movements in sanitary wares. - Water leaks in the taps.


• The user will check every year: - Sanitary wares joints with flooring, tiles and hobs. - Anchors and fixings. - Fittings performance.

7.2.4. Pressure groups

• The user will continuously monitor: - Corrosions. - Appearance of water leaks.

- Lack of pressure on the network.


•A specialist will check every 6 months: - The operation of the pressure and air regulators. - Opening/closing inlet and outlet gate valve. - Check valve operation.

Ensure, where appropriate, repair or replacement by a specialist. Tank accumulator cleaning. Lubrication-greasing bearings and electro-pump bearings and pumps suction filters cleaning.

• A specialist will check every year: - The absence of corrosion in pressure tank. - Suction gauge hight. - State of anchors and anti-vibrations. - Pond state. - Pressure group operation. - Shut-off, cutting and reducing pressure valves.

Ensure, where appropriate, repair or replacement by a specialist. Electro-pumps and air regulator cleaning. Pressure tank exterior clean. Pond cleaning. Keys and lubrication cleaning, if any, of piston rods. Adjustments and replacements, if any, of pressure group elements and valves.

• A specialist will check every 5 years: - Conductions. Possible cleaning, according to technical criteria, of sediments produced by water and inlays inside. • A specialist will make a mandatory regulatory inspection every 10 years: - Regulatory test of the tank or pressure group tank. Ensure, where appropria-

555

te, repairs or replacements, by a specialist.

7.3. Thermal systems

7.3.1. Heating and cooling

• The user will continuously monitor: - Smells or signs denoting leaks. - Breaks or detachments of installation elements. - Deterioration of stopcocks, rubber, pipes, etc.

- Disappearance of plates with warnings, prohibitions, etc. attached to the devi-ces casings. - Leaks in safety valve. - Obstruction or cancellation of ventilation grilles in fireplace flue gas evacua-tion. - Strange noises and vibrations. - Deterioration of the insulation of the accessible heating circuits.


A) Rated thermal power installations: 5 < P ≤ 70 kw

Mandatory maintenance, with authorized company by the Autonomous Region.

• Every week, check mandatory:

- Visual inspection of the biomass boiler.

- Test the solid biofuels store.

• Every month, check mandatory: - Waste of ash in solid biofuel installations - Security features in biomass installations.

• Every year, mandatory review and verify: - Evaporators and condensers. - Boiler circuits. - Fumes tube and chimneys. - The boiler burner. - Expansion tanks. - Water treatment systems. - Sealing seal between burner and boiler. - Gas or diesel boilers. - Water levels in circuits. - Air filters. - Heat recovery devices. - Terminal units of air-water. - Terminal units of air distribution. - Units of air supply and return. - Autonomous devices. - Insulation state. - Automatic control system.

556

- Fumes circuits in boilers and fumes tubes, and chimneys in biomass boilers.

B) Heating and cooling generators. Systems performance evaluation.

Rated thermal power installations 20 kw< P ≤ 70 kw

• The maintenance company will mandatory check every two years: - Temperature or pressure of the inlet and outlet carrier fluid of the generator. - Ambient temperature of the room or engine room. - Temperature of combustion gases. - Content of CO and CO2 in the combustion products. - Index smoke opacity in solid or liquid fuels and content of solid particles in solid fuels - Boiler flue gas draught.

The obtained values will be evaluated, measured and recorded.

C) Hot and cold water distribution network

The same instructions as for cold water networks in section «1.2.Plumbing»

D) Fan-coils

• The user will continuously monitor: - Breaks, detachments and damage. - Moistures and water leaks appearance. - Strange noises in the system.

- Bad smells.


• The user will check every 6 months:

- Condition of the pipes inside, after grilles and diffusers disassembling. Clea-ning carefully with a damp cloth. If deficiencies, implement treatment and repairs detai-led by a specialist.

•The user will check every year:

- Opening and closing of the installation valves and stopcocks.

In the event of poor performance repair it or replace it with a specialist.

• A specialist will check every 5 years:

- Fan-coils anchors. - Sealing and operation, by trial.

Proceed if necessary to appropriate repair by a specialist.

Where any of the noted anomalies, paying the utmost attention and act accordingly, according to their importance. In the case of damage that can lead to hazards, should

557

be discussed with a competent technician and act upon it.

7.3.2. Domestic Hot Water

Hot water installations with total installed capacity below 70 kw.

• The user will continuously monitor: - Smells or signs denoting leaks. - Installation elements breaks, detachments. - Deterioration of gate valve, pipes, etc. - Disappearance of plates with warnings, prohibitions, etc. attached to the devi ces casings.


• A qualified installer will check every year: - Operation of the heater.

- Thermal block and the connecting pipes. - Gas group and water heater sealing.

• The providing company will mandatory inspection every 4 years: - Parts of the installation, from the general supply network to counter stopcock (obligatory for the providing company). According to the inspection certificate issued by the technician

According to the installation and devices review certificates.

7.4. Solar thermal

1. Monitoring plan.

The Monitoring Plan is a simple inspection plan of the most important functional para-meters of the installation, so we check it proper operation

Installation Operation Frecuency Description element (months)

COLLECTORS Cleaning To be determined With water and proper products. GLASS 3 IV* Condensations on the central hours of the day.

JOINTS 3 IV Cracking and distortions.

ABSORBER 3 IV Corrosion, distortion, leaks, etc.

CONNECTIONS 3 IV Leaks.

STRUCTURE 3 IV degradation, corrosion signs.

PRIMARY CIRCUIT 6 IV Moistures and water Piping, insulation and filling system leaks lack . CAUTION -> High temperatures.

558

SECONDARY CIRCUIT 6 IV Daily temperature Piping and insulation IV Moisture and leaks lack.

SOLAR ACCUMULATOR 3 Muds purge of the bottom of the tank.

I.V.: visual inspection. C.F.: operation control

2. Preventive maintenance plan

The Preventive Maintenance Plan are visual inspection operations, and other verification activities, which applied to the installation should help to keep within acceptable opera-ting conditions, benefits, protection and durability of the installation.

Maintenance will involve at least an annual review of the installation for systems with collection area smaller than 20 m2 and a review every six months for collection area systems exceeding 20 m2.

The maintenance plan must be carried out by technically competent personnel familiar with solar thermal technology and mechanical equipment in general. The installation has a maintenance book that reflects all operations and corrective maintenance.

Maintenance should include all maintenance and replacement of consumables or worn by use, to ensure that the system works properly during its lifetime.

Detailed maintenance operations are then develop to be performed on solar thermal energy installations for hot water production, the established minimum frequency (in months) and observations regarding the precautions to be observed

A. COLLECTION SYSTEM

Element Frecuency (months) Description

COLLECTORS 6 IV* Differences with the original.

IV Differences between collectors.

GLASS 6 IV Condensations and dirty.

DEGRADATION JOINTS 6 IV Crackings, distortions.

ABSORBER 6 IV Corrosion, distortions.

CASING 6 IV Distortion, oscillations, ventilation gaps.

CONNECTIONS 6 IV Leaks appearance.

STRUCTURE 6 IV Degradation, corrosion signs and screws ight.


B. ACCUMULATION SYSTEM


Tank 12 Mods in the bottom.

559

Sacrifice anode 12 Wearing away test.

Printed current anodes 12 Good operation test.

Insulation 12 No moistures verification.


C. EXCHANGE SYSTEM


Panels exchanger 12 CF* Efficiency and features.

12 Cleaning

Intercambiador de serpentín 12 CF Efficiency and features.

12 Cleaning.


D. HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT


Refrigerant liquid 12 Verify its density and pH

Water tightness 24 Test pressure.

External insulation 6 IV* lack of joints protection and moistures.

Inner insulation 12 IV Joints and moistures lack.

Automatic purge 12 CF* and cleaning.

Manul purge 6 Empty the trap air bottle.

Pump 12 Sealing.

Closed expansion tank 6 Filling pression test.

Filling system 6 CF Actuation.

Shut-off valve 12 CF Actuations (open and close) to avoid evitar stiffness.

Security valve 12 CF Actuation.


E. CONTROL AND ELECTRIC SYSTEM


Electric switchboard 12 Tightness to avoid dust entry.

Differential control 12 CF* Actuation.

Termostato 12 CF Actuation.

560


F. AUXILIARY POWER SYSTEM


Auxiliary system 12 CF* Actuation.

Temperature probes 12 CF Actuation.


Since the auxiliary power system is not part of the solar system, actions are only requi-red over the connections of the same solar system, and verify the operation of the two combined systems.

7.5. Electrical

· The user will continuously monitor:

- The condition and maintenance of the electrical wiring from the electricity meter.

- The good performance of the mechanisms and the wiring, connections and in-sulation. In the general review of the electrical system the status of the conduits, fasteners, insulation and covers of the routing individual branch must be chec-ked, and verify the absence of moisture.

- The meters room where ventilation grilles cannot be obstructed, and access to the room.

- Periodically, it is recommendable to press the test differential button (ID), which should disconnect the whole installation.

- Lamps and electrical mechanisms plates cleaning: before disconnect the wi-ring. Should be cleaned with a damp cloth with water and detergent. The electri-city will be connected once the plates have dried.

· A specialist will check every year:

- The state of the TV antenna.

- The electricity production of the photovoltaic.

- The generator state.

· A specialist will check every 4 years:

- The connections to the ground and measure its resistance.

- The internal phone network.

- General revision of the electrical installation.

561

7.6. Solar Photovoltaic

7.6.1. PV modules

PV systems require little maintenance. It is recommended to check the status of the modules at least once each six months. However, if the system output drops at any time during sun hours, a check should be performed to remove any dust, tree leaves or other dirt from the modules. The amount of dirt accumulated periodically depends on the emplacement of the house and the roof angle, and the rain also helps to keep the modules cleaner.

To clean the modules, the maintenance agent can simply use a ladder and climb safely up the roof. Once up, the agent can use water and a non-abrasive detergent to wash them.

The visual inspection also includes checking possible broken glass, to replace them.

The order of the array is also important to locate malfunctions in the different branches with haste.

7.6.2. Inverters

The inverters should be checked every three months for any visual signs of external damage. The status indicators can be cleaned also with a cloth. Corrosive substan-ces (e.g. solvents, abrasives) should not be used for cleaning. In case of any inverter shutdown, the module branch belonging to that inverter should be checked and clea-ned to remove shadowing and a reset should be done on the inverter.

7.6.3. Backup and Storage system

The Sunny Backup 5000 housing must be mechanically sound. If damage (e.g. cracks, holes, missing covers) endangers the operating safety, the Sunny Backup 5000 must be deactivated immediately.

Larger particles of dirt should be removed from the device with a soft brush, or similar object. Dust can be removed with a damp cloth. Solvents, abrasives or corrosive mate-rials must not be used for cleaning.

The cleaning intervals of the fans depend on the ambient conditions. If they are covered with loose dust, they can be cleaned with the aid of a vacuum cleaner (recommended) or a soft paint brush/hand brush. The fans must only be cleaned when at a standstill. For replacement, the installer must be contacted.

It is best to clean the control elements (display) with a soft, damp cloth. Solvents, abra-sives or corrosive materials must not be used for cleaning. The membrane keypad must be cleaned when the device is deactivated.

A check must be performed to see if error messages are present. To ensure optimal operation, the operator should regularly check the entries in the Sunny Backup 5000 error list at short intervals (monthly, or even weekly), especially during the first months after commissioning. This can help to discover hidden faults in the installation or errors in the configuration.

562

Once a year, the ground connection at the house connection box should be inspected, or on the meter board between PEN and the equipotential bonding bar.

Concerning the batteries, the ZVEI pamphlet must be followed.

The AGM batteries do not need water replacement and no residues of electrolytes ap-pear in the battery contacts. Plastic battery components of the batteries, in particular the cell containers, must only be cleaned with pure water. At least every 6 months the following must be measured and recorded:

- battery voltage

- voltage of a few selected cells/monobloc batteries

- surface temperature of a few selected cells/monobloc batteries

- temperature in the battery room

Should the cell voltage deviate from the average float charge voltage by +0.2 V/cell or -0.1 V/cell and/or should the surface temperature of different cells deviate more than 5°C, customer services must be called in. The following must be measured and recor-ded annually:

- voltage of all cells/monobloc batteries

- surface temperature of all cells/monobloc batteries

- temperature in the battery room.

Annual visual checks:

- on bolted connectors (check that unsecured bolt connectors are firmly seated)

- on battery installation or arrangement

- on ventilation.

7.6.3. Wiring and protections

An inspection should be taken every six months. The targets of the inspection are:

• The terminals, to find out whether they are loose, overheated or burned out. If any wire is burned it should be replaced straight away.

• The wiring skin, to detect any possible defects, to be fixed with self-adhesive tape.

• Oxidation in welding and circuits of the PV modules (caused by the entrance of humidity across the enclosures).

• The connecting pin wiring of the PV modules to check for failures in pressure.

5. DINNER PARTY MENU

563

5. DINNER PARTY MENU

Andalucía Team, through the dinner party menu, aims to transmit the concept about sustainability. The main goal is to improve the sustainability through the local product-food. The Andalucía Team vision is to develop and promote this value through our menu Mediterranean in the house Patio 2.12.

This menu has been designed about two themes, reflected in the main course:

1. The Mediterranean sea

2. The Mediterranean garden

and with the concept of “Tapas” that reflects de tradition of Andalucía cuisine.

The menu’s slogan designed to support our philosophy is: Enjoy Mediterranean. In total we have to represent our eight provinces of Andalucía Community.

We studied which sponsor is better for create these dinner party menu.

These are some pictures of the dinner:

564

ATMOSPHERE

The atmosphere of the dinner had the typical character of a dinner in an Andalusian patio. A good temperature and humidity is added the characteristic smells of our land, and not only because of olfactory manifestation of food products but also for the centerpieces with flowers that led to a stately feel for all the senses.

Enjoy a dinner of Andalusian ecologic products, among jasmine, bougainvillea and smelling flowers while music whispers, is a wonderful experience to enjoy it in a technological Mediterranean patio.

The table in the design of linens and utensils is based on the four R’s (recycling, reuse, reduce and reject) therefore we propose the use of linens and menu of products from recycled paper, use of cloth napkins and glass cups (which may have a long useful life), esparto placemats (reuse of objects with different uses), ceramic dishes that continue with the general idea of the project Patio 2.12 of use of local materials and distribution of recycled containers to allow diners carry leftovers, so that the organic waste (such as inorganic products produced by the household) is minimized.

Once the man left his nomadic condition, the refinement of their habits has been a constant, and the food question was no longer a mere formality of survival to become an increasingly sophisticated experience. Thus was opened a chapter in human culture, being conscious of that sitting down to eat should be a total delight for the senses, so that concepts such as hygiene, decoration, flavors, colors, textures, space and comfort were developed gradually.

565

This comfort is reflected in the musical expressions that accompany a meal with family and friends, becoming a popular tradition in all civilizations. Conversations, laughter and fun come on site to remind us that man always seeks to harmonize various pleasures of life, such as music, food, the perception of a multifunctional space, playground, to rise to their full enjoyment of the pleasure of eating as the primary relationship.

Based on the above assumptions, we had decided on both dinner to reproduce through loudspeakers in the court interpreter’s instrumental music from Seville David Peña Dorantes, whose compositions are strong Andalusian character with flowing melodies and illuminating, as a kind of ceremony in the mystery of the revelations that will come up menu, prepared and served by our team, in a suitable atmosphere.A torrent of sounds arranged in the most varied kind, highlighting a contemporary and classic piano, deep flamenco roots that enables dialogue between diners not being formed by accelerated melodies. Moreover, it helps to eliminate awkward silences while we savour the dishes, making it a pleasure and fluid digestion in keeping with the dining room, the court.

Besides music, the comfort and convenience during dinner was captured by opening the roof letting the brightness of the moon and stars supported by low-energy lights our main room, the court, with candles creating a beautiful atmosphere for the occasion and a warm and friendly atmosphere. The candles used are 100% natural wax made by traditional methods that cause soft and warm lighting.

6. CONTEST WEEK TASKS’ PLANNING

566

6. CONTEST WEEK TASKS’ PLANNING

Andalucía Team has been analyzing the Detailed Event Schedule and the Jury Schedule, published in Rules V.4. What follows is a first attempt to organize the realization of the tasks subcontests during the Contest Week.

Andalucía Team will assign two decathletes, as well as the professor coordinator of each subject, to every competition, making sure the tasks are carried out correctly.

* For the activities carried out by the SDE Organization, Andalucía Team would like to know a narrower period of time in which the competition juries will visit the house in order to or-ganize the schedule in a more exact way.

** These activities are included in the category of continuous monitoring and will, therefore, be monitored by the organization during the whole period of time here described. Andalu-cía Team will have a member present at these hours to make sure the variables measured comply with the range imposed by the competition.

FRIDAY 14TH SEPTEMBER:

Activities: - Media visits / spots filming

- Official opening

- Teams private visits

- Public visits (General Public)

- Interior & Exterior lighting

- Monitoring tests - systems´ functioning *

Schedule:

SATURDAY 15TH SEPTEMBER:

Activities: - Public visits (General Public)



DETAILED SCHEDULE DETAILED SCHEDULE DETAILED SCHEDULE

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

19:0

020

:00

22:0

0

23:0

0

Media Visits / Spots Filming Media Visits / Spots Filming Media Visits / Spots Filming

Official Opening Official Opening Official Opening

Teams Private Visits Teams Private Visits Teams Private Visits

Public Visits (General Public) Public Visits (General Public) Public Visits (General Public)

Interior & Exterior Lighting Interior & Exterior Lighting Interior & Exterior Lighting

Monitoring tests - Systems' functioning Monitoring tests - Systems' functioning Monitoring tests - Systems' functioning

MEAS TASK ACT JURY SDE MEAS TASK ACT JURY SDE MEAS TASK ACT JURY SDE


0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

Electricity autonomy Electricity autonomy Architecture Contest

Temporary generation-consumption correlation Temporary generation-consumption correlation Electricity autonomy

Load consumption per measurable area Load consumption per measurable area Temporary generation-consumption correlation

Temperature Temperature Load consumption per measurable area

Humidity Humidity Temperature

Air Quality Air Quality Humidity

Work Station lighting Work Station lighting Air Quality

Accoustic Performance ** Accoustic Performance ** Work Station lighting

Refrigerator Refrigerator Accoustic Performance **

Freezer Freezer Refrigerator

Clothes-washer X Clothes-washer X Freezer

Clothes-dryer X Clothes-dryer X Clothes-washer XDishwasher X Dishwasher Clothes-dryer X

Home Electronics Home Electronics Dishwasher XOven X Oven X Home Electronics

Cooking X Cooking X Oven XHot Water Draws X X Hot Water Draws X X Cooking X

Public Visits (Professionals) Public Visits (Professionals) Hot Water Draws X XInterior & Exterior Lighting Interior & Exterior Lighting Public Visits (Professionals)

Architecture Jury Visits Architecture Jury Visits Interior & Exterior Lighting

Engineering & Construction Jury Visits Architecture Jury Conference & Debate

Architecture Contest Award

MEAS TASK ACT JURY MEAS TASK ACT JURY Engineering & Construction Jury Visits

Industrialization & Market Viability Jury Visits

MEAS TASK ACT JURY


0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

Engineering & Construction Contest Electricity autonomy Electricity autonomy

Electricity autonomy Temporary generation-consumption correlation Load consumption per measurable area

Temporary generation-consumption correlation Load consumption per measurable area Temperature

Load consumption per measurable area Temperature Humidity

Temperature Humidity Air Quality

Humidity Air Quality Refrigerator

Air Quality Work Station lighting Freezer

Work Station lighting Accoustic Performance ** Communication & Social Awareness Contest

Accoustic Performance ** Refrigerator Public Visits (General Public)

Refrigerator Freezer Interior & Exterior Lighting

Freezer Clothes-washer X Communication & Social Awareness Jury Conference & Debate

Clothes-washer X Clothes-dryer X Industrialization & Market Viabiliaty Contest Award

Clothes-dryer X Dishwasher XDishwasher X Home Electronics MEAS TASK ACT JURY

Home Electronics Oven

Oven X Cooking

Cooking X Hot Water Draws X XHot Water Draws X X Industrialization & Market Viability Contest

Dinner Public Visits (General Public)

Public Visits (Professionals) Interior & Exterior Lighting

Interior & Exterior Lighting Industrialization & Market Viabiliaty Jury Conference & Debate

Engineering & Construction Jury Conference & Debate Industrialization & Market Viabiliaty Contest Award

Engineering & Construction Contest Award Communication & Social Awareness Jury Visits

Communication & Social Awareness Jury Visits

Industrialization & Market Viability Jury Visits MEAS TASK ACT JURY

MEAS TASK ACT JURY

DETAILED SCHEDULE

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

Electricity autonomy

Load consumption per measurable area

Temperature

Humidity

Air Quality

Refrigerator

Freezer

Public Visits (General Public)

Interior & Exterior Lighting

MEAS TASK ACT JURY


0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

Electricity autonomy Electricity autonomy Electricity autonomy

Temporary generation-consumption correlation Temporary generation-consumption correlation Temporary generation-consumption correlation

Load consumption per measurable area Load consumption per measurable area Load consumption per measurable area

Temperature Temperature Temperature

Humidity Humidity Humidity

Air Quality Air Quality Air Quality

Work Station lighting Work Station lighting Work Station lighting

Accoustic Performance ** Accoustic Performance ** Accoustic Performance **

Refrigerator Refrigerator Refrigerator

Freezer Freezer Freezer

Clothes-washer X Clothes-washer X Clothes-washer XClothes-dryer X Clothes-dryer X Clothes-dryer XDishwasher X Dishwasher Dishwasher X

Home Electronics Home Electronics Home Electronics

Oven X Oven X Oven XCooking X Cooking X Cooking X

Hot Water Draws X X Hot Water Draws X X Hot Water Draws X XPublic Visits (Groups) Public Visits (Groups) Public Visits (Groups)


Sustainability Jury Visits Energy Efficiency Jury Visits Sustainability Jury Conference & Debate

Sustainability Jury Visits Sustainability Contest Award

Energy Efficiency Jury Visits

MEAS TASK ACT JURY MEAS TASK ACT JURYMEAS TASK ACT JURY


0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

Energy Efficiency Contest Electricity autonomy Innovation Contest

Electricity autonomy Temporary generation-consumption correlation Public Visits (General Public)

Temporary generation-consumption correlation Load consumption per measurable area Interior & Exterior Lighting

Load consumption per measurable area TemperatureElectrical Energy Balance, Comfort Conditions and House

Functioning Contests AwardsTemperature Humidity Innovation Contest Award

Humidity Air Quality Final Competition Awards

Air Quality Work Station lighting

Work Station lighting Accoustic Performance ** MEAS TASK ACT JURYAccoustic Performance ** Refrigerator

Refrigerator Freezer

Freezer Clothes-washer XClothes-washer X Clothes-dryer XClothes-dryer X Dishwasher XDishwasher X Home Electronics


Oven X Cooking



Public Visits (Groups) Interior & Exterior Lighting


Energy Efficiency Jury Conference & Debate

Energy Efficiency Contest Award

MEAS TASK ACT JURY

MEAS TASK ACT JURY

DETAILED SCHEDULE

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0



Out of Contest Awards

Closing Ceremony

MEAS TASK ACT JURY

SUNDAY 16th

14:0

0

15:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

FRIDAY 14th

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

THURSDAY 20th

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

019

:00

SATURDAY 15th

19:0

019

:00

19:0

0

MONDAY 17th

14:0

0

15:0

0

FRIDAY 21st

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

TUESDAY 18th

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

SUNDAY 23rd

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

TUESDAY 25th

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

SUNDAY 30th

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

15:0

0

THURSDAY 27th FRIDAY 28st

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

14:0

0

CONTEST WEEK TASKS’ PLANNING

WEDNESDAY 26th21

:00

SATURDAY 29th

21:0

021

:00

21:0

021

:00

SATURDAY 22nd

WEDNESDAY 19th

19:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

019

:00

MONDAY 24th

567

Schedule:

SUNDAY 16TH SEPTEMBER:

Activities: - Public visits (General Public)



Schedule:

MONDAY 17TH SEPTEMBER:

Activities: - Electricity autonomy **

- Temporary generation-consumption correlation **

- Load consumption per measurable area **

- Temperature **

- Humidity **

- Air quality **

- Work station lighting

- Accoustic performance

- Refrigerator **

- Freezer **

- Clothes-washer


0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

19:0

020

:00

22:0

0

23:0

0









0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0





















MEAS TASK ACT JURY


0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0















Oven X Cooking









MEAS TASK ACT JURY

DETAILED SCHEDULE

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0



Temperature

Humidity

Air Quality

Refrigerator

Freezer



MEAS TASK ACT JURY


0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0





















0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0












Oven X Cooking







MEAS TASK ACT JURY

MEAS TASK ACT JURY

DETAILED SCHEDULE

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0




Closing Ceremony

MEAS TASK ACT JURY

SUNDAY 16th

14:0

0

15:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

FRIDAY 14th

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

THURSDAY 20th

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

019

:00

SATURDAY 15th

19:0

019

:00

19:0

0

MONDAY 17th

14:0

0

15:0

0

FRIDAY 21st

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

TUESDAY 18th

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

SUNDAY 23rd

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

TUESDAY 25th

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

SUNDAY 30th

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

15:0

0


14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

14:0

0


WEDNESDAY 26th

21:0

0

SATURDAY 29th

21:0

021

:00

21:0

021

:00

SATURDAY 22nd

WEDNESDAY 19th

19:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

019

:00

MONDAY 24th


0:0

0

1:0

0

2:0

0

3:0

0

4:0

0

5:0

0

6:0

0

7:0

0

8:0

0

9:0

0

10

:00

11

:00

12

:00

13

:00

16

:00

17

:00

18

:00

20

:00

21

:00

22

:00

23

:00

0:0

0

1:0

0

2:0

0

3:0

0

4:0

0

5:0

0

6:0

0

7:0

0

8:0

0

9:0

0

10

:00

11

:00

12

:00

13

:00

16

:00

17

:00

18

:00

20

:00

21

:00

22

:00

23

:00

0:0

0

1:0

0

2:0

0

3:0

0

4:0

0

5:0

0

6:0

0

7:0

0

8:0

0

9:0

0

10

:00

11

:00

12

:00

13

:00

16

:00

17

:00

18

:00

19

:00

20

:00

22

:00

23

:00









0:0

0

1:0

0

2:0

0

3:0

0

4:0

0

5:0

0

6:0

0

7:0

0

8:0

0

9:0

0

10

:00

11

:00

12

:00

13

:00

16

:00

17

:00

18

:00

20

:00

21

:00

22

:00

23

:00

0:0

0

1:0

0

2:0

0

3:0

0

4:0

0

5:0

0

6:0

0

7:0

0

8:0

0

9:0

0

10

:00

11

:00

12

:00

13

:00

16

:00

17

:00

18

:00

20

:00

21

:00

22

:00

23

:00

0:0

0

1:0

0

2:0

0

3:0

0

4:0

0

5:0

0

6:0

0

7:0

0

8:0

0

9:0

0

10

:00

11

:00

12

:00

13

:00

16

:00

17

:00

18

:00

20

:00

22

:00

23

:00





















MEAS TASK ACT JURY


0:0

0

1:0

0

2:0

0

3:0

0

4:0

0

5:0

0

6:0

0

7:0

0

8:0

0

9:0

0

10

:00

11

:00

12

:00

13

:00

16

:00

17

:00

18

:00

20

:00

21

:00

22

:00

23

:00

0:0

0

1:0

0

2:0

0

3:0

0

4:0

0

5:0

0

6:0

0

7:0

0

8:0

0

9:0

0

10

:00

11

:00

12

:00

13

:00

16

:00

17

:00

18

:00

20

:00

21

:00

22

:00

23

:00

0:0

0

1:0

0

2:0

0

3:0

0

4:0

0

5:0

0

6:0

0

7:0

0

8:0

0

9:0

0

10

:00

11

:00

12

:00

13

:00

16

:00

17

:00

18

:00

20

:00

22

:00

23

:00















Oven X Cooking









MEAS TASK ACT JURY

DETAILED SCHEDULE

0:0

0

1:0

0

2:0

0

3:0

0

4:0

0

5:0

0

6:0

0

7:0

0

8:0

0

9:0

0

10

:00

11

:00

12

:00

13

:00

16

:00

17

:00

18

:00

20

:00

21

:00

22

:00

23

:00



Temperature

Humidity

Air Quality

Refrigerator

Freezer



MEAS TASK ACT JURY


0:0

0

1:0

0

2:0

0

3:0

0

4:0

0

5:0

0

6:0

0

7:0

0

8:0

0

9:0

0

10

:00

11

:00

12

:00

13

:00

16

:00

17

:00

18

:00

20

:00

21

:00

22

:00

23

:00

0:0

0

1:0

0

2:0

0

3:0

0

4:0

0

5:0

0

6:0

0

7:0

0

8:0

0

9:0

0

10

:00

11

:00

12

:00

13

:00

16

:00

17

:00

18

:00

20

:00

21

:00

22

:00

23

:00

0:0

0

1:0

0

2:0

0

3:0

0

4:0

0

5:0

0

6:0

0

7:0

0

8:0

0

9:0

0

10

:00

11

:00

12

:00

13

:00

16

:00

17

:00

18

:00

20

:00

22

:00

23

:00





















0:0

0

1:0

0

2:0

0

3:0

0

4:0

0

5:0

0

6:0

0

7:0

0

8:0

0

9:0

0

10

:00

11

:00

12

:00

13

:00

16

:00

17

:00

18

:00

20

:00

21

:00

22

:00

23

:00

0:0

0

1:0

0

2:0

0

3:0

0

4:0

0

5:0

0

6:0

0

7:0

0

8:0

0

9:0

0

10

:00

11

:00

12

:00

13

:00

16

:00

17

:00

18

:00

20

:00

21

:00

22

:00

23

:00

0:0

0

1:0

0

2:0

0

3:0

0

4:0

0

5:0

0

6:0

0

7:0

0

8:0

0

9:0

0

10

:00

11

:00

12

:00

13

:00

16

:00

17

:00

18

:00

20

:00

22

:00

23

:00












Oven X Cooking







MEAS TASK ACT JURY

MEAS TASK ACT JURY

DETAILED SCHEDULE

0:0

0

1:0

0

2:0

0

3:0

0

4:0

0

5:0

0

6:0

0

7:0

0

8:0

0

9:0

0

10

:00

11

:00

12

:00

13

:00

16

:00

17

:00

18

:00

20

:00

21

:00

22

:00

23

:00




Closing Ceremony

MEAS TASK ACT JURY

SUNDAY 16th

14

:00

15

:00

14

:00

15

:00

FRIDAY 14th

14

:00

15

:00

19

:00

14

:00

15

:00

14

:00

15

:00

THURSDAY 20th

14

:00

15

:00

19

:00

19

:00

SATURDAY 15th

19

:00

19

:00

19

:00

MONDAY 17th

14

:00

15

:00

FRIDAY 21st

14

:00

15

:00

19

:00

TUESDAY 18th

14

:00

15

:00

19

:00

SUNDAY 23rd

14

:00

15

:00

19

:00

TUESDAY 25th

14

:00

15

:00

19

:00

14

:00

15

:00

19

:00

SUNDAY 30th

14

:00

15

:00

19

:00

15

:00


14

:00

15

:00

19

:00

14

:00

15

:00

14

:00


WEDNESDAY 26th

21

:00

SATURDAY 29th

21

:00

21

:00

21

:00

21

:00

SATURDAY 22nd

WEDNESDAY 19th

19

:00

14

:00

15

:00

19

:00

19

:00

MONDAY 24th

568

- Clothes-dryer

- Dishwasher

- Home electronics

- Oven

- Cooking

- Hot water draws

- Public visits (professionals)


- Architecture jury visits *

Schedule:

TUESDAY 18TH SEPTEMBER:




- Temperature **

- Humidity **

- Air quality **



0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

19:0

020

:00

22:0

0

23:0

0









0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0





















MEAS TASK ACT JURY


0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0















Oven X Cooking









MEAS TASK ACT JURY

DETAILED SCHEDULE

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0



Temperature

Humidity

Air Quality

Refrigerator

Freezer



MEAS TASK ACT JURY


0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0





















0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0












Oven X Cooking







MEAS TASK ACT JURY

MEAS TASK ACT JURY

DETAILED SCHEDULE

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0




Closing Ceremony

MEAS TASK ACT JURY

SUNDAY 16th

14:0

0

15:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

FRIDAY 14th

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

THURSDAY 20th

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

019

:00

SATURDAY 15th

19:0

019

:00

19:0

0

MONDAY 17th

14:0

0

15:0

0

FRIDAY 21st

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

TUESDAY 18th

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

SUNDAY 23rd

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

TUESDAY 25th

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

SUNDAY 30th

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

15:0

0


14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

14:0

0


WEDNESDAY 26th

21:0

0

SATURDAY 29th

21:0

021

:00

21:0

021

:00

SATURDAY 22nd

WEDNESDAY 19th

19:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

019

:00

MONDAY 24th

569


- Refrigerator **

- Freezer **

- Clothes-washer

- Clothes-dryer

- Dishwasher

- Home electronics

- Oven

- Cooking

- Hot water draws



- Architecture jury visits *

- Engineering & Construction jury visits *

Schedule:


0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

19:0

020

:00

22:0

0

23:0

0









0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0





















MEAS TASK ACT JURY


0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0















Oven X Cooking









MEAS TASK ACT JURY

DETAILED SCHEDULE

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0



Temperature

Humidity

Air Quality

Refrigerator

Freezer



MEAS TASK ACT JURY


0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0





















0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0












Oven X Cooking







MEAS TASK ACT JURY

MEAS TASK ACT JURY

DETAILED SCHEDULE

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0




Closing Ceremony

MEAS TASK ACT JURY

SUNDAY 16th

14:0

0

15:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

FRIDAY 14th

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

THURSDAY 20th

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

019

:00

SATURDAY 15th

19:0

019

:00

19:0

0

MONDAY 17th

14:0

0

15:0

0

FRIDAY 21st

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

TUESDAY 18th

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

SUNDAY 23rd

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

TUESDAY 25th

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

SUNDAY 30th

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

15:0

0


14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

14:0

0


WEDNESDAY 26th

21:0

0

SATURDAY 29th

21:0

021

:00

21:0

021

:00

SATURDAY 22nd

WEDNESDAY 19th19

:00

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

019

:00

MONDAY 24th

570

WEDNESDAY 19TH SEPTEMBER:

Activities: - Architecture contest *

- Electricity autonomy **



- Temperature **

- Humidity **

- Air quality **



- Refrigerator **

- Freezer **

- Clothes-washer

- Clothes-dryer

- Dishwasher

- Home electronics

- Oven

- Cooking

- Hot water draws



- Architecture contest award *

- Engineering & Construction jury visits *

- Industriallization & Market viability jury visits *

571

Schedule:

THURSDAY 20TH SEPTEMBER:

Activities: - Engineering & Construction contest *




- Temperature **

- Humidity **

- Air quality **



- Refrigerator **

- Freezer **

- Clothes-washer

- Clothes-dryer

- Dishwasher

- Home electronics


0:0

0

1:0

0

2:0

0

3:0

0

4:0

0

5:0

0

6:0

0

7:0

0

8:0

0

9:0

0

10

:00

11

:00

12

:00

13

:00

16

:00

17

:00

18

:00

20

:00

21

:00

22

:00

23

:00

0:0

0

1:0

0

2:0

0

3:0

0

4:0

0

5:0

0

6:0

0

7:0

0

8:0

0

9:0

0

10

:00

11

:00

12

:00

13

:00

16

:00

17

:00

18

:00

20

:00

21

:00

22

:00

23

:00

0:0

0

1:0

0

2:0

0

3:0

0

4:0

0

5:0

0

6:0

0

7:0

0

8:0

0

9:0

0

10

:00

11

:00

12

:00

13

:00

16

:00

17

:00

18

:00

19

:00

20

:00

22

:00

23

:00









0:0

0

1:0

0

2:0

0

3:0

0

4:0

0

5:0

0

6:0

0

7:0

0

8:0

0

9:0

0

10

:00

11

:00

12

:00

13

:00

16

:00

17

:00

18

:00

20

:00

21

:00

22

:00

23

:00

0:0

0

1:0

0

2:0

0

3:0

0

4:0

0

5:0

0

6:0

0

7:0

0

8:0

0

9:0

0

10

:00

11

:00

12

:00

13

:00

16

:00

17

:00

18

:00

20

:00

21

:00

22

:00

23

:00

0:0

0

1:0

0

2:0

0

3:0

0

4:0

0

5:0

0

6:0

0

7:0

0

8:0

0

9:0

0

10

:00

11

:00

12

:00

13

:00

16

:00

17

:00

18

:00

20

:00

22

:00

23

:00





















MEAS TASK ACT JURY


0:0

0

1:0

0

2:0

0

3:0

0

4:0

0

5:0

0

6:0

0

7:0

0

8:0

0

9:0

0

10

:00

11

:00

12

:00

13

:00

16

:00

17

:00

18

:00

20

:00

21

:00

22

:00

23

:00

0:0

0

1:0

0

2:0

0

3:0

0

4:0

0

5:0

0

6:0

0

7:0

0

8:0

0

9:0

0

10

:00

11

:00

12

:00

13

:00

16

:00

17

:00

18

:00

20

:00

21

:00

22

:00

23

:00

0:0

0

1:0

0

2:0

0

3:0

0

4:0

0

5:0

0

6:0

0

7:0

0

8:0

0

9:0

0

10

:00

11

:00

12

:00

13

:00

16

:00

17

:00

18

:00

20

:00

22

:00

23

:00















Oven X Cooking









MEAS TASK ACT JURY

DETAILED SCHEDULE

0:0

0

1:0

0

2:0

0

3:0

0

4:0

0

5:0

0

6:0

0

7:0

0

8:0

0

9:0

0

10

:00

11

:00

12

:00

13

:00

16

:00

17

:00

18

:00

20

:00

21

:00

22

:00

23

:00



Temperature

Humidity

Air Quality

Refrigerator

Freezer



MEAS TASK ACT JURY


0:0

0

1:0

0

2:0

0

3:0

0

4:0

0

5:0

0

6:0

0

7:0

0

8:0

0

9:0

0

10

:00

11

:00

12

:00

13

:00

16

:00

17

:00

18

:00

20

:00

21

:00

22

:00

23

:00

0:0

0

1:0

0

2:0

0

3:0

0

4:0

0

5:0

0

6:0

0

7:0

0

8:0

0

9:0

0

10

:00

11

:00

12

:00

13

:00

16

:00

17

:00

18

:00

20

:00

21

:00

22

:00

23

:00

0:0

0

1:0

0

2:0

0

3:0

0

4:0

0

5:0

0

6:0

0

7:0

0

8:0

0

9:0

0

10

:00

11

:00

12

:00

13

:00

16

:00

17

:00

18

:00

20

:00

22

:00

23

:00





















0:0

0

1:0

0

2:0

0

3:0

0

4:0

0

5:0

0

6:0

0

7:0

0

8:0

0

9:0

0

10

:00

11

:00

12

:00

13

:00

16

:00

17

:00

18

:00

20

:00

21

:00

22

:00

23

:00

0:0

0

1:0

0

2:0

0

3:0

0

4:0

0

5:0

0

6:0

0

7:0

0

8:0

0

9:0

0

10

:00

11

:00

12

:00

13

:00

16

:00

17

:00

18

:00

20

:00

21

:00

22

:00

23

:00

0:0

0

1:0

0

2:0

0

3:0

0

4:0

0

5:0

0

6:0

0

7:0

0

8:0

0

9:0

0

10

:00

11

:00

12

:00

13

:00

16

:00

17

:00

18

:00

20

:00

22

:00

23

:00












Oven X Cooking







MEAS TASK ACT JURY

MEAS TASK ACT JURY

DETAILED SCHEDULE

0:0

0

1:0

0

2:0

0

3:0

0

4:0

0

5:0

0

6:0

0

7:0

0

8:0

0

9:0

0

10

:00

11

:00

12

:00

13

:00

16

:00

17

:00

18

:00

20

:00

21

:00

22

:00

23

:00




Closing Ceremony

MEAS TASK ACT JURY

SUNDAY 16th

14

:00

15

:00

14

:00

15

:00

FRIDAY 14th

14

:00

15

:00

19

:00

14

:00

15

:00

14

:00

15

:00

THURSDAY 20th

14

:00

15

:00

19

:00

19

:00

SATURDAY 15th1

9:0

01

9:0

0

19

:00

MONDAY 17th

14

:00

15

:00

FRIDAY 21st

14

:00

15

:00

19

:00

TUESDAY 18th

14

:00

15

:00

19

:00

SUNDAY 23rd

14

:00

15

:00

19

:00

TUESDAY 25th

14

:00

15

:00

19

:00

14

:00

15

:00

19

:00

SUNDAY 30th

14

:00

15

:00

19

:00

15

:00


14

:00

15

:00

19

:00

14

:00

15

:00

14

:00


WEDNESDAY 26th

21

:00

SATURDAY 29th

21

:00

21

:00

21

:00

21

:00

SATURDAY 22nd

WEDNESDAY 19th

19

:00

14

:00

15

:00

19

:00

19

:00

MONDAY 24th

572

- Oven

- Cooking

- Hot water draws

- Dinner



- Engineering & Construction contest award

- Industriallization & Market viability jury visits *

- Communication & Social awareness jury visits *

Schedule:

FRIDAY 21ST SEPTEMBER:




- Temperature **

- Humidity **

- Air quality **


0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

19:0

020

:00

22:0

0

23:0

0









0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0





















MEAS TASK ACT JURY


0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0















Oven X Cooking









MEAS TASK ACT JURY

DETAILED SCHEDULE

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0



Temperature

Humidity

Air Quality

Refrigerator

Freezer



MEAS TASK ACT JURY


0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0





















0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0












Oven X Cooking







MEAS TASK ACT JURY

MEAS TASK ACT JURY

DETAILED SCHEDULE

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0




Closing Ceremony

MEAS TASK ACT JURY

SUNDAY 16th

14:0

0

15:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

FRIDAY 14th

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

THURSDAY 20th

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

019

:00

SATURDAY 15th

19:0

019

:00

19:0

0

MONDAY 17th

14:0

0

15:0

0

FRIDAY 21st

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

TUESDAY 18th

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

SUNDAY 23rd

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

TUESDAY 25th

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

SUNDAY 30th

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

15:0

0


14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

14:0

0


WEDNESDAY 26th

21:0

0

SATURDAY 29th

21:0

021

:00

21:0

021

:00

SATURDAY 22nd

WEDNESDAY 19th

19:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

019

:00

MONDAY 24th

573



- Refrigerator **

- Freezer **

- Clothes-washer

- Clothes-dryer

- Dishwasher

- Home electronics

- Oven

- Cooking

- Hot water draws

- Industriallization & Market viability contest *

- Public visits (General public)


- Industriallization & Market viability contest award

- Communication & Social awareness jury visits *

Schedule:


0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

19:0

020

:00

22:0

0

23:0

0









0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0





















MEAS TASK ACT JURY


0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0















Oven X Cooking









MEAS TASK ACT JURY

DETAILED SCHEDULE

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0



Temperature

Humidity

Air Quality

Refrigerator

Freezer



MEAS TASK ACT JURY


0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0





















0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0












Oven X Cooking







MEAS TASK ACT JURY

MEAS TASK ACT JURY

DETAILED SCHEDULE

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0




Closing Ceremony

MEAS TASK ACT JURY

SUNDAY 16th

14:0

0

15:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

FRIDAY 14th

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

THURSDAY 20th

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

019

:00

SATURDAY 15th

19:0

019

:00

19:0

0

MONDAY 17th

14:0

0

15:0

0

FRIDAY 21st

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

TUESDAY 18th

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

SUNDAY 23rd

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

TUESDAY 25th

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

SUNDAY 30th

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

15:0

0


14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

14:0

0


WEDNESDAY 26th21

:00

SATURDAY 29th

21:0

021

:00

21:0

021

:00

SATURDAY 22nd

WEDNESDAY 19th

19:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

019

:00

MONDAY 24th

574

SATURDAY 22ND SEPTEMBER:



- Temperature **

- Humidity **

- Air quality **

- Refrigerator **

- Freezer **

- Communication & Social awareness contest *


- Interior & exterior lighting

- Communication & Social awareness contest award

Schedule:

SUNDAY 23RD SEPTEMBER:



- Temperature **

- Humidity **

- Air quality **

- Refrigerator **


0:0

0

1:0

0

2:0

0

3:0

0

4:0

0

5:0

0

6:0

0

7:0

0

8:0

0

9:0

0

10

:00

11

:00

12

:00

13

:00

16

:00

17

:00

18

:00

20

:00

21

:00

22

:00

23

:00

0:0

0

1:0

0

2:0

0

3:0

0

4:0

0

5:0

0

6:0

0

7:0

0

8:0

0

9:0

0

10

:00

11

:00

12

:00

13

:00

16

:00

17

:00

18

:00

20

:00

21

:00

22

:00

23

:00

0:0

0

1:0

0

2:0

0

3:0

0

4:0

0

5:0

0

6:0

0

7:0

0

8:0

0

9:0

0

10

:00

11

:00

12

:00

13

:00

16

:00

17

:00

18

:00

19

:00

20

:00

22

:00

23

:00









0:0

0

1:0

0

2:0

0

3:0

0

4:0

0

5:0

0

6:0

0

7:0

0

8:0

0

9:0

0

10

:00

11

:00

12

:00

13

:00

16

:00

17

:00

18

:00

20

:00

21

:00

22

:00

23

:00

0:0

0

1:0

0

2:0

0

3:0

0

4:0

0

5:0

0

6:0

0

7:0

0

8:0

0

9:0

0

10

:00

11

:00

12

:00

13

:00

16

:00

17

:00

18

:00

20

:00

21

:00

22

:00

23

:00

0:0

0

1:0

0

2:0

0

3:0

0

4:0

0

5:0

0

6:0

0

7:0

0

8:0

0

9:0

0

10

:00

11

:00

12

:00

13

:00

16

:00

17

:00

18

:00

20

:00

22

:00

23

:00





















MEAS TASK ACT JURY


0:0

0

1:0

0

2:0

0

3:0

0

4:0

0

5:0

0

6:0

0

7:0

0

8:0

0

9:0

0

10

:00

11

:00

12

:00

13

:00

16

:00

17

:00

18

:00

20

:00

21

:00

22

:00

23

:00

0:0

0

1:0

0

2:0

0

3:0

0

4:0

0

5:0

0

6:0

0

7:0

0

8:0

0

9:0

0

10

:00

11

:00

12

:00

13

:00

16

:00

17

:00

18

:00

20

:00

21

:00

22

:00

23

:00

0:0

0

1:0

0

2:0

0

3:0

0

4:0

0

5:0

0

6:0

0

7:0

0

8:0

0

9:0

0

10

:00

11

:00

12

:00

13

:00

16

:00

17

:00

18

:00

20

:00

22

:00

23

:00















Oven X Cooking









MEAS TASK ACT JURY

DETAILED SCHEDULE

0:0

0

1:0

0

2:0

0

3:0

0

4:0

0

5:0

0

6:0

0

7:0

0

8:0

0

9:0

0

10

:00

11

:00

12

:00

13

:00

16

:00

17

:00

18

:00

20

:00

21

:00

22

:00

23

:00



Temperature

Humidity

Air Quality

Refrigerator

Freezer



MEAS TASK ACT JURY


0:0

0

1:0

0

2:0

0

3:0

0

4:0

0

5:0

0

6:0

0

7:0

0

8:0

0

9:0

0

10

:00

11

:00

12

:00

13

:00

16

:00

17

:00

18

:00

20

:00

21

:00

22

:00

23

:00

0:0

0

1:0

0

2:0

0

3:0

0

4:0

0

5:0

0

6:0

0

7:0

0

8:0

0

9:0

0

10

:00

11

:00

12

:00

13

:00

16

:00

17

:00

18

:00

20

:00

21

:00

22

:00

23

:00

0:0

0

1:0

0

2:0

0

3:0

0

4:0

0

5:0

0

6:0

0

7:0

0

8:0

0

9:0

0

10

:00

11

:00

12

:00

13

:00

16

:00

17

:00

18

:00

20

:00

22

:00

23

:00





















0:0

0

1:0

0

2:0

0

3:0

0

4:0

0

5:0

0

6:0

0

7:0

0

8:0

0

9:0

0

10

:00

11

:00

12

:00

13

:00

16

:00

17

:00

18

:00

20

:00

21

:00

22

:00

23

:00

0:0

0

1:0

0

2:0

0

3:0

0

4:0

0

5:0

0

6:0

0

7:0

0

8:0

0

9:0

0

10

:00

11

:00

12

:00

13

:00

16

:00

17

:00

18

:00

20

:00

21

:00

22

:00

23

:00

0:0

0

1:0

0

2:0

0

3:0

0

4:0

0

5:0

0

6:0

0

7:0

0

8:0

0

9:0

0

10

:00

11

:00

12

:00

13

:00

16

:00

17

:00

18

:00

20

:00

22

:00

23

:00












Oven X Cooking







MEAS TASK ACT JURY

MEAS TASK ACT JURY

DETAILED SCHEDULE

0:0

0

1:0

0

2:0

0

3:0

0

4:0

0

5:0

0

6:0

0

7:0

0

8:0

0

9:0

0

10

:00

11

:00

12

:00

13

:00

16

:00

17

:00

18

:00

20

:00

21

:00

22

:00

23

:00




Closing Ceremony

MEAS TASK ACT JURY

SUNDAY 16th

14

:00

15

:00

14

:00

15

:00

FRIDAY 14th

14

:00

15

:00

19

:00

14

:00

15

:00

14

:00

15

:00

THURSDAY 20th

14

:00

15

:00

19

:00

19

:00

SATURDAY 15th

19

:00

19

:00

19

:00

MONDAY 17th

14

:00

15

:00

FRIDAY 21st

14

:00

15

:00

19

:00

TUESDAY 18th

14

:00

15

:00

19

:00

SUNDAY 23rd

14

:00

15

:00

19

:00

TUESDAY 25th

14

:00

15

:00

19

:00

14

:00

15

:00

19

:00

SUNDAY 30th

14

:00

15

:00

19

:00

15

:00


14

:00

15

:00

19

:00

14

:00

15

:00

14

:00


WEDNESDAY 26th

21

:00

SATURDAY 29th

21

:00

21

:00

21

:00

21

:00

SATURDAY 22nd

WEDNESDAY 19th

19

:00

14

:00

15

:00

19

:00

19

:00

MONDAY 24th

575

- Freezer **



Schedule:

MONDAY 24TH SEPTEMBER:




- Temperature **

- Humidity **

- Air quality **



- Refrigerator **

- Freezer **

- Clothes-washer

- Clothes-dryer

- Dishwasher

- Home electronics

- Oven

- Cooking

- Hot water draws


0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

19:0

020

:00

22:0

0

23:0

0









0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0





















MEAS TASK ACT JURY


0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0















Oven X Cooking









MEAS TASK ACT JURY

DETAILED SCHEDULE

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0



Temperature

Humidity

Air Quality

Refrigerator

Freezer



MEAS TASK ACT JURY


0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0





















0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0












Oven X Cooking







MEAS TASK ACT JURY

MEAS TASK ACT JURY

DETAILED SCHEDULE

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0




Closing Ceremony

MEAS TASK ACT JURY

SUNDAY 16th

14:0

0

15:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

FRIDAY 14th

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

THURSDAY 20th

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

019

:00

SATURDAY 15th

19:0

019

:00

19:0

0

MONDAY 17th

14:0

0

15:0

0

FRIDAY 21st

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

TUESDAY 18th

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

SUNDAY 23rd

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

TUESDAY 25th

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

SUNDAY 30th

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

15:0

0


14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

14:0

0


WEDNESDAY 26th

21:0

0

SATURDAY 29th

21:0

021

:00

21:0

021

:00

SATURDAY 22nd

WEDNESDAY 19th

19:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

019

:00

MONDAY 24th

576



- Sustainability jury visits *

Schedule:

TUESDAY 25TH SEPTEMBER:




- Temperature **

- Humidity **

- Air quality **



- Refrigerator **

- Freezer **

- Clothes-washer

- Clothes-dryer

- Dishwasher


0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

19:0

020

:00

22:0

0

23:0

0









0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0





















MEAS TASK ACT JURY


0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0















Oven X Cooking









MEAS TASK ACT JURY

DETAILED SCHEDULE

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0



Temperature

Humidity

Air Quality

Refrigerator

Freezer



MEAS TASK ACT JURY


0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0





















0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0












Oven X Cooking







MEAS TASK ACT JURY

MEAS TASK ACT JURY

DETAILED SCHEDULE

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0




Closing Ceremony

MEAS TASK ACT JURY

SUNDAY 16th

14:0

0

15:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

FRIDAY 14th

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

THURSDAY 20th

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

019

:00

SATURDAY 15th

19:0

019

:00

19:0

0

MONDAY 17th

14:0

0

15:0

0

FRIDAY 21st

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

TUESDAY 18th

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

SUNDAY 23rd

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

TUESDAY 25th

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

SUNDAY 30th

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

15:0

0


14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

14:0

0


WEDNESDAY 26th

21:0

0

SATURDAY 29th

21:0

021

:00

21:0

021

:00

SATURDAY 22nd

WEDNESDAY 19th

19:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

019

:00

MONDAY 24th

577

- Home electronics

- Oven

- Cooking

- Hot water draws

- Public visits (Groups)


- Energy efficiency jury visits *

- Sustainability jury visits *

Schedule:

WEDNESDAY 26TH SEPTEMBER:




- Temperature **

- Humidity **

- Air quality **




0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

19:0

020

:00

22:0

0

23:0

0









0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0





















MEAS TASK ACT JURY


0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0















Oven X Cooking









MEAS TASK ACT JURY

DETAILED SCHEDULE

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0



Temperature

Humidity

Air Quality

Refrigerator

Freezer



MEAS TASK ACT JURY


0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0





















0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0












Oven X Cooking







MEAS TASK ACT JURY

MEAS TASK ACT JURY

DETAILED SCHEDULE

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0




Closing Ceremony

MEAS TASK ACT JURY

SUNDAY 16th

14:0

0

15:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

FRIDAY 14th

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

THURSDAY 20th

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

019

:00

SATURDAY 15th

19:0

019

:00

19:0

0

MONDAY 17th

14:0

0

15:0

0

FRIDAY 21st

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

TUESDAY 18th

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

SUNDAY 23rd

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

TUESDAY 25th

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

SUNDAY 30th

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

15:0

0


14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

14:0

0


WEDNESDAY 26th

21:0

0

SATURDAY 29th

21:0

021

:00

21:0

021

:00

SATURDAY 22nd

WEDNESDAY 19th

19:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

019

:00

MONDAY 24th

578

- Refrigerator **

- Freezer **

- Clothes-washer

- Clothes-dryer

- Dishwasher

- Home electronics

- Oven

- Cooking

- Hot water draws

- Sustainability contest *



- Energy efficiency jury visits *

- Sustainability contest award

Schedule:


0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

19:0

020

:00

22:0

0

23:0

0









0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0





















MEAS TASK ACT JURY


0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0















Oven X Cooking









MEAS TASK ACT JURY

DETAILED SCHEDULE

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0



Temperature

Humidity

Air Quality

Refrigerator

Freezer



MEAS TASK ACT JURY


0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0





















0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0












Oven X Cooking







MEAS TASK ACT JURY

MEAS TASK ACT JURY

DETAILED SCHEDULE

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0




Closing Ceremony

MEAS TASK ACT JURY

SUNDAY 16th

14:0

0

15:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

FRIDAY 14th

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

THURSDAY 20th

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

019

:00

SATURDAY 15th

19:0

019

:00

19:0

0

MONDAY 17th

14:0

0

15:0

0

FRIDAY 21st

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

TUESDAY 18th

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

SUNDAY 23rd

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

TUESDAY 25th

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

SUNDAY 30th

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

15:0

0


14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

14:0

0


WEDNESDAY 26th

21:0

0

SATURDAY 29th

21:0

021

:00

21:0

021

:00

SATURDAY 22nd

WEDNESDAY 19th

19:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

019

:00

MONDAY 24th

579

THURSDAY 27TH SEPTEMBER:

Activities: - Energy efficiency contest




- Temperature **

- Humidity **

- Air quality **



- Refrigerator **

- Freezer **

- Clothes-washer

- Clothes-dryer

- Dishwasher

- Home electronics

- Oven

- Cooking

- Hot water draws

- Dinner



- Energy efficiency contest award


0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

19:0

020

:00

22:0

0

23:0

0









0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0





















MEAS TASK ACT JURY


0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0















Oven X Cooking









MEAS TASK ACT JURY

DETAILED SCHEDULE

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0



Temperature

Humidity

Air Quality

Refrigerator

Freezer



MEAS TASK ACT JURY


0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0





















0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0












Oven X Cooking







MEAS TASK ACT JURY

MEAS TASK ACT JURY

DETAILED SCHEDULE

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0




Closing Ceremony

MEAS TASK ACT JURY

SUNDAY 16th

14:0

0

15:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

FRIDAY 14th

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

THURSDAY 20th

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

019

:00

SATURDAY 15th

19:0

019

:00

19:0

0

MONDAY 17th

14:0

0

15:0

0

FRIDAY 21st

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

TUESDAY 18th

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

SUNDAY 23rd

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

TUESDAY 25th

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

SUNDAY 30th

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

15:0

0


14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

14:0

0


WEDNESDAY 26th

21:0

0

SATURDAY 29th

21:0

021

:00

21:0

021

:00

SATURDAY 22nd

WEDNESDAY 19th

19:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

019

:00

MONDAY 24th

580

Schedule:

FRIDAY 28TH SEPTEMBER:




- Temperature **

- Humidity **

- Air quality **



- Refrigerator **

- Freezer **

- Clothes-washer

- Clothes-dryer

- Dishwasher

- Home electronics

- Oven

- Cooking

- Hot water draws


0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

19:0

020

:00

22:0

0

23:0

0









0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0





















MEAS TASK ACT JURY


0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0















Oven X Cooking









MEAS TASK ACT JURY

DETAILED SCHEDULE

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0



Temperature

Humidity

Air Quality

Refrigerator

Freezer



MEAS TASK ACT JURY


0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0





















0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0












Oven X Cooking







MEAS TASK ACT JURY

MEAS TASK ACT JURY

DETAILED SCHEDULE

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0




Closing Ceremony

MEAS TASK ACT JURY

SUNDAY 16th

14:0

0

15:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

FRIDAY 14th

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

THURSDAY 20th

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

019

:00

SATURDAY 15th

19:0

019

:00

19:0

0

MONDAY 17th

14:0

0

15:0

0

FRIDAY 21st

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

TUESDAY 18th

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

SUNDAY 23rd

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

TUESDAY 25th

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

SUNDAY 30th14

:00

15:0

0

19:0

0

15:0

0


14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

14:0

0


WEDNESDAY 26th

21:0

0

SATURDAY 29th

21:0

021

:00

21:0

021

:00

SATURDAY 22nd

WEDNESDAY 19th

19:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

019

:00

MONDAY 24th

581



Schedule:

SATURDAY 29TH SEPTEMBER:

Activities: - Innovation contest *



- Electric balance, comfort conditions and house functioning contest award

- Innovation contest award

- Final competition contest award

- Scoring revision

Schedule:


0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

19:0

020

:00

22:0

0

23:0

0









0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0





















MEAS TASK ACT JURY


0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0















Oven X Cooking









MEAS TASK ACT JURY

DETAILED SCHEDULE

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0



Temperature

Humidity

Air Quality

Refrigerator

Freezer



MEAS TASK ACT JURY


0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0





















0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0












Oven X Cooking







MEAS TASK ACT JURY

MEAS TASK ACT JURY

DETAILED SCHEDULE

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0




Closing Ceremony

MEAS TASK ACT JURY

SUNDAY 16th

14:0

0

15:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

FRIDAY 14th

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

THURSDAY 20th

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

019

:00

SATURDAY 15th

19:0

019

:00

19:0

0

MONDAY 17th

14:0

0

15:0

0

FRIDAY 21st

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

TUESDAY 18th

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

SUNDAY 23rd

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

TUESDAY 25th

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0SUNDAY 30th

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

15:0

0


14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

14:0

0


WEDNESDAY 26th

21:0

0

SATURDAY 29th

21:0

021

:00

21:0

021

:00

SATURDAY 22nd

WEDNESDAY 19th

19:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

019

:00

MONDAY 24th


0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

19:0

020

:00

22:0

0

23:0

0









0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0





















MEAS TASK ACT JURY


0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0















Oven X Cooking









MEAS TASK ACT JURY

DETAILED SCHEDULE

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0



Temperature

Humidity

Air Quality

Refrigerator

Freezer



MEAS TASK ACT JURY


0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0





















0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0












Oven X Cooking







MEAS TASK ACT JURY

MEAS TASK ACT JURY

DETAILED SCHEDULE

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0




Closing Ceremony

MEAS TASK ACT JURY

SUNDAY 16th14

:00

15:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0FRIDAY 14th

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

THURSDAY 20th

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

019

:00

SATURDAY 15th

19:0

019

:00

19:0

0

MONDAY 17th

14:0

0

15:0

0

FRIDAY 21st

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

TUESDAY 18th

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

SUNDAY 23rd

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

TUESDAY 25th

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

SUNDAY 30th

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

15:0

0


14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

14:0

0


WEDNESDAY 26th

21:0

0

SATURDAY 29th

21:0

021

:00

21:0

021

:00

SATURDAY 22nd

WEDNESDAY 19th

19:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

019

:00

MONDAY 24th


0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

19:0

020

:00

22:0

0

23:0

0









0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0





















MEAS TASK ACT JURY


0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0















Oven X Cooking









MEAS TASK ACT JURY

DETAILED SCHEDULE

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0



Temperature

Humidity

Air Quality

Refrigerator

Freezer



MEAS TASK ACT JURY


0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0





















0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0












Oven X Cooking







MEAS TASK ACT JURY

MEAS TASK ACT JURY

DETAILED SCHEDULE

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0




Closing Ceremony

MEAS TASK ACT JURY

SUNDAY 16th

14:0

0

15:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

FRIDAY 14th

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

THURSDAY 20th

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

019

:00

SATURDAY 15th

19:0

019

:00

19:0

0

MONDAY 17th

14:0

0

15:0

0

FRIDAY 21st

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

TUESDAY 18th

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

SUNDAY 23rd

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

TUESDAY 25th

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

SUNDAY 30th

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

15:0

0


14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

14:0

0


WEDNESDAY 26th

21:0

0

SATURDAY 29th

21:0

021

:00

21:0

021

:00

SATURDAY 22nd

WEDNESDAY 19th

19:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

019

:00

MONDAY 24th

582

SUNDAY 30TH SEPTEMBER:

Activities: - Public visits (General public)


- Out of contest awards

- Closing ceremony

Schedule:


0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

19:0

020

:00

22:0

0

23:0

0









0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0





















MEAS TASK ACT JURY


0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0















Oven X Cooking









MEAS TASK ACT JURY

DETAILED SCHEDULE

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0



Temperature

Humidity

Air Quality

Refrigerator

Freezer



MEAS TASK ACT JURY


0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0





















0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0












Oven X Cooking







MEAS TASK ACT JURY

MEAS TASK ACT JURY

DETAILED SCHEDULE

0:00

1:00

2:00

3:00

4:00

5:00

6:00

7:00

8:00

9:00

10:0

0

11:0

0

12:0

0

13:0

0

16:0

0

17:0

0

18:0

0

20:0

0

21:0

0

22:0

0

23:0

0




Closing Ceremony

MEAS TASK ACT JURY

SUNDAY 16th

14:0

0

15:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

FRIDAY 14th

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

THURSDAY 20th

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

019

:00

SATURDAY 15th

19:0

019

:00

19:0

0

MONDAY 17th

14:0

0

15:0

0

FRIDAY 21st

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

TUESDAY 18th

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

SUNDAY 23rd

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

TUESDAY 25th

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

SUNDAY 30th

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

15:0

0


14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

14:0

0


WEDNESDAY 26th

21:0

0

SATURDAY 29th

21:0

021

:00

21:0

021

:00

SATURDAY 22nd

WEDNESDAY 19th

19:0

0

14:0

0

15:0

0

19:0

019

:00

MONDAY 24th

7. COST ESTIMATE AND PROJECT FINANCIAL

SUMMARY

585

7. COST ESTIMATE AND PROJECT FINANCIAL SUMMARY

The funding of the participation of Andalucía Team in SDE 2012 is been managed com-plying with the following principles:

1. Material supply and workforce by Private Companies. By signing a Collaboration Agreement, the companies agree to promote their products and installing them. There-fore, no extra costs will be derived from the construction of the prototype.

2. Economic support by Public Entities (and Private Entities if is the case). This funding will be destined to finance the expenses derived from the management, transportation and stay in Madrid during the competition.

Up to this date, more than 10 agreements have been signed with private companies and the means to receive public funding have also been prepared.

SDE 2012 COMPETITION

Team’s Abbreviations AND

School’s NameSevilla, Granada, Málaga y Jaén

Team’s Name ANDALUCÍA TEAM

Nº Name Description Budget % Total

1 Direct Materials

Raw Materials 1.000,00

Purchased Materials & Parts 15.000,00

Purchased Services 3.000,00

Purchased Equipments Sponsored 0

Total Direct Materials 19.000,00 € 11,9% 2 Material Overhead

1.750,00

Total Material Overhead 1.750,00 € 1,1% 3 Direct Labor

Professors & Researchers 0

Granted Students 500,00

Labourers 3.000,00

Administratives 50000,00

586

Total Direct Labor 53.500,00 € 33,5% 4 Labor Overhead & Fringe Benefits

Total Labor Overhead & Fringe Benefits 0,00 € 0% 5 Lower - Tier Sucontractors*

STRUCTURE 90% Sponsored 3.000,00

BRICKWORK Sponsored 0

ROOF Sponsored 0

FACILITIES 95% Sponsored 10.200,00

ISOLATION & WATERPROOFING Sponsored 0

COVERING Sponsored 0

CARPENTER 60% Sponsored 10.000,00

DEVELOPMENT Sponsored 0

FURNITURE 70% Sponsored 4.500,00

SAFETY AND HEALTH Sponsored 0

Total Lower - Tier Sucontractors 27.700.00 € 17,4% 6 Consultants

Sponsored

Total Consultants 0,00 € 0% 7 Other Direct Costs

Indirect Expenses 12.000,00

Model 4.500,00

Communication documentation 7.000,00

Total Other Direct Costs 23.500,00 € 14,7% 8 Travels & Costs for Final Phase in Madrid

Travel & Transport 3.600,00

Lodging 18.000,00

Expenses Allowance 9.000,00

Total Travels & Costs for Final Phase in Madrid 30.600,00 € 19,2% 9 Assembly, Transport, Disassembly Processes

Disassembly in origin Sponsored 0

Tranport & Cranes Sponsored 0

587

Assembly in Madrid Sponsored 0

Disassembly in Madrid Sponsored 0

Transport Sponsored 0

Total Assembly, Transport, Disassembly Processes 0 € 0% 10 Insurance Policies

Total Insurance Policies 3.500,00 € 2,2%

Total Price / Cost Estimated 159.550,00 € 100 % Total

* The built protoype budget, without sponsored, is detailed in point 4.5.2. MARKET VIABILITY PATIO 2.12.

8. SITE OPERATIONS PLAN

8.1. PRECEDENTS AND AIM

8.2. GENERAL DATA

8.2.1 TIME SCHEDULE

8.2.2 PROTOTYPE

8.2.3 STAFF

8.3. SITE OPERATIONS TEAM COORDINATOR

8.3.1 SITE OPERATIONS TEAM COORDINATOR

8.3.2 SITE OPERATION SUB TEAMS

8.4. OUTSIDE LOGISTIC

8.4.1 PHASES DESCRIPTION

8.4.2 TRANSPORT 8.4.3 HEAVY VEHICLES CIRCULATION

8.4.3.1. JOURNEY SEVILLA – MADRID

8.4.3.2. ACCESS TO THE PRIOR ASSEM BLY IN SEVILLA

8.4.3.3. RECEPTION SITE PRIOR TO THE LOADING IN MA DRID

8.4.3.4. ACCESS TO SOLAR IN MADRID

8.5. INSIDE LOGISTIC. APPROXIMATION

8.5.1. PHASES DESCRIPTION

8.5.1.1. PREVIOUS TASKS

8.5.1.2. PROTOTYPE´S ASSEMBLY

8.5.2. DECIDING FACTORS

8.5.3. INFRASTRUCTURES

8.5.4. WASTE MANAGEMENT

8.6. LOAD / UNLOAD

8.6.1 UNLOAD MOMENTS

8.6.1.1. FIRST DAY. TRUCKS TYPE T1 AND T2

8.6.1.2. FIRST NIGHT. TRUCKS TYPE T3

8.6.1.3. DAYS 2

8.6.1.4 DAY & 6. TRUKS TYPE T2 Y VAN.

8.6.2. UNLOAD SPACES AND CHARACTERISTICS

8.6.2.1. TRUCKS TYPE T1 AND T2.

8.6.2.2. TRUCKS TYPE T3.

8.6.2.3. VAN.

8.6.3 MOMENT AND CHARACTERISTICS OF THE LOADING PROCESS

8.6.3.1. FIRST DAY. TRUCKS TYPE T1 AND VAN.

8.6.3.2. SECOND DAY. TRUCKS TYPE T2

8.6.3.3. THIRD DAY. TRUCKS TYPE T3 Y T2

8.7. ASSEMBLY / DISASSEMBLY

8.7.1 HUMAN AND TIME RESOURCES ORGANIZATION

8.7.2 SPECIAL ASSEMBLY AND DISASSEMBLY CHARACTERISTICS

8.7.3 WEIGHT OF THE MODULES

8.8. TIMELINE

8.9. SITE OPERATIONS CHART

588

8.1. PRECEDENTS AND AIM

This Site Operations Plan complies with the rule 45 of the regulations for Solar De-cathlon 2012. In this plan, all the activities, resources, needs and calendars, have been taken into account, not only those from the Andalucía Team, but also those of the competition´s organization.

The reference calendar is as follows, the Preliminary SDE Competition Calendar, given by the competition on the 25th may 2012, with the change made by SDE Organization later. This is about the date of the Competition Opening Ceremony, that will take place on the 13th september 2012.

SOLAR DECATHLON EUROPE 2012 PRELIMINARY OVERVIEW EVENT CALENDAR

ºº

ºº

On Site Registration (starting at 11.00)

START DISASSEMBLY PERIOD

COMPETITION ACTIVITIES

Water Delivery (8.00 to 14.00)

COMPETITION ACTIVITIES COMPETITION ACTIVITIESCOMPETITION ACTIVITIES COMPETITION ACTIVITIES

COMPETITION ACTIVITIESCOMPETITION ACTIVITIES

DISASSEMBLY PERIOD DISASSEMBLY PERIOD

On Site Registration, Instrumentation Removal, Health & Safety Supervisions and

Site Operations

DISASSEMBLY PERIOD


Site Operations


Site Operations (finishing at 22.00)

Jury Visits Jury Visits

12:00 14:00

12:00 14:00

On Site Registration (starting at 9.00)

START ASSEMBLY PERIOD

Instrumentation Assembly & Building Inspections (9.00 to 20.00)




Instrumentation Testing Instrumentation Testing Instrumentation Testing

DAY 16 DAY 17

DAY 9 DAY 10

18:00 22:00

ASSEMBLY PERIOD ASSEMBLY PERIOD

On Site Registration, Health & Safety Supervisions and Site Operations

Building Inspections (9.00 to 20.00)


Health & Safety Supervisions and Site Operations (starting at 12.00)

12:00 14:00


0:00 8:00

8:00 12:00

14:00 16:00

16:00 18:00

DAY 1 DAY 2 DAY 3

01-Sep-12 02-Sep-12

IMPORTANT DUE TO THE NATURAL AND OTHER UNAVOIDABLE SHADINGS IN THE VILLA SOLAR, SOME SUBCONTESTS OF CONTESTS 4, 5 & 6 WILL TAKE PLACE ONLY DURING A DAILY INTERVAL IN WHICH ALL HOUSES ARE FREE FROM SHADOWS. A CURRENT ESTIMATE IS A 6 HOUR PERIOD CENTERED AROUND SOLAR NOON, MORE SPECIFIC TIME PERIODS WILL BE PUBLISHED IN FUTURE VERSIONS OF THIS CALENDAR.

22:00 0:00

8:00 12:00

14:00 16:00

16:00 18:00

0:00 8:00

18:00 22:00 Water & Instrumentation Removal, Health & Safety Supervisions and Site Operations

(starting at 12.00)


Site Operations

DAY 32 DAY 33 DAY 34 DAY 35 DAY 36

4-Jul-1001-Oct-12 02-Oct-12 03-Oct-12 04-Oct-12 05-Oct-12 3-Jul-10

22:00 0:00 COMPETITION ACTIVITIES COMPETITION ACTIVITIES20:00 22:00 Sustainability Contest Award Energy Efficiency Contest Award Final Competition Awards Closing Ceremony

PUBLIC VISITS (GROUPS) PUBLIC VISITS18:00 20:00 Contests' Awards Out of Contest Awards

16:00 18:00PUBLIC VISITS (GROUPS) PUBLIC VISITS (GROUPS) PUBLIC VISITS (GROUPS)

10:00 12:00

PUBLIC VISITS PUBLIC VISITS12:00 14:00

14:00 16:00 Jury Visits

DAY 30 DAY 31 8:00 10:00


Communication Contest Award

22:00 0:00 COMPETITION ACTIVITIES COMPETITION ACTIVITIES COMPETITION ACTIVITIES COMPETITION ACTIVITIES

PUBLIC VISITS 18:00 20:00

20:00 22:00 Architecture Contest Award Engineering Contest Award Industrialization Contest Award

24-Sep-11 25-Sep-11 26-Sep-11 27-Sep-11 28-Sep-11 29-Sep-11 30-Sep-11

Jury Visits

16:00 18:00PUBLIC VISITS (PROFESSIONALS) PUBLIC VISITS (PROFESSIONALS) PUBLIC VISITS (PROFESSIONALS) PUBLIC VISITS (PROFESSIONALS)

8:00 10:00DAY 23 DAY 24 DAY 18 DAY 19 DAY 20 DAY 21 DAY 22

COMPETITION ACTIVITIES COMPETITION ACTIVITIES10:00 12:00

PUBLIC VISITS PUBLIC VISITS12:00 14:00

14:00 16:00 Jury Visits Jury Visits Jury Visits Jury Visits

10:00 12:00 COMPETITION OPENING CEREMONY

PUBLIC VISITS PUBLIC VISITS12:00

0:00 10:00

FINAL ASSEMBLY PERIOD 14:00

14:00 16:00

20:00 22:00

Media Visits

23-Sep-1217-Sep-11 18-Sep-11 19-Sep-11 20-Sep-11 21-Sep-11 22-Sep-11

On Site Registration, Health & Safety Supervisions and Site Operations (finishing at

22.00)

22:00 0:00On Site Registration, Health & Safety

Supervisions and Site OperationsOn Site Registration, Health & Safety

Supervisions and Site OperationsOn Site Registration, Health & Safety

Supervisions and Site Operations


ASSEMBLY PERIOD ASSEMBLY PERIOD ASSEMBLY PERIOD

22:00 0:00




18:00 On Site Registration, Health & Safety Supervisions and Site Operations


22:00


TEAMS WELCOME CEREMONY



ASSEMBLY PERIODASSEMBLY PERIOD

14:00 16:00

0:00 8:00

22:00 0:00 Building Inspections (starting at 14.00)


ASSEMBLY PERIOD

Instrumentation Assembly & Building Inspections (9.00 to 20.00)18:00

ASSEMBLY PERIOD



SUNDAY

27-Aug-12 28-Aug-12 29-Aug-12 30-Aug-12 31-Aug-12

SEPTEMBER 2012

MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY SATURDAY

16:00

FINAL DISASSEMBLY PERIOD


ASSEMBLY PERIOD




COMPETITION ACTIVITIES COMPETITION ACTIVITIES COMPETITION ACTIVITIES

8:00 12:00 ASSEMBLY PERIOD


ASSEMBLY PERIOD

16:00 18:00PUBLIC VISITS

18:00 20:00



The first goal of the Site Operations Plan is to guarantee safety during logistics, assem-bly and disassembly of Patio 2.12 in Villa Solar for SDE 2012. In order to do this, it will be basic to try to keep order and cleanliness, not only during the activities that will take place where the prototype will be assembled, but also when assigning the different tasks according to the personnel´s training.

The second, but not least important goal is to assure the assembly of the prototype is carried out in the least amount of time. We are aiming no to use all the time allowed for this task, but to reserve a couple of days to test the prototype. One of the characteristics of Patio 2.12 is its reduced assembly time, since it´s mainly constructed in the factory. This construction project has shaped the way it is fabricated in the factory, reducing as much as possible the tasks of assembling on site to reduce assembly time. If the team does not use up all the time given for the assembly of Patio 2.12 in SDE it will be the best proof that the prefabrication process has succeeded.

589

The third goal of this Site Operations plan is to anticipate all the machinery and person-nel needed for the assembly and disassembly without any injuries. This goal answers to the recyclability of the prototype, designed to be disassembled in one site and assem-bled on another in the lapse of time required for its road transportation. All the compo-nent of Patio 2.12 will be order after its disassembly and reused on the following site, which will be in Seville, when returning home.

This plan is composed of:

•User’s guide.

•Planning and time line diagrams.

•Site Operations Chart including the technical and human resources associted to each phase.

•Site Operations drawings.

The following plan includes:

• User’s guide.

• Planning and time line diagrams.

• Site Operations Chart including the technical and human resources associa ted to each phase.

• Site Operations drawings.

8.2. GENERAL DATA

8.2.1 TIME SCHEDULE

The schedules we have are marked by the competition´s calendar, and are as follows:

•13 days for the prototype´s assembly.

•17 days for maintenance and testing (competition).

•5 days for disassembly.

The Schedule for the transportation to the competition´s site is logically not indicated by the competition, because they depend on the distance from the origin to the site.

8.2.2 PROTOTYPE

Patio 2.12 has been built, assembled and tested prior to the competition in a warehouse and its premises in an industrial park in Seville.

The construction began in Seville on march 2012. The prototype is almost finished. On 30th August 2012 the prototype will be sent to Madrid.

The prototype is composed of the following:

590

•4 living modules built on factory: living room, kitchen, bath/bedroom y techni cal box.

•1 patio, which floor, roof and lateral wall are built on site, once located the living module sin their exact location.

•1 access ramp from ground level up to the interior floor of the prototype, desig-ned between 60 or 70 cm above ground level.

•3 swimming pools and different Andalusian garden areas, located outside the prototype.

•1 vegetation carper, as the general finish of the site.

The weight of each module composing the prototype is shown in the following pages, they are about 18-20 Tn, including security coefficients.

The prototype´s transportation to the warehouses in Seville until the competition site in Madrid will be carried out through road transportation in a staged way, following the operations plan provided.

The transportation back to Seville, will also be staged and through road transportation.

8.2.3 STAFF

The prototype will be assembled by specialist professionals on operations of assembly and construction, with the help of a group of decathletes that will have been adequately prepared for the tasks they will carry out.

The team that will work in Villa Solar during the unloading phase, assembly and disas-sembly phase will be composed of:

A. Builder operators and technicians.

B. Decathletes from the Site Operations team.

C. Site Operations team coordinator.

D. Researchers.

A. Builder operators and technicians.

Tasks:

•Will be those related to the construction of the prototype.

Organization:

•The number and organization of the operators and technicians will be desig-nated by the main Builder and the Site Operations team coordinator, depending on the operation schedule shown in this Site Operations Plan.

•No matter how the construction teams are organized, the person in charge of

591

the Builder company will always be present on site.

B. Decathletes from the Site Operations team.

Tasks:

•Control, receipt and distribution of materials and personnel.

•Order and cleanliness on site.

•Assembly support: initial on site layout, construction control, checking that what is being built is what has been designed.

•Documentation and drawings control.

•Photography and data of the assembly process.

Organization:

•From all the decathletes that will participate in the competition in September 2012, a group of them will carry out the operations related with transportation, assembly, maintenance and disassembly of the prototype, conforming a team called Site Operations Team, that will in turn divide itself into two Site Operation sub teams.

C. Site Operations team coordinator.

Tasks:

•Built what has been established in plan taking into account having a safety environment by all means.

Organization:

•There will be two Site Operations coordinations. Both will work in a coordinated manner, in order to have at least one of them present at the house during the whole competition.

D. Researchers.

Tasks:

•Supervising the construction and well-functioning of the components of Patio 2.12 that they have researched and developed.

Organization:

•The professors and researchers will be present at the construction phases as signed to them in the operations calendar in this plan.

•The researchers in charge of testing will visit the house daily during the assem by process of Patio 2.12.

2.4 Machinery

Trucks

The components transportation of Patio 2.12 will be carried out by road with trucks

592

and vans of different models (without reaching any of them the special transportation category) depending on the load characteristics. These trucks will deliver the load in a staged way on site, depending on the activities marked in the site operations schedule.

Trucks Type T1. Non special transportation. Rigid truck (truck-low)

•They will transport container, clean point and opertions equipment.

Trucks Type T2. Non special transportation. Rigid truck (trailer, trailer-low)

These are for palletized load. On these trucks the roof, floor, ramp, exterior elements, de-posits, systems connection elements and spare materials for the living modules (cork, ceramic pieces…) will be transported. This type of trucks can be a trailer low.

Trucks Type T3. Semi special transportation. Low boy truck.

They are lowboy trucks, for the living modules transportation. 2 modules in each truck.

Cranes

The cranes will be provided by Andalucia Team. We will use the model LTM 1090-4.1 from LIEBHERR for the assembly tasks of the living modules.

593

The crane will be handled, at all times, by qualified operators.

Wheel Forklift

These will be used in loading, unloading and stocking the prototype´s components.

Elevating work platform.

It can be used to set in place the roof and doors of the patio.

Mobile scaffolding.

These will be used for tasks to be carried out at higher levels above the roof of the living modules (for example connecting the systems) and for placing the ceramic skin on the modules.

594

The tasks carried out on the prototype´s roof will have to comply with all the measures established in the Health and Safety plan.

Stairs

They can be used to place and connect the patio`s roof.

Transportation vehicles through Madrid

•Renault Traffic Van

•Motorcycle of 250 cm 3 cubic capacity

595

These vehicles will be used to run errands in Madrid and will have Access to the site given by the competition, even if they will not be parked there.

Exhibition vehicle

Renault Twizy

Tools, auxiliary means and small machinery

Mobile scaffolding will be used for the placement of the patio´s roof and for those works carried out at a certain height above the living modules roofs (for example, the connec-tion of the building systems).

The works carried out in the prototype roofs will have to comply with the health and safety regulations established in the Health and Safety Plan. Lifelines and, below them, safety nets have been planned over the living modules roofs and on the patios trusses.

596

8.3. SITE OPERATIONS TEAM COORDINATOR

The Site Operations Team, as has been mentioned above, will be in charge of suppor-ting, guarding and controlling the operations derived from transportation, assembly and disassembly of the prototype of Patio 2.12 in the site located in Madrid by the compe-tition.

This team is made up of:

•2 Site Operations team coordinators, one for each sub-team of decathletes.

•2 Site Operations sub-team, integrated by several decathletes each.

The composition of each subteam, please, see 9. HEALTH AND SAFETY PLAN

8.3.1 SITE OPERATIONS TEAM COORDINATOR

There are will always be one coordinator in the plot. Therefore, there will be two Site Ope-rations Coordinator: Rodrigo Morillo-Velarde Santos and Luz Baco Castro.

8.3.2 SITE OPERATION SUB TEAMS

Site Operations sub teams will be made up of several decathletes each.

These will be organized into two shifts* of eight hours each: from 8:00 h. until 16:00 h., from 16:00 h. until 24:00 h., with a half an hour break in each shift. This organization pro-vides the decathletes with proper rest.

In each sub team, there will be a decathlete for each of the following tasks:

•Person in charge of coordination.

•Person in charge of health and safety**. (HS Officer).

•Person in charge of construction.

•Person in charge of materials and personnel, who will be the errands.

manager outside of Villa Solar.

•Person in charge of general support.

* There will be special shitts for the first day and night, when the operantions will begin at 12.00 h and will finish at 04.00 h. One shift is from 12.00 h to 20.00 h and the other one is from 20.00 to 04.00 h, with their corresponding breaks.

**The person in charge of health and safety will have to be trained with the Basic Health and Safety course, offered by an official agency.

Andalucía Team has contracted an an accident insurance for all the decathletes thal will stay in the Villa Solar during the assembly period.

597

Decathlete in charge of coordination

This decathlete will be in charge of the site operations coordination, under the supervi-sion and consultation of the Site Operations Team coordinator, he will control the timing of the phases of construction.

He will be in charge of controlling the documentary information, facilitating to the opera-tor the drawings and developing a photographic report of the assembly and disassembly process of the prototype.

Decathlete in charge of health and safety

The decathlete will be in charge of making sure the health and safety plan is applied during the whole process. Especially, will be in charge of cleanliness and order during the site operations in the competition.

Decathlete in charge of construction

The decathlete will be in charge of checking that what is built is what is specified on drawings based on the inspection program. (Look for the table at the end of this docu-ment).

He will also draw and take notes for the future “As Built” Project.

Decathlete in charge of materials and personnel

This decathlete will be in charge of controlling the access to the site of every personnel and receiving the material (delivery notes).

He will be in charge of the organization of loading and unloading of the trucks (contac-ting with drivers and carriers, making sure the schedule is followed).

He will also be the manager outside of Villa Solar Decathlete, being responsible for bu-ying or picking up pieces or elements in Madrid. He will have van for its use.

Decathlete in charge of general support

This decathlete will be in charge of controlling any required activity during the prototype assembly, as well inside the plot, supporting his team-mates, as in the rest of the Solar Villa, attending the team Sponsors, taking pictures of neighbourhood buildings or sup-porting the media interviews.

In addition to the three teams, there is one decathlete that will be able to carry out any activity, if required in any of the three different teams.

598

8.4. OUTSIDE LOGISTIC

8.4.1 PHASES DESCRIPTION

The exterior logistic operations from Seville to the competition´s site in Madrid can be summarized into:

1. Disassembly of the built prototype in Seville.

2. Packing of the prototypes components, to make its transportation easier and quic-ker, depending on the load carried.

3. Trucks loading. First, the packaged elements will be loaded, and then the living mo-dules on the trucks decided for each case.

4. The trucks will leave Seville to the competition´s site, complying with the calendar designed.

5. Team´s departure by train/bus to Madrid.

6. Team´s arrival and accommodation in Madrid.

7. According to the “GUIDELINES ON CIRCULATION OF TRANSPORT VEHICLES BE-FORE, DURING AND AFTER THE COMPETITION.pdf” given by SDE Organization,there will be an area on Madrid´s outskirts and close to the competition´s site, where the trucks (non special trucks) will wait the necessary time to carry out the site operations following the designed schedule.

8. Load reception in Madrid and in the Villa Solar

The organization of SDE will reserve a space for storage (7 x 12 m. approximately) in the pre-assembly and post-disassembly site, just during the contest week. We have note that vehicles longer than 9 m may not acces this area.

Load reception in the Villa Solar will be according to the following the designed calen-dar:

•The first load will be the material for the site perimeter fencing, observing the easements marked by the competition.

•The trucks transporting palletized material will arrive after the initial health and safety measures have been installed on site.

•The low boy trucks with the living modules will arrive on site during the first night of competition and at the placement moment on the correct location.

•The truck that transports the patio´s floor and ceiling, and the ceramic tiles, will arrive in time according to the day of its installation.

9. Prototype´s assembly following phases.

The Site Operations team will carry out the tasks related to sending and receiving loads, as well as the synchronization of the trucks in order to comply with the designated Schedule.

It will also be considered as exterior logistics the transportation to Seville of the disas-sembled prototype in Madrid. These tasks will be carried out in the inverse order, ensu-

599

ring the safety of the personnel and the prototype that will be assembled on site when arriving to Seville.

8.4.2 TRANSPORT

Our prototype´s transportation will be carried out by a crane and truck company in Ma-drid, with which the team´s Project Manager has previously met. During the meeting, they made sure that the living modules could be carried on semi-special trucks, without needing any further technical transportation studies.

The packaging and palletizing will be carried out in this order:

•The living modules will not be packed.

•Each construction element will be packed independently: furniture, etc.

•The modular elements with dimensions up to 1.5 will be palletized: patio´s floor, ramp…

8.4.3 HEAVY VEHICLES CIRCULATION

8.4.3.1. JOURNEY SEVILLA – MADRID

The distance between Seville and Madrid is, approximately 550 km, and will be covered in one day.

The route will be:

P.I. Cáñamo II, San José de la Rinconada (Sevilla) – Casa de Campo, Madrid.

The height limitation from the bridges present along the journey does not affect the transportation of the prototype, according to the conversation with the transportation company.

8.4.3.2. ACCESS TO THE PRIOR ASSEMBLY IN SEVILLA

The characteristics of the prior assembly site in Seville are the following:

•There are no access restrictions in the area where the workshops are located for the trucks provided for transportation.

•The site does not have many buildings surrounding it and a small transit of people.

•The trucks loading can be carried out with no time limit.

600

SITE PLAN

8.4.3.3. RECEPTION SITE PRIOR TO THE LOADING IN MADRID

Once in Madrid, the trucks will wait in the specific areas designated in the “GUIDELINES ON CIRCULATION OF TRANSPORT VEHICLES BEFORE, DURING AND AFTER THE COMPETITION.pdf” given by SDE Organization.

The Material and human resources officers will be in charge of synchronizing the works in Villa Solar with the wait and arrival of the trucks.

As we have said before, if we need a space for storage, the SDE organization we will reserve for us a space of 7 x 12 m. approximately in the pre-assembly and post-disas-sembly site.

601

8.5.3.4. ACCESS TO SOLAR IN MADRID

8.5. INSIDE LOGISTIC. APPROXIMATION

Andalucía Team will assembly its prototype, Patio 2.12 in plot number 12. Trucks and vehicules will get into the plot by the limit northern street.

Whether transport is special or not, access and exit to Solar Villa will be done according to established in “GUIDELINES ON CIRCULATION OF TRANSPORT VEHICLES BEFO-RE, DURING AND AFTER THE COMPETITION.pdf” given by SDE Organization.

8.5.1. PHASES DESCRIPTION

The interior logistic operations in Villa Solar are:

8.5.1.1. PREVIOUS TASKS

•Layout on the site of the competition, of the elements that will be placed in Vi lla Solar (machinery and built prototype), boundary fence, access location and signaling installation as well as safety auxiliary means.

•Unloading and placement of the machinery and containers. (Truck T1).

•Layout of the living modules, using the needed auxiliary means (threads…). There will also be a first layout and checking right before placing the living mo dules. The house footing supports will rest placed on it exact position and height levelled, waiting for the living modules to be placed over them.

8.5.1.2. PROTOTYPE´S ASSEMBLY

1. Placing the housing-rooms on its place:

•Unload and placement of the living modules (CRANE MODEL LTM 1090-4.1, LIEBHERR):

•Arrival of the lowboy truck transporting the Technical Box and Bathbedroom Modules, rising and placing the Technical Box Module first, and the Bath-bed room second.

•Arrival of the lowboy truck transporting the Kitchen and Livingroom Modules, rising and placing the kitchen first, and the Livingroom Module afterwards.

•Module placement verification.

2. Placing the modules ceramic skin:

• Truck T2. Unload the ceramic tiles pallets.

•The ceramic skin will be placed on the modules with the use of mobile scaffolding.

• The evapotranspiration system and the clamping elements for the trusses will be located.

602

3. Patio`s floor, systems and accesses.

•Truck T2. Unload patio`s floor, systems and ramps.

• Location of the deposits underneath the patio.

• Placement of the loading structure for the patio´s floor.

• Systems ring implementation.

• Systems connection with every module, including the ground fault interrupter device.

• Floor finish laying.

• Ramp positioning.

• Vertical courtyard enclosure positioning.

4. Placing the courtyard roof:

• Truck T2. Unload patio`s roof elements.

•From the courtyard drawers support area to the top part of the modules, the ceramic pieces would not be placed yet.

• The courtyard roof drawers will be placed over the support joist and afterwards will be screwed on, with workers over the PEMP, scaffolding or stairs.

• Once placed the courtyard drawers, the ceramic layout will be finished.

5. Outsides

• Recycling point, own-store and containers collection.

• Site cleaning.

• Exterior Carpet.

After the assembly, Andalucía Team will still have several days to realize tests, as descri-bed in the attached planning.

8.5.2. DECIDING FACTORS

The interior logistic will be mainly determined by two factors:

603

•The synchronization and punctuality of the truck´s arrival, especially for Type 3, with the living modules.

•The chance of having the crane during the time planned, without having to leave at any given time. (This can happen if the crane´s position becomes an obstacle for the circulation in certain areas of the site of the competition and the SDE 2012 organization will only allow us to use it at certain times, this will slow down the assembly process for the living modules).

•The climatology, because if it rains, tasks will be more difficult and will have to spend time placing protective canopies over certain elements.

8.5.3. INFRASTRUCTURES

Generators and artificial lighting

•1 Electricity generator.

•4 Portable spotlights.

Cleaning elements

Even if the prototype is being premanufactured in its 75%, debris buckets will be nee-ded with segregation depending on the material (timber, cardboard and plastics) as well as a clean disposal area (for oil, etc.) because the components and materials will arrive packed and wrapped to site of the competition:

•3 debris buckets (timber, cardboard and plastics)

•1 clean disposal area

Storage Containers

Used for the storage of special material on site.

Safety elements

Indicated on the Health and Safety Plan.

8.5.4. WASTE MANAGEMENT

The residues produced on site will mainly come from the packaging derivatives of the prototype´s elements and components.

604

Three containers will serve to separate residues (timber, cardboard and plastics) and one for special residues (oil, batteries…).

These will be placed close to the access road to facilitate its removal and take them to the residue point that the organization will locate in the site of the competition.

8.6. LOAD / UNLOAD

8.6.1 UNLOAD MOMENTS

The unloading of the prototype´s components will be carried out at three specific mo-ments:

DAY 1. TRUCK TYPE T1

Unload and placement the machinery and containers. (Truck type T1).

DAY 2. NIGHT. TRUCKS TYPE T3.

Unload / assembly of the prototype´s living modules.

In this case, unloading consists on placing the living modules in their exact position.


Unload of palletized materials.


Patio’s floor and ramps.


Patio’s roof and other elements.


In order to collect the own-store, the containers and the recycling point.

8.6.2. UNLOAD SPACES AND CHARACTERISTICS

TRUCK TYPE T1 OR TYPE T2 TRUCK-LOW

Unloading will be carried out directly from the truck to it definitive location.

TRUCK TYPE T2 (NO TRUCK-LOW)

Unloading will be carried out in the “load/unload area”, close to the vehicles access on site.

This operation will be realized aided by forklifts.

Once unloaded, materials and components will be transported to the stock area, at the site´s end.

605

TRUCKS TYPE T3.

Unloading will be realized in the place where the living modules supports are set up, very close to their final location.

This task will be carried out by a crane model LTM 1090-4.1, LIEBHERR.

VAN.

Unloading will be carried out in the “load/unload area”, close to the access on site.

8.6.3 MOMENT AND CHARACTERISTICS OF THE LOADING PROCESS

The disassembly process of the prototype involves load / unload processes for its com-ponents and materials.

DAY 2. TRUCKS TYPE T2

Patio’s floor, general materials and external elements.


Patio`s roof.

DAY 4. NIGHT. TRUCKS TYPE T3

Housing modules collection

8.7. ASSEMBLY / DISASSEMBLY

8.7.1 HUMAN AND TIME RESOURCES ORGANIZATION

For the assembly and disassembly process, working shifts of 16 hours with two half hour breaks are planned.

As we know, these are two working shifts of eight hours each:

•Morning* shift: from 8:00 until 16:00 h, with half hour break around 11.00h.

•Afternoon shit: from 16:00 until 00:00 h, with half hour break around 19.00h.

*Except for the day 1, when the timetable will be diferent:

•Morning shift: from 12:00 until 20:00 h, with half hour break around 16.00h.

•Evening shit: from 20:00 until 04:00 h, with half hour break around 22.00h.

These shifts have been organized taking into account the different performance levels depending on the time slots (with less hours of natural lighting in the afternoon shift).

A Site Operations Sub Team will be assigned to each shift, assuring the correct repose for the personnel.

606

8.7.2 SPECIAL ASSEMBLY AND DISASSEMBLY CHARACTERISTICS

The assembly of most of the prototype (4 living modules) is a task carried out at the same time as the unloading.

Due to the amount of space used by the 2 Type T3 trucks (that transport the living modu-les); a great synchronization must exist between the removal of an unloaded truck and the arrival of the next, thus avoiding losing any time.

8.7.3 MODULES WEIGHT

The modules weight are shown in the following charts. Note that overload and security coefficients have been considered (in event of public visiting the modules).

TECHNICAL BOX MODULE WEIGHT TECHNICAL BOX ESTIMATE DEAD LOADS (Pp + CM)

TECHNICAL BOX

STRUCTURE

Metalic Section (m2) Length (m) Units Volume (m3) Density (kg/m3) Weight (kg)

Structural steel 7850Long perimeter. Tube 200x200x8 0,0061 5,14 2 0,0632 495,8085Short perimeter. Tube 200x200x8 0,0061 3,07 2 0,0377 296,1347Tie-beams. Tube 200x80x3 0,0016 3,07 6 0,0303 237,7175Bracings. Tube 200x80x3 0,0016 0,7 14 0,0161 126,4729

TOTAL STEEL 1156,1336

Timber Section (m2) Length (m) Units Volume (m3) Density (kg/m3) Weight (kg)

Tipo: Madera Aserrada, tipos C14 a C40 (CTE) 400

Type: Lumber, class C14 to C40 (CTE)0,0049 38,64 0,189336 75,7344

North wall 0,0245 3,47 0,085015 34,006Support profiles 7x7Support profile 7x35 (bracing)

0,0049 47,8 0,23422 93,688East wall 0,0245 5,04 0,12348 49,392Support profiles 7x7Support profile 7x35 (bracing)

0,0049 44,1 0,21609 86,436West wall 0,0245 5,04 0,12348 49,392Support profiles 7x7Support profile 7x35 (bracing)

0,0049 31,34 0,153566 61,4264South wall 0,0245 3,47 0,085015 34,006Support profiles 7x7Support profile 7x35 (bracing)

0,0098 53,55 0,52479 209,916Roof (horizontal beam profiles)Support profile 7x14 TOTAL TIMBER 693,9968

TOTAL STRUCTURE 1850,1304

ENCLOSURESVerticals Ud. Area (m2) Weight (kg/m²) Weight (kg)

External ceramic panelling 59,922 35 2097,27Auxiliary structure 270 67,5

Floor ml Weight (kg/m²)

Floor slab coffered insulation. Kanuf. Panel TP 138 (100kg/m3) 17,6 18,9 332,64Sandwich panel. Thermochip 59 mm. 15,6 19,7 307,32Cork flooring (250kg/m3) 15,6 2,5 39Insulation in metallic support profiles. Supafil 034 (100kg/m3) 43,88 70,208

Roof Weight (kg/m²)

Roof sandwich panel. Thermochip 79 mm 16,7 20,3 339,01

TOTAL ENCLOSURES 3252,95

CARPENTRY Area (m2) Weight (kg/m2) Weight (kg)

Glass 8-12-4-12-8 (2500kg/m3) 2,47 50 123,5Frame

TOTAL CARPENTRY 123,50

CLOSETS 1 and 2 Area (m2) Weight (kg/m2) Weight (kg)

Modules (19mm) 80 14,44 1155,2

TOTAL CLOSETS 1155,20

SYSTEMS Weight (kg) Ud. Area (m2) Weight (kg/m2) Weight (kg)

Photovoltaic panels 15 8 120Roof installation auxiliary structure 2 8 16Automation and electric board 5 5Inverter 10 10Stored water (200+300+300+1000+80) 1880 1880Electric appliances, systems and others 600 600

TOTAL SYSTEMS 2631,00

TOTAL DEAD LOADS 9012,78 kg

607

BATH - BEDROOM MODULE WEIGHT

TECHNICAL BOX ESTIMATE DEAD LOADS (Pp + CM)

TECHNICAL BOX

STRUCTURE





Tipo: Madera Aserrada, tipos C14 a C40 (CTE) 400

Type: Lumber, class C14 to C40 (CTE)0,0049 38,64 0,189336 75,7344

North wall 0,0245 3,47 0,085015 34,006Support profiles 7x7Support profile 7x35 (bracing)

0,0049 47,8 0,23422 93,688East wall 0,0245 5,04 0,12348 49,392Support profiles 7x7Support profile 7x35 (bracing)

0,0049 44,1 0,21609 86,436West wall 0,0245 5,04 0,12348 49,392Support profiles 7x7Support profile 7x35 (bracing)

0,0049 31,34 0,153566 61,4264South wall 0,0245 3,47 0,085015 34,006Support profiles 7x7Support profile 7x35 (bracing)

0,0098 53,55 0,52479 209,916Roof (horizontal beam profiles)Support profile 7x14 TOTAL TIMBER 693,9968


ENCLOSURESVerticals Ud. Area (m2) Weight (kg/m²) Weight (kg)

External ceramic panelling 59,922 35 2097,27Auxiliary structure 270 67,5




Roof sandwich panel. Thermochip 79 mm 16,7 20,3 339,01



Glass 8-12-4-12-8 (2500kg/m3) 2,47 50 123,5Frame


CLOSETS 1 and 2 Area (m2) Weight (kg/m2) Weight (kg)

Modules (19mm) 80 14,44 1155,2

TOTAL CLOSETS 1155,20


Photovoltaic panels 15 8 120Roof installation auxiliary structure 2 8 16Automation and electric board 5 5Inverter 10 10Stored water (200+300+300+1000+80) 1880 1880Electric appliances, systems and others 600 600



12167,25 kg5280,00 kg

17447,25 kg

DEAD LOAD (G) X 1,35=OVERLOAD (Q=2kN/m2) X 1,5=COMBINATION G·1,35 + Q·1,5=

BED-BATHROOM ESTIMATE DEAD LOADS (Pp + CM)

BATCH AND BEDROOM

STRUCTURE





Type: Lumber, class C14 to C40 (CTE) 400

North wallSupport profiles 7x7 0,0049 50 0,245 98Support profile 7x35 (bracing) 0,0245 5,64 0,13818 55,272

East wallSupport profiles 7x7 0,0049 36,91 0,180859 72,3436Support profile 7x35 (bracing) 0,0245 3,75 0,091875 36,75

West wallSupport profiles 7x7 0,0049 36,91 0,180859 72,3436Support profile 7x35 (bracing) 0,0245 3,75 0,091875 36,75

South wallSupport profiles 7x7 0,0049 52,16 0,255584 102,2336Support profile 7x35 (bracing) 0,0245 5,65 0,138425 55,37

Roof (horizontal beam profiles)Support profile 7x14 0,0098 49,98 0,489804 195,9216

TOTAL TIMBER 724,9844


ENCLOSURESVerticals Ud. Area (m2) Weight (kg/m2) Weight (kg)

External ceramic panelling 63,86 35 2235,1Auxiliary structure 300 75OSB board 10 mm 50,6 6,5 328,9Insulation between timber columns. Knauf Panel Plus TP 138 (100kg/m3) 50,6 7 354,2Sandwich panel. Thermochip 59 mm. 48 19,7 945,6Walls cork finish (250kg/m3) 50,6 0,75 37,95


Floor slab coffered insulation. Kanuf. Panel TP 138 (100kg/m3) 20,2 18,9 381,78Sandwich panel. Thermochip 59 mm. 18,9 19,7 372,33Cork flooring (250kg/m3) 20,2 2,5 50,5Insulation in metallic support profiles. Supafil 034 (100kg/m3) 51,1 81,76


Cork ceiling 3mm (250kg/m3) 20,2 0,75 15,15Platerboard flase ceiling 15mm 20,4 15 306OSB board above timber tie-beams (650kg/m3) 20,4 6,5 132,6Insulation between tie-beams 20,4 14 285,6Roof sandwich panel. Thermochip 79 mm 20,2 20,3 410,06



Glass 8-12-4-12-8 (2500kg/m3) 5,11 50 255,5FrameGlass 8-12-4-12-8 (2500kg/m3) 2,56 50 128,0Frame


CLOSET 1 Area (m2) Weight (kg/m2) Weight (kg)

DM boards specific weight= 760kg/m3Module 1 (19mm) 15,5 14,44 223,82Module 2 (19mm) 17,2 14,44 248,37Module 3 (19mm) 9,5 14,44 137,18

TOTAL CLOSET 609,37


DM boards specific weight= 760kg/m3Modules 1-6 (19mm) 50 14,44 722,00Average stimation per module 8,2m2

608

BED-BATHROOM ESTIMATE DEAD LOADS (Pp + CM)

BATCH AND BEDROOM

STRUCTURE






North wallSupport profiles 7x7 0,0049 50 0,245 98Support profile 7x35 (bracing) 0,0245 5,64 0,13818 55,272










Floor slab coffered insulation. Kanuf. Panel TP 138 (100kg/m3) 20,2 18,9 381,78Sandwich panel. Thermochip 59 mm. 18,9 19,7 372,33Cork flooring (250kg/m3) 20,2 2,5 50,5Insulation in metallic support profiles. Supafil 034 (100kg/m3) 51,1 81,76





Glass 8-12-4-12-8 (2500kg/m3) 5,11 50 255,5FrameGlass 8-12-4-12-8 (2500kg/m3) 2,56 50 128,0Frame



DM boards specific weight= 760kg/m3Module 1 (19mm) 15,5 14,44 223,82Module 2 (19mm) 17,2 14,44 248,37Module 3 (19mm) 9,5 14,44 137,18

TOTAL CLOSET 609,37


DM boards specific weight= 760kg/m3Modules 1-6 (19mm) 50 14,44 722,00Average stimation per module 8,2m2

TOTAL CLOSET 722,00

ISLE Ud. Weight (kg/ml) Length (m) Area (m2) Weight (kg/m2) Weight (kg)

Corian artificial stone (12mm) (1,76 g/cm3) 14,6 21,12 308,35Shower tray, Toilet, Washbasin and Shower sprinkler 50Shower screen 8,05 10 80,50Bathroom fittings (hinges, iron fittings, handles, …) 3Ventilation and plumbing systems 15Steel profile structure 40x40x2mm 1,2246 32 39,19Joint auxiliary elements 6

TOTAL ISLE 496,04


Photovoltaic panels 15 9 135Roof installation auxiliary structure 2 9 18Automation and electric board 5 5Inverter 10 10Fancoil 23 23

Electric appliances, furniture,… 150 150


10582,97 kg

14287,00 kg6060,00 kg

20347,00 kg

TOTAL DEAD LOADS

DEAD LOAD (G) X 1,35=OVERLOAD (Q=2kN/m2) X 1,5=

COMBINATION G·1,35 + Q·1,5=

609

KITCHEN MODULE WEIGHT

KITCHEN ESTIMATE DEAD LOADS (Pp + CM)

KITCHEN

STRUCTURE



TOTAL STEEl 1158,9464



North wallSupport profiles 7x7 0,0049 43,66 0,213934 85,5736Support profile 7x35 (bracing) 0,0245 3,71 0,090895 36,358










Floor slab coffered insulation. Kanuf. Panel TP 138 (100kg/m3) 17,3 18,9 326,97Sandwich panel. Thermochip 59 mm. 16,2 19,7 319,14Cork flooring (250kg/m3) 17,3 2,5 43,25Insulation in metallic support profiles. Supafil 034 (100kg/m3) 45 72

Roof ml Weight (kg/m²)

Cork ceiling 3mm (250kg/m3) 17,3 0,75 12,975Platerboard flase ceiling 15mm 17,5 15 262,5OSB board above timber tie-beams (650kg/m3) 15,5 6,5 100,75Insulation between tie-beams 17,5 14 245Roof sandwich panel. Thermochip 79 mm 17,3 20,3 351,19



Courtyard glass 8-12-4-12-8 (2500kg/m3) 7,59 50 379,5FrameOutdoor glass 8-12-4-12-8 (2500kg/m3) 1,92 50 96Frame


CLOSET Area (m2) Weight (kg/m2) Weight (kg)

DM boards specific weight= 760kg/m3Furniture 00 (19mm) 3,41 14,44 49,24Furniture 01 (19mm) 4,6 14,44 66,42Furniture 02 (19mm) 4,1 14,44 59,20Furniture 03 (19mm) 3,45 14,44 49,82Furniture 04 (19mm) 1 14,44 14,44Furniture 05 (19mm) 4,8 14,44 69,31Furniture 06 (19mm) 1,7 14,44 24,55Furniture 07 (19mm) 4 14,44 57,76

610

LIVING ROOM WEIGHT

KITCHEN ESTIMATE DEAD LOADS (Pp + CM)

KITCHEN

STRUCTURE



TOTAL STEEl 1158,9464



North wallSupport profiles 7x7 0,0049 43,66 0,213934 85,5736Support profile 7x35 (bracing) 0,0245 3,71 0,090895 36,358










Floor slab coffered insulation. Kanuf. Panel TP 138 (100kg/m3) 17,3 18,9 326,97Sandwich panel. Thermochip 59 mm. 16,2 19,7 319,14Cork flooring (250kg/m3) 17,3 2,5 43,25Insulation in metallic support profiles. Supafil 034 (100kg/m3) 45 72

Roof ml Weight (kg/m²)

Cork ceiling 3mm (250kg/m3) 17,3 0,75 12,975Platerboard flase ceiling 15mm 17,5 15 262,5OSB board above timber tie-beams (650kg/m3) 15,5 6,5 100,75Insulation between tie-beams 17,5 14 245Roof sandwich panel. Thermochip 79 mm 17,3 20,3 351,19



Courtyard glass 8-12-4-12-8 (2500kg/m3) 7,59 50 379,5FrameOutdoor glass 8-12-4-12-8 (2500kg/m3) 1,92 50 96Frame



DM boards specific weight= 760kg/m3Furniture 00 (19mm) 3,41 14,44 49,24Furniture 01 (19mm) 4,6 14,44 66,42Furniture 02 (19mm) 4,1 14,44 59,20Furniture 03 (19mm) 3,45 14,44 49,82Furniture 04 (19mm) 1 14,44 14,44Furniture 05 (19mm) 4,8 14,44 69,31Furniture 06 (19mm) 1,7 14,44 24,55Furniture 07 (19mm) 4 14,44 57,76

Shelfs 8,5 14,44 122,74

Closet 01 A (19mm) 3 14,44 43,32Closet 03A + 04A and 06A (19mm) 4,5 14,44 64,98Closet 01B + 04B + 06B (19mm) 15,3 14,44 220,93

Drawers (12mm) 2 9,12 18,24Doors (19mm) 3,4 14,44 49,10Horizontal shelfs (19mm) 1,5 14,44 21,66

TOTAL CLOSET 931,71

ISLE Ud. Weight (kg/ml) Length (m) Area (m2) Weight (kg/m2) Weight (kg)

Corian artificial stone (12mm) (1,76 g/cm3) 10,2 21,12 215,42Timber surfaces (12mm) 1,05 9,12 9,58Corian art. Stone pieces (6mm) 0,15 10,56 1,58Timber drawes pieces (12mm) 1,5 9,12 13,68Timber drawes pieces (6mm) 0,5 4,56 2,28Corian drawers superficial stone (12mm) 2,6 9,12 23,71Corian drawers superficial stone (6mm) 3 10,56 31,68

Ventilation and plumbing systems 20Steel profile structure 40x40x2mm 1,2246 52 63,68Joint auxiliary elements 6 5,52

TOTAL ISLE 387,14

SYSTEMS Weight (kg) Ud. Area (m2) Weight (kg/m2) Weight (kg)Photovoltaic panelsRoof installation auxiliary structure 15 8 120Automation and electric board 2 8 16Inverter 5 5Fancoil 17 17

Electric appliances, furniture,… 260 260



13205,25 kg5190,00 kg

18395,25 kg

DEAD LOAD (G) X 1,35=OVERLOAD (Q=2kN/m2) X 1,5=COMBINATION G·1,35 + Q·1,5=

LIVING ROOM ESTIMATE DEAD LOADS (Pp + CM)

LIVING ROOM

STRUCTURE






North wallSupport profiles 7x7 0,0049 70 0,343 137,2Support profile 7x35 (bracing) 0,0245 6,04 0,14798 59,192

East wallSupport profiles 7x7 0,0049 41 0,2009 80,36Support profile 7x35 (bracing) 0,0245 3,75 0,091875 36,75

West wallSupport profiles 7x7 0,0049 33 0,1617 64,68Support profile 7x35 (bracing) 0,0245 3,75 0,091875 36,75



TOTAL TIMBER 769,3



External ceramic panelling 66,83 35 2339,05Auxiliary structure 330 82,5OSB board 10 mm 50,6 6,5 328,9Insulation between timber columns. Knauf Panel Plus TP 138 (100kg/m3) 50,6 7 354,2Sandwich panel. Thermochip 59 mm. 49 19,7 965,3Walls cork finish (250kg/m3) 51,2 0,75 38,4

Floor ml Weight (kg/m2)


Roof Weight (kg/m2)




Courtyard glass 8-12-4-12-8 (2500kg/m3) 7,8 50 390FrameOutdoor glass 8-12-4-12-8 (2500kg/m3) 1,2 50 60Frame



DM boards specific weight= 760kg/m3Horizontals shelfs (15x350mm) 2,499 11,4 28,49Horizontals shelfs (15x370mm) 2,6936 11,4 30,71Vertical shelfs (20x370mm) 4,588 15,2 69,74Doors (20mm) 6,4 15,2 97,28

TOTAL CLOSET 226,21


Photovoltaic panels 15 9 135Roof installation auxiliary structure 2 9 18Automation and electric board 5 5

611

LIVING ROOM ESTIMATE DEAD LOADS (Pp + CM)

LIVING ROOM

STRUCTURE






North wallSupport profiles 7x7 0,0049 70 0,343 137,2Support profile 7x35 (bracing) 0,0245 6,04 0,14798 59,192

East wallSupport profiles 7x7 0,0049 41 0,2009 80,36Support profile 7x35 (bracing) 0,0245 3,75 0,091875 36,75

West wallSupport profiles 7x7 0,0049 33 0,1617 64,68Support profile 7x35 (bracing) 0,0245 3,75 0,091875 36,75



TOTAL TIMBER 769,3



External ceramic panelling 66,83 35 2339,05Auxiliary structure 330 82,5OSB board 10 mm 50,6 6,5 328,9Insulation between timber columns. Knauf Panel Plus TP 138 (100kg/m3) 50,6 7 354,2Sandwich panel. Thermochip 59 mm. 49 19,7 965,3Walls cork finish (250kg/m3) 51,2 0,75 38,4

Floor ml Weight (kg/m2)


Roof Weight (kg/m2)




Courtyard glass 8-12-4-12-8 (2500kg/m3) 7,8 50 390FrameOutdoor glass 8-12-4-12-8 (2500kg/m3) 1,2 50 60Frame



DM boards specific weight= 760kg/m3Horizontals shelfs (15x350mm) 2,499 11,4 28,49Horizontals shelfs (15x370mm) 2,6936 11,4 30,71Vertical shelfs (20x370mm) 4,588 15,2 69,74Doors (20mm) 6,4 15,2 97,28

TOTAL CLOSET 226,21


Photovoltaic panels 15 9 135Roof installation auxiliary structure 2 9 18Automation and electric board 5 5Inverter 17 17Fancoil 23 23

Electric appliances, furniture,… 200


9522,39 kg

12855,23 kg6090,00 kg

18945,23 kgCOMBINATION G·1,35 + Q·1,5=

TOTAL DEAD LOADS

DEAD LOAD (G) X 1,35=OVERLOAD (Q=2kN/m2) X 1,5=

612

8.8. TIMELINE

The following periods are planned:

•Assembly: 8 days.

•Prototype testing and systems: 4 days.

•Disassembly: 3 days +1 night

Transportation calendar during the assembly:

Day 1:

•A truck type T1 will arrive on site to unload and place the debris buckets, and the clean spot.

Day 2 (night):

•2 low boy trucks (trucks type T3) will arrive on site to unload the living modules. Use of the crane 1090-4.1 Liebherr.

Day 2:

•A truck type T2 will arrive on site to unload palletized materials.

Day 4:

•A truck type T2 will arrive on site to unload the patio´s floor and external ele ments.

Days 5:

•A truck type T2 will arrive on site to unload the patio´s roof.

Day 8:

•A truck type T1 will remove the containers

Days 9-10-11-12-:

•No unloading material. The operations will be only related to testing.

Transportation calendar during the disassembly:

Day 2:

• A truck type T2 will arrive on site to load the patio`s floor, general materials and external elements.

Day 3:

•A truck ype T2 will arrive on site to load the patio`s roof.

Day 4 (night):

•2 trucks type T3 will arrive on site to load the living modules. Use of the crane 1090-4.1 Liebherr.

613

The following charts describe all the Site Operations Tasks:

- Site operations inspection chart.

- Assembly and disassembly technical planning.

- Assembly and disassembly preliminary plan.

Lot Nº :

Inspections Coordinator:

Building:

Plumbing + Mechanical:

Date Hour Inspector Comments

Control INITIAL (Laying out of Foundation)

Fire Life Safety

Fire propagation Materials.

Emergency Evacuation Plan

Fire protection systems

Structural safety

Foundation

Exterior structures: deck,…

Structural systems

Safety in Use

Stairs, ramps,railing,handrail,…

Fixed elements

Glassing

Accessibility

BUILDING CODE

Building Inspection

Responible for Inspections:Electrical:

Monitoring:

Required Inspections

University:

Exterior-Interior accessible route

Code compliance

Final Building Code

Plumbing system

Water system storage

WC disconnection

Kitchen sink and dishwasher connection to greywater

Water treatment system

Final Plumbing

Mechanical systems

Solar system

Hydraulic pressure

Safety valves: temperature and pressure

Final Mechanical

DC Installation

AC Installation

System verification (includes test)

Electrical installation approval certificate

Final Electrical

Channeling system

Wiring System

Grid and Servers connection

Monitoring check

Home Electronics Measurement

Final Monitoring

PLUMBING

MECHANICAL

ELECTRICAL

EVENT

MONITORING

Public exhibition elements

Site Clean-Up.

Final Event

APPROVAL FOR OPENING THE HOUSE FOR PUBLIC TOURSAPPROVAL TO PARTICIPATE IN THE CONTEST

TECHNICAL PLANNING ASSEMBLY PERIOD

8:00 9:00 10:00 11:00 12:00 13:00 14:00 15:00 16:00 17:00 18:00 19:00 20:00 21:00 22:00 23:00 0:00 1:00 2:00 3:00 4:00 5:00 6:00 7:00 8:00 9:00 10:00 11:00 12:00 13:00 14:00 15:00 16:00 17:00 18:00 19:00 20:00 21:00 22:00 23:00 8:00 9:00 10:00 11:00 12:00 13:00 14:00 15:00 16:00 17:00 18:00 19:00 20:00 21:00 22:00 23:00 8:00 9:00 10:00 11:00 12:00 13:00 14:00 15:00 16:00 17:00 18:00 19:00 20:00 21:00 22:00 23:00 8:00 9:00 10:00 11:00 12:00 13:00 14:00 15:00 16:00 17:00 18:00 19:00 20:00 21:00 22:00 23:00 8:00 9:00 10:00 11:00 12:00 13:00 14:00 15:00 16:00 17:00 18:00 19:00 20:00 21:00 22:00 23:00 8:00 9:00 10:00 11:00 12:00 13:00 14:00 15:00 16:00 17:00 18:00 19:00 20:00 21:00 22:00 23:00 8:00 9:00 10:00 11:00 12:00 13:00 14:00 15:00 16:00 17:00 18:00 19:00 20:00 21:00 22:00 23:00

HEALTH AND SAFETY MEASURES

SITE PERIMETER FENCING

CONTAINERS AND CLEAN POINT LOCATION T1

ON-SITE LAY OUT OPERATIONS AND MODULES' SUPPORTS LOCATION

ELECTRICITY GENERATOR AND PORTABLE LIGHTSPOT PLACEMENT AND TESTING

TECH.BOX MODULE UNLOAD AND LOCATION T3-C1

BATHBEDROOM MODULE UNLOAD AND LOCATION T3-C1

KITCHEN MODULE UNLOAD AND LOCATION T3-C1

LIVING MODULE UNLOAD AND LOCATION T3-C1

MODULES LOCATION CHECK

MODULES MOVEMENT TO IT EXACT LOCATION

MODULES JOINT BEAMS ANS SUPPOTS BINDINGS

MATERIAL UNLOAD T2

MODULES CERAMIC SKIN AND EVAP.


INDOORS ELEMENTS CONNECTION

MATERIAL UNLOAD T2

PATIO'S FLOOR PLACEMENT

DEPOSITS AND SYSTEM RING CONNECTIONS


RAMPS AND POOL





PATIO´S CEILING T2

SYSTEMS CONNECTIONS

PATIO´S / RAMPS FINISH FLOOR

PATIO´S VERTICAL ENCLOSURE

CONTROL TESTS

HVAC. CIATESA

EVAPORATIVE COOLING. BREEZAIR

WATER SYPPLY SYSTEMS

SOLAR THERMAL SYSTEMS

PATIO´S FINISH FLOOR

CONTAINERS REMOVAL & SITE CLEANING T1

8:00 9:00 10:00 11:00 12:00 13:00 14:00 15:00 16:00 17:00 18:00 19:00 20:00 21:00 22:00 23:00 8:00 9:00 10:00 11:00 12:00 13:00 14:00 15:00 16:00 17:00 18:00 19:00 20:00 21:00 22:00 23:00 8:00 9:00 10:00 11:00 12:00 13:00 14:00 15:00 16:00 17:00 18:00 19:00 20:00 21:00 22:00 23:00 8:00 9:00 10:00 11:00 12:00 13:00 14:00 15:00 16:00 17:00 18:00 19:00 20:00 21:00 22:00 23:00 8:00 9:00 10:00 11:00 12:00 13:00 14:00 15:00 16:00 17:00 18:00 19:00 20:00 21:00 22:00 23:00

AUTOMATION SYSTEM

PHOTOVOLTAIC SOLAR SYSTEM

AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM

VENTILATION SYSTEMSSOLAR THERMAL SYSTEMS

WATER SUPPLY SYSTEM

EVAPOTRANSPIRATION SYSTEM

WATER DISPOSAL AND TREATMENT SYSTEMHOME ELECTRONICS

LIGHTING SYSTEM

BACKGROUND MUSIC SYSTEM

CONTESTSCONTESTS

GENERAL TESTS

FENCING REMOVAL AND SITE CLEANING

EXTERIOR CARPET AND EQUIPMENT

ANDALUCIA TEAM PHOTOGRAPH

CLEANING

PREPEARING THE PROTOTYPE

8:00 9:00 10:00 11:00 12:00 13:00 14:00 15:00 16:00 17:00 18:00 19:00 20:00 21:00 22:00 23:00 8:00 9:00 10:00 11:00 12:00 13:00 14:00 15:00 16:00 17:00 18:00 19:00 20:00 21:00 22:00 23:00 8:00 9:00 10:00 11:00 12:00 13:00 14:00 15:00 16:00 17:00 18:00 19:00 20:00 21:00 22:00 23:00 0.00 1.00 2.00 3.00 4.00 5.00 6.00 7.00

SITE PERIMETER FENCING

HEALTH AND SAFETY MEASURES

EXTERIOR EQUIPMENT

POOLS

RAMPS

PATIO´S FLOOR

PATIO´S FLOOR BEARING STRUCTURE

SYSTEMS RINGS

DEPOSITS T2

SYSTEMS' DESCONNECTION

PATIO´S ROOFS T2

TECH.BOX MODULE UNPLACED T3 C1

BEDROOM MODULE UNPLACED T3 C1

KITCHEN MODULE UNPLACED T3 C1

LIVINGROOM MODULE UNPLACED T3 C1

SUPORTS REMOVE AND SITE CLEANING

V1: Van

T1: Rigid truck (truck)

T2: Rigid truck (trailer)

T3: Low boy truck

C1 Andalucía Team Crane: LIEBHERR 1090 4.1

TURN 7.2 TEAM 2TURN 7.1 TEAM 1TURN 1.1 TEAM 1

DAY 4 (NIGHT)

DAY 2

DAY 1

DAY 1

TURN 2.1 TEAM 1 TURN 2.2 TEAM 2

DAY 2

PREVIOUS TASKS

DAY 2 (SATURDAY 1 SEPT) DAY 4 (MONDAY 3 SEPT)DAY 3 (SUNDAY 2 SEPT)

TURN 1.2 TEAM 2

DAY 8 (FRIDAY 7 SEPT)


DAY 6 (WEDNESDAY 5 SEPT) DAY 7 (THURSDAY 6 SEPT)

DAY 2 NIGHT & DAY (1 SEPT)

TO SET SYSTEMS IN MOTION &

PLOT SET UP

DAY 4 (3 SEPT)

DAY 6 (5

SEPT)

DAY 5 (4

SEPT)

DAY 3 (2

SEPT)

DAY 8 (7 SEPT)

PATIO´S FLOOR &

CERAMIC

CERAMIC

PANELLING

LOAD / UNLOAD MODULES & EXACT POSITION

DAY 1 (31 AUG)

TURN 6.1 TEAM 1PATIO 2.12

THE

TEA

M H

AS

AR

RIV

ED T

O

THE

VILL

A S

OLA

R. T

HE

CO

MPE

TITI

ON

WIL

L B

EGIN

AT

12.0

0

TURN 2.2 D TEAM 2TURN 2.1D TEAM 1

DAY 5 (TUESDAY 4 SEPT)DAY 1 (FRIDAY 31 AUGUST)

TURN 4.2 D TEAM 2

DAY 2 -NIGHT TIME- (SATURDAY 1 SEPT)

TURN 6.2 TEAM 2


DAY 13 (SUNDAY 12 SEPT)


TURN 4.1D TEAM 1 TURN 5.1 TEAM 1 TURN 5.2 TEAM 2DAY 3

DAY 11 (10

SEPT)

TURN 3.1D TEAM 1 TURN 3.2 D TEAM 2

TURN 11.2 TEAM 2

SPECIAL TEAM 3

DAY 7 (6 SEPT)

EXTERIOS AND ACCESS

SYSTEMS

ROOF AND

MODULES

TURN 1.1 TEAM 1 TURN 1.2 TEAM 2 TURN 3.2 TEAM 2TURN 3.1 TEAM 2

TURN 9.2 TEAM 2

DAY 13 (12

SEPT)

DAY 10 (9

SEPT)

DAY 9 (8 SEPT)

PATIO 2.12

DAY 12 (11 SEPT)

TECHNICAL PLANNING DISASSEMBLY PERIOD

TESTS

FINAL ASSEMBLY

PERIOD

DAY 3

DAY 4 (ONLY NIGHT)

PATIO 2.12

DAY 11 (MONDAY 10 SEPT)

TECHNICAL PLANNING TESTS

SYSTEMS, PATIO AND ACCESS

DAY 12 (WEDNESDAY 11 SEPT)

TURN 12.1 TEAM 1TURN 11.1 TEAM 1TURN 10.1 TEAM 1

DAY 10 (SUNDAY 9 SEPT)DAY 9 (SATURDAY 8 SEPT)

TURN 9.1 TEAM 1

ASSEMBLY CHARTDELIVERABLE #6. 14 AUGUST. 2012

DAY 1ORDER OF TRUCKS T1, T3 & T2 FRIDAY, 31‐8‐12

12:00 12:30 13:00 13:30 14:00 14:30 15:00 15:30 16:00 16:30 17:00 17:30 18:00 18:30 19:00 19:30 20:00 20:30 21:00 21:30 22:00 22:30 23:00 23:30CRANE: LIEBHERR LTM 1090‐4.1 C1 T1 T1

0:00 0:30 1:00 1:30 2:00 2:30 3:00 3:30 4:00 4:30 5:00 5:30 6:00 6:30 7:00 7:30 8:00 8:30 9:00 9:30 10:00 10:30 11:00 11:30 12:00 12:30 13:00 13:30 14:00 14:30 15:00 15:30 16:00 16:30 17:00 17:30 18:00 18:30 19:00 19:30 20:00 20:30 21:00 21:30 22:00 22:30 23:00 23:30T3 T3 T3 T3 T2 T2C1 C1 C1 C1

0:00 0:30 1:00 1:30 2:00 2:30 3:00 3:30 4:00 4:30 5:00 5:30 6:00 6:30 7:00 7:30 8:00 8:30 9:00 9:30 10:00 10:30 11:00 11:30 12:00 12:30 13:00 13:30 14:00 14:30 15:00 15:30 16:00 16:30 17:00 17:30 18:00 18:30 19:00 19:30 20:00 20:30 21:00 21:30 22:00 22:30 23:00 23:30

0:00 0:30 1:00 1:30 2:00 2:30 3:00 3:30 4:00 4:30 5:00 5:30 6:00 6:30 7:00 7:30 8:00 8:30 9:00 9:30 10:00 10:30 11:00 11:30 12:00 12:30 13:00 13:30 14:00 14:30 15:00 15:30 16:00 16:30 17:00 17:30 18:00 18:30 19:00 19:30 20:00 20:30 21:00 21:30 22:00 22:30 23:00 23:30T2 T2 T2 T2

0:00 0:30 1:00 1:30 2:00 2:30 3:00 3:30 4:00 4:30 5:00 5:30 6:00 6:30 7:00 7:30 8:00 8:30 9:00 9:30 10:00 10:30 11:00 11:30 12:00 12:30 13:00 13:30 14:00 14:30 15:00 15:30 16:00 16:30 17:00 17:30 18:00 18:30 19:00 19:30 20:00 20:30 21:00 21:30 22:00 22:30 23:00 23:30

0:00 0:30 1:00 1:30 2:00 2:30 3:00 3:30 4:00 4:30 5:00 5:30 6:00 6:30 7:00 7:30 8:00 8:30 9:00 9:30 10:00 10:30 11:00 11:30 12:00 12:30 13:00 13:30 14:00 14:30 15:00 15:30 16:00 16:30 17:00 17:30 18:00 18:30 19:00 19:30 20:00 20:30 21:00 21:30 22:00 22:30 23:00 23:30T2 T2 T2 T2

0:00 0:30 1:00 1:30 2:00 2:30 3:00 3:30 4:00 4:30 5:00 5:30 6:00 6:30 7:00 7:30 8:00 8:30 9:00 9:30 10:00 10:30 11:00 11:30 12:00 12:30 13:00 13:30 14:00 14:30 15:00 15:30 16:00 16:30 17:00 17:30 18:00 18:30 19:00 19:30 20:00 20:30 21:00 21:30 22:00 22:30 23:00 23:30

0:00 0:30 1:00 1:30 2:00 2:30 3:00 3:30 4:00 4:30 5:00 5:30 6:00 6:30 7:00 7:30 8:00 8:30 9:00 9:30 10:00 10:30 11:00 11:30 12:00 12:30 13:00 13:30 14:00 14:30 15:00 15:30 16:00 16:30 17:00 17:30 18:00 18:30 19:00 19:30 20:00 20:30 21:00 21:30 22:00 22:30 23:00 23:30T1 T1

0:00 0:30 1:00 1:30 2:00 2:30 3:00 3:30 4:00 4:30 5:00 5:30 6:00 6:30 7:00 7:30 8:00 8:30 9:00 9:30 10:00 10:30 11:00 11:30 12:00 12:30 13:00 13:30 14:00 14:30 15:00 15:30 16:00 16:30 17:00 17:30 18:00 18:30 19:00 19:30 20:00 20:30 21:00 21:30 22:00 22:30 23:00 23:30

0:00 0:30 1:00 1:30 2:00 2:30 3:00 3:30 4:00 4:30 5:00 5:30 6:00 6:30 7:00 7:30 8:00 8:30 9:00 9:30 10:00 10:30 11:00 11:30 12:00 12:30 13:00 13:30 14:00 14:30 15:00 15:30 16:00 16:30 17:00 17:30 18:00 18:30 19:00 19:30 20:00 20:30 21:00 21:30 22:00 22:30 23:00 23:30

0:00 0:30 1:00 1:30 2:00 2:30 3:00 3:30 4:00 4:30 5:00 5:30 6:00 6:30 7:00 7:30 8:00 8:30 9:00 9:30 10:00 10:30 11:00 11:30 12:00 12:30 13:00 13:30 14:00 14:30 15:00 15:30 16:00 16:30 17:00 17:30 18:00 18:30 19:00 19:30 20:00 20:30 21:00 21:30 22:00 22:30 23:00 23:30

0:00 0:30 1:00 1:30 2:00 2:30 3:00 3:30 4:00 4:30 5:00 5:30 6:00 6:30 7:00 7:30 8:00 8:30 9:00 9:30 10:00 10:30 11:00 11:30 12:00 12:30 13:00 13:30 14:00 14:30 15:00 15:30 16:00 16:30 17:00 17:30 18:00 18:30 19:00 19:30 20:00 20:30 21:00 21:30 22:00 22:30 23:00 23:30

0:00 0:30 1:00 1:30 2:00 2:30 3:00 3:30 4:00 4:30 5:00 5:30 6:00 6:30 7:00 7:30 8:00 8:30 9:00 9:30 10:00 10:30 11:00 11:30 12:00 12:30 13:00 13:30 14:00 14:30 15:00 15:30 16:00 16:30 17:00 17:30 18:00 18:30 19:00 19:30 20:00 20:30 21:00 21:30 22:00 22:30 23:00 23:30

0:00 0:30 1:00 1:30 2:00 2:30 3:00 3:30 4:00 4:30 5:00 5:30 6:00 6:30 7:00 7:30 8:00 8:30 9:00 9:30 10:00 10:30 11:00 11:30 12:00 12:30 13:00 13:30 14:00 14:30 15:00 15:30 16:00 16:30 17:00 17:30 18:00 18:30 19:00 19:30 20:00 20:30 21:00 21:30

TOTAL TRUCKS: 7

ESTIMATED (HOURS) USAGE OF THE CRANE: 2

DAY 13WEDNESDAY, 12‐9‐12

DAY 14THURSDAY, 13‐9‐12

DAY 10SUNDAY, 9‐9‐12

DAY 11MONDAY, 10‐9‐12

DAY 12TUESDAY, 11‐9‐2012

DAY 8FRIDAY, 7‐9‐12

DAY 9SATURDAY, 8‐9‐12

DAY 4MONDAY, 3‐9‐12


DAY 3SUNDAY, 2‐9‐12

DAY 2SATURDAY, 1‐9‐12

WEDNESDAY, 5‐9‐12DAY 6


DISASSEMBLY CHART

ORDER OF TRUCKS T2 & T3 12:00 12:30 13:00 13:30 14:00 14:30 15:00 15:30 16:00 16:30 17:00 17:30 18:00 18:30 19:00 19:30 20:00 20:30 21:00 21:30 22:00 22:30 23:00 23:30

CRANE: LIEBHERR LTM 1090‐4.1 C1

0:00 0:30 1:00 1:30 2:00 2:30 3:00 3:30 4:00 4:30 5:00 5:30 6:00 6:30 7:00 7:30 8:00 8:30 9:00 9:30 10:00 10:30 11:00 11:30 12:00 12:30 13:00 13:30 14:00 14:30 15:00 15:30 16:00 16:30 17:00 17:30 18:00 18:30 19:00 19:30 20:00 20:30 21:00 21:30 22:00 22:30 23:00 23:30T2 T2

0:00 0:30 1:00 1:30 2:00 2:30 3:00 3:30 4:00 4:30 5:00 5:30 6:00 6:30 7:00 7:30 8:00 8:30 9:00 9:30 10:00 10:30 11:00 11:30 12:00 12:30 13:00 13:30 14:00 14:30 15:00 15:30 16:00 16:30 17:00 17:30 18:00 18:30 19:00 19:30 20:00 20:30 21:00 21:30 22:00 22:30 23:00 23:30T2 T2 T2 T2

0:00 0:30 1:00 1:30 2:00 2:30 3:00 3:30 4:00 4:30 5:00 5:30 6:00 6:30 7:00 7:30 8:00 8:30 9:00 9:30 10:00 10:30 11:00 11:30 12:00 12:30 13:00 13:30 14:00 14:30 15:00 15:30 16:00 16:30 17:00 17:30 18:00 18:30 19:00 19:30 20:00 20:30 21:00 21:30 22:00 22:30 23:00 23:30T3 T3 T3 T3C1 C1 C1 C1

0:00 0:30 1:00 1:30 2:00 2:30 3:00 3:30 4:00 4:30 5:00 5:30 6:00 6:30 7:00 7:30 8:00 8:30 9:00 9:30 10:00 10:30 11:00 11:30 12:00 12:30 13:00 13:30 14:00 14:30 15:00 15:30 16:00 16:30 17:00 17:30 18:00 18:30 19:00 19:30 20:00 20:30 21:00 21:30

TOTAL TRUCKS 4

ESTIMATED (HOURS) USAGE OF THE CRANE 2

WEDNESDAY, 3‐10‐12

DAY 1MONDAY,1‐10‐2012


DAY 3


DAY 5FRIDAY, 5‐10‐12

614

8.9. SITE OPERATIONS CHART

Below, the Operations chart is shown with the data required.0.

GE

NE

RA

L IN

FOR

MA

TIO

N

Name ContactOther relevant information

UniversitySevilla, Málaga, Granada y Jaén

[email protected]

Rodrigo Morillo-Velarde

954 00 14 20

Construction Manager

Alberto García Marí[email protected]

95 260 16 16

Site Operations Coordinator

Rodrigo Morillo-Ve-larde Santos

Luz Baco Castro

[email protected]

95 400 14 20

615

1. G

EN

ER

AL

DE

SC

RIP

TIO

N O

F TH

E S

ITE

OP

ER

ATI

ON

S

PhaseBrief Description (include as-sembly system, crane, trucks, other machinery, etc...)

Material and Equip-ment Resources

Human

ResourcesDuration

AS

SE

MB

LY

1P r e v i o u s tasks

Site´s boundary fencing,

Previous security means introduc-tion, containers and clean point placement.

Truck T1

Fence, Forklifts, Hand Pallet, Infrastructures

2 people

1 person (transport)

1 day

2

L i v i n g m o d u l e s unloading and place-ment

Arrangement of the living modules in their exact position, after having underpinned them.

Truck T3

C-1 Crane, Lay out aux-iliary elements, Check-ing and underpinning, Infrastructures

6 people

1person (transport)

1 person (crane)

1 night

3 CeramicCeramic of the façade of the living modules

Truck T2, Forklifts 4 people 2 days

4Patio Floor, S y s t e m s and access

Deposits arrangement, connec-tion of all the systems and assem-bly of the patio´s floor.

Truck T2

Small material and tools, Infrastructures

8 people 4 day

5 Patio´s roof Patio’s roof boxes

Truck T2

Mobile scaffolding, El-evating scissors cart, Infrastructures

4 people

1person (transport)

1 person (crane)

1 day

6Set in mo-tion

HVAC, Evarporative cooling, wa-ter supply, solar thermal systems

Electronic devices3 people per system

1 day

DIS

AS

SE

MB

LY

1E x t e r i o r s and access

Disassembly of the ramp and patio´s floor.

Forklifts, Small mate-rial and tools, Infrastruc-tures.

8 people 1 day

2 SystemsDisconnection of the systems and withdrawal of all the stocked ma-terial from the day before.

Truck T2. Forklifts, Hand pallet, Small ma-terial and tools, Infra-structures

8 people 1 day

3Roof and modules

Disassembly of patio`s roof.

Truck T2. Elevating scis-sors cart Mobile scaf-folding Infrastructures Cleaning elements

8 people1 day

4Living mod-ules

Removal of living modules. Clean-ing and restoring the site to its original state.

Truck T3 C-1 Crane, Lay out auxiliary elements, Checking and underpin-ning, Infrastructures.

8 people 1 night

* In these chart, Human Resources is only related to builder operators and technicians.

616

2. V

EH

ICLE

S

(Tru

cks,

van

s,

cars

, etc

...)

Type If Trucks (special or regu-lar)

Tonnage (to-tal)

Dimensions

1 Type T1 Regular 25 Tn 10 x 2.5 x 2.5 m

2 Type T2 Regular 25 Tn 16 x 2.8 x 2.5 m

3 Type T3 Semi Special 50 Tn 19 x 4 x 4.5 m

4 Type V

3. C

RA

NE (

If n

eces

-sa

ry)

Type Tonnage M a x i m u m Load

Load Tip Usage Time

1 Type C-1

1090-4.1

Liebherr

48 Tn 90 Tn Roof and mod-ules

4 h.

4. M

OD

ULE

S A

ND

MA

IN C

OM

PO

NE

NTS Brief Description Tonnage

Unloading Dura-tion

AS

SE

MB

LY

1Living Modules

(4 units)18 Tn aprox 2 h

2Patio´s roof boxes

(11 units)

75 Kg/ml

max length: 6m4 h

3

DIS

AS

SE

MB

LY 1Living Modules

(4 units)18 Tn aprox 8 h

2Patio´s roof boxes

(11 units)

75 Kg/ml

max length: 6m4 h

3

5. W

AS

TE M

ATE

RIA

LS

Type Volume

1 Papers 1 container

2 Wooden pallets 1 container

3 Plastic 1 container

4

9. HEALTH AND SAFETY PLAN

9.1. HEALTH AND SAFETY PLAN PRECEDENTS AND AIM

9.2. GENERAL DATA OF THE PROJECT

9.3. HEALTH AND SAFETY PLAN OBJECTIVES

9.4. CONDITIONS OF THE SITE WHERE CONSTRUCTION WILL TAKE PLACE, AND INTERESTING DATA RELATED TO THE PREVENTION OF LABOUR RISKS DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PROCESS

9.4.1. CONSTRUCTIVE PROCESS

9.4.2. TYPE AND CHARACTERISTICS OF THE MATERIALS AND ELEMENTS

9.4.3. SITE DESCRIPTION

9.4.4. CLIMATOLOGY DESCRIPTION

9.4.5. ACCESSES AND PATHS FOR VEHICLES

9.4.6. DETERMINING FACTORS FOR THE HOUSE PLACING

9.4.7. OVERLAPS WITH THE AFFECTED SERVICES AND OTHER CIR- CUMSTANCES OR ACTIVITIES OF THE ENVIRONMENT, ABLE TO CAU SE LABOUR RISKS DURING THE CONSTRUCTION

9.4.8. PLANNED ACTIVITIES

9.4.9. TRADES WHOSE INTERVENTION IS AFFECTED BY THE LA BOUR RISKS PREVENTION

9.4.10. AUXILIARY RESOURCES PLANNED FOR THE CONSTRUCTION

9.4.11. MACHINERY PLANNED FOR THE CONSTRUCTION

9.4.12. CONSTRUCTION SITE INSTALLATIONS

9.4.13. CHARACTERISTICS TABLE FOR THE STOCKS

9.5. ACTIVITIES FOR LABOUR RISKS PREVENTION

9.5.1. CONSTRUCTION PLAN: DETERMINATION OF WORK EFFECTI- VE TIMING

9.5.2. OVERLAPS AND INCOMPATIBILITIES IN THE CONSTRUCTION

9.5.3. NUMBER OF WORKERS TAKING PART IN THE CONSTRUCTION

9.5.4. CONTRACTING PLANNED

9.6. CRITICAL WORK PHASES FOR LABOUR RISKS PREVENTION

9.7. RISKS IDENTIFICATION AND EFFICACY EVALUATION OF THE ADOPTED PROTECTIONS:

9.7.1. LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF THE AREAS WHERE THE

WORKS INVOLVING SPECIAL RISKS WILL BE DEVELOPED

9.7.2. RISKS IDENTIFICATION AND EFFICIENCY EVALUATION OF THE ADOPTED PROTECTIONS

9.8. COLLECTIVE PROTECTIONS TO USE

9.9. INDIVIDUAL PROTECTION RESOURCES TO USE

9.10. SAFE WORKING PROCEDURES OF EVERY EMPLOYER

9.11. MACHINERY AND AUXILIARY RESOURCES

9.12. WELFARE PREVENTION IN CASE OF LABOUR ACCIDENT

9.12.1. FIRST AIDS

9.12.2. FIRST AIDS BAG

9.12.3. PREVENTIVE MEDICINE

9.12.4. ACCIDENT VICTIMS EVACUATION

9.13. RISKS IDENTIFICATION FOR POSSIBLE LATER WORKS

9.14. USEFUL PLANS AND INFORMATION FOR POSSIBLE LATER WORKS

9.15. ADOPTED SYSTEM FOR THE LEVEL OF HEALTH AND SAFETY CONTROL DURING WORKS

9.16. FORMATION AND INFORMATION ABOUT HEALTH AND SAFETY

9.16.1. FORMACIÓN

9.16.2. INFORMACIÓN

9.17. EMERGENCY EVACUATION PLAN

9.17.1. IN THE WORKSHOP

9.17.1. IN THE BUILDING WORK

9.17.3. DURING THE EXPOSITION

9.APPENDIX 1: IDENTIFICATION OF RISKS AND EVALUATION OF THE EFFICIENCY OF THE ADOPTED PROTECTIONS

9. APPENDIX 2: IDENTIFICATION OF RISKS FOR POSSIBLE LATER WORKS

9. APPENDIX 3: HEALTH & SAFETY SPECIFIC TERMS AND CONDI TIONS DOCUMENT

9.A3.1. STATEMENT IN WICH THE TEAM COMMITS ITSELF TO AVOID OR MINIMIZE THE RISKS DERIVED FROM THE WORK PROCESS

9.A3.2. STATEMENT IN WICH THE TEAM CONMITS ITSELF TO ENVI SAGE THE HEALTH AND SAFETY DEMANDS FROM ALL THE PEOPLE TAKING PART IN THE PROJECT AND IN WICH THE TEAM DECLARES TO HAVE CONSIDERED THOSE DEMANDS IN THE HEALTH AND SAFETY PLAN

9.A3.3. COMPLETE TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF THE COLLECTI- VE PROTECTIONS THAT SHALL BE USED

9.A3.4. COMPLETE TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF THE INDIVI- DUAL PROTECTIONS THAT SHALL BE USED

9.A3.5. DESCRIPTION OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE SAFETY PLANS THAT EACH TEAM MEMBER HAS TO COMPLY WITH

9.A3.6. STATEMENT THAT THE TEAM MEMBERS HAVE PASSER SPE- CIFIC MEDICAL EXAMINATIONS FOR THE WORKS THAT THEY WILL CARRY OUT AND HAVE THE NECESSARY QUALIFICATIONS

9.A3.7. STATEMENT THAT THE TEAM HAS RECEIVED THE SPECIFIC TRAINING TO ASSEMBLE AND DISASSEMBLE THE HOUSE THAT WILL BE EXHIBITED, PREVENTING UNEXPECTED RISK

9.A3.8. FOR CONTACTED STAFF: MEDICAL EXAMINATIONS OF THE WORKERS, SPECIFIC TRAINING, A STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE WITH THE HEALTH AND SAFETY PLAN, IF NECESSARY, A SEPECIFIC DESCRIPTION OF THE ADAPTACION OF THEIR OWN PROCEDURES TO THE HEALTH AND SAFETY PLAN

9.APPENDIX 4: INDIVIDUAL PROTECTIONS REQUIRED (PPE)

9.APPENDIX 5: FORMATION AND INFORMATION

617

9.1. HEALTH AND SAFETY PLAN PRECEDENTS AND AIM:

This Safety and Health Plan is established in compliance with rule 52 of the Solar De-cathlon Europe 2012 and on the Spanish Legislation on Labor Risks Prevention. Conse-quently it is based on the Spanish Act 31/1005, of 8th November, on Labor Risks, as well as on the regulations and technical guides of the Spanish National Institute of Safety and Hygiene in the Workplace (Instituto Nacional de Seguridad e Higiene en el Trabajo).

This plan covers the stages of production, assembly and dismantling test at the place of production, transport from Seville to Madrid, assembly, exhibition, maintenance, dis-mantling and transport from Madrid to Seville.

9.2. GENERAL DATA OF THE PROJECT:

Developer Andalucía Team

Project Prototype Patio 2.12.

Faculty advisor Javier Terrados Cepeda

Author of the Safety and Health Plan Paula de Ugarte Candil

Coordinator of the project stages Paula de Ugarte Candil

Coordinator of the operation team Rodrigo Morillo-Velarde Santos

Period of execution of the building work 10 days

Type of building work Prefabricated housing

Place of the building work Madrid

* “building work” refers to the assembly, maintenance and disassebly of the prototipe in Madrid. In other words it refers to the “period of execution of the building works”.

9.3. HEALTH AND SAFETY PLAN OBJECTIVES

The main goal of the Health and Safety study is to prevent and avoid any possible risks, professional accidents, etc. that might arise during the prototype´s assembly, exhibi-tion, disassembly or any subsequent maintenance tasks.

This will help to carry out every task under the health and safety adequate conditions following Spanish current regulations.

This document tries to:

• Be aware of the construction process and its phases.

• Identify the avoidable risks.

• Identify and diminish the inevitable risks.

• Define the security levels for each process.

• Define the establishment of preventive and protective measures.

• Define adequate safe working conditions at any time.

618

• Define the management of preventive organization.

• Provide each company and worker on site with the training and information needed to carry out their job in the safest way possible, following regulations in a coordinated manner.

• Provide each company and worker on site with the training and information needed to know how to behave in case of risk or accident.

Basically, the project aims to be able to carry out in a safe and adequate manner each phase without accidents or incidents.

This Health and Safety Study has been drawn up keeping in mind that each com-pany and worker in this project must compromise with its understanding and com-pliance.

9.4. CONDITIONS OF THE SITE WHERE CONSTRUCTION WILL TAKE PLACE, AND INTERESTING DATA RELATED TO THE PREVENTION OF LABOUR RISKS DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PROCESS

9.4.1. CONSTRUCTIVE PROCESS

See item “8. Site operation” of this document.

Eight stages will be differentiated:

1ST STAGE: Construction at the workshop of the housing modules and receipt on the industrial building of all materials and components which are part of the prototype Patio 2.12.:

• Construction of the housing modules in workshop.

• Production of other elements, such as rails, trees, clouds, etc.

• Receipt and control of the elements which have been manufactured in others workshops.

• Internal installations such as plumbing, electricity system, drainage, ventilation, air-conditioning, sound system, detection, monitoring and automatism, and wi ring of photovoltaic installation.

• Installation of photovoltaic cells.

2ND STAGE: Testing of assembly and dismantling of the prototype at the surrounding area of the workshop:

• Simulation of the building work.

• Checking of the assembly.

• Starting of the installations and measurements of photovoltaic production, con sumptions, temperature and environmental comfort parameters.

619

• Disassembly of the built prototype in Seville

• Packing of the prototypes components, to make its transportation easier and quicker, depending on the load carried.

• Trucks loading. First, the packaged elements will be loaded, and then the living modules on the trucks decided for each case.

3RD STAGE: Transport from Seville to Madrid.

-See item “8.4.3.Heavy vehicles circulation” of this document to know the transport de-tails. (Journey characteristics, access characteristics from Seville, reception site prior to the loading in Madrid, access to solar in Madrid)

• The trucks will leave Seville to the competition´s site, complying with the calen dar designed. The first load to leave will be the load that will be stocked on site (ceramic skin, closets, exterior elements and the patio´s roof and floor). Then will leave the low-boy trucks with the living modules (one truck to transport two modules).

• Team´s departure by train/bus to Madrid.

• Team´s arrival and accommodation in Madrid.

• Prior load reception in Madrid, in an area no related to the competition´s site. It will be an area on Madrid´s outskirts and close to the competition´s site, whe re the trucks will wait the necessary time to carry out the site operations fo llowing the designed schedule.

4TH STAGE: Load reception in Madrid and in the Villa Solar.

The health and safety measures: collective protections, individual protection equi-pments, signs, preventive procedures of each task, installation, trade, auxiliary resource, tool, machinery, collective protection measure and fight fire measure are solved in 9.Appendix.1 of this document.

The organization of SDE will reserve a space for storage (7 x 12 m. approximately) in the pre-assembly and post-disassembly site, just during the contest week. Load reception in the Villa Solar will be according to the following the designed calendar:

• The trucks transporting palletized material will arrive after the initial health and safety measures have been installed on site.

• The low boy trucks with the living modules will arrive on site during the first night of competition and at the placement moment on the correct location.

• The truck that transports the patio´s floor and ceiling, and the ceramic tiles, will arrive the day of its installation.

5TH STAGE: Assembly of Patio 2.12.

620


- Previous tasks: Truck type 1. (Drawing: HS 002)

• Layout on the site of the competition, of the elements that will be placed in Villa Solar (machinery and built prototype), boundary fence, access location and signaling installation as well as safety auxiliary means.

• Unloading and placement of the site office, machinery and containers. (Truckty pe T1).

• Layout of the living modules, using the needed auxiliary means (threads…). There will also be a first layout and checking right before placing the living mo dules. The housing supports will be located on the finish position with the co rrect grading. They will be waiting the housing modules unload.

Prototype’s assembly:

- Placing the housing modules on its place: Truck type 3. (Drawing: HS 003) (Drawins/Sketches: HS 007)

• Unload and placement of the living modules (CRANE MODEL LTM 1090-4.1, LIEBHERR):

• Arrival of the lowboy truck transporting the Technical Box and Bathbedroom Modules, rising and placing the Technical Box Module first, and the Bathbe droom second.

• Arrival of the lowboy truck transporting the Kitchen and Livingroom Modules, 456 risng and placing the kitchen first, and the Livingroom Module afterwards.

• Module pacement verification.

• Unload of materials and external elements: Using forklift. Truck type 3. (Drawing: HS 003) (Drawins/Sketches: HS 006)

- Placing the modules ceramic skin: Ceramic pieces with dimensions of 40x80cm.: (Drawing: HS 004) (Drawins/Sketches: HS 008)

• The ceramic skin will be placed on the modules with the use of mobile scaffol ding.

• The evapotranspiration system and the clamping elements for the trusses will be located.

- Systems and access: (Drawing: HS 005)


621

• Placement of the bearing structure for the patio´s floor. It is made up of a struc ture of galvanized Steel plots and profiles, to be assembled in-situ

• Handling assembly.

• Systems ring implementation. The ring is located on a series of suspended trays hanging from the bearing structure of the patio´s floor, inside tubes


• Installing of the patio’s base (tramex) and patio’s finish (wood)

• Installing of the ramp and stairs. The ramp’s sections will be transported with the use of forklift.

• Installing of patio’s vertical enclosure. The glazing will be transport and mani pulated with the use of suction pads.

- Placing the courtyard roof: (Using truck type 1). (Drawing: HS 004) (Drawins/Sketches: HS 008)

• From the courtyard drawers support area to the top part of the modules, the ceramic pieces would not be placed yet.

• The courtyard roof drawers will be placed over the support joist and afterwards will be screwed on.

• Rising of the roof’s modules/creates with the use of the crane

• Support the roof’s modules/creates on the support beam. Use orientation slings to locate the roof’s modules/creates.

• Anchor the roof’s modules/creat. Using european scaffolding or ladders. (in case of using ladder the operator will have to anchorage when he will be in the top to performed the task)

• Repeat the process with the others creates

• Connecting the patio´s roof electrical system with the use of lift platform or/and European mobile scaffolding.

• Installing of the patio’s roof rain water removal with the use of lift platform or/ and European mobile scaffolding.

• Once placed the courtyard drawers, the ceramic layout will be finished.

- Systems and access: (Drawing: HS 005)


• Placement of the bearing structure for the patio´s floor. It is made up of a struc ture of galvanized Steel plots and profiles, to be assembled in-situ

622

• Handling assembly.

• Systems ring implementation. The ring is located on a series of suspended trays hanging from the bearing structure of the patio´s floor, inside tubes


• Installing of the patio’s base (tramex) and patio’s finish (wood)

• Installing of the ramp and stairs. The ramp’s sections will be transported with the use of forklift.

• Installing of patio’s vertical enclosure. The glazing will be transport and mani pulated with the use of suction pads.

- Exterior and interior equipment: (Drawing: HS 005)

• Installing of the pools with the use of forklift if it’s necessary

• Gardening with the use of wheelbarrow and forklift if it’s necessary

• Installing exterior equipment (Cloud trees, others)

• Installing interior equipment

- Last works: Truck type 1

• Unload containers

• Final gardening

• Site cleaning

• Fending and safety measures removal

• Tests systems. After the assembly, Andalucía Team will still have 6 days to reali ze tests, as described in the attached planning

6TH STAGE: Competition


- Exposition

Maintenance works: (Drawins/Sketches: HS 010)

- Cleaning of the house: normal cleaning

623

- Filling of the deposits, possible repair works of the pump, automation or air-condi-tioner: are installed every element necessary for these tasks. Therefore the tasks will execute using handling tools (and ladder perhaps).

- Cleaning of the PV modules: this task will execute from the prefabricate ladder. The worker will wear a safety harness. The worker must secure him to the “initial anchorage point” of the roof. Then he can start the cleaning of the PV modules using a telescopic cleaner element. (See HS 010)

- Possible repair work of the PV modules: for this task is necesary two operators (Ope-rator A and Operator B). It will execute from the roof. (See HS 010)

• The worker will wear a safety harness.

• 1ST: Operator A: go up from the ladder and secure your harness to the “Initial anchorage point” from the ladder.

• 2ND: Operator A: remove the first PV module from the ladder (to have enough space on the roof to work) and give it to the Operator B. (The Operator B always will be on the floor)

• 3RD: Operator A: go on the roof and change of the “Initial anchorage point” to a “Normal anchorage point”. The harness have two anchor tapes to ensure that the operator is allways connecting to one anchorage point minimun.

• 4TH: Operator A: execute the repair works keeping the connection between worker and a “Normal anchorage point”. If it is necesary change to other “Normal anchorage point” to repair other PV modules more away (removing the PV modules that prevent the work).

• 5TH: When the task will be conclude do the same in inverse order: change to the “Initial anchorage point”, assemble the mobile PV module from the ladder (the Operator B will give the first PV module to the Operator A), remove the secure to the “Initial anchorage point” and go down the ladder.

7TH STAGE: Disassembly of Patio 2.12.

The prototype disassembly will be executed with the same characteristics, safety measures and inverse order that the assembly (5TH STAGE)


-Installing perimeter fencing

-Installing health and safety measures

-Exterior and interior equipment removal

-Andalusian garden removal

-Sounding and inhabited pond removal

624

-Ramp, stairs and narciso pool removal

-Patio’s floor (finish and base) removal

-Patio’s floor bearing structure removal

-System ring removal

-Deposits removal

-Systems removal

-Patio’s roof removal

-Glass ceiling (enclosures) removal

-Housing modules removal

-Safety and fending removal

8TH STAGE: Transport from Madrid to Seville of Patio 2.12

The transport from Madrid to Seville will be executed with the same characteristics that Transport from Seville to Madrid (3TH STAGE)

9.4.2. TYPE AND CHARACTERISTICS OF THE MATERIALS AND ELEMENTS

For more details see item 9.4.13 of this document.

Stocked materials:

Ceramic envelope (ceramic)

Ceramic pieces with high porosity. To be placed in the façade of the four living modules.

Modular patio´s roof (timber, glass, metal)

Compact roof boxes, with variable length, made up of:

•Structural box with double T timber beam (flanges of laminated wood and web of OSB

•Metallic frames and glazed sliding sheets.

•Composite grapevine leaves hanged to auxiliary profiles.

•Motors for the movement of louvers and glazing.

Deposits (polyester)

Polyester deposits with variable length.

625

Patio´s floor (Steel, extruded polystyrene, ceramics)

Bearing structure: galvanized Steel plots and bearing structure made up of profiles with variable lengths

Patio´s floor base: modular pieces with variable dimensions

Extruded polystyrene sheets

Patio´s floor finish made up of wood pieces with dimensions with variable dimensions

Systems ring (metal, PVC, polypropylene)

Metallic tray: 4 units 50 cm wide, 15 cm tall and 400 cm of maximum length.

Pipes and connecting pieces

•PVC tubes: 4 units of 400 cm and diameter of 11 cm.

•Flexible tube for electricity systems (FT1)

•Flexible polypropylene tube for the water supply and air conditioning systems (FT2)

•Elbows and connecting pieces.

Access ramp (metal, ceramics)

Support structure made up of metallic support ribs, placed every 1,20m. The ribs are braced between them with metallic profiles RHS 60x40x4 in the interior area of the ramp and metallic profiles RHS 100x50x4 in the exterior area.

Ramp modules, in pieces with variable lengths, composed of:

•Bearing structure (Grating)

•Handrail screwed with 100cm height.

•Timber finish

In the interior area if the ramp, the union between elements will be carried out with pro-files L 150x90x10 anchored to the profiles RHS 60x40x4 of the bracing ribs.

In the exterior part of the ramps, the union between elements will be carried out with profiles T 120 anchored to the profiles RHS 100x50x4 of the bracing ribs.

Handrail: steel vertical profiles with folded sheet (methacrylate).

Patio access doors and side enclosure (glass, metal frames and lattice)

Closing – glazed doors with variable wide

626

Composite grapevine leaves hanged by auxiliary profiles.

Connection profiles between living modules (steel)

Steel angles 100.10 mm and tubular shaped structure: 40.40.4 mm

Patio´s finishes (galvanized steel sheets)

Galvanized steel gutter for collecting water and top the patio´s roof

Galvanized steel tops on the floor. Pieces with variable long

Swimming pools (galvanized steel sheets)

Pools of galvanized steel. Each pool is consist of one piece.

Structure supporting the modules (steel).

-6 adjustable plots

-6 support planks

Rest of material:

Furniture (wood)

Furniture modules built, ready to be fixed in the living modules.

9.4.3. SITE DESCRIPTION

The following description refers to the seven different stages of the item 9.4.1. of this document

The 1ST and 2ND stages will take place in a building of an industrial area in Seville. The building is divided in several interconnected modules, including an external space. The industrial building fulfills the Royal Decree 486/1997, of 14th April, by which minimum safety and health requirements are established for the workplace, and its employers are responsible for the Safety and Health of their employees.

The 4TH, 5TH, 6TH and 7TH stages will be performed in the Villa Solar 2012, located at the Casa de Campo (Country House Park) in Madrid. The Villa Solar will take up a total area about 35.000 square meters from the Park. The Country House lies at Moncloa district.

Inside the Villa Solar, Patio 1.12 will be developed at the lot designed by the organization (Lot number 12). Its dimensions are 20x20m.

627

• Northern boundary: open area and access to the parcel

• Southern boundary: a lot of other team

• Eastern boundary: a lot of other team.

• Western boundary: a lot of other team.

9.4.4. CLIMATOLOGY DESCRIPTION

The following description refers to the seven different stages of the item 9.4.1. of this document.

The 1ST and 2ND stages will be carried out mostly inside the industrial building. Becau-se of that, the climate will be less influent. From January to September in Seville

Chart: Data collected between 1971 and 2000 by the Spanish Meteorological Agency (Agencia Estatal de Meteorología) at the airport of Seville.

The 4TH, 5TH, 6TH and 7TH stages will be performed completely outside during Sept-ember in Madrid:

Chart: Data collected by The Vigilance of air quality system from Madrid´s Council in September 2010.

The temperatures suffer a great contrast between its maximum and minimum values:

628

Chart: Data collected by The LEMD; Barajas Airport of Madrid.

PREVENTIVE HABITS FOR THE HEAT AND SUNNY DAIS

- Drink water frequently

- Wear pale colors and 100% cotton clothes. Long-sleeve shirts and long trousers.

- For those parts of the body directly exposed to the sun, use sun protection, and apply it frequently (several times per day)

- Try work in shade places if it is possible

PREVENTIVE HABITS FOR THE ADVERS CLIMATOLOGY DAIS

- Try work under cover if it is possible

- Avoid works or tasks with electric tools or machinery

- In case of storm no works are to be developed outside

9.4.5. ACCESSES AND PATHS FOR VEHICLES

ROUTE TO MADRID:

People´s transportation by train: train Seville/Santa Justa – Madrid/Atocha.

Transportation of common materials and people by road: Direction A-49/Huelva/A-66/Mérida. Continue through E-66. Take the exit towards E-803/E-90/A-5 with direction Madrid/A-66/Cáceres. Take the exit toward Paseo de Extremadura to Casa de Campo/Calle Segovia. Continue to Av. de Portugal. Turn right to continue in Av. de Protugal. Take the next right to Calle de la Herradura. Take the second one left to continue in Calle de la Herradura.

Special transportation of the living modules: To be defined by the transport company and depending on the final location of the Villa Solar 2012, to be decided by the com-petition.

ROUTES IN MADRID:

Public may arrive to the Villa Solar by public transport: bus or subway (and walking from the subway Station). Or by private transport, the nearest parking will be located in the lot defined by: Paseo de los Platanos to the north, the Casa de Campo’s lake to the east,

629

the Paseo de los Castaños to the south, and the Camino del Ruiseñor to the west.

The route for the team depend of the hotel’s location (to be decided)

ACCESS AND ROUTES INSIDE VILLA SOLAR: (See drawing: HS 001)

Access for special transport vehicles during assembly:

This route is as follows:

- Service Area “La Atalaya”.

- M-50 Motorway towards the A-5.

- Extremadura A-5 road heading towards Madrid.

- Exit A-5 towards Paseo de Extremadura.

- Turn left at Calle Saavedra Fajardo.

- Entry to the Villa Solar. North access from Calle de la Herradura.

Access for standar and authorized special transport vehicles during assembly:


- A-5 towards Madrid.

- Deviation via Paseo de Extremadura, then continue along the left hand lane until the indicated deviation towards the Casa de Campo.

- Take the deviation into Avenida de Portugal.

- At the roundabout take the second exit onto Avenida Principal.

- Turn left and take Travesía del Vino.

- Continue along la Ronda de Provincias.

- Then along Calle de Tomás Sanz.

- Arrival at the waiting area for standard transport vehicles at Ronda de Lago.

Exit for every vehicles type during assembly:


- Exit from the Villa Solar will be made via the northern part of the Villa Solar to the Calle de la Herradura, Turn to the left in the exit.

- To the south to Calle Pista.

- Turn to the right to Puente del rey

630

In the next drawing is represent the access and the circulation direction inside the Villa Solar during assembly:

See drawing: HS 001.

During disassembly: The access and the circulation direction for every vehicles type during the disassembly will be opposite than the access and circulation from special vehicles during assembly

9.4.6. DETERMINING FACTORS FOR THE HOUSE PLACING

The factors to emphasize in this section are referred about characteristics and environ-ment of the lot:

Lot’s soil charasteristics: they are not influential

Lot’s topography characteristics: they are not influential

631

Lot’s location:

- Proximity of others team’s lots. Tasks that being carry out (crane’s movement, truck unloading, etc.). And machinery and vehycle movements (truck, froklift, crane, etc.)

- Vehicles way: In northern boundary

- Unshaded all the day

9.4.7. OVERLAPS WITH THE AFFECTED SERVICES AND OTHER CIRCUMSTANCES OR ACTIVITIES OF THE ENVIRONMENT, ABLE TO CAUSE LABOR RISKS DURING THE CONSTRUCTION

INSTALLATIONS SURROUNDING OUR SITE:

There is not information about installations surrounding our side that will can affect us,

TASKS CARRIED OUT AROUND OUR SITE:

• Circulation of heavy vehicles (cranes, trucks, etc.)

• Pedestrian circulation (other equipment, etc.)

• Loads manipulation (with cranes, forklifts, etc.)

• asks associated to the competition (easements, paving, etc.)

The risks associated to these tasks are:

• Run over.

• Hits by moving or still objects.

• Falls from the same height.

The preventive general measures to be taken into account are:

• Circulation on the places reserved for such activity.

• Pay special attention to crossing, when coming out of demarcated areas towards non demarcated areas, near places with heavy machinery, areas with low visibility, etc.

• No running.

• No jumping of any fences or any other object meaning a demarcation.

• Warn the workers near you of your presence.

• Pay attention to signals.

632

9.4.8. PLANNED ACTIVITIES

According to the Operation Plan, tasks will be divided in two different parts:

- Outside logistic: outside logistic operations from Seville to the competition area in Madrid.

- Inside logistic: inside logistic operations in the Villa Solar. This company will be respon-sible for putting into practice the adopted measures on Health and Safety, according to the Spanish Royal Decree 1428/2003, 21st November, which approves the Spanish Road Traffic Regulation.

Outside logistic:

1.Disassembly of the prototype built previously in Seville.

2.Prototype components packing, in order to allow an easy and quick transportation, will be different based on the kind of load to be packed.

3.Truck loading. The packed elements will be loaded first, and then each living module will be loaded in its corresponding truck.

Trucks departure from Seville to Villa Solar following the operations calendar planned. The first load to leave towards Madrid will be the one stored on site (Trucks type T1 and type T2, with exterior elements such as those for the roof or floors). Then will leave the low boy trucks (trucks type B) with the living modules. The last load to leave will be the one corresponding to Truck Type T3, with the gardening elements and will come straight from the material´s suppliers. The prototype´s transportation will be carried out by a trucks and cranes company in Madrid, with whom a first budget has been nego-tiated. This company will be responsible for putting into practice the adopted measures on Health and Safety, according to the Spanish Royal Decree 1428/2003, 21st Nov-ember, which approves the Spanish Road Traffic Regulation.

4.Team´s departure towards Madrid by train/bus.

5.Team´s arrival and accommodation in Madrid.

6.Previous reception of the loads in Madrid, in a different place from the competition´s Villa Solar. A meeting point in the outskirts of Madrid will be designated so that the trucks can wait the time needed in order to allow the operations in Villa Solar to be ca-rried out by the designed calendar.

7.Loads reception in Villa Solar in Madrid, following the designed calendar: (See item “8. Site operation” of this document”)

The truck type T1, carrying material that can be stored will be the first to arrive to Villa Solar, and they will do so after the on-site layout for the modules and other elements.

The two low boy trucks (type 3) with the living modules will arrive to Villa Solar right on time for its placement in the place planned for it.

The truck type 2 transporting material to unload will arrive after the finish location of the housing modules.

The truck with the vegetation components will arrive the day these will be placed.

633

8.Prototype´s assembly according to the different phases. (Inside logistic).

Inside logistic:

The list of activities to be carried out is found in the following planning charts, organized in the same order they will be carried out.

PLANNING - INSIDE LOGISTIC

The health and safety measures will be ready at any phase.

ASSEMBLY PLANNING:

Health and safety measures Perimeter fencing Waste containers and clean point On site lay out operations and modules supports location

Electricity generator and portable lightspot placement and testing

635

COMPETITION PLANNING:

DISSASEMBLY PLANNING:

636

See item 9.5.1 of this document to know the numbers of team members to every tasks, the total numbers of person working at the same time at everi shift and the critical se-quence of tasks.

9.4.9. TRADES WHOSE INTERVENTION IS AFFECTED BY THE LABOR RISKS PRE-VENTION

ASSEMBLY(A) AND DISASSEMBLY(D)

The next tasks are analyzed in the identification risk tables of the Appendix 1 of this document. Each tasks analyzed involve other tasks (9.4.8. tasks)

Table: 1 Initial site material installation (unloading and installation of fencing and signa-lling)

- Health and safety measures (A) (D)

- Site perimeter fencing (A) (D)

Table: 2. Initial on-site layout

- On site layout operations (A)

Table: 3. Material unloading and installation (site offices, generator/transformer, stoc-king, containers, etc.).

637

- Material and unloading and stocking (A)

- Site office and warehouse location (A)

- Containers and clean point location (A)

- Electricity generator (A) (D)

Table: 4. Unloading and movement of the living modules.

- T-Box module unload (A) (D)

- Living module unload (A) (D)

- Kitchen module unload (A) (D)

- Bedroom module unload (A) (D)

Table: 5. Underpinning of the living modules.

- T-Box module underpinning (A) (D)

- Living module underpinning (A) (D)

- Kitchen module underpinning (A) (D)

- Bedroom module underpinning (A) (D)

Table: 6. Roof construction.

- Patio´s roof placement (A)

- Patio’s roof: electrical connections (A)

- Patio’s roof: rain water removal (A)

- Patio’s roof (D)

Table: 7. Patio´s floor and ramp construction.

- Patio’s floor bearing structure (A) (D)

- System ring and exterior laying (not connection) (A) (D)

- Patio’s floor base (tramex) (A) (D)

- Patio’s floor finish (wood) (A) (D)

- Ramps (A) (D)

Table: 8. Patio´s exterior enclosure construction (glazing).

- Patio’s vertical enclousure (glazing) (A) (D)

Table: 9. Placement of ceramic finish.

- Modules ceramic skin and evapotranspiration (A) (D)

- Modules ceramic skin and evapotranspiration (finish) (A)

638

Table: 10.a. Construction of exteriors and interiors (pools, furniture, etc.).

- Pools / cloud trees / carpet (A)

- Connecting and fitting interior elements (A) (D)

- Exterior equipment (A) (D)

- Touch ups (A)

- Sounding and inhabited pond (D)

able: 10.b. Gardening

- Andalusian garden (A) (D)

- Gardening (final): Andalusian garden (A)

Table: 11. Cleaning and removal of auxiliary site elements (site offices, containers, etc.).

- Site office, warehouse, containers removal (A)

- Site cleaning (A) (D)

- Safety measures and fending removal (A) (D)

Table: 12. Electricity system in site and in the prototype.

- Material and unloading and stocking (only for electric generator) (A)

- TESTS: all test tasks (A)

Table: 13. Installation of the prototype´s deposits.

- Deposits (A) (D)

Table: 14. Connection with the systems ring of the prototype.

- Systems connection to the modules (A) (D)

Table: 15. Systems´ connection with the living modules.

- PV connection with modules (A)

- Exterior systems connection (A) (D)

MAINTENANCE WORKS

The next tasks are analyzed in the identification risk tables of the Appendix 2 of this document. Each tasks analyzed involve other tasks (9.4.8. tasks)

Table: 54. Gardening

- Gardening maintenance

639

Table: 55. Cleaning of the Prototype.

- Cleaning of the Prototype

Table: 56. Cleaning of the PV modules

- Cleaning of the PV modules

Table: 57. Filling of the deposits.

- Filling of the deposits

Table: 58. Repair works systems

- Repair work of the pump system

- Repair work of the automatition system

- Repair work of the air-conditioning system

Table: 59. Repair works of the PV modules.

- Repair works of the PV modules

During maintenance trades no visits in the lot.

SDE COMPETITION TRADES

To define for the competition

OTHER TRADES TEAM

Information talks in the SDE Common Marquees.

Arrive to the workstation

Rests

Other breaks

Leave to the workstation

9.4.10. AUXILIARY RESOURCES PLANNED FOR THE CONSTRUCTION

See item “8. SITE OPERATIONS PLAN” and “9.Appendix.1” of this document.

640

Drawing Stay More

Wheelbarrow HS 002, HS 003

and HS 006 Assembly Disassembly

- See item 9.11 and appendix 1 of this document

Ladder HS 005 and HS

006 Assembly Disassembly


Lighting tower HS 002, HS 003, HS 004, HS 005

and HS 006

Assembly Disassembly


Waste containers HS 002, HS 003, HS 004, HS 005



Security slings HS 003, HS 004 Assembly Disassembly


Suction pads handling

HS 005 Assembly: day 5 Disassembly: day 3


Lift platform HS 004 Assembly: day 3 Disassembly: day 3


Bricklaying tools HS 002, HS 003, HS 004, HS 005



Timber tools HS 005 Assembly Disassembly


Manual tools HS 002, HS 003, HS 004, HS 005



Basket for hydraulic pastes, transport tools,..

HS 002, HS 003, HS 004, HS 005



9.4.11. MACHINERY PLANNED FOR THE CONSTRUCTION


Drawing Stay More Transportation truck (T1)

HS 002 and HS 005 Assembly Disassembly


Transportation truck for self-loading (T2)

HS 004 Assembly Disassembly


Transportation van (V1)

HS 002 and HS 005 Assembly Disassembly

- Like a T1

Transportation truck (T3)



Crane HS 003 Assembly Disassembly


forklift HS 002, HS 003,



Drive-nail gun HS 005 Assembly Disassembly


Power drill HS 002, HS 003, HS

003, HS 004, HS 005 Assembly Disassembly


9.4.12. CONSTRUCTION SITE INSTALLATIONS


641

Drawing Stay More Electric System in site HS 002, HS 003,

HS 004, HS 005 Assembly disassembly

- See appendix 1 of this document

Temporary electricity system

-The protection degree of the system´s elements that are located in the open will be IP45.

-The protection degree of the system´s elements against mechanical impacts will be IK 08.

Distribution boards:

-The collection for CO Works commercialized must have the CE marking and CE decla-ration of conformity.

-Each base or group of bases of electricity connections must be protected with residual current devices with maximum sensibility of 30 mA, have very low voltages of security (MBTS) or through the separation of circuits with individual transformers.

-Each collection must include a mechanism that will cut the incoming electricity and a device for emergency cuts, easily accessible.

-The cutting devices must allow to be locked in an opened position.

Connection lines:

-Every circuit that will have equipment connected for the use of electric current must be fed from a distribution collection that will have: overcurrent protection devices, indirect contact protection and current bases, if needed.

-The cables used in the connection and exterior systems will have a minimum 450/750 V tension assigned, with polychloroprenecover or similar. For interior systems the cables used will have a have a minimum 300/500 V tension assigned. All of them will comply with UNE 21.027 or UNE 21.150 and will be usable for mobile services.

-The cables should be located outside of the vehicles or pedestrian paths; otherwise, these should be protected.

Earth connection: (1 general of the site and 1 of the prototype)

-The burying depth of the earthing rods will never be less than 0.50 m.

-The independence of eat heart connection must be checked, specially the independen-ce with any transformation center (minimum distance 15 meters without metallic links in terrains with lower resistivity than 100 Ohms.m.).

Generator group:

642

-The electric generator must have the CE marking, the CE declaration of conformity and the instructions manual. The neutral of the secondary of the group will be connected to earth.

-The electricity system will be connected to the group through a distribution board.

-The use of a generator group needs a project when the power supplied is higher than 10 kW.

9.4.13. CHARACTERISTICS TABLE FOR THE STOCKS

643

Materials Characteristic Dimensions Transport Location Ceramic envelope

Palletising 80x40cm Thick: 2cm

Forklift Stock area

Modular patio´s roof

Different length Long: variable 180/600cm Wide: 80cm High: 30cm

Crane Stock area

Deposits (poliéster)

3 de largo 250cm 2 de largo 210cm 2 de largo 150cm

Wide: 70cm High: 40cm

Manual Stock area

Patio´s floor

(S): Structure (B): Base (S): sheets (A) skin

(S): long. 180 / 600cm (B): 60x100/90/87cm (S): Thick 3cm (A): 30x100/90/87cm

Manual Forklift

Stock area

Systems ring

(T): Tray. 4u (P): PVC Tubes. 4u (FT1): Flexible tube1 (FT2): Flexible tube2 Elbow, ...

(T) long.máx.:400cm (B) 50x15cm (P): 400x11Øcm (FT1): 40mx4Øcm (FT2): 40mx3Øcm

Manual Stock area

Access ramp

(M) structural modules (tramex) and skin modules (Wood) Rib: 18u. Hand rail

(M) Wide: 1.6m (M) long: A2.40, B1.70, C2.40, D1.60,E2.40, F2.40, G2.40, H2.40, I2.40 y J0.83m.

Manual Forklift

Stock area

Patio´s enclosures (Glazed)

(E1): 1u. (E2): 1u. (E3): 1u. (E4): 1u

(E1) High: 2.79/Wide: 2.4m (Door: 0.9m) (E2) High: 2.77/Wide: 2m (E3) High: 2.74/Wide: 1.60m (Door: 0.8m) (E4) High: 2.75/Wide: 2m

Manual using

suction pad

Stock area

Patio´s enclosures (Lattice)

(L1): 1u. (L2): 1u. (L3): 1u. (L4): 1u

(L1) High: 3.41/Wide: 2.38m (Door 1.9 + 1.9m) (L2) High: 3.14/Wide: 1.98m (L3) High: 2.91/Wide: 1.58m (Door 0.79 +0.79m) (L4) High: 2.95/Wide: 1.98m

Manual Stock area

Connection profiles between modules

UPN 200 (UPN1): 2u. (UPN2): 4u. (UPN3): 2u.

Long: (UPN1) long.: 240cm (UPN2) long.: 180cm (UPN3) long.: 160cm

Manual Stock area

Patio´s finishes (G): Gutter (T): tops on the floor

(G)Long. máx.: 300cm (G)Long. total: 30m (T)Long. máx.: 240cm (T)Long. total: 10m

Manual Stock area

Swimming pool 1u. Dimensions to know Manual Forklift

Stock area

Supporting modules

Plots: 24u. Planks: 24u.

- Manual Stock area

9.5. ACTIVITIES FOR LABOUR RISK PREVENTION

Activities that the team has developed when preparing works

• Periodic team meetings

644

• Work training at workshop

• Practice at workshop

• Specific courses (Prevention Labour Risk, level basic)

• Previous simulation construction

Activities that the team will develop during the works

• Assistance to daily meetings with SDE Organization

• Daily internal meeting with the team members of every shift previously

• Internal meeting with the team at any time to coordinating, organization and ex planation

• Internal meeting with visits or documentary makers to theirs information

• In case of non-resolved situation, analysis of the adequate solution in coordina tion with SDE Organization

9.5.1. CONSTRUCTION PLAN: DETERMINATION OF WORK EFFECTIVE TIMING

See item 9.4.8.of this document to consult the planning. Planning with the estimated starting and finishing time for every tasks, as well as the overlaps among them.

The critical sequence is: Perimeter fencing - Health and safety measures - On site layout operations - Check layout - Underpinning and location of housing modules - Patio´s roof placement – Modules ceramic skin and evapotrasnpiration - Deposits - Patio´s floor bearing structure - Site office, containers, etc. removal - Gardening (final) - Fending removal.

The HS Coordinator or the Safety officer will have tasks of checking, controlling, infor-mation and coordination. See item 9.15.

In the next table in the column “SHIFT” are three represents abbreviations:

- First abbreviation: A=Assembly, C=Competition, D=Disassembly

- Second abbreviation: number of the day inside of each process: Assembly, Competi-tion (maintenance and exposition), Disassembly.

- Third abbreviation: shift kind: m=morning, t=evening, n=night

Example: “A3m” It represent the 3er day of Assembly in the morning shift.

645

SHIFT TASK PARTICIPANTS NUMBERS OF TEAM

MEMBERS COINCIDENT IN THE SAME SHIFT

A1.1 (31/08)

Health and safety measures

2(worker) + 5(decathletes) + 1(coordinator)

A1.1: 9 team members (+ 3 documentary maker)* (+1 possible visit)*

Perimeter fencing 2(worker) + 5(decathletes) + 1(coordinator)

Waste containers and clean point

2(worker l) + 1(carrier) + 5(decathletes) + 1 (coordinator)

On site lay out operations and modules supports location


A1.2 (night shift)

(31/08)

Electricity generator and portable lightspot placement and testing


A1.2(night shift): 15 team members (+ 3 documentary maker)*

Unload and underpinning of housing modules

6(worker/orientation workers) + 1(carrier) + 1(crane operator) +

1(signals) + 5(decathletes) + 1(coordinator)

1 (worker) + 2(decathletes) + 1(coordinator)

A2.1 (01/09)

Modules finish location 4(worker) + 5(decathletes) +

1(coordinator) A2.1: 10 team members (+ 3 documentary maker)* (+1 possible visit)*

Installing of supports and connection beams


Material unload 4(worker) + 5(decathletes) +

1(coordinator)

A2.2 (01/09)


1(coordinator) A2.2: 10 team members (+ 3 documentary maker)* Modules ceramic skin

and evapotranspiration 4(worker) + 5(decathletes) +

1(coordinator)

A3.1 (02/09)

Modules ceramic skin and evapotranspiration

4(worker) + 5(decathletes) + 1(coordinator) A3.1: 10 team members

(+ 3 documentary maker)* (+1 possible visit)* Connecting and fitting

interior elements 4(worker) + 5(decathletes) +

1(coordinator) A3.2

(02/09) Modules ceramic skin and evapotranspiration


A3.2: 10 team members (+ 3 documentary maker)*

646

A4.1 (03/09)


1(coordinator)


Patio’s floor placement 4(worker) + 5(decathletes) +

1(coordinator) Deposits and systems ring connections




A4.2 (03/09)

Patio´s floor placement 4(worker) + 5(decathletes) +

1(coordinator) A4.2: 10 team members (+ 3 documentary maker)*

Deposits and systems ring connections




A5.1 (04/09)

Ramps and pool 4(worker) + 5(decathletes) +






A5.2 (04/09)


4(worker) + 5(decathletes) + 1(coordinator) A5.2: 10 team members

(+ 3 documentary maker)* Modules ceramic skin and evapotranspiration


A6.1 (05/09)

Deposits and systems ring connecti





A6.2 (05/09)






Patio’s roof placement 4(worker) + 5(decathletes) +

1(carrier) + 1(signals) + 1(coordinator)

A7.1 (06/09)

Systems connections 4(worker) + 5(decathletes) +


Patio’s floor / ramps finish


A7.2 (06/09)

Systems connections 4(worker) + 5(decathletes) +

1(coordinator) A7.2: 10 team members (+ 3 documentary maker)*

Patio’s floor / ramps finish


Patio’s vertical enclosure 4(worker) + 5(decathletes) +

1(coordinator)

647

A8.1 (07/09)

Control tests 4(worker) + 5(decathletes) +

1(coordinator)


HVAC. Ciatesa 4(worker) + 5(decathletes) +

1(coordinator) Evaporative cooling. Breezair


Site cleaning 4 (worker) + 5(decathletes) +

1(coordinator)

Water supply systems 4(worker) + 5(decathletes) +

1(coordinator)

Solar thermal systems 4(worker) + 5(decathletes) +

1(coordinator)

Patio´s finish floor 4(worker) + 5(decathletes) +

1(coordinator) Containers removal & site cleaning


A8.2 (07/09)

Patio’s finish floor 4(worker) + 1(carrier) +

5(decathletes) + 1(coordinator) A8.2: 10 team members (+ 3 documentary maker)*

A9.1 (08/09)

Tests: Automation system

5(decathletes) + 1(coordinator) + 3(professor) + 1(worker)

A9.1: 10 team members Tests: Photovoltaic solar system


A9.2 (08/09)

Tests: Air conditioning system


A9.2: 10 team members

Tests: Ventilation system 5(decathletes) + 1(coordinator) +

3(professor) + 1(worker)

A10.1 (09/09)

Tests: Solar system 5(decathletes) + 1(coordinator) +

3(professor) + 1(worker) A10.1: 10 team members

Tests: Water supply system


A10.2 (09/09)

Tests: Air conditioning system


A10.2: 10 team members Tests: Water diposal and treatment system


A11.1 (10/09)

Tests: Home electronics 5(decathletes) + 1(coordinator) +

3(professor) + 1(worker)

A11.1: 10 team members Tests: Lighting system


Test: Background music system


Contests 5(decathletes) + 1(coordinator) +

3(professor) + 1(worker) A11.2

(10/09) Contests


A11.2: 10 team members

648

A12.1 (11/09)


3(professor) + 1(worker) A12.1: 10 team members (+ 3 documentary maker)* When “photograph”: - 50 Decathletes - 19 Professors - 2 Coordinators (3 documentary maker)*

Tests: General tests 5(decathletes) + 1(coordinator) +

3(professor) + 1(worker) Fencing removal and site cleaning

5(decathletes) + 1(carrier) + 1(coordinator) + 1(worker)

Exterior carpet and equipment

5(decathletes) + 1(coordinator) + 1(worker)

Andalucia Team photograph

All the teams members

A12.2 (11/09)


3(professor) + 1(worker) A12.2: 10 team members (+ 3 documentary maker)* When “photograph”: - 50 Decathletes - 19 Professors - 2 Coordinators (+ 3 documentary maker)*

Andalucia team photograph

All the teams members

A13.1 (12/09)

Cleaning 5(decathletes) + 1(coordinator) +

1(worker) A13.1: 10 team members (+ 3 documentary maker)*

Preparing the prototype 5(decathletes) + 1(coordinator) +

1(worker) A13.2

(12/09) Preparing the prototype

5(decathletes) + 1(coordinator) + 1(worker)


C1.1 until C17.1

(14-30/09)

Maintenance 2(worker) + 7(decathletes for tests) +

1(coordinator) C1/17.1 (MAINTENANCE): 10 team members

Exposition 7(decathletes) + 1(coordinator) C1/17.1 (EXPOSITION): 8 team members

C1.2 until C17.2

(14-30/09) Exposition 7(decathletes) + 1(coordinator)

C1/17.2 (EXPOSITION): 8 team members

D1.1 (01/10)

Site perimeter fencing 8(worker) + 1(carrier) +

5(decathletes) + 1(coordinator)

D1.1: 15 team members Health and safety measures


Exterior and interior equipment


D1.2 (01/10)

Health and safety measures

8(worker) + 1(carrier) + 5(decathletes) + 1(coordinator)

D1.2: 15 team members

Exterior and interior equipment

8(worker) + 1(carrier) + 5(decathletes) + 1(coordinator)

Pools 8(worker) + 1(carrier) +


Ramps 8(worker) + 1(carrier) +


649

D2.1 (02/10)

Patio’s floor (finish and base)


D2.1: 15 team members Patio’s floor bearing structure


System ring 8(worker) + 5(decathletes) +

1(coordinator)

D2.2 (02/10)

System ring 8(worker) + 5(decathletes) +

1(coordinator) D2.2: 15 team members

Deposits 8(worker) + 1(carrier) +


D3.1 (02/10)

Systems 8(worker) + 5(decathletes) +


D3.2 (03/10)

Systems 8(worker) + 5(decathletes) +


Patio’s roof 8(worker/orientation) + 1(carrier) + 1(crane operator) + 5(decathletes) +

1(coordinator)

D4.e (04/10)

Living modules and fencings

8(worker/orientation) + 1(carrier) + 1(crane operator) + 5(decathletes) +

1(coordinator) D4.e: 16 team members

(*) In addition to the team members for the construction we forecast:

- Documentary makers: for every shift during assembly. They will be 1 camera operator, 1 camera assistant and 1 photographer. They will be only sporadically so their hours don’t count for the working dais calculation

- Possible visits: only in morning shifts during assembly. The visits will be professors or sponsors. They will be only sporadically so their hours don’t count for the working dais calculation

Both figures will be informed about the risks and preventive procedures to take into consideration during their stay or visit previously. They will wear the minimum PPE stipu-lated.

9.5.2. OVERLAPS AND INCOMPATIBILITIES IN THE CONSTRUCTION

In order to see the overlapping tasks in time see point “4.9. Planned activities”.

Tasks belonging to others, not to the team:

These tasks related to visits, work carried out by other teams, work carried out for those activities in the Competition that might affect the safety of the team Patio 2.12 will be taken into account as they appear.

The following will be respected in any case:

-Signaling or warning in any point of Villa Solar

-Location rules of the Competition

650

-Work carried out near our plot or in any area of Villa Solar.

Tasks that cannot be carried out simultaneously:

-Movement of suspended tasks over workers carrying out other tasks.

-Works on higher levels above workers carrying out other tasks.

-Tasks that require electricity while works for the restoration or maintenance of the aux-iliary electricity system are being carried out.

-Restoration or maintenance tasks of any element connected to the power supply or that might be switched on (in case of having batteries).

-Watering tasks while works for the restoration or maintenance of the auxiliary electricity system are being carried out.

-No task can be carried out near the location of the glazed vertical enclosure.

9.5.3. NUMBER OF WORKERS TAKING PART IN THE CONSTRUCTION

In the nex table are represented the team members of the every working teams accord-ing the stages (assembly, exposition and disassembly)

COORDINATORS (30th of Aug. / 03rd of Oct.) Name ID TEAM Rodrigo Morillo-Velarde Santos 28.642.922 X 2 Luz Baco Castro 47.201.981 R 1

DECATHLETES (30th of Aug. / 16th of Sep.)

Name ID City TEAM

1 José Luis Castillo Ramos 30.236.784H SEVILLA 1

2 Konstantino Tousidonis Rial 75.766.839 D SEVILLA 2

3 Paula de Ugarte Candil 28.826.417 B SEVILLA 1

4 Ezequiel Rodríguez Barranco 44.597.242 N MÁLAGA 1

5 Alberto Montiel Lozano 74.943.364 A MÁLAGA 2

6 Carmen Díaz Sánchez 74.946.753 B MÁLAGA 2

7 David Ramírez Martín 30.986.644 D DAVID 2

8 Carmen Vázquez Moreno 45.316.356 P GRANADA 1

9 Juan Bermúdez Linares 26.250. 517 L GRANADA 2

10 Beatriz García Domingo 77.354.955K JAÉN 2

11 Miguel Torres Ramírez 26.242.877 S JAÉN 1

12 Laura Pozo Moreno 75.168.975 F JAÉN 2

13 Miguel López Aránega 77.365.043 N JAÉN 1

651

DECATHLETES (16th of Sep. / 23th of Sep.)

Name ID City TEAM



3 Adrián Caballero Zambrano 49.039.787 S SEVILLA 1

4 Alberto Cortés Vaz 71.224.961 X SEVILLA 2

5 Antonio José Serrano Jiménez 15.453.154 Y SEVILLA 1

6 Francisco Jesús Lizana Moral 53.594.545 Z SEVILLA 2

7 Paula Márquez Cortés 74.945.209 P MÁLAGA 1

8 Alberto Aguilar Vázquez 76.425.958 V MÁLAGA 1

9 Francisco Javier Pavón Fernández

74.835.039 P MÁLAGA 1

10 Rubén Pérez Belmonte 74.941.301 X MÁLAGA 1

11 Juan Bermúdez Linares 26.250. 517 L GRANADA 1

12 Juan José Rodríguez García 45.599.273 W GRANADA 2

13 José Carlos Chamorro Cerón 77.347.367 T GRANADA 2


15 Miguel López Aránega 77.365.043 N JAÉN 1

16 Miguel Cabrera Eisman 77.343.073 F JAÉN 1

17 Rosa Rubio Jiménez 53.330.239 R JAÉN 2

DECATHLETES (23th of Sep. / 03rd of Oct.)

Name ID City TEAM



3 Manuel Fernández Expósito 45.739.599 M SEVILLA 1

4 Elena Misa Borrego 30.223.137 X SEVILLA 1

5 María González Oyonarte 28.831.988 Q SEVILLA 1

6 Alfonso Guajardo Fajardo 28.828.917 G SEVILLA 2

7 Paula Márquez Cortés 74.945.209 P MÁLAGA 1

8 Alberto Aguilar Vázquez 76.425.958 V MÁLAGA 1

9 Francisco Javier Pavón Fernández

74.835.039 P MÁLAGA 2

10 Rubén Pérez Belmonte 74.941.301 X MÁLAGA 1

11 Juan Bermúdez Linares

26.250. 517 L GRANADA 1

12 Juan José Rodríguez García 45.599.273 W GRANADA 2

13 José Carlos Chamorro Cerón 77.347.367 T GRANADA 2


15 Álvaro Cabrerizo Martínez 77.338.756 Z JAÉN 1

16 Miguel Cabrera Eisman 77.343.073 F JAÉN 2

17 Rosa Rubio Jiménez 53.330.239 R JAÉN 2

*There will be “Auxiliary decathletes”. They will be on site only sporadically (some hours, some days) when their presence will be necesary. So their hours do not count for the journeys calculation. In spite of they must will carry out with the same conditions about Health and safety that every team member.

652

Health and safety team members:

*University degree of the Health and safety Team Coordinator: Construction engineer and Senior Health and Safety Technician.

Shift characteristics:

SHIFT CALENDAR: In the next calendar are three represents abbreviations:

- First abbreviation: T=Shift

- Second abbreviation: number of the day inside of each process (Assembly, Competi-tion (maintenance and exposition), Disassembly)

- Third abbreviation: shift kind: 1=morning, 2=evening, e=night (special)

653

TEAMS CALENDAR DURING ASSEMBLY, COMPETITION AND DISASSEMBLY

CALCULATION OF COORDINATORS AND DECATHLETES JOURNEYS

Assembly:

26 journeys * (1 Coord. + 5 Decath.) + 8 journeys * 3 Profess. = 180 journeys

Competition:

34 journeys * (1 Coord. + 7 Decath) = 272 journeys

Disassembly:

7 journeys * (1 Coord. + 5 Decath.) = 42 journeys

TOTAL: 180 + 272 + 42 = 494 journeys

CALCULATION OF OTHER WORKERS JOURNEYS

Assembly:

(9journeys * 1 members) + (2Journeys * 2 members) + (1Journeys * 3 members) + (10Journeys * 4 members) + (2Journeys * 5 members) + (1Journeys * 6 members) + (1Journeys * 9 members) =

= 81 journeys

654

Competition:

17 journeys * 2 members = 34 journeys

Disassembly:

(4 journeys * 9 members) + (3 Journeys * 10 members) = 66 journeys

TOTAL: 81 journeys + 34 journeys + 66 journeys = 181 journeys

CALCULATION OF THE TOTAL NUMBER OF JOURNEYS TO BE DONE

Total (Coordinators and decathletes) 494 + Total (Other workers) 181 = 675 journeys

TOTAL = 675 JOURNEYS TO BE DONE

*Documentary makers and visits will be on site only sporadically (some hours, some days). So their hours do not count for the journeys calculation. In spite of they must will carry out with the same conditions about Health and safety that every team member

*The auxiliary decathletes will be on site only sporadically (some hours, some days). So their hours do not count for the journeys calculation. In spite of they must will carry out with the same conditions about Health and safety that every team member

9.5.4. CONTRACTING PLANNED

List of the Enterprise and workers contracted for participate in the assembly, maintenance, exposition and/or disassembly of the prototype Patio 2.12:

Enterprise Worker (Documentary maker) Ferrovial (Assembly and disassembly) Pedro de Ugarte (Camera operator)

Ciatesa (Assembly) (Camera assistant) Aranequi (Assembly) (Photographer) Breezair (Assembly)

Plomyplas (Assembly) Andel (Assembly)

Iridium(Assembly and disassembly) Intelec (Assembly)

9.6. CRITICAL WORK PHASES FOR LABOR RISKS PREVENTION

Each of the stages described in the project has its specific risks, as it is explained in item 9.7. of this document. The following tasks, stages or situation are considered the most critical in labor risk prevention:

1.Unfamiliar environment and excess of confidence. It affects each worker or visitor of the building work.

2.Movement of suspended loads through the use of cranes.

655

3.Process of the disposal of the housing modules struts and their location at their final positions.

4.Placing of the courtyard cover. These tasks will take place on individual lift platform.

5.Patio´s envelope placement. Great dimensions glazing.

6.Execution of the last tasks related to the final effect of the building work

7.Possible later maintenance work on the roof

9.7. RISKS IDENTIFICATION AND EFFICACY EVALUATION OF THE ADOPTED PROTECTIONS:

9.7.1. LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF THE AREAS WHERE THE WORKS INVOL-VING SPECIAL RISKS WILL BE DEVELOPED:

Development of item 9.6. of this doocument:

1.Unfamiliar environment and excess of confidence. It affects each worker or visitor of the building work (Drawing: HS 002, HS 003, HS 004, HS 005 and HS 006)

¿When? ¿Where?

- The beginning of the building work - Casual visits or the arrival to the workplace of new workers - Provisional departures of personnel, who are confident that the building work has not changed when they come back

Preventive measures

Information that the Operation Coordinator and Health and Safety Coordinator must provide to the workers, visitors or entrepreneurs, as it as it is announced at the Royal Decree 171/2004 in relation to the Coordination of entrepreneurial activities (Business activities coordination)

2.Movement of suspended loads through the use of cranes. (Drawing: HS 003, HS 004, HS 005 and HS 006)

¿When? ¿Where?

- The crane is working - Around the crane and underneath the crane’s working radius

Preventive measures

- Sidestepping the area underneath the crane’s working radius, avoiding at any time working underneath suspended loads - Restricted access - Always qualified workers those carrying out tasks - Having a qualified worker dedicated exclusively to signalling to crane - Posting the needed signals in the area - Working under safe procedures previously studied

3.Process of the disposal of the housing modules struts and their location at their final positions.(Drawing: HS 004) (Drawins/Sketches: HS 008)

656

¿When? ¿Where?

- Task: underpinning and location of housing modules - Around the crane and underneath the crane’s working radius

Preventive measures

- Sidestepping the area underneath the crane’s working radius, avoiding at any time working underneath suspended loads - Restricted access - Always qualified workers those carrying out tasks - Having a qualified worker dedicated exclusively to signalling to crane - Posting the needed signals in the area - Working under safe procedures previously studied - Assuring an adequate lighting level for delicate tasks

4.Placing of the courtyard cover. These tasks will take place on individual lift platform.(Drawing: HS 005) (Drawins/Sketches: HS 009)

¿When? ¿Where?

- Task: execution of courtyard cover - Around and underneath the task - Around the crane and underneath the crane’s working radius

Preventive measures

- Sidestepping the area underneath the crane’s working radius, avoiding at any time working underneath suspended loads - Avoiding at any time workings underneath the task - Restricted access - Always qualified workers those carrying out tasks - Having a qualified worker dedicated exclusively to signalling to crane - Posting the needed signals in the area - Working under safe procedures previously studied - Assuring an adequate lighting level for delicate tasks - The lift platform worker should know and use the safety procedures detailed in item 9.11 of this document

5.Patio´s envelope placement. Great dimensions glazing. (Drawing: HS 006)

¿When? ¿Where?

- Task: installing patio’s envelope (glazing) - Locate and transport of glazing - Around the task

Preventive measures

- Use of suction pads for their handling and transport - No others working around it - Always qualified workers those carrying out tasks - Posting the needed signals in the area - Working under safe procedures previously studied - Assuring an adequate lighting level for delicate tasks

6.Execution of the last tasks related to the final effect of the building work (Drawing: HS 006)

657

¿When? ¿Where?

- Final assembly works or final disassembly works (rush, nerves, anxiety, etc.)

Preventive measures

- Task which entail electric risks may require more attention - Keeping all team members patient and knowing that prevention it the principle to be applied at all the time

7.Possible later works/maintenance work on the roof. (Drawins/Sketches: HS 010)

¿When? ¿Where?

- Task: possible later works/maintenance on the roof - Around and underneath the task

Preventive measures

- Avoiding at any time workings underneath the task - Always qualified workers those carrying out tasks - Posting the needed signals in the area - Working under safe procedures previously studied - Assuring an adequate lighting level for delicate tasks - Use life line

*Restrictec access:

- Control of the workers inside the lot

- Signalling the works and use signalling cones around the task and around the lot ac-cess

*Assuring an adequate lighting level:

- Using lighting tower and auxiliary lighting

- 200- 500 LUX

9.7.2. RISKS IDENTIFICATION AND EFFICIENCY EVALUATION OF THE ADOPTED PROTECTIONS:

The risks identified for every activity are indicated in the first column of the risk’s evalua-tion tables included in items “9.Appendix.1” and “9.Apendix.2” of this document.

The protections adopted to resolve every risk are also indicated in the same tables. The efficiency of these protections allows us conclude that the qualification of the risk with the applied prevention is trivial or tolerable in all cases. The author of this document considers that this demonstrates that the risks are correctly resolved

9.8. COLLECTIVE PROTECTIONS TO USE:

658

The collective protection equipment will comply with the current regulations, and will fulfill the following requisites:

Fall from heights: areas with height equal or higher than 2m will haveprotection equip-ment against falls, in the case of the prototype Patio 2.12 there will be anchorage points in the roofs of each living module.

Electric contacts: (see point 4.17) regardless of the personal protection equipment, the insulation measures of the conductions, switches, transformers, and in general all the electric systems, magneto thermic relays, automatic differential circuit breakers or any other device will be installed, depending on each situation, so that in case any alteration in the electric system, they will cut the electric supply. Every socket will be protected with differentials of highest sensibility of 0.03 A (section 4.2 of the ITC-BT 33 in the R.D. 842/2002, Low Tension Regulations). Transformers will be used for safety with 24 V and supply lines for tools and manual lamps when working in areas with high levels of hu-midity.

Suspended loads falls: the hooks on the elevation mechanisms will have a safety lock.

Safety devices for machinery: will be kept in correct state of work, revising its state in periodically.

Site cleaning: it is considered a collective protection measure of high efficacy.

Perimeter and protection fences: will have a minimum height of 90 cm, will be metallic and with supports in order to maintain their stability.

Fire extinguishers: there will be different types, depending on the fire to be extinguished, and their content will be revised at least during the year, and will have to show the re stamp from the Industry Ministry, dated at least in the five previous years.

Collective protection equipment in dangerous areas: limitation of the circulation of ve-hicles, etc.

Collective protection equipment when working with machinery: no vehicle will be over loaded or will carry an uneven load, every machinery will have an acoustic device when reversing, visible plates where the size and maximum load, etc. will be shown. A fre-quent revision of the breaking devices and emergency stops is recommended.

COLECTIVE PROTECTION TO USE:

•Scaffolding.

•Metallic fence around the perimeter of the area.

•Light plastic fence.

•Life lines for harnesses and safety belts (for maintenance tasks).

•Fire extinguisher (next to the power generator or transformer and first aid kit).

•General earthing installation of the site

•Prototype and building work earthings

659

•Auxiliary cords for the safety load orientation.

•Differential current circuit breaker 30mA.

•Safety slings.

•Signposting (cones, panels, etc.)

SIGNPOSTING OF THE LABOR RISKS:

The risk signaling will be carried out complying with the RD 485/1997 that establishes the minimum regulations for health and safety signaling for working areas. We unders-tand the site is a working area.

By no means should the signals be used as a substitution for technical means, collecti-ve protection, training or information.

Take into account:

•Adequate selection of the type, number and location of the signals.

•The signals efficacy will not diminish with its concurrence.

•It will be present whenever the situation motivating it persists.

•They will be cleaned, maintained and verified usually.

Signaling characteristics:

•Resistant material to knocks, water and possible environment aggressions.

•Adequate dimensions and calorimetrical and photometrical characteristics to guaran-tee its visibility and comprehension.

•Must be installed at the correct height and angles.

•Must be installed in locations with the correct illumination, accessible and visible.

•Do not install many signals close to each other.

SIGPOSTING TO USE:

Prohibition:

No access for unauthorized persons (In access)

Non-smoking area. (In access)

No access for pedestrian. (In access)

Warnings:

Suspended load. (In access)

660

Electric shock risk. (In site Access and next to the power generator/transformer).

General/overall danger. (In access)

Risk of tripping. (In access)

Falling objects. (In access)

Obligation:

Obligatory head protection. (in access)

Obligatory foot protection. (in access)

Obligatory eyesight protection. (in access)

Obligatory hearing protection. (in access)

Obligatory hands protection. (in access)

Obligatory face protection. (in access)

Fire-fighting:

Fire extinguisher. (near the fire extinguisher)

First aids:

Rescue and relief operations (in the internal perimeter of the lot)

Guideline to follow in a case of emergency. (inside the lot, near the first aids bag)

First aids. (near the first aids bag)

Others:

STOP. (In the vehicles access/exit on site).

Maximum speed 20 km/h. (In the vehicles access/exit on site).

Orange signaling cones. (In tasks signaled on plans).

Light marker. (Next to the cones, if working from the sunset to the sunrise).

9.9. INDIVIDUAL PROTECTION RESOURCES TO USE AND SIGNPOSTING:

The personal protection equipment (PPE) will comply with the RD 773/1997, from May 30th, that establishes the minimum measures relating to the workers´ use of the perso-nal protection equipment, the criteria definition for its use, and the conditions, use and maintenance that must comply with.

The RD 1407/1992, from November 20th will also be complied with, where the marketing and free circulation inside the EU of the personal protection equipment are regulated.

Aspects to be taken care of from a PPE:

661

•Demand the CE marking.

•Demand the instructions manual.

•Train and inform the worker following those instructions.

•Follow those instructions.

•Keep up with the maintenance, cleaning and repairing it without losing or changing its initial safety characteristics.

PPE TO USE

MINIMUM FOR EACH PERSON: (Drawins/Sketches: HS 006)

PVC calf-half safety boots, with electricity insulator, reinforced toe cap and inso les, which provide protection against sharp objects.

Safety helmets against blow.

High visibility reflective vest.

Gloves made with split leather and canvas

Protective glasses in cases of powder or discharges.

Work clothes (tight and with adjusted grips)

DEPENDING ON THE TASKS:

Harness and fixing tape of the harness (maintenance works)

Tool belt.

Protective girdle in cases of excess load.

Safety screen for the face, secure to the helmet or to the skull.

Mesh gloves.

Safety leather apron.

Paper dust mask.

Work cloth made of cotton.

Hearing protectors.

Insolating gloves for low voltage (until 1000 volts).

Safety helmets against electric shocks.

Waterproof cotton canvas gloves made of synthetic plastic material (in cases of working with water cooling cutting machinery).

Waterproof apron, made of PVC (in cases of working with water cooling cutting machinery).

662

Kneepads for tile fixers or other workers who need to make their jobs to their knees.

Etc.

It must be kept in mind that Decathletes only perform coordination, cleaning and orga-nizing activities, therefore they will need only the minimum PPE. The rest of the workers must carry the adequate PPE in relationship to their tasks, being this administered by the company to which they belong.

See 9.Appendix.4 of this document.

9.10. SAFE WORKING PROCEDURES OF EVERY EMPLOYER

This chapter is referred to in the section “Preventive proceedings” in some of the risk iden-tification tables in the annexes 1 and 2 of this document.

SAFE PROCEEDINGS DEPENDING ON TASKS

The next safe proceedings are complemented are complemented the Risk Identifi-cations Tables of the 9.Appendix.1 of this document

Carriers: Table 16

- Moreover see the last section of this point corresponding to Preventive Pro-cedures for Everyone .

- Before starting the maneuvers of loading and unloading, the hand break of the cab should be installed, as well as wedges on the wheels to immobilize them.

- The rise and descent of the boxes from the trucks will be carried out with metallic ladders with anti-slippery treatment.

- All the maneuvers of loading and unloading will be orchestrated by a specialist.

- The loading and unloading on a sloped plane will be operated form the cab by at least two operators with a descent rope. On the final area of the plane will never be people.

- The maximum height for loose materials will not exceed the ideal slope of 5% and will be covered with a canvas in order to prevent falls.

- The loads will be installed on the boxes uniformly, compensating the weights.

- The movements will be guided by a person signaling dedicated specifically to it (especially when reversing, entries or exits).

- All signals and traffic and site rules will be complied with. The specifications of each vehicle must be kept in mind.

- The trucks will carry the following equipment: first-aid kit, fire extinguisher with car-bonic snow or halogenated components with a minimum capacity of 5kg, essential tools to

663

repair while on the road, spare lamps, blinkers, reflectors, etc.

- Above this, everyone should comply with the safety proceedings that affect to all participants.

Crane operator: Table 17


- Will have to previously know the task and the working process to be carried on and will need permission to begin.

- Needs good visual communication with the person signaling at any time and follow its instructions.

- Do not work perched on the crane´s cabin. Always work from its work spot.

- Do not handle loads above other workers.

- Do not work with the crane in case of breakdown or anomalies.

- Do not manipulate the buttons, electrical system or any other element of the crane while connected. Disconnect from the electric panel and signal it in order to prevent ac-cidental reconnection.

- Do not leave suspended loads on the crane when works are finished.

- Do not raise loads that weight more or equal to the limit stated by the manufacturer.

- Check and use only raising elements in correct conditions.


Forklift operator: Table 18


- Will need the adequate knowledge and authorization. Will have to know the techni-cal specifications of the forklift.

- Check prior to begin working: tires, oil level, oil leaks, water, gas, antifreeze, breaks, clutch, lights, lighting, fire extinguisher, pitchfork operation, slope and elevation systems.

- Before moving check if there is no person or obstacles around. Keep safety dis-tance.

- Do not turn, break or accelerate sharply.

- Load transportation: pick it up and raise it 15cm. above ground. Circulate with the mast sloped at its maximum.

664

- Unload: place the forklift in front of the area and in the correct position, raise the load up to the height needed keeping the breaks on, move the forklift until the load is locat-ed above the designated area for unloading, situate the pitchfork in a horizontal position, unload the load, and back away slowly.

- Try to move forward if there is enough visibility, if the load does not allow it, the cir-culation must be carried out in reverse.

- Never circulate with the pitchfork raised.

- Do not circulate with any parts of the body outside the cabin.

- Do not exit the forklift while moving. Do not exit the forklift jumping, use the running board.

- Use the seat belts and follow the site and traffic signals.

- Do not transport people on the forklift. Do not race.

- Do not circulate over unprotected cables, do not manipulate or repair any of the forklift systems while in motion or when not having the knowledge or authorization to do so.

- When leaving the forklift: leave it in a correct area, with the hand break on, take away the contact keys, and always leave with the forklift in the lowest position possible.


Electrician: Table 19


- Will need the knowledge and authorization to perform its tasks.

- Whenever possible, will have to perform its electrical tasks without any voltage. The works carried under voltage will only be done following proceedings that will guarantee that the qualified worker will not contact accidentally any other element with a voltage different than theirs.

- Mandatory use of dielectric tools.

- Do not work on inferior planes when works are carried out on higher planes.

- The disconnection of a manual electric tool will be done by pulling on the plug, not the cable.

- Before starting to work, inform the workers affected by the systems on which work will be carried on.

- Signal the works and beacon if necessary the current activation elements to avoid an accidental activation of it.

- Do not work in the open if adverse weather.

665

- When finishing the repairs the protections that might have been taken out will be replaced and the service of the electric system will not be reestablished until there is com-plete confidence that no one else is working and that there is no risk at all.

- Carry out the electric system, both fixed and for site, with the protective devices specified in the new electro technical regulation for low voltage and by an authorized in-staller that will guarantee safety and adequacy to the regulation.

- Install the electric panels on site complying with the rule UNE.EN 60.439-4 provided with the CE marking, locating them on areas closed and protected from humidity and guar-anteeing the level of protection, cable protections, current plugs and elements in the open.

- Electric panels with the CE marking and watertight will be on site. These will have four pole circuit breakers, protection devices against overvoltage and indirect electric con-tacts, earthing connection, connection plugs protected with differential circuit breakers of 30 mA and enclosures and plugs in the open with a protection level of at least IP45.

- Use machinery connected electrically to the earthing rod and portable electric tools with double insulation.

- Protect the system or electric elements avoiding the circulation of machinery above hoses, tripping over them and falling from the same height. (Check periodically).


Plumber: Table 20


- The machinery used complies with the safety regulations (CE marking and those stated in the use instructions). These have protective devices, safe handles, and safety switches.

- Carry out cleaning, maintenance, etc. tasks of its own machinery only when it is turned off and disconnected.


- Work on stable and dry areas (when possible).

- Make sure the ladder is stable. Go up and down from it facing the steps and with both hands free of tools or material.

- Check daily the correct state of the systems and tools.

- Do not use wet electrical tools or with wet hands or feet.

- The lighting of the plumbing shifts will be at least 100 lux measured over the work-ing area.


666

Assembly worker, timber: Table 21


- Load and unload of the material in a safe and stable way in the designated areas.

- Do not swing loads to reach them for unloading in inaccessible areas.

- Place materials and install them in an organized way without standing in the way of others, close to the assembly area.




Assembly worker, ceramic: Table 22





- Do not start the works on the scaffold without checking first that the collective pro-tection equipment has been installed and that it is in correct state and stabilized.


- Do not put body parts outside the collective protection equipment of the scaffold (do not lean over to communicate, reach for material on lower levels, …)




Assembly worker, glazing: Table 23


667



- Transport glazing with more than one worker or through the use of suction pads or forklifts.

- Assembly glazing by holding them through the complete process with suction pads.



- No glazing works will be carried out if winds are higher than 50 km/h.


Assembly worker, metallic structures: Table 24





- The worker will have to know and comply with the safe working procedures on indi-vidual elevating platforms.

- Good visual communication between the PEMP and signaling worker, and between the signaling worker and the crane operator.


- Do not work underneath the crane´s field of action.

- Orient suspended loads with the use of ropes.



- No metallic structural workswhen hanged from the crane will be carried out if winds are higher than 50 km/h.


668

Signaling worker: Table 25


- The signaling worker must have good sight, good auditory level, be calm, respon-sible and constantly alert.

- Must always look towards traffic.

- Never leave its spot before having been replaced, informing the receptor of the signals.

- Always in safe and visible areas.

- Will be easily recognizable and will have the adequate knowledge.


Gardener: Table 26








- Know all the possible systems located underneath the ground, or in the site surface that might affect its work.

- Make sure its tasks will not interfere negatively with the electric system, or any other tools or element connected to it.

- Pay special attention in case of watering or excavation.


Coordinators and decathletes: Table 27

669


- Be recognizable.

- Obey like any other worker the signals, rules, planning, etc.

- Be aware of the activities that will be developed at each turn.

- Be aware of the variations that have arisen on site since the last visit.

- Have a collaborating character, do not hassle the rest of the workers and be avail-able at any moment for any consultation.

- Make sure the Health and Safety plan is followed, as well as the safety measures (individual, collective and signaling), safe working proceedings, etc.


EVERYONE:

- Respect signaling and instructions.

- Avoid the elevation and handling of loads that will exceed the established limits.

- Always follow the instructions when raising, transporting, elevating and placing ele-ments.

- Use of the mechanical equipment, when possible, when handling loads.

- Check the bindings and stability of the elements installed/placed before dropping them.

- Temporarily stop the raising and placing of elements with the crane when the wind´s velocity is higher than 50 km/h.

- Adopt correct postures and carry out an adequate load handling according to the ergonomics principles. (HS 011)

- Locate outside of the field of action of suspended loads and never stay underneath areas with work being carried out on higher levels.

- Do no run or move without visibility (rain, dust, reflection, …)

- Do not stay on unstable or slippery areas. Pay special attention to the material/tools/etc. scattered on site (promote order and cleanliness) and to those areas that being stable and not slippery, can become unstable and slippery due to sudden reasons (rain, watering, dirt, sand, …)

- Do not pass tools, machinery, materials, etc. through the air, balancing it… or when working.

- Warn a direct responsible of any irregularity or risk that it might happen.

670

9.11. MACHINERY AND AUXILIARY RESOURCES

Of the auxiliary means, machinery and equipment.

It is responsibility of the contractor to make sure all the equipment, auxiliary means and machinery employed in site comply with the current regulations.

1. The partial assembly of the auxiliary means, machinery and equipment is for bidden: in other words, omitting the use of one or some of the component inclu ded in equipment for its correct functioning.

2. The use, assembly and conservation of the auxiliary means, machinery and equipment, will be carried out following strictly the assembly conditions and its safe use, explained in the use manual supplied by the manufacturer. Therefo re, and in those circumstances in which safety might depend in the installing condi tions, the auxiliary means, machinery and equipment will be initially checked before its first use, and again after each assembly in different locations.

3. All the auxiliary means, machinery and equipment to be used on site will have their own safety devices incorporated when so specified by the current legislation. No auxiliary means, machinery or equipment that does not comply with this is allowed on site.

4. If auxiliary means, machinery and equipment with the CE marking can be found on the market, the contractor must keep them in mind and include them when presenting the offer for the work execution, because these are safer than those without the marking.

5. The contractor will adopt the necessary measures to make sure that the auxi liary means, machinery and equipment to be used on site are the adequate for the tasks carried out and conveniently adapted to it, in order to guarantee the health and safety of the workers on site. The ergonomics principles will be kept in mind, especially when designing the working spots and the workers position when using the auxiliary means, machinery and equipment.

PREVENTION PROCEEDINGS: auxiliary means and tools

* The following prevention proceedings will complement the risks identification charts found in the 9.Annex.1 of this document.

Wheelbarrow. Table 28.

- Do not transport people, do not use as a scooter.

- Load is in a stable way.

- If the load to be transported is excessive, ask for help. Do not over load it.

- Do not run, slow down and be careful with corners and intersections. Always circulate with visibility.

- When transporting a heavy load, keep the back vertical, raise it with flexed knees.

671

- When going down a ramp, never be in front of the wheelbarrow.

- Avoid using the wheelbarrow with wet or greasy hand, mandatory use of gloves.

Ladder (RD 486/1997). Table 29.

- Must comply with all the current legislations.

- Maintenance in good shape.

- Do not abandon it in inappropriate places.

- Folding ladder with safety element that will avoid its opening when being used.

- Use complying with the limitations established by the manufacturer. Do not im-provise ladder with planks or other objects.

- Do not use the ladder for any other means than those designed for.

- Transport it with the help of another worker (if it is too heavy), do it with visibility and with special attention to corners and intersections.

- Before using the ladder make sure it is stable, in case of simple ladders, if the support is not stable, it will need to be held to the wall in its higher area (brazing).

- Simple ladders: place them creating an angle of approximately 75º with the ho-rizontal. When used to access elevated areas, its higher poles will extend at least 1m higher than the area level.

- Going up and down the ladder must be done facing the steps. The tasks carried out at 3,5m of height from the ground level that will require dangerous movements or efforts for the worker´s stability, will only be carried out with safety belt or other protec-tive measures.

- Do not go up or down the ladder with busy hands with tools or other elements.

- Check its adequate state periodically. The use of painted ladders is strictly for-bidden.

- Manipulate following its instructions and only with the authorization of a compe-tent worker.

Lighting tower.Table 30.

- Locate it on a stable, leveled, clean and free of objects area. Never in path ways or underneath the field of action of suspended loads. Use the parking breaks if present.

- Do not use when adverse climate conditions: rain, heavy winds…

- Do not use in dusty, wet or humid areas.

- Do not wet the tower or manipulate it with wet hands or feet.

- Assembly and manipulate following the instructions and only with the authoriza-

672

tion of a competent worker.

Skips. Table 31.

- Do not overload them; do not go on them to press their content.

- Never go inside them nor climb into them.

- Do not locate near energy or flammable sources.

- Assembly and manipulate following the instructions and only with the authoriza-tion of a competent worker.

Safety slings (auxiliary for the crane) (NTP 221). Table 32.

- Adequate selection according to the loads and efforts it will undertake.

- Never exceed the working load of the slings, by knowing the weight of the loads to be raised, in case of doubt, the weight of the load will be estimated by excess.

- The angle between the straps will not exceed 90º. The cables of the slings will not work forming acute angles.

- Do not lean them over sharp edges without being specifically protected (butts).

- Before complete raising, slowly tense the sling and elevate the load 10 cm abo-ve the ground to make sure the tie and equilibrium is correct (do not touch the load or slings and stay at a distance during this process), in case of having to move one of the slings, lower the load and loosen in order to avoid rubbing.

- Keep in a dry, ventilated and free of corrosive or dusty materials area. Do not expose to direct sunlight or elevated temperatures.

- Never place in direct contact with the ground.

- Check before every task and regularly the correct state and integrity of each element.


Suction pads for glaze handling. Table 33.

- Do not use in dusty, wet or humid areas, etc… that will avoid its correct functio-ning.

- Do not manipulate glazing that will exceed the suction pads capacity.

- Do not transport glazing in adverse climate conditions.

- Do not remove suction pads until the glazing has been fixed to its final position.

673


Individual elevating platform (NTP 634).Table 34.

- Do not use if any anomaly is detected.

- Have exact knowledge of the working area, ground, electric lines, height restric-tion areas, etc…

- Approximation distance limit to the electric aerial lines: minimum 3m for voltages up to 66 kv, minimum 5m for voltages between 66 kv and 220 kv and at least 7m for voltages over 380 kv.

- Do not use in potentially explosive areas.

- Do not use when adverse climate conditions: rain, winds with speed higher than 55km/h…

- Work with correct lighting.

- Check its correct functioning before every use.

- Do not go up or down the platform when elevated. Do not climb through the structure or using stairs, planks, etc.

- Go up and down the platform in a frontal position, using the steps and handles on the machine. Do not jump down straight to the ground except in an emergency sce-nario.

- Close the door or protection bar once inside the machine.

- Circulate on well consolidated ground, dry, clean and free of obstacles, with good visibility, respect circulation rules. Keep safety distances.

- Do not go up or down curbs without ramps.

- Have correct knowledge and do not exceed the limits established by the manu-facturer (slope, maximum load, speed, …)

- Leave the platform in a folded position, turned off and with the breaks on.

- Protect cables if in path ways.


Building work tools (trowels, plumb lines, etc.). Table 35.

Wood work tools (chisel, burin, etc.). Table 36.

Manual tools (shovel, hammer, pincers,etc.). Table 37.

(NTP 391, 392 y 393)

674

- Correct selection of the tools depending on the task to be carried out.

- Maintenance in correct state. Do not use damaged tools.

- Dispose any tools with inadequate repairs: grips with pieces of wire, cables with connections, grips with adhesive tape, etc…

- Correct use depending on the task.

- Keep the tools in a safe place.

- Personalized assignment (when possible).

- Use of tools with wooden grips or other hard elements (fitted, solidly fixed, and never chipped).

- Do not place fingers between grips or between the tool and the material to be manipulated.

- Do not place the hand or lean the body over the piece being handled with the toold.

- Before carrying on a manual movement when using the tool, make sure that no part of the hand will hit any object.

- Do no overload the tools ´capacities.

- Do not connect one tool with another (unless they are designed to do so).

- In case of hitting nails, hold them by the head.

- When not using the tool, keep it in its case (if it has one), put the safety lock (if possible) and do not leave them on the ground.


Basket for hydraulic pastes or manual tools.Table 38.

- Do not overload it.

- Avoid excess loading and if necessary ask for help for its transportation.

- Leave it in stable areas and control its stability before leaving it. Avoid leaving it in path ways.

* The following prevention proceedings will complement the risks identification charts found in the 9.Annex.2 of this document.

Prefabricate ladder.Table 60

- See “Ladder (RD 486/1997). Table 29” of this item.

- This prefabricate ladder has been designed to execute the maintenance work

675

and possible repair works of the PV modules or the roof. Don’t use it for any other means than those designed for.

- Use it only for qualified workers

- Support it to the parapet without slope.

- When you will be in the top of the ladder, secure you to the “Initial anchorage point” of the roof, before start with the task.

PREVENTION PROCEEDINGS: machinery

* The following prevention proceedings will complement the risks identification charts found in the 9.Annex 1 of this document.

Transporttruck. Table 39.

- Respect site and circulation signals.

- Maintenance in correct state.

- Keep the hand break on while loading and unloading.

- Loading and unloading carried out at least by to specialized workers.

- Do not come down the cabin or leave the truck´s box by jumping straight to the ground.

- Transport and move loads in a stable way.

- Have correct knowledge and do not exceed the limits established by the manu-facturer and the current legislation.

- Do not move with people inside the truck’s box.

- Do not move with the doors open or during loading and unloading.

- Control the doors opening (block the doors in the open position during loading and unloading).

- Have enough knowledge on the materials to be loaded and unloaded prior to it in order to avoid risks.

- Control the approximation distance limit to electric lines.


Truck with crane for self-loading (NTP 868 and 869)Table 40.

- Have correct knowledge and do not exceed the limits established by the manu-facturer and the current legislation.

- Must comply with all the requirements of current legislation.

676


- Unfold symmetrically and rest the stabilizers on stable and horizontal areas (not over objects), far from slopes or not homogeneous grounds.

- Do not handle loads with people inside the truck´s box.

- Keep workers away from moving or articulated parts.

- Signal the action field, cordoning off the area and respecting the safety distan-ces.

- Handle the controls from the ground, never on the machine.

- Do not come down the cabin or leave the truck´s box by jumping straight to the ground.

- Transport and move loads in a stable way.

- Do not move with people inside the truck’s box.

- Control the approximation distance limit to the electric line and other elements that might prevent from moving.

- Have prior knowledge on the works.

- Have full visibility of the area in designated for works and get help form the sig-naling worker.

- Leave the vehicle with all its elements in the correct position and blocked.

- Do not circulate with the stabilizers unfolded or the crane unfolded or in any ina-dequate position and always blocked.

- Check the correct state of all the material to be used.


- See “safety slings”.

Propelled crane.Table 41.



- When the truck is in movement, the stabilizers and the crane must be folded.

- Park in a stable and homogeneous ground.

- Unfold symmetrically and rest the stabilizers on stable and horizontal areas (not over objects).

- Before handling loads, check the correct state of the supports, slings, etc… ve-rifying that the load does not exceed the maximum authorized weight.

677

- The crane´s hooks must be provided with safety locks, being placed in the co-rrect position before handling any load.

- If containers are used to transport loads, this will not exceed its edges.

- If palletized material should be raised without plastic enclosure, it will be banded or boxes will be used, in order to avoid falls.

- No worker must be located underneath the action field of the load.

- Signaling worker mandatory.

- The signaling worker, before giving signals, must make sure that the hook of the crane is located directly above the load, well centered and that every worker is outside of the action field of the load.

- Loads must be raised in equilibrium, firmly held, carrying out movements in a smooth and continuous way, avoiding balancing.

- No maneuvers will be undertaken when there is not enough visibility (fog, mist, etc.) or in case of storms.

- When assembling pieces, these will not be released until perfectly assured.

- When necessary, to control the load, ropes will be used for its orientation.

- For those works that have to be carried out near areas with voltages, safety dis-tances will be respected, and by no means any pilot-guide or any other person will be in contact with the machine or vehicle.

- Signal the action field, cordoning off the area avoiding the approximation of wor-kers to the mobile or articulated parts of the crane. Also, control the access to site.


- See “safety slings”.

Thermal elevating platform (NTP 713, 714 and 715).Table 42.



- Before handling loads, verify it does not exceed the maximum authorized weight and that its base is resistant and correctly held.

- Check that the loads are centered correctly on the pitchfork.

- If containers are used to transport loads, this will not exceed its edges.

- To pick up or deposit loads, the machine will always be positioned perpendicu-larly to the load or deposit area, never diagonally.

- When moving, sharp movements will be avoided, as well as circulating on slo-

678

pes higher than those specified by the manufacturer.

- The driver during maneuvers will not leave his body outside the protection of the cabin, using the seatbelt. He will not go down the cabin by jumping straight to the ground; he will use the steps and handles on the equipment.

- The circulation of the machine will be carried out at a moderated speed, looking always in the direction of the circulation and with total visibility, respecting at all times the signaling.

- Circulation will be carried out with the mast at the maximum slope towards the back and with the pitchfork elevated at least 15cm. above the ground, taking into the account the different levels of the ground.

- When going up ramps or slopes it will always be carried out towards the front.

- When the vehicle is loaded, ramps or sloped will be covered in reverse avoiding slamming on breaks.

- The piling up of loads will be carried out in a stable way and with reasonable height, over horizontal and resistant ground.

- If the helpers have to move with the machine, they will always do it behind it.

- Leave the machine turned off and in a correct spot with the pitchfork lowered.


Nail gun (NTP 631 and RD 1644/2008). Table 43.



- Never leave the tool in inappropriate places or when moving.

- The barrel of the gun must be kept upside down during the handling of the gun.

- Never point the gun to a person or to yourself.

- Make sure, before shooting the gun to a thin wall that no one is behind it and that the cartridge corresponds to the characteristics of the nail used.

- Before shooting, make sure every person is outside the field of action of the gun.

- Do not keep the gun loaded, if it is not for its immediate use.

- If shooting from portable ladders, make sure the ladder (and the worker) are stable in case there is recoil from the shooting.

- Do not work on explosive atmospheres.

- The use of glasses or protective screen against projections is mandatory as well as the use of auditory protections.

679


Hand drill (drill-driver). Table 44.



- Never leave the tool in inappropriate places or when moving.

- Do not move laterally in order to make the hole bigger.

- If blocked, try to take it out by turning it in the opposite direction and pulling slowly from it.

- No bits with a bigger diameter than the one allowed by the machine will be used.

- The bit will not be forced to work by pressuring it excessively.

- The hands or feet should not be used to hold the pieces to be worked on.

- The changes in position or movements will be carried out with the machine tota-lly stopped. The machine should also be stopped if dropped.

- Do not work on explosive atmospheres.

- The use of glasses or protective screen against projections is mandatory as well as the use of auditory protections.

- If the creation of dust is not evitable, respiratory protection should be used.

- The use of loose gloves or clothes should be avoided, in order to prevent the cloth from getting stuck into the machine.


9.12. WELFARE PREVENTION IN CASE OF LABOR ACCIDENT

It is essential to have always a person with specific training for the action in emergency situations (first-aider). First-aiders will be volunteers and must have a minimum updated training of:

Definition of alert and its importance in first-aids. Basic and general knowledge of first-aids, apart from a specific training on the risks of the activity.

Description of each links of the chain of aids (functions, telephone numbers...).

Ways of warning: telephone numbers, alarms...

Sample message: place, injuries, number of victims...

Practice exercises.

680

See item 9.5.3 of this document to see the Health and Safety team members.

9.12.1. FIRST AIDS

First aids mean the manual, instrumental, pharmacological and psychological treatment administered to a victim of an accident or of a sudden illness, since the moment of the accident until the patient is attended by medical or paramedical stuff.

According to the Spanish Safety Technical Notes 458 for first aids in the company, based on the Spanish Prevention of Occupational Risks Act 31/95, of 8th Novem-ber, Section III, Chapter 20, the obligation of the entrepreneur is to analyze the possi-ble situation of emergency, as well as the adoption of the necessary measures related to first aids, amongst others.

The different aspects to be considered, as it is specified in the aforementioned act, are:

Personnel in charge of implement first aids. This personnel must be adequately trained on first aids and have at their disposal the adequate material. Moreover, they should be qualified stuff in sufficient number.

Periodic check of the proper running of the adopted measures.

Organization of the necessary relationships with external services, in order to guarantee the speed and effectiveness of the performance in situations where first aids and medi-cal care were needed.

Basic Life Support (B.L.S.) consists on the measures applied in situations of medical emergency and life threatening for the patient, according to the Spanish Safety Tech-nical Note 605: First aids: “Primary Assessment and Basic Life Support”. In any acci-dent, THE EMERGENCY RESPONSE SYSTEM MUST BE TRIGGERED. After this, the sequence of actions, known in first aids as “Protection, Notification and Care”, must be activated (P.N.C.):

681

PRIMARY ASSESSMENT

A. Consciousness:

We should ask the victims what happened to know if they are conscious. If there is an answer, the existence of respiratory arrest will be dismissed.

What happen when the patient DOES NOT ANSWER? In this case, a painful stimulus with a pinch must be prompted, so we can observe their reactions (groans, eyes ope-ning-up, movements with the head, etc.). If there is no kind of reaction, unconscious-ness state is declared. Consequently, we must check their breathing immediately and, if it is possible, WITHOUT TOUCHING THE VICITIM (the victim can be a traumatic patient and perhaps there are bone injures that can worsen their state).

B. Breathing:

There are two different possibilities when the victims are in an unconsciousness state: they may BREATH or may NOT BREATH. In order to check the presence of breathing in the victims, the first-aider must use the senses of eyesight, hearing and touch. To that end, the first-aider must approach his or her own cheek or the back of the hand to the mouth and nose of the patient. After this, the first-aider could observe the chest or abdominal movement by looking to the chest of the victim; hear the flow or air, and feel the exhaled air in the cheek.

a. THE VICTIM DOES BREATH: it is not necessary to continue examining their vital signs because the heart is beating. At this moment, the Secondary Assessment will start. The Secondary Assessment includes the procedure that might be followed to control hemorrhages, the treatment of injuries, the immobilization of fractures and, if it is not traumatic, the safety patient position, in order to prevent the possible consequences of vomiting (bronchial aspiration) or the fall of the tongue to the pharynx. This position is known in the first-aids argot as Recovery Position.

682

In case that the patient breath, but they were traumatic, WE DO NOT MOVE them. In both cases we will keep by their side, watching their vital signs, after the Secondary As-sessment and until the health services arrive to the place of the accident.

b. THE VICTIM DOES NOT BREATH: if the first-aider ap-proaches his or her own cheek or the back of the hand to the mouth of the patient, and checks that the patient DOES NOT BREATH, the first-aider will place the victim in the su-pine position (lying down with the face up), but respecting the alignment of the cervical vertebral column. After exami-ning the mouth of the patient, in order to check the presen-ce of foreign objects (teeth, chewing gums…), the first-ai-der will open the airways, through a hyperextension of the neck, using the head tilt chin lift method, avoiding that the tongue blocks the entrance of air. Sometimes the patient starts breathing again with this simple method.

Otherwise, if the respiratory arrest is obvious, the first-aider must replace the absent function through the artificial respiration, known as mouth-to-mouth respiration. (See Basic Life Support Technique).

C. Pulse

When the respiratory arrest is declared and the first-aider has started with the mouth-to-mouth method, the function of the heart must be checked. This will be possible through chec-king the carotid pulse on the neck because it is the closest place from the heart and the easiest for locating.

In case of finding pulse, the first-aider will follow with the artificial respiration. But at the moment that this pulse disappears, the EXTERNAL CARDIAC MASSAGE has to be ini-tiated, always accompanied by the mouth-to-mouth respiration.

Basic Life Support Technique (B.L.S.)

If the patient is lack of consciousness and does not breath, the openness of the airways must be initiated:

Extraction of possible foreign objects (teeth, chewing gums…).

Openness of the airways (executing of the HYPEREXTENSION OF THE NECK).

If after executing both operations, the patient does not breathe yet, the first-aider must perform the next sequence of tasks:

683

1.Putting pressure on the forehead of the patient and hyperextend CORRECTLY the neck (head tilt chin lift method).

2.Purning the hand that is situated on the forefront and pinch the nostrils.

3.Placing the first-aider mouth around the patient’s mouth in an airtight seal. INITIATING THE MOUTH-TO-MOUTH METHOD, blowing two full breaths into the patient’s mouth. There are other techniques for artificial ventilation, as the mouth-to-nose method. It will depend on the problems that the patient suffers, like for example people who do not have teeth or laryngectomized patients. However the core of this method is blow air to the lunges, so in order to make the teaching unit easier, we will always talk about MOUTH-TO-MOUTH METHOD (without forgetting the rest of options).

4.Checking the function of the heart through the CAROTID PULSE, once the first-aider has blown the air into the lunges.

a. THERE IS PULSE, BUT THE PATINT DOES NOT BREATHE: the first-aider must con-tinue with the artificial respiration MOUTH-TO-MOUTH and check periodically the exis-tence of PULSE (each minute or each 12 insufflations).

During the respiratory arrest, the rhythm of insufflations is slow, 12 per minute. So the pulse must be checked after them.

b. THERE IS NOT PULSE: INITIATE THE EXTERNAL CARDIAC MASSAGE.

Diagram of external cardiac massage:

684

External cardiac massage

The first-aider must perform it in cases of lack of consciousness or when the patient does not breathe and has not pulse. This image indicates the position that the first-aider must adopt and the location of the thoracic compression point.

The sequence of the operations that must be executed during the cardiac massage is the following:

1.Put the patient on a firm surface.

2.Localize the lower third of the breastbone and place the heel of the hands over it, two or three centimeter above the end of the breastbone (xiphoid apophysis). The first-aider will place the other hand over the one which is in contact with the thorax.

3.It is very important not to press this apophysis because it could cause important inter-nal damage. The first-aider must pressure directly the thorax with stretched fingers and the arms placed perpendicular to the point of contact with the breastbone. By this way, the thorax will sink 4 or 5 centimeters, at a compression/relaxing rhythm of 1/1. It is very

685

important that the fingers do not touch the thorax, in order to avoid the fracture of ribs.

4.The cardiac massage is always accompanied by mouth-to-mouth breathing.

The rhythm of the basic life support should be:

-1 first-aider: 15 compressions (cardiac massage), 2 insufflations (mouth-mouth).

-2 first-aiders: 5 compressions (cardiac massage), 1 insufflation (mouth-mouth).

All this methods can be applied on adults. The methods used for infants and young children change according to the age and the physical constitution of the child.

Basic Life Support on newborns and children

According to the “Diagram in the event of an accident”, the procedure is the same that with adults but with the next variations:

Infants

1.The openness of the airways must be very slight.

2.Insufflations must be done through mouth-to-mouth and nose method.

3.The quantity of insufflated air must be which fits in the mouth of the first-aider, not in the lunges.

4.Check the pulse on humeral artery, under the biceps.

5.In cases when the infant does not breathe but has pulse, the rhythm of insufflations per minute must be 20 (one each three seconds).

6.The heart compression point is located at the middle of the breastbone, one inch un-der the line which links both nipples (intermammilliary).

7.The cardiac massage must be done only with two fingers of one hand and with the enough energy to sink the breastbone about 1.5 cm.

8.The rhythm of Basic Life Support must always be of 5 compressions per insufflation.

Children

1.The openness of the airways must be moderate.

2.Insufflations must be done through mouth-to-mouth and nose or mouth-to-mouth methods, depending on the size of the child.

3.The insufflated air must be the enough to raise the thorax of the child.

686

4.Pulse is checked on the humeral artery (under the biceps), or on the carotid artery, depending on the size of the child.

5.In cases when the child does not breathe but has pulse, the rhythm of insufflations per minute is 20 (one each three seconds).

6.The heart compression point is located at the middle of the breastbone, one inch un-der the line which links both nipples (intermammilliary).

7.The cardiac massage must be done only with two fingers of one hand and with the enough energy to sink the breastbone about 3 cm.

8.The rhythm of Basic Life Support with ONE first-aider must be of 5 compressions per insufflations or 15 compressions per 2 insufflations, depending on the size of the child and the displacement of the first-aider to execute the technique. If the first-aider could make the heart massage and the mouth-to-mouth technique without moving, he must use the 5x1. When the first-aider has to displace toward the mouth of the child, he must use the 15x2.

Causes of failure at the Basic Life Support

These are the different possibilities when the artificial respiration is made but the air does not enter the lunges:

The openness of the airways (hyperextension of the neck) is insufficient. The first-aider must place the neck of the child upwards.

The nostril of the child has not been pinched.

The first-aider mouth has not been placed completely around the patient’s mouth in an airtight seal.

The first-aider has insufflated too air, so the stomach has been expanded. In this case, the patient will vomit.

If the air continues without entering after making these verifications, there is a foreign object at the airways. In this case, the first-aider must apply quickly the Heimlich Method for an unconscious patient.

Place the injured in the B.L.S. position, lying facing upwards and with the head sideways.

Kneel next to the victim and place your hands one on top of the other, this way the pressure is carried out with the hand´s heel, 4 fingers above the navel or in the center of the victim´s abdomen line.

Carry out several harsh compressions, inwards and towards the victim´s head, these must be centered.

When unconscious, the Heimlich maneuver must be alternated with the artifi cial ventilation (mouth to mouth), since it is very possible that the victim has un dergone a respiratory physiological failure, and will not breathe even if we have moved the external object. If air is introduced in the lungs, the B.L.S protocol will be initiated.

687

The heart massage might be ineffective in the following situations:

-The compression point is inadequate.

-The fingers of the first-aider are in contact with the thorax of the patient.

-The hand heel of the first-aider moves away from the thorax of the patient in each com-pression.

-The arms of the first-aider are not perpendicular to the supporting point.

-The compression strength is not sufficient to initiate the artificial pulse. It can be chec-ked if a second person checks the existence of pulse, while the first-aider makes the heart massage.

SECONDARY ASSESSMENT

ELECTROCUTION:

-Never run to help any victim receiving a discharge.

-Disconnect the electric power, through the circuit breaker, not the cables (if it is not possible, wear insulating gloves and shoes and stand over a piece of dried wood).

-Check if the place is dry and in safe conditions.

-Use a pole/stick or any other dried wood material to separate the victim from the elec-tricity source.

-Perform the cardiovascular reanimation if necessary. This task should be carried out without stopping, even if there appears to be no response, until the emergency services have reached the area, take turns if necessary.

-Never give drinks or undress the electrocution victim.

BURNS:

-Never undress the victim, not even rings, or anything similar.

- Cover the burn skin with sterile gauze.

-Raise the victim´s members in case of being burnt to relieve the pain.

-If the victim cannot breathe, help him sit upright.

-Do not apply creams or any other products.

HEMORRHAGES:

-Use latex gloves (or any similar material in case of not having latex ones).

-Lay down the victim.

688

-Press lightly the wound with sterilized gauze (or with any similar material).

-If it is a leg or arm, raise it.

-If the hemorrhage is abundant and does not stop, press the artery causing it with the fingers.

-Do not manipulate the wound.

-Do not apply pressure if it is a fracture.

-Do not extract any external objects stuck to the wound.

-Do not remove the dressing covered in blood, simply apply news ones on top.

-Do not carry out harsh maneuvers.

-Do not apply tourniquets, only as the last measure.

BONE FRACTURES:

-Try not to move the victim.

-Immobilize the affected area without changing its position, with boards, cardboard or paper, etc.

-Place any soft material (cloth) between the splint and the fracture to deaden.

-Hold the splint in different areas and never on top of the fracture.

-Do not stop the blood circulation with the splint.

-If you think the spine is fractured, do not move by any means the victim, immobi-lize its head in the position found, placing your hands at each side until the emer-gency services have arrived. (If you cannot use your hands, place two elements that might work as well).

CHOKING:

-Do not hit the victim.

-Ask him to cough strongly and observe him/her.

-If the victim cannot cough or speak, start the Heimlich maneuver:

-Act rapidly.

-Hold the victim from his back and underneath its arms.

-Place the closed fist 4 fingers above the navel, centered with the abdomen line, and the other hand above the fist.

-Lean forward and carry out a centered abdominal pressure towards the inside and upwards (from 6 to 8 times) in order to press on the diaphragm. This way an artificial

689

cough is produced. It is important not to make pressure sideways, it must be centered, and otherwise, other vital members could be harmed.

-Carry on with the maneuver until the victim coughs or loses consciousness.

-In case of losing consciousness, place the victim in the B.L.S. position, leaning back and with its head sideways, and carry on with the Heimlich maneuver on the floor.

-When unconscious, the Heimlich maneuver must be alternated with the artificial ventila-tion (mouth to mouth), since it is very possible that the victim has undergone a respira-tory physiological failure, and will not breathe even if we have moved the external object. If air is introduced in the lungs, the B.L.S protocol will be initiated.

In the “HEALTH AND SAFETY SPECIFIC TERMS AND CONDITIONS DOCUMENT” specific information can be found relating to:

Material and human resources and time determined for each activity. (See item 9.5.1 of this document)

Number of team members carrying out the construction. (See item 9.5.3. of this document)

Identification charts for the team members, showing the specific training for each task (See 9.20.appendix 3.7. of this document)

Identification charts for the team members, showing the specific training (first aid, etc.) (See 9.20.apendix 3.8. of this document)

9.12.2. FIRST AIDS BAG

The necessary materials for the provision of first-aid at the workplaces are established at the Spanish Safety Technical Notes 458 for first aids in the company, and the Spanish Royal Decree 486/94 (14th April), Appendix VII on First-Aids Material and Premises.

Considerations of the portable first-aid bag:

-It must contain only first-aid material.

-It must be orderly.

-Used material must be replaced, as well as the date of expire must be checked.

Its content must be in accordance with the training level of the first-aider (user).

Contents of the portable first-aid bag:

-Basic instrumental set:

-Scissors and forceps.

First-aid material:

-20 sterile, adhesive dressing, in individual bags.

-2 eye patches.

690

-6 provisional dressing.

-Sterile gauzes of different sizes, in individual bags.

-Cellulose, surgical tape and bandage.

Auxiliary material:

-Disposable gloves.

-Insulation blanket.

-A mouthpiece for administering CPR.

During the third and seventh stages (transport stages) travel first-aid kits will be used.

9.12.3. PREVENTIVE MEDICINE

The participant companies will have an own or alien prevention system during all the stages. This system will be responsible in each case for the vigilance of the health under the term set in the legislation currently in force. In the case of the participants, there will be a medical insurance which covers them since the beginning of the transport, assem-bly and dismantling operations of the prototype Patio 2.12 for the competition SOLAR DECATHLON EUROPE 2012.

In the “HEALTH AND SAFETY SPECIFIC TERMS AND CONDITIONS DOCUMENT” specific information can be found relating to:

Identification charts for the team members, proving they have undergone a medi-cal check and are capable of carrying out their tasks in a safe and adequate con-dition. (C6 and C8.a)

9.12.4. ACCIDENT VICTIMS EVACUATION

SLIGHT ACCIDENT OR DISCOMFORT:

It is not necessary to warn the emergency services. Move the victim in a vehicle to the assigned medical center. The victim must be accompanied.

The medical center assigned will depend on the medical insurance hired by each com-pany.

The medical center of the decathletes is still to be assigned.

ACCIDENT:

Follow the protocol in item 9.12.1. of this document.

Warn the SDE Organization.

If the victim needs to be evacuated:

691

-Examine the victim to discard possible spine injuries (by observing its ability to move arms and legs, if the victim feels them or has any head injury)

-If any of the mentioned symptoms are present:

Do not bend the spine

Lean the victim heads up on a hard surface (head, torso and legs must be on the same plane)

Move and hold the victim at any time as a block (including the head)

Do not evacuate until having correctly immobilized the victim.

Hold by the victim´s clothes at the shoulder level.

Lean the victim´s head over your wrists and forearms.

Drag the victim from its clothes.

Continue with the first aid protocol.

The transportation to the medical center must be carried out by the emergency services in an ambulance. This medical center will be the nearest hospital to the location of Villa Solar 2012, still to be defined.

For general evacuation see item 9.17. of this document.

9.13. RISKS IDENTIFICATION FOR POSSIBLE LATER WORKS

See item 9.7.2 of this document to see the declaration about the efficacy of “Risks iden-tification and efficiency evaluation of the adopted protections”

See item 9.Appendix 2 of this document to see “Identification of risks for possible later works”

9.14. USEFUL PLANS AND INFORMATION FOR POSSIBLE LATER WORKS

See item 9.7.2 of this document to see the declaration about the efficacy of “Risks iden-tification and efficiency evaluation of the adopted protections”

See item 9.Appendix 2 of this document to see “Identification of risks for possible later works”

See item 9.4.1 of this document to see de Maintenance process.

9.15. ADOPTED SYSTEM FOR THE LEVEL OF HEALTH AND SAFETY CON-TROL DURING WORKS

At every moment of the construction process there will the HS Coordinator or a Safety Officer. See item 9.5.3. of this document to justify it.

692

They will be responsible about the health and safety on site, checking the correct use of the PPE, the collective protection, the signposting, the monitoring of the preventive procedures and safety work process. Moreover they must control the right habits like the cleaning, order, coordination, etc. during the journey

In the beginning of every morning shift the HS Coordinator or the Safety officer will be the first worker to go in the lot. He must check the correct conditions of every Collective Protection:

- Metallic perimeter fending

- General and prototype earthling installation (with a qualified worker)

- Circuit breaker with selective calibrator (with a qualified worker)

- Signaling

- Fire extinguishers

- First aid kit

- European scaffolding (if it is applicable)

- Auxiliary plastic fencing (if it is applicable)

Moreover he must check the general conditions of the lot:

- Cleaning

- Order

- Changes

- Stability of the stock

In the beginning of the every evening and night shift the HS Coordinator or the Safe-ty officer must talk to the previous HS Coordinator or Safety officer who finish own shift, about anything interesting in health and safety terms.

All the team members are provided with the Individual Protections (PPE), in accordance with the possible risks associated to the work they have to develop. See the table of the item 9.Appendix 4 for justify it. During the construction process, every team member must include his identification and sign in the table.

9.16. FORMATION AND INFORMATION ABOUT HEALTH AND SAFETY

The training and information of the workers in safety and health are basic for the suc-cessful of the labor risks prevention, so they can finish their work without accidents or incidents.

The team of Patio 2.12, through its control, all the subcontractor employers and self-employed workers are legally bound to train all their workers in order to achieve a safety work. In this way, all the workers might know:

-The own risks of their labor activity.

693

-The procedures of safety work that they must follow.

-The correct use and respect of the collective protection.

-The correct use of the obligatory equipment of individual protection for their work.

-Adopted measures in first-aids, fire-fighting and evacuation.

9.16.1.FORMATION

Training on Safety and Health must be delivered obligatory to all the workers, indepen-dently of their role played in the building work, the type of their contract or its duration.

Characteristics of delivery of training:

-At the beginning of the contract and their activity.

-Each time the functions or the work teams change, so the health of the wor kers could be in risks.

-Training will be compounded by theory and practice.

-Training can be repeated if it is specified in the contract.

-Training will take place during working hours or at any other time. In all cases it will be considered as working hours.

Training will be delivered by personnel certified in the teaching of Safety and Health. They must give the best advices in each case, since they are linked to the building work.

Contents and scope:

- Risks of each work position or the function the workers must develop.

- Work equipment used by each worker: machinery, auxiliary mean or installation.

- Use of hazard materials or product.

- Chemical products. Labeling, packing, use, protections.

- Work methods or performances.

- Collective protections.

- Individual protection equipment that each worker must use.

- Auxiliary means.

- Signposting.

- Manual handling of loads.

- Emergency measures and first-aid.

- Generalities in prevention and labor risks of the tasks that the worker will deve lop.

694

- Specific training for safety officers, who will have a basic training in labor risk prevention (60 hours).

The instructions for engineer, drivers, maintenance personnel or other similar person-nel, a part of the aforementioned, must include the following: restrictions of use and operation, verification and maintenance of the equipment. These instructions should appear in written form at the machinery or work equipment, always it is possible.

The entrepreneurs must justify that their workers are training in Labor Risks Prevention, that they know the hazards and risks derived from their work, preventing measures, collective protection means, individual protection means and procedures of safety work for the machinery and tasks that they will develop.

The training will be justified documentary with the signature of its reception. See item 9.Appendix.5 of this document to see this justification

Licenses and authorizations to drive machinery and operate them.

See item 9.Appendix.3 (9.A3.7) of this document to justify the courses or additional training of the team members

The licenses and authorizations to drive machinery and operate them must be in effect and documented.

- Crane license.

- Forklift license.

- Driver license.

- Authorization to operate lift platforms.

9.16.2.INFORMATION

The entrepreneur or his representatives at the building work must inform the employees about:

- The results of the assessments and controls of labor environment of their labor activities, as well as the data of their state of health related to the risks they are exposed to.

- The risks for their health related with their work, as well as the technical preven tion or emergency measures that have been approved or must be approved.

- The existence of serious and imminent risks that could affect the workers, as well as the adopted dispositions or those which must be adopted related to protection, including the evacuation of their work position. This information must be transmitted as soon as possible.

- Their right to stop their activity in the case that, under their point of view, exists serious e imminent risks for the health and they cannot contact immediately to their superior; or in the case that they have advised about the risks but any co

695

rrective measures have been adopted.

This information must be given personally to the employee, during the work hours or at any other time. In all cases, it will be considered as working hours.

The entrepreneur must have at the office a copy of the Security and Health Plan appro-ved and a copy of the regulations and dispositions currently in force related with the building work. At the office there must be also a copy of the adopted plan and regu-lations to put at all people and related institution’s disposal. These documents will be written in Spanish and in other languages, if necessary.

The entrepreneur or his representatives must provide to the person responsible of the monitoring and control of the Security and Health Plan all the information related to the different incidences that might occur in relation with this Plan and the work conditions of the building work.

Content and scope:

-Information for the own employees:

Specific risks that affect to each labor activity.

Serious and imminent risk situations and the adopted measures or those which must be adopted.

Prevention and protection measures and activities which can be applied to the risks.

Correct use of the individual protection equipment, as well as the risks they pro tect from and the moment they must be used. The information on this equip ment will be extended to the maintenance tasks.

Correct handling of assembly and the risks they can face if they do not make their work as indicated.

Signs.

Performance in case of accident or fire.

First-aid performance.

-Information to the representatives of the employees.

Apart from the aforementioned, they must be informed about:

Situation related to the prevention of risks at the work center.

Work conditions, when they are necessary for the performance of the functions.

Emergency situations.

The information process will include informative posters, informative talks and informative leaflets. They must be distributed among all the personnel.

All the information provided to the employees, through representatives or indivi-dually, must be documented with the signature of it reception.

696

Awareness:

To raise the prevention efficacy, it is necessary to raise the awareness of all the emplo-yees. It might be achieved with training and information processes, involving them in the issue and encouraging the collaboration and communication.

9.17.EMERGENCY EVACUATION PLAN

9.17.1. AT THE WORKSHOP

In an emergency case, the Emergency Evacuation Plan of the workshop will be put in place.

9.17.2. AT THE BUILDING WORK

In an emergency situation, the next steps must be performance:

1.Keep calm.

2.Leave the task that the worker is making in this moment. Not to leave material, vehicle or tool in an area where it can hinder or cause any added risk to the evacuation of the rest of the workers.

3.Go to the exit (when the risk is not at the pedestrian access to the building work, this will be the emergency exit and not the vehicular access). Do it without pause, but without running, in order to avoid secondary accidents produced by the own evacuation. Warn the workers who are not aware of the evacuation, if you find them in your way to the exit.

4.Gather the rest of the workers at the safety meeting point previously specified.

5.Check that everybody is safe at the meeting point and wait until the emergency servi-ces arrive (firefighters, police, etc.).

Issues to take into account:

- An evacuation itself implies many risks.

- The evacuation cannot be performance on a vehicle or machinery of any kind.

Evacuation routes:

At the buildings place the evacuation route will be all the perimeter of the housing modu-les, leaving always a strip of land of 1m free of obstacles, between the housing modules parameters and any element.

There will be two evacuation route during assembly a dissasembly:

Main evacuation route 1: for assembly and disassemble when the ramp will be remo-ved. (Maximum distance of 30 m.)

697

Main evacuation route 2: fot assembly and disassemble when the ramp will be installed. (Maximum distance of 53 m.)

*Main evacuation route 1 *Main evacuation route 2

Emergency exit:

The emergency exit will be the same pedestrian access to the building work, so it always has to be free of obstacles and opened.

The pedestrian access will be used always at the emergency exit unless the danger is there. In this case, the exit will be any safe part of the building work perimeter, moving away a fence module. If this were necessary, two points have to be highlighted:

- Choose the fence module which is going to be moved. The fence must not be hindered nor be next to an area which can be a risk. Beyond the fence there will be more building works and heavy vehicles in movement.

- Once the workers are outside the building work, they must pay special atten tion to all the unexpected hazards that can occur until they arrive to the safe meeting point.

Verification of the personnel:

There will be a control system of the personnel at the entrance. At the beginning of the working day, each worker will put a card in a card holder or they will put their names down in a list. If they leave the working place, they must remove their card or tick their names in the list (the method is still undefined).

In case of an accident, a member of the team, previously named, will be in charge of picking up the card holding or list and taking it to the safe meeting point. In this way, the team is able to check if there is any worker inside the building work.

Information systems:

- Waterproof informative panel indicating the evacuation route and the location of the portable first-aid kit and the fire extinguisher. It must be located inside

698

at the entrance of the working place during the whole process of the building work. (Image 1).

- Waterproof informative panel indicating the route to the nearest health center (Image 2) and with the emergency telephone numbers. It must be located next to the aforementioned panel during the whole process of the building work (Image 3).

- Waterproof informative panel with the procedures carried out in case of acci dent. It must be located next to the aforementioned panel during the whole pro cess of the building work (Image 4).

- Informative leaflet with the information about the three previous points. It will be distributed among all the workers. They must carry it with them during their wor king hours.

Image 1:

Main evacuation route 1: for assembly and disassemble when the ramp will be removed

Main evacuation route 2: fot assembly and disassemble when the ramp will be installed

Image 2: The route to the nearest health center. Is the “Hospital Cen-tral de Defensa. Gomez Ulla”. Address: Glorieta del Ejercito., 28047, Madrid.

699

Image 3: emergency telephone numbers:

700

Image 4:

701

9.17.3.DURING THE EXPOSITION

During this stage there will be not specific signs for the evacuation routes or the exists, because the visitants will be accompanied at all time by the competitors, who know perfectly the house and the performance plan in case of emergency.

There are two different ways: Both exits will be used by every visitors; disabled visitors in chair wheels, people with prams or people in any other situation or with any element that suppose a difficulty to walk, etc.

Evacuation by the north ramp door: This evacuation route is 33.49m. long since its farthest point until the end of the ramp. (Kitchen and living modules)

Evacuation by the south ramp door: This evacuation route is 22.24m. long since its farthest point until the end of the ramp. (Bedroom and T-Box modules)

9.18. APPENDIX 1: IDENTIFICATION OF RISKS AND EVALUATION OF THE EFFICIENCY OF THE ADOPTED PROTECTION

RISKS IDENTIFICATION AND EFFICIENCY EVALUATION OF THE PROTECTIONS AC-CORDING WORK TASKS

See item 9.4.1. of this document to know the Constructive process and comple-ment this item (Appendix 1)

Table: 1. Initial site material installation (unloading and installation of fencing and signa-ling)

Table: 2. Initial on-site layout

Table: 3. Material unloading and installation (site offices, generator/transformer, stoc-king, containers, etc.).

Table: 4. Unloading and movement of the living modules.

Table: 5. Underpinning of the living modules.

Table: 6. Roof construction.

Table: 7. Patio´s floor and ramp construction.

Table: 8. Patio´s exterior vertical enclosure construction (glazing).

Table: 9. Placement of ceramic finish.

Table: 10.a. Construction of exteriors and interiors (pools, furniture, etc.).

Table: 10.b. Gardening

Table: 11. Cleaning and removal of auxiliary site elements (site offices, containers, etc.).

The “Table 12”, “Table 13” “Table 14” and “Table 15” are considered tasks, although they have been evaluated like “WORK AND PROTOTYPE INSTALLATIONS” in the next

702

point

RISKS IDENTIFICATION AND EFFICIENCY EVALUATION OF THE PROTECTIONS AC-CORDING THE WORK AND PROTOTYPE INSTALLATIONS (SYSTEMS)

See item 9.4.1. of this document to know the Constructive process and comple-ment this item (Appendix 1)

Table: 12. Electricity system in site and in the prototype.

Table: 13. Installation of the prototype´s deposits.

Table: 14. Connection with the systems ring of the prototype.

Table: 15. Systems´ connection with the living modules.

RISKS IDENTIFICATION AND EFFICIENCY EVALUATION OF THE PROTECTIONS AC-CORDING WORK TRADES

See item 9.10. of this document to complement this item (Appendix 1)

Table: 16. Carrier

Table: 17. Crane operator

Table: 18. Forklift operator

Table: 19. Electrician

Table: 20. Plumber

Table: 21. Assembly operator, timber.

Table: 22. Assembly operator, ceramics.

Table: 23. Assembly operator, glazing.

Table: 24. Assembly operator, metalic structures.

Table: 25. Signaling operator

Table: 26. Gardener

Table: 27. Decathlete and coordinators

RISKS IDENTIFICATION AND EFFICIENCY EVALUATION OF THE PROTECTIONS AC-CORDING WORK AUXILIARY RESOURCES AND TOOLS


Table: 28. Wheelbarrow

703

Table: 29. Ladder

Table: 30. Lighting tower

Table: 31. Waste container

Table: 32. Security slings (auxiliary for cranes)

Table: 33. Suction pads handling for glazing

Table: 34. Lift platform (Elevating work platform)

Table: 35. Bricklaying tools

Table: 36. Timber tools

Table: 37. Manual tools (hammer, screwdriver, pliers, burins…)

Table: 38. Basket for hydraulic pastes, for transport tools, etc.

RISKS IDENTIFICATION AND EFFICIENCY EVALUATION OF THE PROTECTIONS AC-CORDING WORK MACHINERY


Table: 39. Transportation truck

Table: 40. Crane truck for self-loading

Table: 41. Crane

Table: 42. Forklift

Table: 43. Drive-nail gun

Table: 44. Power drill

RISKS IDENTIFICATION AND EFFICIENCY EVALUATION OF THE PROTECTIONS AC-CORDING COLECTIVE PROTECTION MEASUREMENTS AND FIGHT FIRE MEASURE-MENTS IN WORK

Table: 45. Metallic fencing closing the site (all the components)

Table: 46. Auxiliary plastic fencing (tape + signaling cones)

Table: 47a.. General earthing installation of the site

Table: 47.b. Prototype earthing

Table: 48. Circuit breaker with selective calibration of 30mA

Table: 49. Portable electric lighting

Table: 50. Signaling

704

Table: 51. Fire extinguisher

Table: 52. European scaffolding

Table: 53. Auxiliary rope for orientation of sespended loads

Occupational risks identification that can be avoided and as a consequence, avoi-ded:

In this project, the avoided risks considered are:

- Those derived from the interferences of the tasks to be carried out, these have been avoided by previously studying the working Project.

- Those created by machines without protective measures in their mobile parts, these risks are not present anymore because every machine must have all its components and all its protections.

- Those originated by electrical machines missing their protection against electric shock, the risks have been avoided by making mandatory that every machine must have dou-ble insulation, and if necessary, earthing rods for their metallic frames, in combination with circuit breakers in the supply boards and general earthing system.

- Those derived from the shape and location factor in the working area, these have been resolved by applying safe working conditions, combining them with the collective pro-tections, personal protective equipment and signaling.

- Those created by machines without preventive maintenance, having avoided this risk by controlling the maintenance books and making sure none of them are missing pro-tective specific measures and if required the CE marking.

- Those originated by deteriorated or dangerous auxiliary means; these risks have been avoided by ensuring each equipment has the CE marking, or if it is not needed, making sure the equipment is well maintained, and has all the protective measures originally designed by the manufacturer.

- Those derived by bad behavior of the preventive materials to be employed on site, ensuring they have the CE marking or the certificate of the UNE regulations.

The listing for occupational risks is therefore omitted, because by applying this manual, the possible risks are avoided.

Occupational risks that could not be avoided

In this manual, the risks considered present on site, but solved through preventive methods are listed below:

1. Fall of persons at a different level

2. Fall of persons at the same level

3. Fall of objects because of collapse

4. Fall of objects because of manipulation

5. Fall of objects because they come loose

705

6. Stepping on objects

7. To collide with still objects

8. To collide with objects in motion

9. Knocked by objects or tools

10. Flying fragments or particles

11. Trapped by or between objects

12. Trapped by turned over machines, tractors or vehicles

13. Overexertion

14. Exposure to extreme environmental temperatures

15. Thermal contact

16. Exposure to electric connections

17. Exposure to harmful substances

18. Contact with caustic or corrosive substances

19. Exposure to radiation

20. Explosion

21. Fire

22. Accidents caused by living beings

23. Run over or hit by vehicles

24. Non traumatic pathologies

25. In itinerary

Each of the 25 epigraphs in the preceding list come from the statistics considered in the “Yearbook of statistics of occupational accidents from the Secretaría General Téc-nica de la Subdirección General de Estadísticas Sociales y Laborales del Ministerio de Trabajo y Asuntos Sociales”; which are developed depending on the peculiarity of each project, auxiliary means and machinery used, in combination with the trades present on site and the collective measures to diminish risks. These specifications appear in the annex “Risk identification and efficiency evaluation of the protective measures” on this manual. They appear on the risks listing in the order in which have been considered.

The preventive methods applied in this manual, show their efficiency in the charts above mentioned, as can been seen, most of them are evaluated after considering the trivial risks prevention, which means that most of them have been erased. This is not the case. We believe that a trivial risk can be the cause of a major accident, by applying the “effi-cient causality” principle or the theory of the “cause tree”. This is the reason why the

706

trivial risks are still present in the evaluation chart.

The evaluation efficiency method for the protections applied considers through mathe-matical functions, the possibility a risk might arise and the qualification of its possible injuries, following national statistics from the last four years, published in the “Yearbook of statistics of occupational accidents from the Secretaría General Técnica de la Subdi-rección General de Estadísticas Sociales y Laborales del Ministerio de Trabajo y Asun-tos Sociales”.

- The “Probability of the event”; “Determined precaution”; “Consequence of the risk” and “Risk qualification with precaution applied”, is expressed in the evaluation chart through an X.

- The final qualification of each evaluated risk is expressed in the evaluation chart through an X.

The specification of the preventive method considered in the “evaluation”, is expressed in the evaluation chart under the epigraphs: “collective protection”, “Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)”; “proceedings” and “signaling”.

10. DETAILED WATER BUDGET

707

10. DETAILED WATER BUDGET

We have made the water budget according to the water required for the competition days and organization decision of supplying water to the systems at the beginning of the competition and the 24th September. To store this water, Andalucía Team will place several tanks under both courtyard and Technical Box.

10.1 DEPOSITS DIMENSIONS AND CAPACITY

A. In the technical module Tank Volume (L) INTERACUMULATOR SOLAR THERMAL 200 HVAC POWER 300 INERTIA 80 WATER SUPPLY (Contests) 1.000 WATER SUPPLY (Patio’s cooling) 300

Total 1.880

B. Underneath the patio* Tank Volume (L) GREY WATER 300 CERAMIC WATER 1500

Total 1.800

TOTAL CAPACITY 3.680 L

* Note that due to lacks of investments, there will not be rain water tanks.

10.2 WATER SUPPLY ON BEHALF OF THE COMPETITION

Andalucía Team needs:

At the begining of competition

3.680 L (task and House funtioning) + 6.000 L (ponds)

On 24th September:

3.680 L (task and House funtioning) + 800 L (ponds)

10.3 TABLE OF WATER CONSUMPTION

In the following pages, we show the consumption of water in each activity during the days of the competition. Moreover, it indicates the type of water used: “clean water” or “recycled water”, “grey water” and “ceramic water. As it shows, we must discount the re-cycled water from grey water generated in the testing machine and shower.

708

WAT

ER BUDGET

PAT

IO 2.12

MONDA

YTU

ESDA

YWED

NESDA

YTH

URSDA

YFRIDAY

SATU

RDAY

SUNDA

Y

34/08/20

1201

‐sep

‐12

02‐sep

‐12

ASSEMBLY

ASSEMBLY

ASSEMBLY

03‐sep

‐12

04‐sep

‐12

05‐sep

‐12

06‐sep

‐12

04‐sep

‐12

05‐sep

‐12

06‐sep

‐12

ASSEMBLY

ASSEMBLY

ASSEMBLY

ASSEMBLY

ASSEMBLY

ASSEMBLY

ASSEMBLY

FIRS

T FILLING SDE: 6.000

L (p

onds) +

368

0 (tasks & hou

se fu

ntioning)

10‐sep

‐12

11‐sep

‐12

12‐sep

‐12

14‐sep

‐12

14‐sep

‐12

15‐sep

‐12

16‐sep

‐12

ASSEMBLY

ASSEMBLY

FINAL

COMPE

TITION

ASSEMBLY

OPE

NING

PERIOD

Med

ia Visits

PUBLIC VISIT

PUBLIC VISIT

PUBLIC VISIT

PUBLIC VISIT

Instrumen

tatio

n testing

Instrumen

tatio

n testing

Instrumen

tatio

n testing

Patio

machine

water

Patio

machine

water

Patio

machine

water

Patio

machine

water

Patio

machine

water

Patio

machine

water

Patio

machine

water

5050

5050

Patio

Coo

ling

150,00

Evapotranspiratio

nEvapotranspiratio

nEvapotranspiratio

nEvapotranspiratio

n

00

00

Recycled

Water / Week

0,00

00

00

Grey Water / W

EEK

0,00

17‐sep

‐12

18‐sep

‐12

19‐sep

‐12

20‐sep

‐12

21‐sep

‐12

22‐sep

‐12

23‐sep

‐12

COMPE

TITION

COMPE

TITION

COMPE

TITION

COMPE

TITION

COMPE

TITION

Jury Visits

Jury Visits

Jury Visits

Jury Visits

Jury Visits

1 Washing

machine

: 50 l

1 Washing

machine

: 50 l

1 Washing

machine

: 50 l

1 Washing

machine

: 50 l

1 Washing

machine

: 50 l

1 Dishwashe

r: 10

l1 Dishwashe

r: 50

l1 Dishwashe

r: 50

l1 Dishwashe

r: 50

l2 Ho

t water: 2

x 50 l: 10

0 l

2 Ho

t water: 2

x 50 l: 10

0 l

2 Ho

t water: 2

x 50 l: 10

0 l

2 Ho

t water: 2

x 50 l: 10

0 l

2 Ho

t water: 2

x 50 l: 10

0 l

1 cooking: 2,3 l

1 cooking: 2,3 l

1 cooking: 2,3 l

1 cooking: 2,3 l

1 cooking: 2,3 l

AC m

achine

water: 0

AC m

achine

water: 0

AC m

achine

water: 0

AC m

achine

water: 0

AC m

achine

water: 0

162,3

152,3

162,3

162,3

162,3

Contest / ta

sks

801,50

PUBLIC VISIT

PUBLIC VISIT

PUBLIC VISIT

PUBLIC VISIT

PUBLIC VISIT

PUBLIC VISIT

PUBLIC VISIT

Profession

alProfession

alProfession

alProfession

al

Patio

machine

water

Patio

machine

water

Patio

machine

water

Patio

machine

water

Patio

machine

water

Patio

machine

water

Patio

machine

water

5050

5050

5050

50Patio

Coo

ling

350,00

Archite

cture

Engine

erIndu

stria

lization

Commun

ication

Evapotranspiratio

nEvapotranspiratio

nEvapotranspiratio

nEvapotranspiratio

nEvapotranspiratio

nEvapotranspiratio

nEvapotranspiratio

n

400

400

400

400

400

00

Recycled

Water / Week

2000

,00

150

150

150

150

150

Grey Water / W

EEK

750,00

WAT

ER COMSU

PTION W

EEK 1

Total Clean

Water

1301

,50

Total Ce

ramic W

ater

1250

,00

SECO

ND FILLING SDE: 800

L (p

onds) +

368

0 (tasks & hou

se fu

ntioning)

24‐sep

‐12

25‐sep

‐12

26‐sep

‐12

27‐sep

‐12

28‐sep

‐12

29‐sep

‐12

30‐sep

‐12

COMPE

TITION

COMPE

TITION

COMPE

TITION

COMPE

TITION

COMPE

TITION

Jury Visits

Jury Visits

Jury Visits

Jury Visits

Jury Visits

1 Washing

machine

: 50 l

1 Washing

machine

: 50 l

1 Washing

machine

: 50 l

1 Washing

machine

: 50 l

1 Washing

machine

: 50 l

1 Dishwashe

r: 50

l1 Dishwashe

r: 50

l1 Dishwashe

r: 50

l1 Dishwashe

r: 50

l2 Ho

t water: 2

x 50 l: 10

0 l

2 Ho

t water: 2

x 50 l: 10

0 l

2 Ho

t water: 2

x 50 l: 10

0 l

2 Ho

t water: 2

x 50 l: 10

0 l

2 Ho

t water: 2

x 50 l: 10

0 l

1 cooking: 2,3 l

1 cooking: 2,3 l

1 cooking: 2,3 l

1 cooking: 2,3 l

1 cooking: 2,3 l

AC m

achine

water: 0

AC m

achine

water: 0

AC m

achine

water: 0

AC m

achine

water: 0

AC m

achine

water: 0

162,3

152,3

162,3

162,3

162,3

Contest /

tasks

801,50

PUBLIC VISIT

PUBLIC VISIT

PUBLIC VISIT

PUBLIC VISIT

PUBLIC VISIT

PUBLIC VISIT

PUBLIC VISIT

Group

sGroup

sGroup

sGroup

s

Patio

machine

water

Patio

machine

water

Patio

machine

water

Patio

machine

water

Patio

machine

water

Patio

machine

water

Patio

machine

water

5050

5050

50Pa

tio Coo

ling

250,00

Archite

cture

Engine

erIndu

stria

lization

Commun

ication

Evapotranspiratio

nEvapotranspiratio

nEvapotranspiratio

nEvapotranspiratio

nEvapotranspiratio

nEvapotranspiratio

nEvapotranspiratio

n

400

400

400

400

400

00

Recycled

Water / Week

2000

,00

150

150

150

150

150

00

Grey Water / W

EEK

750,00

WAT

ER COMSU

PTION W

EEK 2

Total Clean

Water

1051

,50

Total Ce

ramic W

ater

1250

,00

DISAS

SEMBLY

DISAS

SEMBLY

DISAS

SEMBLY

DISAS

SEMBLY

DISAS

SEMBLY

RECY

CLED

WAT

ER BY DA

Y (150

LITRE

S)

VOLU

MEN

OF CLEA

N STO

RAGED

WAT

ER IN

TAN

KS PER

WEEK

1000

+ 300

+20

0 = 15

00 L

VOLU

MEN

OF CE

RAMIC STO

RAGED

WAT

ER IN

TAN

KS PER

WEEK

1500

+ 300

= 180

0 L

SUMAR

Y

709

WAT

ER BUDGET

PAT

IO 2.12

MONDA

YTU

ESDA

YWED

NESDA

YTH

URSDA

YFRIDAY

SATU

RDAY

SUNDA

Y

34/08/20

1201

‐sep

‐12

02‐sep

‐12

ASSEMBLY

ASSEMBLY

ASSEMBLY

03‐sep

‐12

04‐sep

‐12

05‐sep

‐12

06‐sep

‐12

04‐sep

‐12

05‐sep

‐12

06‐sep

‐12

ASSEMBLY

ASSEMBLY

ASSEMBLY

ASSEMBLY

ASSEMBLY

ASSEMBLY

ASSEMBLY

FIRS

T FILLING SDE: 6.000

L (p

onds) +

368

0 (tasks & hou

se fu

ntioning)

10‐sep

‐12

11‐sep

‐12

12‐sep

‐12

14‐sep

‐12

14‐sep

‐12

15‐sep

‐12

16‐sep

‐12

ASSEMBLY

ASSEMBLY

FINAL

COMPE

TITION

ASSEMBLY

OPE

NING

PERIOD

Med

ia Visits

PUBLIC VISIT

PUBLIC VISIT

PUBLIC VISIT

PUBLIC VISIT

Instrumen

tatio

n testing

Instrumen

tatio

n testing

Instrumen

tatio

n testing

Patio

machine

water

Patio

machine

water

Patio

machine

water

Patio

machine

water

Patio

machine

water

Patio

machine

water

Patio

machine

water

5050

5050

Patio

Coo

ling

150,00

Evapotranspiratio

nEvapotranspiratio

nEvapotranspiratio

nEvapotranspiratio

n

00

00

Recycled

Water / Week

0,00

00

00

Grey Water / W

EEK

0,00

17‐sep

‐12

18‐sep

‐12

19‐sep

‐12

20‐sep

‐12

21‐sep

‐12

22‐sep

‐12

23‐sep

‐12

COMPE

TITION

COMPE

TITION

COMPE

TITION

COMPE

TITION

COMPE

TITION

Jury Visits

Jury Visits

Jury Visits

Jury Visits

Jury Visits

1 Washing

machine

: 50 l

1 Washing

machine

: 50 l

1 Washing

machine

: 50 l

1 Washing

machine

: 50 l

1 Washing

machine

: 50 l

1 Dishwashe

r: 10

l1 Dishwashe

r: 50

l1 Dishwashe

r: 50

l1 Dishwashe

r: 50

l2 Ho

t water: 2

x 50 l: 10

0 l

2 Ho

t water: 2

x 50 l: 10

0 l

2 Ho

t water: 2

x 50 l: 10

0 l

2 Ho

t water: 2

x 50 l: 10

0 l

2 Ho

t water: 2

x 50 l: 10

0 l

1 cooking: 2,3 l

1 cooking: 2,3 l

1 cooking: 2,3 l

1 cooking: 2,3 l

1 cooking: 2,3 l

AC m

achine

water: 0

AC m

achine

water: 0

AC m

achine

water: 0

AC m

achine

water: 0

AC m

achine

water: 0

162,3

152,3

162,3

162,3

162,3

Contest / ta

sks

801,50

PUBLIC VISIT

PUBLIC VISIT

PUBLIC VISIT

PUBLIC VISIT

PUBLIC VISIT

PUBLIC VISIT

PUBLIC VISIT

Profession

alProfession

alProfession

alProfession

al

Patio

machine

water

Patio

machine

water

Patio

machine

water

Patio

machine

water

Patio

machine

water

Patio

machine

water

Patio

machine

water

5050

5050

5050

50Patio

Coo

ling

350,00

Archite

cture

Engine

erIndu

stria

lization

Commun

ication

Evapotranspiratio

nEvapotranspiratio

nEvapotranspiratio

nEvapotranspiratio

nEvapotranspiratio

nEvapotranspiratio

nEvapotranspiratio

n

400

400

400

400

400

00

Recycled

Water / Week

2000

,00

150

150

150

150

150

Grey Water / W

EEK

750,00

WAT

ER COMSU

PTION W

EEK 1

Total Clean

Water

1301

,50

Total Ce

ramic W

ater

1250

,00

SECO

ND FILLING SDE: 800

L (p

onds) +

368

0 (tasks & hou

se fu

ntioning)

24‐sep

‐12

25‐sep

‐12

26‐sep

‐12

27‐sep

‐12

28‐sep

‐12

29‐sep

‐12

30‐sep

‐12

COMPE

TITION

COMPE

TITION

COMPE

TITION

COMPE

TITION

COMPE

TITION

Jury Visits

Jury Visits

Jury Visits

Jury Visits

Jury Visits

1 Washing

machine

: 50 l

1 Washing

machine

: 50 l

1 Washing

machine

: 50 l

1 Washing

machine

: 50 l

1 Washing

machine

: 50 l

1 Dishwashe

r: 50

l1 Dishwashe

r: 50

l1 Dishwashe

r: 50

l1 Dishwashe

r: 50

l2 Ho

t water: 2

x 50 l: 10

0 l

2 Ho

t water: 2

x 50 l: 10

0 l

2 Ho

t water: 2

x 50 l: 10

0 l

2 Ho

t water: 2

x 50 l: 10

0 l

2 Ho

t water: 2

x 50 l: 10

0 l

1 cooking: 2,3 l

1 cooking: 2,3 l

1 cooking: 2,3 l

1 cooking: 2,3 l

1 cooking: 2,3 l

AC m

achine

water: 0

AC m

achine

water: 0

AC m

achine

water: 0

AC m

achine

water: 0

AC m

achine

water: 0

162,3

152,3

162,3

162,3

162,3

Contest /

tasks

801,50

PUBLIC VISIT

PUBLIC VISIT

PUBLIC VISIT

PUBLIC VISIT

PUBLIC VISIT

PUBLIC VISIT

PUBLIC VISIT

Group

sGroup

sGroup

sGroup

s

Patio

machine

water

Patio

machine

water

Patio

machine

water

Patio

machine

water

Patio

machine

water

Patio

machine

water

Patio

machine

water

5050

5050

50Pa

tio Coo

ling

250,00

Archite

cture

Engine

erIndu

stria

lization

Commun

ication

Evapotranspiratio

nEvapotranspiratio

nEvapotranspiratio

nEvapotranspiratio

nEvapotranspiratio

nEvapotranspiratio

nEvapotranspiratio

n

400

400

400

400

400

00

Recycled

Water / Week

2000

,00

150

150

150

150

150

00

Grey Water / W

EEK

750,00

WAT

ER COMSU

PTION W

EEK 2

Total Clean

Water

1051

,50

Total Ce

ramic W

ater

1250

,00

DISAS

SEMBLY

DISAS

SEMBLY

DISAS

SEMBLY

DISAS

SEMBLY

DISAS

SEMBLY

RECY

CLED

WAT

ER BY DA

Y (150

LITRE

S)

VOLU

MEN

OF CLEA

N STO

RAGED

WAT

ER IN

TAN

KS PER

WEEK

1000

+ 300

+20

0 = 15

00 L

VOLU

MEN

OF CE

RAMIC STO

RAGED

WAT

ER IN

TAN

KS PER

WEEK

1500

+ 300

= 180

0 L

SUMAR

Y

11. CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS

710

11. CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONSThe following specifications are referred to the prototyp construction plans with the AR denomination.The particular specifications of the rest of plans are detailed in each plan.

ID Family/ NameFamilia/ Denominación

_1 StructureEstructura

_1.1 FoundationsCimentación

_1.1.1 Adjustable supportSoporte regulable

Adjustable support made with galvanized steel, minimum load-ca-rrying capacity 6.000 kNApoyo regulable de acero galvanizado, capacidad mínima 6.000KN

_1.2 StructureEstructura

_1.2.1 Tubular joistPerfil tubular

Standardized perimetral hot rolled steel tubular joist S235JO, 200.200.8 mm sizesPerfil normalizado tubular perimetral de acero laminado en caliente S235JO, de dimensión 200.200.8 mm

_1.2.2 Tubular joistPerfil tubular

Standardized hot rolled steel tubular joist for inside (joists and bra-cings) S235JO, 200.80.3 mm sizes. Standardized hot rolled steel tu-bular joist S235 JOPerfil tubular interior (viguetas y arriostramientos) normalizado de acero laminado en caliente S235JO, de dimensión 200.80.3 mm. Per-fil normalizado de acero laminado en caliente S235 JO

_1.2.3 Hoisted piecePieza de izado

Sign formed with standardized hot rolled steel sheets S235 JOCartela conformada mediante chapas normalizadas de acero lamina-do en caliente S235 JO

_1.2.4 Angular joistPerfil angular

L profile in steel 60.4mm size. Standardized hot rolled steel joist S235 JOPerfil en L de acero de dimensión 60.4mm. Perfil normalizado de acero laminado en caliente S235 JO

_1.2.5 Fixing flangesPletinas de fijación

Steel flanges 150.4 mm sizePletinas de acero de dimensión 150.4 mm

_1.2.6 Timber structural frame-work Entramado estructural de madera

_1.2.6.1 Columns frame-workEntramado de pilares

Solid pine wood columns frame-work, C18 resistance group, section 70.70mm. Entramado de pilares de madera maciza de pino, clase resistente C18,de sección 70.70 mm.

_1.2.6.2 BeamsVigas

Solid pine wood, C18 resistance group, section 350.70mm. Madera maciza de pino, clase resistente C18, sección 350.70 mm

_1.2.6.3 Projecting joist timber columnsSoportes de madera voladizos


_1.2.6.4 Gaps timber columnsSoportes de madera huecos


_1.2.7 Timber joistsViguetas de madera

Pine wood solid joists, C18 resistance group, section 70x140mmViguetas de madera maciza de pino, clase resistente C18, de sección 70.140mm

_1.2.8 Timber structure coatingProtección para estructura de madera

Coating anti-bluish.Imprimación de protección antiazulado. Marca ADAO

_1.2.9 Steel structure protective paintPintura de protección de la estructura metálica

Corrosion protective paintsPinturas de protección frente a la corrosión

_1.2.10 Technical Box timber structure fire proof coatingProtección contra incendios estructura de madera del módulo técnico

Intumescent wood stain system.Sistema de barniz intumescente.

_1.2.11 Technical Box closet sub-structureSubestructura armario módulo técnico

_1.2.11.1 Tubular steel joist 40Perfil tubular de acero de 40

Tubular steel joist 40.40.2 mm Perfil tubular de acero de 40.40.2 mm

711


_1.2.11.2 Tubular steel joist 70Perfil tubular de acero de 70

Tubular steel joist 70.80.2 mm Perfil tubular de acero de 70.80.2 mm

_1.2.11.3 Tramex 40Tramex 40

Tramex 40mm depthTramex de 40 mm de canto


Tramex 35mm depth Tramex de 35 mm de canto


Tramex 50mm depth Tramex de 50 mm de canto

_1.2.11.6 Aluminium sheetChapa de aluminio

Stretched aluminium sheetChapa estirada de aluminio

_1.2.11.7 SheetChapa

1mm thickness sheet Chapa de 1 mm de espesor

_1.2.12 Courtyard technical floor structureEstructura del suelo técnico del patio

_1.2.12.1 Steel gridEmpariilado metálico

Galvanized steel profiles 60.40.1,5 mm and 40.40.1,5 mm) Tubos de acero 60.40.1,5 mm and 40.40.1,5mm

_1.2.12.2 Adjutable SupportApoyo regulable

Steel profile 40.40.1,5 mm, threaded rod 20 mm diam - 150 mm lenght and plate 100.100.10 mm Tubos de acero 40.40.1,5mm, varilla roscada de 20 mm de diámetro y pletina 100.100.10 mm

_2 ArchitectureArquitectura

_2.1 EnclosureEnvolvente

_2.1.1 SupportSoporte

_2.1.1.1 SheetChapa

Sheet 2mm thickness for mineral wool support between structure gaps. 50cm wideChapa de espesor 2 mm para apoyo de la lana mineral entre los huecos de la estructura. Ancho 50 cm

_2.1.1.2 OSB panel externalPanel de OSB exterior

OSB panel made of wood shavings, 10mm thickness, placed by the external vertical timber structure side.Panel OSB de virutas de madera, espesor 10mm, colocados por la cara exterior de la estructura vertical de madera.

_2.1.1.3 OSB panel internalPanel de OSB interior

Fibreboard wood shavings, 10mm thickness, placed by the internal ceiling side (except for the Technical Box) and in walls with sliding doors.Panel aglomerado de virutas de madera, espesor 10 mm, colocado en la cara interior de techo (menos en Módulo Técnico) y en paredes con puertas correderas.

_2.1.2 InsulationAislamiento

_2.1.2.1 Filiing insulationAislamiento de relleno

Insulation for steel structure filling, Aislamiento para relleno de estructura metálica.

_2.1.2.2 InsulationAislamiento forjado. Fibra mineral

Insulation between coffered flooring slab, 190 thickness.Aislamiento entre casetones del forjado del suelo, espesor 190.

_2.1.2.3 Sandwich panel 59mmPanel Sandwich 59mm

Floor and walls sandwich panel, 59mm thickness.Panel sandwich en suelo y paredes, de espesor 59mm.

_2.1.2.4 InsulationAislamiento

Natural mineral wool insulation between timber columns, 80mm thic-kness. Compressed up to 70mmAislamiento de lana mineral natural entre pilares de madera, de es-pesor 80mm. Comprimido hasta 70mm

_2.1.2.5 Sandwich panel 79mmPanel Sandwich 79mm

Roof sandwich panel, 79mm thickness.Panel sandwich en cubierta, espesor 79mm.

_2.1.2.6 InsulationAislamiento

Natural mineral wool insulation between roof timber joists, 140mm thickness.Aislamiento de lana mineral natural entre viguetas de madera de cu-bierta, espesor 140mm.

_2.1.2.7 False ceilingFalso techo

Plasterboard, 12.5mm thickness, fixed to galvanize hidden steel fra-me and natural mineral wool insulation , 50mm thickness.Panel de cartón yeso, espesor 12,5mm, fijado con perfilería oculta de acero galvanizado y aislamiento de lana mineral natural, espesor 50mm.

712


_2.1.2.8 Reflexive insulationAislamiento reflexivo

Aluminum reflexive insulation.Aislamiento reflexivo de aluminio.

_2.1.2.9 PCMPCM

Phase-change materialMaterial de cambio de fase

_2.1.2.10 Ventilated cavityCámara de aire ventilada

Ventilated cavityCámara de aire ventilada

_2.1.3 WaterproofingImpermeablización

_2.1.3.1 Waterproof membraneLámina impermeabilizante

Waterproof membraneLámina impermeabilizante

_2.1.3.2 Waterproof paintPintura de impermeabilización

Liquid membrane for roofs.Membrana líquida para cubiertas.

_2.1.3.3 Roof top sheetChapa de remate de cubierta

Metallic sheet 1mm thicknessChapa metálica de 1mm de espesor

_2.1.3.4 Roof top sheetChapa de remate de cubierta

Technical Box side top, by galvanize steel folding sheet, 1mm thic-knessRemate lateral de modulo técnico, mediante chapa plegada de acero galvanizado, espesor 1mm.

_2.2 FinishesAcabados

_2.2.1 Cork paneling. Revestimiento de corcho.

Indoor finish cork floor, 10.5mm thickness.Acabado interior de corcho en suelo.

_2.2.2 Cork paneling. Revestimiento de corcho.

Indoor finish cork, 4mm thickness, stick fixed.Acabado interior de corcho en paredes y techo, espesor 4mm, fija-ción adhesiva.

_2.2.3 Ceramic ventilated façadeFachada ventilada de cerámica

External porous ceramic ventilated façade, 800.400.23mm metallic joist fixed.Fachada ventilada de cerámica porosa exterior, de 800.400.23mm, fijada con perfilería metálica.

_2.2.4 Paneling fix profilesPerfilería de fijación aplacado

Galvanized steel profiles for paneling fixation. Sheet 2cm width, 7cm large, 2mm thicknessPerfilería de acero galvanizado para fijación de cerámica. Pletina de 2 cm de ancho, 7cm de largo. e=2mm

_2.2.5 Ramp and courtyard composite timber floor finishAcabado de suelo de madera Patio y rampa

Composite strips in timber for outside, 23,7mm thickness.Listones de composite de madera para exteriores. E= 23,7mm.

_2.3 OpeningsAperturas

_2.3.1 Modules doors and windowsVentanas y puertas en módulos

Pine wood solid frame (8-12-4-12-8mm). Sliding door and folding windows. Carpintería de madera maciza de pino (8-12-4-12-8mm). Puertas co-rredera y ventanas abatibles.

_2.3.1.1 Technical Box frameCarpintería de Módulo téncio

Outside folding frame without aerators. 3+3 glass.Carpintería exterior sin aireador. Vidrio ajunquillado 3+3 mm

_2.3.1.2 Box doorPuerta módulo

Technical Box door, waterproof with aerators.Puerta de módulo técnico, estanca con aireador.

_2.3.2 Lumber lintel, sill and jambs in solid pine woodDintel, alfeizar y jambas de madera aserrada maciza de pino

_2.3.2.1 Doors lintel and jambsDintel y jambas de puertas

Side and top modules’ door subframe of pine wood solid. Precerco de madera maciza de pino lateral y superior de puertas de los módulos.

_2.3.2.2 Door’s floor subframePrecerco en suelo de puertas

Subframe placed in door’s floor of the modules of pine wood solid. Precerco de madera maciza de pino situado en el suelo de puerta de los módulos.

_2.3.2.3 Windows subframePrecerco de ventanas

Modules windows subframe of pine wood solid. Precerco de madera maciza de pino de ventanas de las los módulos.

_2.3.3 ShuttersPostigos

Shutters with identical finish to the ceramic porous paneling, fol-ding ahead the window gap. Livingroom and Kitchen windows (2400.800mm) and bedroom window (1600.800mm)Postigos con acabado idéntico al aplacado de cerámica porosa, pe-gado sobre tablero de madera, abatible por delante del hueco de ventana. Ventana de salón y cocina de 2400.800mm y ventana de dormitorio de 1600.800mm.

713


_2.3.4 Technical Box simple wood-workCarpintería simple del Módulo Técnico

Wood-work composed by pine wood window-frame with simple gla-ze, 33 cm width.Carpintería compuesta por junquillo de madera de pino con vidrio simple, de 33cm de ancho.

_2.3.5 Courtyard doors and windowPuertas y ventanas del patio

Tempered glass curtain 10mm.Cortina de vidrio templado de 10mm.

_2.4 CourtyardPatio

_2.4.1 AxisEjes

_2.4.1.1 Solar protection axisEjes de protección solar

Metallic axis to fix and revolve of solar protection, 40mm diameter. Situated on roof and on side enclosure.Eje metálico para fijación y rotación de protección solar de 20mm de diametro. Situados en cubierta y en cerramieto.

_2.4.2 Roof drawersCajones de cubierta

Roof drawers consist of aluminum profiles, with motorized sliding window.Cajones conformados con perfilería de aluminio, con ventanas co-rrederas motorizadas de vidrio.

_2.4.2.1 Drawer 2200mm Cajón 2200mm

Drawer dimensions 800.2200mm Cajón de dimensión 800.2200mm







_2.4.3 Solar protectionProtección solar

Composite vine leaves, in a solar protection slabs way, revolving and motorized. Each leaf surface= 0.066m2. Finished with sol-silicate photocatalytic paint. Placed on the roof and on sides.Hojas de parra de composite, a modo de lamas de protección solar, giratorias y motorizadas. Superficie de cada hoja= 0.066m2. Aca-badas con pintura fotocatalítica de sol-silicato. Situadas en cubierta y situadas lateralmente.

_2.4.4 Courtyard glazed frames enginesMotores carpintería de vidrio patio

Tubular engineMotor tubular

_2.4.5 Vine leaves enginesMotores hojas de parra

Tubular engineMotor tubular

_2.4.6 Courtyard roof support on living modulesApoyo del techo del patio en módulo habita-cionales

Standarized L joist in hot rolled steel S235JO, 100.10mm, for suppor-ting the courtyard drawers.Perfil L normalizado de acero laminado en caliente S235JO, de 100.10 mm, para apoyo de los cajones del patio.

_2.4.7 Courtyard roof and vertical enclosure support Apoyo del techo y cierres verticales del patio

Hot rolled steel tubular joist S235JO, dimensions 80.4 mm, welded to the living modules slabs in order to support perimeter frames.Pefil tubular de acero laminado en caliente S235JO de dimension 80.4 mm, soldada a los forjados de los módulos habitacionales para soporte de carpinterias perimetrales.

_2.5 Electric appliancesElectrodomésticos

_2.5.1 Extractor hoodCampana de cocina

Extractor hood type LiftCampana extractora tipo Lift

_2.5.2 Cooking platePlaca de cocción

Induction plate 570.602.520mm, top-Class design. Net weight 12kg.Placa de induccion de 570.602.520mm, diseño topClass. Peso neto de 12kg.

_2.5.3 FridgeFrigorífico

Fridge-freezer dimensions 545.556.1772mm. Consumption 250Kwh/anum. Efficiency class A++. Measurements for its placing 560.560.1780mmFrigorífico-congelador de 545.556.1772mm. Consumo de 250Kwh/anum. Clase de eficiencia A++. Dimensiones para su colocación de 560.560.1780mm.

_2.5.4 DishwasherLavavajillas

Dishwasher 598.550.865mm.Consumption: 0.76kWh/10l.Lavavajillas de 598.550.865mm. Consumo: 0,76kWh/10l.

_2.5.5 Top ovenHorno superior

Steam oven. Net weight 13kg. Measurements 382.594.300mm.Horno de vapor. Peso neto 13kg. Dimensiones de 382.594.300mm.

714


_2.5.6 Lower ovenHorno inferior

Oven. Pyrolytic self-cleaning with 3 levels. Consumption 0.990kWh. Efficiency class A. Measurements 595.595.548mm.Horno. Autolimpieza pirolítica con 3 niveles. Consumo 0,990 kWh. Clase de eficiencia A. Dimensiones de 595.595.548mm.

_2.5.7 WashmachineLavadora

Extra-silence washmachine with iQdrive TM engine and water-perfect White. Efficiency class A+++. Consumption: 189kWh/year and 10500 liters/year.Lavadora extrasilencio con motor iQdrive TM y waterPerfect Blanco. Clase de eficiencia A+++. Consumo: 189kWh/year and 10500l/year.

_2.5.8 DryerSecadora

Dryer with condensation iQ700 blue Therm Technology with heat pump dimensions 842.598.625mm. Efficiency class A. Consumption: 107kWh/year.Secadora de condensación iQ700 Tecnología blue Therm con bomba de calor de dimensión 842.598.625mm. Clase de eficiencia A. Con-sumo: 107kWh/year.

_2.5.11 TelevisionTelevision

Smart TV 37 “Smart TV 37”

_2.5.12 USBUSB

USB playerUSB reproductor

_2.5.13 ComputerOrdenador

21,5”21,5”

_2.6 FurnituresMuebles

_2.6.1 ClosetsArmarios

_2.6.1.1 Kitchen closetArmario de cocina

Composed by melamine laminated fibreboards inside and laminated fibreboard with oak sheet outdoors. Compuesto por interiores de tableros de aglomerado laminado con melamina y puertas exteriores de tablero de aglomerarado laminado con chapado de madera de roble.

_2.6.1.2 Living-room closetArmario de salón

Composed by melamine laminated fibreboards inside and laminated fibreboard with oak sheet outdoors. Compuesto por interiores de tableros de aglomerado laminado con melamina y puertas exteriores de tablero de aglomerarado laminado con chapado de madera de roble.

_2.6.1.3 Foldaway bed systemSistema de plegado de cama

_2.6.1.4 Bedroom-bathroom bed closetArmario cama de dormitorio-baño

Composed by melamine laminated fibreboards inside and laminated fibreboard with oak sheet outdoors, with integred folding bed.Compuesto por interiores de tableros de aglomerado laminado con melamina y puertas exteriores de tablero de aglomerarado laminado con chapado de madera de roble, con cama abatible integrada.

_2.6.1.5 Bedroom-bathroom dresser closetArmario vestidor de dormitorio-baño

Composed by melamine laminated fibreboards inside and laminated fibreboard with oak sheet outdoors.Compuesto por interiores de tableros de aglomerado laminado con melamina y puertas exteriores de tablero de aglomerarado laminado con chapado de madera de roble.

_2.6.1.6 Technical Box closetsArmario del cuarto técnico

Made of galvanized steel tubular structure and OSB 10mm.De estructura tubular conformada de acero galvanizado.

_2.6.2 IslesIslas

_2.6.2.1 Kitchen isleIsla cocina

Composed by galvanized steel profiles 40mmConformada con estrucutura tubular de acero galvanizado 40mm.

_2.6.2.2 Bathroom isleIsla baño

Composed by galvanized steel profiles 40mmConformada con estrucutura tubular de acero galvanizado 40mm.

_2.6.2.3 Artificial stonePiedra artificial

Artificial stone, 12mm thickness and 6mm thickness.2mm thickness, 8 boards 365,8.93.12mm6mm thickness, 2 boards 365,8.93.6mmPiedra artificial, de espesor 12mm y 6mmDe espesor 12mm, 8 tableros 365,8.93.12mmDe espesor 6mm, 2 tableros 365,8.93.6mm

715


_2.6.2.4 ToiletInodoro

Electronic folding hidden toilet.Inodoro oculto abatible electrónico.

_2.6.2.5 ShowerDucha

Ceiling showerRociador de techo

_3 Mechanical systemsInstalaciones

_3.0.1 StoresDepósitos

Polyester stores reinforced with fiberglass:Depositos de poliester reforzado con fibra de vidrio:

_3.0.1.1 Black water tank 300LDepósito de aguas negras de 300L

Rectangular tank with rounded bottom and lid.Depósito rectantugular con fondo redondeado y tapadera.

_3.0.1.2 Grey water tank 300LDepósito de aguas grises de 300L


_3.0.1.3 Recycled water tank 3x500LDeposito de agua de depurada 3x500L


_3.0.2 Installation traysBandejas de instalaciones

Electricity installation trayBandeja de instalaciones electricidad

Perimeter ring composed with 1 gutter 60x190mm and 1 gutter 60x130mm.Anillo perimetral compuesto por 1 canal 60x190mm y 1 canal de 60x130mm.

Air-conditioning installation trayBandeja de instalaciones de climatización

Tray with metallic supports for air-conditioning copper pipes with in-sulation.Bandeja con soportes metálicos para tubos de climatización de cobre con aislamiento.

Plumbing installation trayBandeja de instalaciones de fontanería

Plomylayer pipes with fix metallic elements to the tray.Tuberías con elementos metálicos de fijación a la bandeja.

Grey water installation trayBandeja de instalaciones de aguas grises

Ring composed by rigid pipes with threaded joints for disassembly and slope placed over the tray.Anillo compuesto por tubos rígidos con conexiones roscantes para el desmontaje y colocados con pendinete sobre la bandeja.

_3.1 Fire Protection SystemsPCI

_3.1.1 Fire extinguisherExtintor

Mobile fire extinguisher 6kg powder ABC (21A-113B)Extintor móvil de 6kg polvo ABC (21A-113B)

_3.2 PlumbingFontanería y saneamiento

_3.2.1 GutterCanaleta

Perimeter gutter for rain-water collection in galvanized steel modules forming a 150.60mm net section with 0.5% slope.Canaleta perimetral de recogida de agua pluvial en módulos de acero galvanizado formando sección libre de 150.60mm con una pendiente de 0,5%

_3.2.2 Courtyard hidden gutterCanaleta oculta del patio

Courtyard water collection hidden PVC gutter. Tubería oculta de recogida de agua del patio

_3.2.3 Rainwater down-pipeBajante pluvial

PVC pipe fixed to the air cavity inside.Tubo PVC fijado en el interior de la camara de aire.

_3.2.4 Drain piperTubería de saneamiento

Pipes for grey and waste water:Waste water pipe, 110mm diameterGrey water pipe, 40mm diameterTuberías de PVC para aguas grises y negras:Aguas negras. Diámetro 110 mmAguas grises. Diámetro 40 mm

_3.2.5 Plumbing piperTuberías de fontanería

Pipe from 1/2” and 1”.Tubería de 1/2” y 1”

_3.2.6 TapsGrifos

Mixer tap with stainless steel aeratorGrifo monomando con aireador de acero inoxidable

_3.2.7 Wastepipe kitchen sinkDesagüe de fregadero

Stainless steel sink wastepipe valveVálvula de desagüe del fregadero de acero inoxidable

_3.2.8 Bathroom saving valvesVálvulas de ahorro de baño

Water saving system.Sistema de ahorro de agua.

_3.2.9 Grey-water sewage treatment plantDepuradora de aguas grises

Polyproplylene board. Dimensions 60x60x180 with 3 drawers with gla-zed front in methacrylate and an ultraviolet lamp, conected to grey water store, with waterproof, temporized pump.Tablero de polipropileno. Dimensiones 60x60x180. Con 3 cajones con frente ventanas de metacrilato y una lámpara ultravioleta, conec-tada a depósito de aguas grises, bomba sumergible y temporizada

716


_3.2.10 Ceramic irrigation pumpBomba de riego de cerámica

Pump for water impulsion up to the top of the north kitchen and living-room façades.Bomba para la impulsión del agua hasta la parte alta de las facha-das nortes de cocina y salón.

_3.2.11 Pressure groupGrupos de presión

Pressure group for water impulsion to the consumption points of the house. Grupo de presión para la impulsión del agua a los puntos de con-sumo de la casa.

_3.3 Air-ConditioingClimatización

_3.3.1 Ventilation mechanic lock-gateCompuerta motorizada de ventilación

Ventilation air cavity entrance lock-gate. 1000.150 Aluminium, in living-room.Compuerta de entrada de aire de camara ventilada. 1000.150 Alumi-no en fachada norte de salón.

_3.3.2 Ventilation mechanic lock-gateCompuerta motorizada de ventilación

Ventilation air cavity entrance lock-gate. 900.150 Aluminium, in kit-chen north façade. Compuerta de entrada de aire de camara ventilada. 900.150 Alumi-noen fachada norte de cocina.

_3.3.3 Ventilation mechanic closet lock-gatesCompuertas motorizadas de ventilación para armario

CRPR lock-gates 300.100mm. AluminiumCompuertas CRPR 300.100mm. Aluminio

_3.3.4 Ceramic irrigation systemSistema de riego de cerámica

_3.3.4.1 Irrigation pipe Tubería de riego

Drip irrigation hoseTubería de riego por goteo

_3.3.5 Solar chimneyChimenea solar

Lock-gate in galvanized steel drawer 300.120.3 mm and basalt stone of high density black granite and glass sheet, permeable to natural radiation and impermeable to red radiation. Two 3.5m lenght and one 4.8m lenght.Compuesta por cajón de acero galvanizado 300.120.3mm y piedra basatica de granito negro de alta densidad y vidrio selectivo per-meable a la radiación natural e impermeable a la radiación roja. Dos de 3,5 de longitud y uno de 4,8m.

_3.3.6 Extract fansExtractores

_3.3.7.1 Solar chimney extract fansExtractores chimenea solar

Solar chimney extract fans (rooms air). (CO2 test). Diam 100mm. Extractores de chimenea solar. (aire de estancias). (PRUEBA CO2). Diam 100 mm.

_3.3.7.2 Bathroom extract fan Extractor de baño

Bathroom extract fan. Diam 100mm. Extractor de baño. Diam 100 mm.

_3.3.7.3 Kitchen extract fan Extractor cocina

Kitchen extract fan Extractor de cocina

_3.3.7 Kitchen shunt outletSalida de shunt de cocina

Made of galvanized steel sheetDe chapa de acero galvanizado

_3.3.8 Courtyard evaporative unitUnidad evaporativa del patio

Evaporative cooling unit. Dimensions 760.805.745. Unidad de enfriamiento evaporativo. Dimensiones 760.805.745.

_3.3.9 Heat pumpBomba de calor

Air/water reversible. Calorific power 5KW. Weight 144kg. Bomba de calor reversible aire/agua. Potencia calorífica de 5KW. Peso 144kg.

_3.3.10 Pre-cooling batteryBatería de preenfriamiento

Cooling battery for the freecooling system, placed before the fan-coil.Batería de enfriamiento para el sistema de freecoling, oolocada de-lante del fan coil.

_3.3.11 FancoilFancoil

Weight<15kg.Peso <15kg.

_3.3.12 Fancoil pipesTuberías de fancoil

Double copper pipe insulated from exchanger-pond-Fancoils and double pipe from pump-Fancoilslm of insulated copper pipe from exchanger-pond-Fancoilslm insulated copper pipe from pump-FancoilsFancoils condensation water collection pipe: PVC hydrotubeDoble tubería de cobre aislada desde estanque-intercambiador-Fancoils y doble tubería desde bomba-Fancoilsml de tubería de cobre aislada de estanque-intercambiador-Fancoilsml de tubería cobre aislada de bomba-FancoilsTubería para recogida de agua de condensación de Fancoils: hi-drotubo de PVC

717


_3.3.13 Fancoil pipes insulationAislamiento de tuberías de fancoil

25 mm thickness hose.Coquilla de 25 mm de espesor.

_3.3.14 Inertia storeDepósito de inercia

Belonging to air-conditioning conventional circuit (heating) 80 litresPerteneciente al circuito convencional de climatización (calefacción) de 80 litros

_3.3.15 DHW supply storeDepósito de apoyo para ACS

Kit 300 litres: supporting system for the solar thermal installation.Solución con kit de 300 litros: sistema de apoyo para la instalación solar térmica.

_3.3.16 Pond exchangerIntercambiador con estanque

Exchanger.Intercambiador.

_3.3.17 Control panelCuadro de control

Activation control of the pump according to pond temperatureControl de activación de bomba en función de Tª del estanque

_3.3.18 Data cable of data panelCable de datos de cuadro de datos

Cable from panel to pump, and from panel to pond.Cable desde cuadro a bomba, y desde cuadro a estanque.

_3.4 Electricity, domotic and telecommunicationsElectricidad, domótica y telecomunicaciones

_3.4.1 Wiring traysCanaletas para cableado

Tray 15x4 cmCanaleta de 15x4 cm

_3.4.2 Electrical + domotic panelsCuadros eléctricos + domóticos

_3.4.3 CorrugatedCorrugado

Electric appliancesAir exit lock-gatesSensorsEvaportranspiration lock-gatesCeiling illuminationElectrodomésticosCompuerta de salidas de aireSensoresCompuertas evaportranspiraciónIluminación del techo

_3.4.4 Electricity installation. Electricity wiringInstalación de electricidad. Cableado de electricidad

Electricity Systema Insatallation

_3.4.4.1 2,5 mm²2,5 mm²

2,5 mm² copper cable2,5 mm² cables de cobre

_3.4.4.2 4 mm²4 mm²

4 mm² copper cable4 mm² cables de cobre

_3.4.4.3 6 mm²6 mm²


_3.4.4.4 10 mm²10 mm²


_3.4.4.5 Parallel cable Cable paralelo

Parallel cable red and black Cable paralelo rojo y negro

_3.4.4.6 Solar panels cable Cable placas solares

Solar panels cable Cable para placas solares

_3.4.5 Domotic wiringCableado domótica

BUS cableCable BUS

_3.4.6 Electric mechanismsMecanismos eléctricos

_3.4.6.1 Living-roomSalón

Living-room power pointsTomas de fuerza salón

_3.4.6.2 KitchenCocina

Kitchen power pointsTomas de fuerza cocina

_3.4.6.3 BedroomDormitorio

Bedroom power points Tomas de fuerza dormitorio

_3.4.6.4 Technical BoxMódulo Técnico

Technical Box power points Tomas de fuerza Módulo Técnico

_3.4.7 IlluminationIluminación

_3.4.7.1 Frames Junquillos

Ceiling lamp frames. Stainless steel Junquillos para luminaria en techo. De acero inoxidable

718


_3.4.7.2 LED illumination Iluminación de LED

LED line stuck to metallic line, embedded into finish ceiling panel Tira de LED adherida a canal metálico, embebida en panel de ter-minación techo

_3.4.7.3 Sources + transformerAlimentadores + transformador

Source for automation control of lighting + 12 to 220v transformerAlimentador para control domótico de la iluminación + transforma-dor de 12 a 220 v

_3.4.8 Domotic screensPantallas domóticas

Control panelsAndroid panelTablas de controlTableta Android

_3.4.9 Domotic sensorsSensores domótica

Wireless nodels with temperature/humidity sensors, lead light, CO2, airspeed...Nodos inalambricos con sensores de temperatura/humedad, sonda lumínica, CO2, velocidad del aire…

_3.4.9.1 Temperature, humidity and wind Temperatura, humedad y viento

_3.4.9.2 Temperature, humidity and CO2 Temperatura, humedad y CO2

_3.4.9.3 Temperature at 1.2m high Temperatura a 1,2 m de altura

_3.4.9.4 Temperature at courtyard ceiling Temperatura en el techo del patio

_3.4.9.5 Illumination Iluminación

_3.4.9.6 Fire Incendios

_3.4.9.7 Pond water temperature for air-conditioning Temperatura agua de estanque para refrigera-ción

_3.4.9.8 Humidity Humedad

Sensor de humedad en el hombre para control de la máquina.

_3.4.10 SpeakersAltavoces

Circular speakers to be embeded. Altavoces circulares para empotrar.

_3.4.11 AmplifierAmplificador

Music amplifier connected to loudspeakersAmplificador de música conectado a los altavoces

_3.4.12 Protection devices for the low voltage circuitDispositivos de protección del circuito de baja tensión

Protection devices for installed clabes.Dispositivos de protección de los cables istalados.

_3.4.13 Earth wireToma de tierra

Copper cableCable de cobre

_3.5 Thermal solar and photovoltaicSolar térmica y fotovoltaica

_3.5.1 SunPower photovoltaic moduleMódulo fotovoltaico SunPower

Solar panels, 46mm thickness, on structure aluminum profilePaneles solares, de espesor 46mm, sobre estructura de perfilería de alumino.

_3.5.2 Hybrid module in Technical BoxMódulo híbrido en módulo técnico

Connected hybrid module: Placed over the aluminium structureModulo híbrido acoplado: módulo fotovoltáico y Modulo Solar Termi-co. Situado sobre estructura de aluminio.

_3.5.3 Photovoltaic modules support structureEstructura de apoyo de módulos fotovoltaicos

Galvanized steel profiles over fixations with double thread screws with waterproof sealant rubberPerfiles de acero galvanizado sobre anclajes con tornillo de doble rosca con goma estanca.

_3.5.4 Hybrid modules supportsApoyos módulos híbridos

Galvanized steel profiles over fixations with double thread screws with waterproof sealant rubberPerfiles de acero galvanizado sobre anclajes con tornillo de doble rosca con goma estanca.

_3.5.5 Solar Thermal InteraccumulatorInteracumulador para solar térmica

Interaccumulator ASF 1020VInteracumulador ASF 1020V

_3.5.6 InverterInversor

Inverter with galvanic division.Inversor con división galvánica.

_3.5.7 BatteryBatería

Batería de almacenamiento de electricidad

719


_3.5.8 Suny Back UpSuny Back Up

Almacenamiento de electricidad

_3.5.9 As-boxAs-box

Parte del sistema de almacenamiento

_4 OutdoorsExteriores

_4.1 Ramp. StructureRampa. Estructura

Composed by gslvsnized steel ribs each 2m around the north pond structure. Galvanized steel auxiliary tubular frame.Compuesta por costillas de acero galvanizado cada 2m entorno a la estructura del estanque norte. Perfilería tubular auxiliar de acero galvanizado.

_4.2 Ramp. BanisterRampa. Pasamanos

30 mm diameter tubular banisterPasamanos tubular de 30mm de diametro

_4.3 Ramp. Informative banisterRampa. Pasamanos informativo

5mm thickness steel sheet banister stand, over 12 diameter tubular bar.Atril de chapa de acero de 5mm de espesor, sobre barrote tubular de 12mm de diametro.

_4.4 Outdoor textil grassCésped textil exterior

Artificial grass to be placed over the plot ground.Césped artificial para colocar sobre el suelo de la parcela.

_4.6 PondsEstanques

_4.6.1 North PondEstanque norte

Corten steel pond thickness 10mm.Estanque de chapa de acero corten de 10mm.

_4.6.2 Embeded pondsEstanques interiores

Two inside ponds with 10mm corten steel sheet ornamental fountain.Dos estanques interiores con fuente ornamental de chapa de acero corten de 10mm.

_4.6.4 Pond. PumpsEstanque. Bombas

Recirculation suppliers pumps to ponds.Surtidores de recirculación conectado a bombas sumergidas en el estanque

12.1. STRUCTURAL VERIFICATIONS. ELU

12.2. STRUCTURAL VERIFICATIONS. ELS

12.3. FIRE SAFETY

12.4. FOUNDATION DESING

12.5. STRUCTURAL MODELS


720


12.1.- GENERAL STRUCTURAL PREMISES FOR ADOPTED SOLUTION

The house is composed of four independent modules (Living room, Bedroom, kitchen and Technical box), which are interconnected by a central patio. All modules are similar with two levels, floor and roof.

House access is by a perimetral ramp which ends at the entrance between the kitchen and the living room.

House structural design has taken into account several factors:

· Prefabrication. Industrialization and assembly

House is allowed to be completely built at central prefabrication and then transported to the plot. Structure construction process is very easy and fast assembly. Structural system is the same in all modules.

· Transport. Dimensionals and weight restrictions

As the house must be transported from central prefabrication to the plot, it has been taken into account the maximum house dimensions for the transport by trailer. Further-more, house design represents a light weight structure.

· Ground independence. Low-impact and adjustable height footings

Lots must be cleaned and re-established to its original conditions once the assembly and disassembly process is over. Low impact footings have been used to support all house and site components located on the competition site. As vertical elevation chan-ge may exist across the lot, footings are height adjustable.

· House raising for transport. Load cases and structural stiffness

Given that the house must be raised on the trailer for the transport and then for located it on the competition position, it must been considered special load cases. Additionally, house must have enough stiffness to impede dimensional deformations that could cau-se damage in the constructive elements.

· Sustainability. Ecosustainable, recyclabe and reusable materials

All materials used on the house structure have been chosen for their recyclable charac-ter. Moreover, all the structure is able to be assembly and disassembly easily, and can adopt different distributions.

721

12.2.- COURTYARD DRAWERS DATA LISTING

12.2.1.- Regulations considered

Aluminium: Eurocode 9

13.2.2.- Limit states

Breake L.L.S. Aluminium Spanish CTE

Snow level: Altitude not exceeding 1000 mDisplacements Actions characteristics

12.2.2.1.- Project situations

For the different design situations, combinations of actions are defined in accordance with the following criteria:

- With combination coefficients

- Without combination coefficients

- Where:

Gk Permanent action

Qk Variable action

φG Security permanent action partial coefficient

φQ,1 Partial security coefficient of the main variable action

φQ,i Partial security coefficient of the accompaniment variable action

Ψp,1 Combination coefficient of the main variable action

Ψa,i Combination coefficient of the accompaniment variable action

For each project situation and limit state used coefficients are:

Breakage L.L.S.. Aluminium: Eurocode 9

722

Persistent or transitionalPartial safety factors (φ) Combination coefficients (Ψ)Favorable Unfavorable Main (Ψp) Accompaniment (Ψa)

Dead Load (G) 1.000 1.350 - -

Displacements

CharacteristicPartial safety factors (φ)Favorable Unfavorable

Dead Load (G) 1.000 1.000

13.2.2.2.- Combinations

· Hypotheses names

G Permanent load

· Breakage L.L.S.. Aluminium

Comb. G1 1.0002 1.350

· Displacements

Comb. G1 1.000

12.2.3.- Structure Geometry

12.2.3.1.- Knots

References:

Δx, Δy, Δz: Displacements prescribed in global axes.

Ψx, Ψy, Ψz: Turns prescribed in global axes.

Each free degree is marked with ‘X’ if it is coerced and otherwise, with ‘-’.

723

12.2.3.2.- Bars

Used materials

Material

Type DesignationE

(MPa)v

G

(MPa)

fy

(MPa)

α·t

(m/m°C)

φ

(kN/m³)

Extruded alumi-nium

EN AW-5083 713557.6 0.300 275229.4 0.000023 2.700 77.01

Notation:

E: Elasticity module

v: Poisson module

G: Cut module

fy: Elastic limit

α·t: Espansion coefficient

φ : Specific weight

Mechanical properties

Pieces typeRef. Pieces1 N1/N2


MaterialRef. Description

A

(cm²)

Avy

(cm²)

Avz

(cm²)

Iyy

(cm4)

Izz

(cm4)

It

(cm4)TypeDesigna-

tion

Extruded aluminium

EN AW-5083

1CA 236x2x80x4,

(CA)15.52 6.08 9.12 1256.35 172.88 483.69

724

Notation:

Ref.: Reference

A: Cross section area

Avy: Section shear area according to the local axis ‘Y’

Avz: Section shear area according to the local axis ‘Z’

Iyy: Section inertia around local axis ‘Y’

Izz: Section inertia around local axis ‘Z’

It:Torsion inertia

The pieces mechanical characteristics correspond to the midpoint section thereof.

Measuring table

MaterialPiece

(Ni/Nf)

Profile

(Serial)

Lenght

(m)

Volume

(m³)Weight

(kg)Type Designation

Extruded aluminium

EN AW-5083 N1/N2 CA 236x2x80x4 (CA) 6.120 0.009 25.65

Notation:

Ni: Initial knot

Nf: Final knot

12.2.4.- Loads

12.2.4.1.- Bars

References:

‘P1’, ‘P2’:

- Point, uniform, belt and specific moments in loads :‘P1’ is the value of the load. ‘P2’ is not used.

- Trapezoidal loads: ‘P1’ is the value of the load at the point where it begins (L1) and ‘P2’ is the value of the load at the end point (L2).

725

- Triangular loads ‘P1’ is the maximum load. ‘P2’ is not used.

- Temperature Increments: ‘P1’ and ‘P2’ are the values of temperature on the piece’ outer faces or walls. The orientation of the temperature increase variation over the cross section depends on the selected direction.

‘L1’, ‘L2’:

- Point loads and moments: ‘L1’ is the distance between the initial knot of the bar and the position where the load is applied. ‘L2’ is not used.

- Trapezoidal loads, strip, and triangle, ‘L1’ is the distance between the initial knot of the bar and the starting position of the load, ‘L2’ is the distance between the initial knot of the bar and the position where ends load.

Units:

- Point loads: kN

- Point moments: kN•m.

- Uniform loads, trapezoidal, strip, and triangle: kN/m.

- Temperature increase: °C.

12.2.5.- Results

12.2.5.1.- Knots

References:

Dx, Dy, Dz: Knots displacements in global axis.

Gx, Gy, Gz: Knots turns in global axis.

726

12.2.6.- Reactions

References:

Rx, Ry, Rz: Reactions in knots with coerced displacements (forces).

Mx, My, Mz: Reactions in knots with coerced turns (moments).

Note: Concrete combinations are the same used to check the foundations balance state limit.


727

12.2.6.- Stresses

References:

N: Axile Stress (t)

Vy: Shear stress in the local axis Y of the bar. (t)

Vz: Shear stress in the local axis Z of the bar. (t)

Mt: Torsor moment (t•m)

My: Flector moment in plane ‘XZ’ (turn of the section in respect of the local axis ‘Y’ of the bar). (t•m)

Mz: Flector moment in plane ‘XY’ (turn of the section in respect of the local axis ‘Z’ of the bar). (t•m)

t

728

12.2.7.- Resistence

References:

N: Stress axil (t)

Vy: Shear stress in the local axis Y of the bar. (t)

Vz: Shear stress in the local axis Z of the bar. (t)

Mt: Torsor moment (t•m)

My: Flector moment in plane ‘XZ’ (turn of the section in respect of the local axis ‘Y’ of the bar). (t•m)

Mz: Flector moment in plane ‘XY’ (turn of the section in respect of the local axis ‘Z’ of the bar). (t•m)

These stresses are those of the worse combination, in other words, the one that de-mands the maximum resistence of the section.

Worse stresses origin:

- G: Just gravitationals

- GV: Gravitationals + wind

- GS: Gravitationals + earthquake

- GVS: Gravitationals + wind + earthquake

n: resistence use. The bar obeis the resistance conditions of the Spanish regulation if n ≤ 100 %.

12.2.8.- Deflections

References:

Pos.: Coordinate value over the deflection group local axis ‘X’ in the point where is the worse deflection value.

L.: Distance between two consecutive cut points of the deformed with the straight line that joins the extreme knots of the defection group.

729

12.2.9.- L.L.S. verifications (Complete)

Bar N1/N2

Tensile strength (Eurocode 9 EN 1999-1-1: 2007, articule 6.2.3)

The verification is not necessary, since there is not traction axile.

Compression strength (Eurocode 9 EN 1999-1-1: 2007, articles 6.2.4 - 6.3.1)

The verification is not necessary, since there is not compression axile.

Flection strength in axis Y (Eurocode 9 EN 1999-1-1: 2007, articles 6.2.5 - 6.3.2)

It must obey:

730

Possitve flection:

The demanding stress of the worse calculation is produced in one point positionated 3.060 m distance from the knot N1, for the actions combination de 1.35•G. Where:

MEd: is the calculation demanding flector moment. MEd+ : 0.238 t•m

MEd- : 0.000 t•m

Mc,Rd: is the calculation uniaxial flection strength. Mc,Rd : 0.987 t•m

Class: the cross section clasification depends on its compressed elements dimensions, with the flector moment, for the considered actions combination. Class : 4

Mc,Rd: is the calculation strength to uniaxial flection. Mc,Rd : 0.987 t•m

Where:

α: is the form factor. α : 0.910

Where:

Weff: is the effective elastic module of the section, using a reduced thickness for Class 4 elements. Weff : 96.87 cm³

Wel: is the elastic module of the gross section. Wel : 106.47 cm³

Flection strength in axis Z (Eurocode 9 EN 1999-1-1: 2007, articles 6.2.5 - 6.3.2)

The verification is not necessary, since there is not flector moment.

Strength a Shear en el axis Y (Eurocode 9 EN 1999-1-1: 2007, articles 6.2.6 - 6.5.5)

The verification is not necessary, since there is not Stress Shear.

Shear strength in axis Z (Eurocode 9 EN 1999-1-1: 2007, articles 6.2.6 - 6.5.5)

It must obey:

The demanding stresses of the worse calculation are produced in knot N1, for the ac-tions combination 1.35•G.

Where:

731

VEd: is the demanding shear stress of calculation. VEd : 0.156 t

VRd: is the calculation strength to shear of the cross section. VRd : 2.158 t

The obtaining of the calculation strength to shear of the cross section is made assuming a uniform tangential tensions distribution over every plane element of thin Wall that compose it, in such a way that any of them excedes the plastification tensión and the demanding calculation stress shear is balanced. On its calculation are both considered the shear local buckling and the HAZ areas.

VRd: is the calculation shear strength of the cross section. It is assumed to be equal to the summatory of shear strengths of each of the similar sides placed in parallel to axis ‘z’ direction.

VRd : 2.158 t

Where:

VRd,w: is the shear strength to each side. VRd,w : 1.079 t

Class: is each side clasification to shear, assuming each side as a non-stiffed rectangular sheet subjected to uniform shears stresses. Class: slender

The side is considered slender, since it obeis the following inequality:

Where:

βw: is the side slender parametre. βw : 114.00

39•ε: is the slender limit. 39•ε : 58.79

βw: is the side slender parametre.

βw : 114.00

Where:

bw,z: is the wide of each parallel side to axis ‘z’. bw,z : 228.00 mm

tw,z: is the thickness of each parallel side to axis ‘z’. tw,z : 2.00 mm

ε: is a depending parametre on the material characteric strength.

ε : 1.51

Where:

fref: is the reference elastic limit. fref : 2548.42 kp/cm²

fo: is the elastic limir for 0,2% distortion. fo : 1121.30 kp/cm²

VRd,w: is the shear strenght of each side. VRd,w : 1.079 t

732

Each side shear strength will be the minor of the following:

Vc,Rd,w: is the shear strenght of each side. It is the general creep value along side the element.

Vb,Rd,w: is the calculation shear buckling strength for each side.

Vc,Rd,w: is the shear strenght of each side. It is the general creep value along side the element.

Vc,Rd,w : 2.684 t

Where:




φM1: is the material partial security coefficient. φM1 : 1.10

Vb,Rd,w: is the calculation shear buckling strength for each side.

Vb,Rd,w : 1.079 t

Where:

v1,w: is the reduction coefficient for shear buckling. v1,w: 0.40




φM1: is the material partial security coefficient. φM1 : 1.10

v1,w: is the reduction coefficient for shear buckling.

v1,w : 0.40

Where:


ε: is the depending parametre on the material characteristic strength. ε : 1.51

733

kεw: is a depending parametre on the side dimensions. kεw : 5.35


kεw: is a depending parametre on the side dimensions.

So:

kεw : 5.35

Where:


a: is the element length. a : 6120.00 mm

Torsion strength (Eurocode 9 EN 1999-1-1: 2007, artículo 6.2.7.1)

The verification is not necessary, since there is not torsor moment.

Combained flection strength in axis Y and shear in axis Z (Eurocode 9 EN 1999-1-1: 2007, article 6.2.8)

There is no interaction between flector moment and shear stress for any combination. Therefor, the verification does not proceed.

Combained flection strength in axis Z and shear in axis Y (Eurocode 9 EN 1999-1-1: 2007, article 6.2.8)

There is no interaction between flector moment and shear stress for any combination. Therefor, the verification does not proceed.

Combained torsion strength and shear in axis Y (Eurocode 9 EN 1999-1-1: 2007, articles 6.2.7.3)

There is no interaction between torsion and shear for any combination. Therefor, the verification does not proceed.

Combained torsion strength and shear in axis Z (Eurocode 9 EN 1999-1-1: 2007, articles 6.2.7.3)

There is no interaction between torsion and shear for any combination. Therefor, the verification does not proceed.

734

Combained axile strength and biaxial flection (Eurocode 9 EN 1999-1-1: 2007, articles 6.2.9 - 6.3.3)

There is no interaction between compression axile and flector moment for any combina-tion. Therefor, the verification does not proceed.

Combained torsión, shear, axile and biaxial flection (Eurocode 9 EN 1999-1-1: 2007, articles 6.2.9 - 6.2.10 - 6.3.3)

There is no interaction between torsion, shear, compression axile and flector moment for any combination. Therefor, the verification does not proceed.

13.2.10.- L.L.S Verifications. (Summary)

735

12.3.- COURTYARD FLOOR DATA LISTING

12.3.1.- Regulations considered

Rolled and welded steel: CTE DB SE-A

Use category: C. Public access areas

12.3.2.- Limit states

Breake L.L.S. Rolled steel Spanish CTE

Snow level: Altitude not exceeding 1000 mDisplacements Actions characteristics

12.3.1.- Project situations

For the different design situations, combinations of actions are defined in accordance with the following criteria:

- With combination coefficients

- Without combination coefficients

- Where:

Gk Permanent action

Qk Variable action

φG Security permanent action partial coefficient

φQ,1 Partial security coefficient of the main variable action

φQ,i Partial security coefficient of the accompaniment variable action

Ψp,1 Combination coefficient of the main variable action

Ψa,i Combination coefficient of the accompaniment variable action

For each project situation and limit state used coefficients are:

Breakage L.L.S.. Rolled steel: CTE DB SE-A

736

Persistent or transitionalPartial safety factors (φ) Combination coefficients (Ψ)Favorable Unfavorable Main (Ψp) Accompaniment (Ψa)

Dead Load (G)

Overload (Q)

0.800

0.000

1.350

1.500

-

1.000

-

0.700

Displacements

CharacteristicPartial safety factors (φ) Combination coefficients (Ψ)Favorable Unfavorable Main (Ψp) Accompaniment (Ψa)

Dead Load (G)

Overload (Q)

1.000

0.000

1.000

1.000

-

1.000

-

1.000

12.3.2.- Combinations

· Hypotheses names

G Permanent load

Q 1 Q 1

· Breakage L.L.S.. Rolled steel

Comb. G Q 11 0.8002 1.3503 0.800 1.5004 1.350 1.500

· Displacements

Comb. G Q 11 1.0002 1.000 1.000

737

12.3.3.- Structure geometry

Knots References:

Δx, Δy, Δz: Displacements prescribed in global axes.

Ψx, Ψy, Ψz: Turns prescribed in global axes.

Each free degree is marked with ‘X’ if it is coerced and otherwise, with ‘-’.

738

Bars

Used materialsMaterial

TypeDesigna-

tion

E

(MPa)v

G

(MPa)

fy

(MPa)

α·t

(m/m°C)

φ

(kN/m³)

Rolled steel S275 0.300 275.00 77.01Notation:

E: Elasticity module

v: Poisson module

G: Cut module

fy: Elastic limit

α·t: Espansion coefficient

φ : Specific weight

739


Pieces typeRef. Pieces1

2

N1/N2, N2/N3, N17/N18, N18/N4, N19/N5, N16/N19, N15/N20, N20/N6, N21/N7, N14/N21, N13/N22, N22/N8, N23/N9, N12/N23, N24/N1, N25/N16, N26/N14, N27/N2, N28/N3, N29/N5, N30/N19, N31/N21, N32/N11, N33/N34, N35/N10, N36/N7, N11/N34 y N34/N10

N2/N34, N1/N11 y N3/N10

Mechanical propertiesMaterial

Ref. DescriptionA

(cm²)Avy

Avz

(cm²)Iyy Izz

It

(cm4)TypeDesigna-

tion

Rolled steel

S2751

2

CDC 40x1.5, (CDC)

CC 60x40x1.5, (CC)

2.25

2.85

0.96

0.96

0.96

1.465.48

5.48

7.708.74

740

Notation:

Ref.: Reference

A: Cross section area

Avy: Section shear area according to the local axis ‘Y’

Avz: Section shear area according to the local axis ‘Z’

Iyy: Section inertia around local axis ‘Y’

Izz: Section inertia around local axis ‘Z’

It:Torsion inertia

The pieces mechanical characteristics correspond to the midpoint section thereof.

741

12.3.4.- Loads

Bars References:

‘P1’, ‘P2’:

- Point, uniform, belt and specific moments in loads :‘P1’ is the value of the load. ‘P2’ is not used.

- Trapezoidal loads: ‘P1’ is the value of the load at the point where it begins (L1) and ‘P2’ is the value of the load at the end point (L2).

- Triangular loads ‘P1’ is the maximum load. ‘P2’ is not used.

- Temperature Increments: ‘P1’ and ‘P2’ are the values of temperature on the piece’ outer faces or walls. The orientation of the temperature increase variation over the cross section depends on the selected direction.

‘L1’, ‘L2’:

- Point loads and moments: ‘L1’ is the distance between the initial knot of the bar and the position where the load is applied. ‘L2’ is not used.

- Trapezoidal loads, strip, and triangle, ‘L1’ is the distance between the initial knot of the bar and the starting position of the load, ‘L2’ is the distance between the initial knot of the bar and the position where ends load.

Units:

- Point loads: kN

- Point moments: kN•m.

- Uniform loads, trapezoidal, strip, and triangle: kN/m.

- Temperature increase: °C.

742

12.3.5.- Results

Knots Displacements References:

Dx, Dy, Dz: Knots displacements in global axis.

Gx, Gy, Gz: Knots turns in global axis.

748

12.3.6.- Reactions

References:

Rx, Ry, Rz: Reactions in knots with coerced displacements (forces).

749

Mx, My, Mz: Reactions in knots with coerced turns (moments).

751



13.3.6.- Deflections

References:

Pos.: Coordinate value over the deflection group local axis ‘X’ in the point where is the worse deflection value.

752

L.: Distance between two consecutive cut points of the deformed with the straight line that joins the extreme knots of the defection group.

753

L.L.S. verifications (summary)

756

12.4. MODULES LISTING DATA

12.4.1.- Structure design

As indicated before, structure design of all modules is similar. Floor plan is composed by perimetral steel beams (hollow tube 200.200.8 mm) with steel joists (hollow tube 80.200.3 mm) separated with 65-70 cm of interaxis. Finally, over the joists is place a wood flooring with the thermal insulation.

Supports are made of wood C24 with section 70x70, 70x140 or 70x210 mm separated with 40 cm of interaxis. Distance between supports is conditioned for the anchorage elements necessary for ceramic façade pieces.

Roof plan has similar design as floor, but in this case, all the elements are made of wood. Generally, perimetral beams and joists are the same section of 70x140 mm. Joists in-teraxis is 40 cm coinciding with supports distribution. In this way, supports and joists form equidistant arcades. Unions between wood elements are always realized through ironworks and screws or nails.

Ground floor is formed by a metal sheet on which a panel of thermochip flooring is used as support for the placement of the cork pavement. Regarding the roof structure, it is made using thermostructural panels made of wood.

Living room and kitchen modules, have an extra difficulty as enter is situated at a corner in both cases. As is not possible to provide supports in this area, special wood beam have been design at roof plan, with 70x350 mm dimensions.

The support of the patio roof structure on the modules, is solve by the disposition of an angular metallic beam L100.100.10 mm, transversed along the support perimeter, which is anchored to the vertical wood columns by screws.

House - 3D Views

Lateral stability for each module to horizontal wind load is provided by the resistant bracing system that represents the roof behaviour as a diaphragm transmitting the hori-zontal loads to the façade beam- pillars frames parallel to wind direction. Roof is made by wood thermochip slab anchored to the joists and beams by screws. All supports are joined together by the wood panels placed on the both sides of the fachades, which

757

provides the modules of stiffnees.

Lots must be cleaned and re-established to its original conditions once the assembly and disassembly process is over. Low impact footings have been used to support all house and site components located on the competition site. As vertical elevation chan-ge may exist across the lot, footings are height adjustable.

Details of roof floor with wood beams and supports

As note above, the entry from the patio to the kitchen and living-room modules are reali-zed across one of the corners, so the supports disposition at this area is not possible. As a consequence, the logical way to raise the modules – that is, arranging the anchorages of hoisted in the roof structure coinciding with the supports – is not viable, because it would cause dimensional deformations that could damage constructive elements.

To solve this situation, it is proposed to design a metallic rigid framework for the struc-ture of the ground floor, from which the raised of the house is realized, arranging the anchorages for the slings along the perimeter metallic beams.

Detail of ground floor with insulation inside the beams and joists

The completely prefabrication character of the house, means that all the installations must built previously to the final assembly, so hollow cores have been provided along the metallic beams of the ground floor, to take through the installations.

758

12.4.2.- Structural codes

· Código Técnico de la Edificación (CTE). Spanish Technical Building Code

Royal Decree 314/2006, 17th Mar., Ministerio de Vivienda (Ministry of Housing).

B.O.E.: 28th Mar. 2006

Correction of errors: BOE 25th Jan 2008

Text modified by RD 1371/2007, 19th Oct., Ministerio de Vivienda (Ministry of Housing) B.O.E.: 23-OCT-2007

Correction of errors: B.O.E.: 20th Dec 2007

Text modified by RD 1675/2008, 17th Oct, Ministerio de Vivienda (Ministry of Housing) B.O.E.: 18th Oct 2008

- Documento Básico de Seguridad Estructural. DB-SE

(Structural Safety General Rules)

- Documento Básico de Seguridad Estructural. Acciones en la Edificación

DB-SE-AE (Structural Safety Actions in Building)

- Documento Básico de Seguridad Estructural. Cimientos DB-SE-C

(Structural Safety in Foundation)

- Documento Básico de Seguridad Estructural. Acero DB-SE-A

(Structural Safety Steel Design)

- Documento Básico de Seguridad Estructural. Madera DB-SE-M

(Structural Safety Wood Design)

- Documento Básico de Seguridad en caso de Incendio. DB-SI

(Fire Safety Design)

· Norma de Construcción Sismorresistente. Parte General y Edificación NCSE-02

Spanish Technical Structural Seismic Desing Code

Ministerio de Fomento (Ministry of Infrastructure)

12.4.3.- Loads

12.4.3.1.- Gravity loads

A) Dead Loads

- Self-Weight of Structural Steel Elements: Density φ = 78,3 kN/m3

- Self-Weight of Structural Wood Elements: Density φ = 3,8 kN/m3

759

- Self-Weight of Ground Floor + Pavement: 1,00 kN/m2

- Self-Weight of Roof Floor + Pavement + Photovoltaics panels: 0,75 kN/m2

- Facade enclosure: 2,50 kN/m

- Patio Roof Reaction: 2,00 kN/m

B) Live Loads

- Use live load (Floor: Residential area): 2,00 kN/m2

- Use live load (Floor: During construction): 1,00 kN/m2

- Use live load (Roof: Only accessible for maintenance): 1,00 kN/m2

- Use live load (Roof: During construction): 1,00 kN/m2

- Snow (Madrid): 0,60 kN/m2

12.4.3.2.- Wind loads

The wind load is a force perpendicular to the surface of each exposed point, defined as a static pressure with the following expression: qe = qb x ce x cp

qb: dynamic wind pressure: 0,50 kN/m2

ce: exposition factor (variable with the considered point height, based on the roughness degree of the environment where the construction is located): 1,35

- Roughness degree: IV (Urban area, industrial or forest)

- Height: 4,10 m

cp: pressure wind factor

- Pressure: 0,80

- Suction: -0,60

Wind load has been considered in two orthogonal directions.

13.4.3.3.- Earthquake loads

According to the NCSE-02, as the house is located at Madrid, and represents normal importance, it is not necessary to consider seismic load.

12.4.3.4.- Load combinations and safety factors

Load combinations have been considered according to Chapter 4 of DB-SE:

A) E.L.U. Load combinations (Ultimate states). Permanent or transitory situation

760

∑ ∑≥ >

++1 1

,,0,1,1,,, ····j i

ikiiQkQjkjG QQG ψγγγ

B) E.L.S. Load combinations (Service states)

∑ ∑≥ >

++1 1

,,01,, ·j i

ikikjk QQG ψ

Gk: Dead loads and selfweight

Qk: Live Loads (Qk,1 Determinant variable action)

φG: Safety dead loads factor = 1,35 (adverse) / 0,8 (beneficial)

φQ: Safety live loads factor = 1,50 (adverse) / 0,0 (beneficial)

φ0: Combination load factor:

- 0,70 (live load of use on floor)

- 0,00 (live load for maintenance on roof)

- 0,50 (snow load)

- 0,60 (wind load)

12.4.3.5.- Materials and safety factors

A) Structural Steel: S275 JR


- Safety factors:

φM0 = 1,05 (plasticity)

φM1 = 1,05 (instability)

φM2 = 1,25 (last resistance, material and joints)

B) Screws: TR 8.8

fyk = 640 N/mm2 / fu = 800 N/mm2

- Safety factors:

φM3 = 1,10 (Sliding resistance of ELS pre-stressed screw joints)

φM3 = 1,25 (Sliding resistance of ELU pre-stressed screw joints)

φM3 = 1,40 (Sliding resistance of pre-stressed screw joints and almond- shaped holes or with over measure)

C) Wood: C24

761

Bending Moment: fm,k = 24,0 N/mm2

Tensile strength parallel-fiber: ft0,k = 14,0 N/mm2

Tensile strength orthogonal-fiber: ft90,k = 0,4 N/mm2

Compression strength parallel-fiber: fc0,k = 22,0 N/mm2

Compression strength orthogonal-fiber: fc90,k = 2,5 N/mm2

Shear strength: fv,k = 4,0 N/mm2

- Safety factors:

φM = 1,30

kmod = 0,90 (Service type: 2 / Short term load)

D) Reinforced Concrete: HA-25/B/20/IIa // B500S

Compression strength: fc,k = 25,0 N/mm2


- Safety factors:

φc = 1,50

φs = 1,15

12.4.3.6.- Assembly and transport

As the house must be completely prefabricated, assembly and transport conditions of the modules have been considered in their design, to develop this jobs quickly and ea-sily, without causing damage on constructive elements during these phases.

In this line, the stiffness provide by the metallic ground floor and the arcades of wood pillars and beams is enough to reduce the dimensional distortions of the house during the transport and location.

The different phases since the construction of the house to its location on the plot, in-volve the appearance of load cases different to the final stage of work, which have been analyzed. The structure design has considered lifting and assembly loads, defining the corresponding elements.

The lifting process of the modules is provide by three anchorages arrange along the main sides. Anchorages for the slings are formed by a metal cantilever welded to a me-tal sheet which is connected to the perimetral beams with four screws M20-8.8.

The transport of the modules will be realized by road in a trailer. Thus, we have conside-red the modules support on the truck, according to the technical information document of the trailer.

For the placement of the modules on the ground, footings will be anchored to the floor joists and then, the modules will be lifted and placed at the final position. To adjust the

762

height of each of the footings, a topographic survey of the ground will be made pre-viously.

When the four modules of the house are placed in the final position, the patio floor will be built, which has a self supporting structure and independent foundation. Then, the structure of the roof will be placed, supported on the L metal beams located in the perimeter of the modules. During the construction of the patio, the installations will be connected to the modules.

12.4.3.7. Structural fire resistance

According to the Basic Document Security in case of Fire (CTE-DB-SI) of the Technical Building Code, depending on the typology and the use of the building, the structure must ensure a fire resistance R30, as indicated in the rules of the competition

The fire resistance R30 on the structure is achieved by the provision of elements of protection on the floor, roof and walls (Thermochip TAH 10-30-19). Thus, the complete structure is protected from the action of fire, ensuring the resistance R30 prescribed by the rules, except in the technical box where the whole structure of walls and roof is visi-ble. In this case, pillars and beams are protected by intumescent paint which provides the protection necessary.

APPENDIX Nº1. STRUCTURAL VERIFICATIONS. ELU

APPENDIX Nº2. STRUCTURAL VERIFICATIONS. ELS

APPENDIX Nº3. FIRE SAFETY

APPENDIX Nº4. FOUNDATION DESIGN

APPENDIX Nº5. STRUCTURAL MODELS

STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS APPENDIX. MODULES LISTING DATA

APPENDIX Nº1 STRUCTURAL VERIFICATIONS. LLS


APPENDIX Nº2 STRUCTURAL VERIFICATIONS. LSS


APPENDIX Nº3 FIRE SAFETY


APPENDIX Nº4 FOUNDATION DESING


APPENDIX Nº5 STRUCTURAL MODELS


1. Load = 0,65 kN/m (lateral joist)

2. Load = 1,30 kN/m (central joist)

1

2

LIVING

LOADS

Dead loads

Live load of use. Floor plan

1. Load = 2,85 kN/m (perimetral beam - floor)


3. Load = 2,00 kN/m (perimetral beam - roof)

4. Load = 0,65 kN/m (joist - floor)

5. Load = 0,30 kN/m (joist - roof)

6. Load = 0,40 kN/m (pillar)

1

3

4

6

2

5


Live load of use. Roof plan

Wind load X1


1

1. Load = 0,23 kN/m (pressure)

2. Load = 0,17 kN/m (suction)

1

2




1

2

Wind load X2

Wind load Y1



1

2


Wind load Y2



1

2




1

2

BEDROOM

LOADS

Dead loads








1

3

4

6

2

5




1

2


Wind load X1


1




1

2

Wind load X2

Wind load Y1



1

2


Wind load Y2



1

2








1

3

4

6

2

5



1

2

KITCHEN LOADS

Dead loads




1



1

2


Wind load X1


Wind load X2

Wind load Y1



1

2



1

2


Wind load Y2



1

2




1

2

TECHNICAL BOX

LOADS

Dead loads








1

3

4

6

2

5



Wind load X1



1

2



1

2




1

2



1

2

Wind load X2

Wind load Y1


1

2



Wind load Y2

763


Mr. Francisco Javier Terrados Cepeda, teaching assistant for the project Andalucía Team - Universities of Sevilla, Granada, Málaga and Jaén, participant of the Solar Decathlon Europe-Madrid 2012 competition, architect member of the Official Board of Architects in Sevilla (COAS) with number 3402.

CERTIFIES:

The prototype PATIO 2.12 - ANDALUCÍA TEAM, built in Villa Solar in Madrid accor-ding to the Implementation Project delivered following the schedule marked by the competition´s organization, complies with all Spanish Building Standards, as well as the rules and standards marked by the Building Code for Solar Decathlon Europe.

For the record and for the relevant purposes, I hereby sign this CERTIFICATE.

Sevilla, August 14 th 2012

Signed: Fco Javier Terrados Cepeda, Architect

Faculty Advisor

ANDALUCÍA TEAM

AND_PM_7

Documents

Transcript of AND_PM_7